occupational health safety policy · the safety officer in conjunction with the relevant senior...

Liverpool Plains Shire Council - Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System Manual OHS Structure & System

1

Occupational Health &

Safety Policy

1.1 Purpose

The health and safety of all employees and others at Liverpool Plains Shire Council

work sites are considered to be of the utmost importance. As a responsible member

of the community, Liverpool Plains Shire Council will comply with all relevant

Occupational Health and Safety Legislation, Australian Standards and industry

Codes of Practice. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will strive to achieve the highest

standards of Occupational Health and Safety. This will be achieved by the ongoing

development of an Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System. The

System will be continually monitored and evaluated to ensure the highest level and

commitment is maintained.

1.2 Scope This policy will apply to all management, employees, contractors, visitors, and

volunteers of Liverpool Plains Shire Council and requires the full co-operation and

assistance of all personnel. This policy will apply to all sites where Liverpool Plains

Shire Council performs work. Any work that is carried out by Liverpool Plains Shire

Council employees or for Liverpool Plains Shire Council must comply with the

relevant sections of the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational

Health & Safety Regulation 2001 and Codes of Practice.

Ed 1/Rev 5 Authorised by: Robert Review: October 2011 Changes: Addition of Targets & Goals; Addition of

KPI’s in PDs.


2

Hunt


3

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Targets and Goals

3

1.7 Responsibilities

3

1.8 Consultation

8

1.9 Implementation

8

1.10 Review Process

9


4

1.11 Policy

10


5

1.4 References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001

WorkCover publication “Due Diligence at Work”

Local Government Act 1993.

1.5 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and any procedures produced in accordance with the

policy may result in disciplinary action in accordance with Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s current discipline policy.

1.6 Targets and Goals As part of Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s commitment to achieve the highest

standards of Occupational Health and Safety, council has adopted the targets and

goals endorsed by the Workplace Relations Ministers’ Council in 2002. The

National Occupational Health and Safety Commission (NOHSC) in it’s National

OHS Strategy 2002-2012 sets targets of reducing workplace fatalities by at least 20%

and injury by at least 40%. The NSW Premier’s Department’s OHS Improvement

Strategy for the public sector sets targets for a 10% reduction in claim frequency and a

13% reduction in claims severity (average claim cost).

Council’s target of matching NOHSC’s 40% reduction in injuries will ensure the goal of reduced claim frequency and severity will be achievable and of benefit to all areas of council’s operations and endeavours.


1.7.1 General Manager

The General Manager is ultimately responsible for the safety of all persons

working for Liverpool Plains Shire Council on any worksite. The General

Manager will ensure the following:

1. Adequate resources are allocated for the effective implementation

of this policy at all Liverpool Plains Shire Council worksites.

2. Occupational Health and Safety Strategies are implemented at

every Liverpool Plains Shire Council worksite.


6

3. Management and Staff are provided with the necessary

instruction, training and resources to implement Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Occupational Health and Safety Strategies. They

will be held accountable to do so.

4. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health and Safety

Strategies are continually monitored and improved.

5. Reports of Occupational Health and Safety and Injury

Management performance will be delivered to the Safety Officer

on a regular basis.

1.7.2 Safety Officer

The Safety Officer in conjunction with the relevant Senior Management will

ensure:

1. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health and

Safety and Injury Management Strategies are effectively

implemented at all Liverpool Plains Shire Council sites.

2. Processes are developed to ensure that the hazards associated

with worksites, as far as practicable, have been identified and

the risk associated with each hazard assessed and controlled

before the commencement of any work.

3. Adequate resources are identified for effective control of risk

associated with each work site.

4. Managers and Supervisors are provided with the necessary

information and support to implement Occupational Health

and Safety Strategies in the areas under their control.

5. Managers and supervisors are held accountable for

implementing Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational

Health and Safety Strategies associated with work under their

control.


7

6. Occupational Health and Safety Strategies are continually

monitored and improved.

1.7.3 Managers and Supervisors

Managers and supervisors will ensure:

1. Occupational Health and Safety Strategies are effectively

implemented.

2. Managers and Supervisors will be provided with the necessary

resources and support to implement Occupational Health and

Safety Strategies in areas under their control.

3. Managers and Supervisors are held accountable for

implementing Occupational Health and Safety Strategies for

work activities under their control.

4. Actively take steps to identify hazards and take prompt action

to eliminate and/or control them or report them to another

person who has the capabilities to do so.

5. Safe and healthy work procedures are followed on work

under their supervision.

6. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health and

Safety Strategies are continually monitored and improved.

7. Particular attention is paid at times of change (e.g.) new

employees, new or different work systems, new plant or

equipment etc.

8. Prompt investigations are carried out for all accidents or

incidents that result in, or that had the potential for injury,

death, or damage to property/equipment.

1.7.4 Employees


8

Employees must take reasonable care of the health, safety and welfare of

others. This includes co-operation with the management on safety and injury

management issues including:

• Following any safe work practices/procedures designed or

implemented by the management.

• Assist management in the identification and reporting of

occupational hazards.

• Participate in training.

• Wearing and maintaining personal protective equipment as

required or directed.

• Promptly reporting all work related injuries and illness.

1.7.5 Contractors and Visitors

All contractors, sub-contractors and visitors engaged to perform work, or

enter any Liverpool Plains Shire Council site, must comply with the

requirements of this policy. This includes complying with any relevant

aspects of Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health & Safety

Management Plan. All non-employees will comply with any safety direction

from Liverpool Plains Shire Council designated persons responsible for the

control of that work site. Failure to do so will be considered a breach of the

contract and would be viewed as grounds for termination of the contract.

Any visitor +that does not comply with relevant safety directions will be

asked to leave the site immediately.

1.7.6 Councillors


9

Under the Local Government Act 1993 Councillors as individually elected

representatives have no direct responsibility for the day-to-day operations of

Liverpool Plains Shire Council. Councillors as the corporate body have

however the following statutory corporate responsibilities, which have

implications for the capacity of the organisation to meet its obligations under

the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and the Occupational Health &

Safety Regulation 2001.

Section 232 of the Local Government Act 1993 provides for:

• The allocation of Council’s resources for the benefit of the

area;

• Development of the Council’s objectives, policies and criteria

relating to the exercise of its regulatory functions;

• The review of the performance of Council in meeting its

objectives as stated in the Council’s Management Plan.

Council recognises that with regard to alleged breaches of the Occupational

Health & Safety Act 2000 and the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001 an elected representative is, in their capacity as a member of Council,

statute barred from prosecution. Refer to Occupational Health & Safety Act

2000, Section 26(4). However, this is not to be construed as a lack of

corporate accountability. Councillors will seek to promote an organisational

environment which reinforces the Council’s statutory obligations to ensure a

safe and healthy Council workplace.

Councillors are committed to ensuring that in undertaking their corporate

responsibilities attention is given to the organisational objectives for

occupational health and safety. Council in adopting the Management Plan,

as required under the Local Government Act 1993, will take into


10

consideration the practical implications of the Management Plan for health

and safety with regard to the following matters:

• The statement of principal activities which Council proposes

to undertake, refer to Local Government Act 1993, Section

403(1);

• The activities to be undertaken by Council, refer to Local

Government Act 1993, Section 403(2);

• Identified human resources activities, including provision of

resources for training programs related to occupational health

and safety requirements, to be undertaken by Council, refer

to Local Government Act 1993, Section 403(2);

• The performance review of the General Manager, refer to

Local Government Act 1993, Section 338(1).

At all times Councillors will:

• Follow the Council’s relevant safety procedures while at a

Council workplace;

• Demonstrate a commitment to promoting a safe Council

workplace;

• At an individual level, through demonstrated support of the

Council’s commitment to promoting a safe Council

workplace, be a positive role model for occupational health

and safety.

1.8 Consultation

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to consultation and co-operation

between management and employees. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will consult

with elected employee Health & Safety Representatives and employees with regard to

any workplace change that will effect, or have the potential to affect their health &

safety.


11

Consultation is also important to effectively work with Contractors. Therefore

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will develop procedures that will enable Liverpool

Plains Shire Council representatives and the contractor to meet to discuss relevant

health and safety issues.

1.9 Implementation

This policy will be included in the Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management

System which will include the following:

• Active involvement of all those involved in the management

and supervision of Liverpool Plains Shire Council operations.

• Identification of Workplace hazards and assessment of risk

associated with these hazards.

• Control strategies directed towards removing workplace

hazards.

• Participation of, and consultation with, employees on safety

matters.

• Developing, evaluating, and monitoring an Occupational

Health, Safety & Injury Management System that includes

information and training.

• Deliver training that includes inductions, safe systems of

work, hazard information and supervision.

• Provision of, and maintenance of, safe plant and equipment.

1.10 Review Process

A review process is important and is to be carried out to ensure that any information

contained in the above commitments is current and still relevant to the workplace.

The review process can be used:

• To assist management to determine the efficiency and

effectiveness of individuals to carry out their responsibilities.


12

• Measure the ongoing commitment to support safety and

injury/illness prevention.

The following processes will achieve these measures:

• Occupational Health & Safety performance will be included

in the performance appraisal of managers and employees.

• KPIs relevant to the position shall be included in each

position description.

• Review to check if Safety goals and objectives are met for

managers and employees.

• Any areas of breach with Occupational Health & Safety

policies and procedures will be dealt with by using normal

disciplinary procedures.

• Position descriptions will be reviewed to ensure they are

relevant to the current requirements of Occupational Health

& Safety Laws.

• Establish methods of communications with all employees and

contractors.

• Establish methods to ensure procedures are reviewed,

changes made and implemented, and information is given to

employees.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Occupational Health & Safety Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring the Health, Safety & Welfare of its employees and any other person(s) who may be affected by Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s operations. Liverpool Plains Shire Council commits itself to pursue Best Practice in OHS and to fulfil its statutory duties with respect to OHS at all times.


13

Council is committed to delivering a safe work environment to all our employees, customers, visitors and contractors. Council is committed to providing the relevant resources, financial commitment, training and supervision to enable the workplace to strive for continuous improvement.

Council intends to develop a safe working environment by implementing safe systems of work as detailed in our Occupational Health, Safety, & Injury Management System Manual. The effectiveness of these procedures will be reviewed on a regular basis. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will integrate continuous improvement into its OHS performance. Performance monitoring and auditing of the Occupational Health, Safety, & Injury Management System will be an ongoing activity to ensure OHS targets and goals are addressed.

If an employee does sustain an injury then Liverpool Plains Shire Council will provide Occupational Rehabilitation to ensure an early return to work.

Occupational Health and Safety is both an individual and shared responsibility at Liverpool Plains Shire Council where everyone must ensure their work is performed safely. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will establish and foster a work environment that facilitates co-operation and consultation with employees.

The General Manager has overall responsibility for everyone’s safety at Liverpool Plains Shire Council and must ensure that adequate resources are allocated, strategies are developed and that management and staff are provided the necessary instruction, training and resources to implement the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Management System.

This will be achieved by all Directors, Managers and Supervisors maintaining a safe work environment and ensuring Occupational Health and Safety Strategies are implemented in areas under their control.

All employees have a responsibility to comply with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s related Safety Procedures. Each employee must work in a safe manner to prevent injury to themselves, other employees, contractors, visitors, customers and damage to any property.

All Contractors, sub contractors and visitors engaged to work, or enter any Liverpool Plains Shire Council property, must also comply with the requirements of this Policy.

The display of this signed policy at Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s fixed work locations, demonstrates Councils commitment to making our workplaces safe and healthy for all of our employees.

Robert Hunt

General Manager


14

Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Occupational Health & Safety Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring the Health, Safety & Welfare of its employees and any other person(s) who may be affected by Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s operations. Liverpool Plains Shire Council commits itself to pursue Best Practice in OHS and to fulfil its statutory duties with respect to OHS at all times.

Council is committed to delivering a safe work environment to all our employees, customers, visitors and contractors. Council is committed to providing the relevant resources, financial commitment, training and supervision to enable the workplace to strive for continuous improvement.

Council intends to develop a safe working environment by implementing safe systems of work as detailed in our Occupational Health, Safety, & Injury Management System Manual. The effectiveness of these procedures will be reviewed on a regular basis. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will integrate continuous improvement into its OHS performance. Performance monitoring and auditing of the Occupational Health, Safety, & Injury Management System will be an ongoing activity to ensure OHS targets and goals are addressed.

If an employee does sustain an injury then Liverpool Plains Shire Council will provide Occupational Rehabilitation to ensure an early return to work.

Occupational Health and Safety is both an individual and shared responsibility at Liverpool Plains Shire Council where everyone must ensure their work is performed safely. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will establish and foster a work environment that facilitates co-operation and consultation with employees.

The General Manager has overall responsibility for everyone’s safety at Liverpool Plains Shire Council and must ensure that adequate resources are allocated, strategies are developed and that management and staff are provided the necessary instruction, training and resources to implement the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Management System.

This will be achieved by all Directors, Managers and Supervisors maintaining a safe work environment and ensuring Occupational Health and Safety Strategies are implemented in areas under their control.

All employees have a responsibility to comply with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s related Safety Procedures. Each employee must work in a safe manner to prevent injury to themselves, other employees, contractors, visitors, customers and damage to any property.

All Contractors, sub contractors and visitors engaged to work, or enter any Liverpool Plains Shire Council property, must also comply with the requirements of this Policy.


15

The display of this signed policy at Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s fixed work locations, demonstrates Councils commitment to making our workplaces safe and healthy for all of our employees.

Robert Hunt

General Manager

Commitment to Occupational Health & Safety

1.1 Introduction

Occupational Health & Safety legislation ensures that organisations and individuals

provide a safe and healthy workplace for employees, other workers and visitors, by

law. An organisation that implements systems that adhere to these laws, not only

protects itself from costly litigation and prosecution, but acts in a responsible and

proactive manner to protect its greatest asset – its Employees! When an

organisation places the health and safety of its employees as paramount, it

demonstrates that employees are valued and will ensure their protection within the

workplace.

1.2 Scope

This policy will apply to all management, employees, contractors, visitors, and






16



Ed1/Rev 3 Issued: September 2009

Authorised By: Robert Hunt Position: General Manager

Policy: Commitment to OHS of 773

Review: September 2011 Review By: Management


17

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Introduction

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Legislative Requirements

3

1.5 OHS Funding Commitment

4

1.6 Review

5

1.7 Document Control

5

1.8 Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Organisational Structure

6


18

1.4 Legislative Requirements

The Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 No. 40 sets out legislature to ensure that

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees and others, are protected by achieving the

following objectives:

• To promote a safe and healthy work environment for employees and

others at work that protects them from injury and illness.

• To provide for consultation and co-operation between Liverpool Plains

Shire Council and employees in achieving these objectives.

• To ensure that risks to health and safety within the workplace are

identified, assessed and eliminated or controlled.

• To develop and promote community awareness of Occupational Health

& Safety issues.

• To provide a framework that allows for progressively higher standards of

Occupational Health & Safety to take into account changes in technology

and work practices.

• To ensure that each position has responsibilities for Occupational Health

& Safety.

• To protect employees and others against risks to health and safety arising

from the use of plant and equipment.

• To have an ongoing commitment to review current Occupational Health

& Safety documentation resulting in the upgrading of policies,

procedures, and safe work practices.

As such, Liverpool Plains Shire Council and it’s employees have a commitment to the

following general Occupational Health & Safety Principles (Note: These Principles

represent a generalised basic summary of Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational

Health, Safety & Injury Management System. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System Manual must be consulted for

further detailed explanation):


19

1. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s employees must:

(a) Be physically/mentally fit and functionally capable to perform their work

safely.

(b) Have undertaken Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s induction program

and any training as deemed necessary by Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

(c) Be willing and available to undertake any Occupational Health & Safety

training as deemed necessary by Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

(d) Approach any Occupational Health & Safety training/instruction with a

positive attitude.

(e) Follow safe work instructions as stipulated by Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System, or

as stipulated by Management or Supervisory employees.

(f) Consult with their Supervisor immediately if a safety issue is identified

and/or if the employee member is unfamiliar with the safe work

requirements of any given task.

2. Equipment: All equipment must not be used until Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

pre-start up safety inspection is conducted and confirms that it is in a safe condition

to be operated.

3. New Work: A Risk Assessment must be conducted prior to commencing any new

work using Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Risk Assessment Module.

4. Work Permits: Where required, the relevant work permits must be issued prior to

commencing work.

5. PPE: The relevant PPE must be worn where required.

6. OHS Risk or Risk of Injury: Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees will take all

necessary actions to make the work area safe, & commence work only if employee

safety is not jeopardised. Employees must immediately report to their Supervisor

any:


20

(a) Hazard that presents a risk to any Liverpool Plains Shire Council

employee member, a contractor, a sub-contractor, or a member of the

public.

(b) Conduct of any person that is likely to create a risk to any Liverpool

Plains Shire Council employee, a contractor, a sub-contractor, or a

member of the public.

(c) Non-compliance to Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational

Health, Safety & Injury Management System, Statutory requirement,

Legislative requirement, Code of Practice, Australian Standard, or Code

of Conduct.

1.5 OHS Funding Commitment

Liverpool Plains Shire Council acknowledges the need to implement Occupational Health

& Safety practices in the workplace to protect employees and others. Implementation of

these practices will involve costs to the organisation for the purchase of equipment and

time taken by employees for training, inspections, and rectification measures.

a) Liverpool Plains Shire Council will include Occupational Health & Safety

as a budgeted line item. Initially budgeting will be based on historic

expenditure trends. It is envisaged that in the first year of implementation

of this revised program that costs will be higher than in previous years

and will tend to decrease once these measures and the relevant employee

training has been implemented.

b) The Occupational Health & Safety Committee will be responsible for

reviewing and revising Occupational Health & Safety expenditure and

making recommendations to Senior Management for future budget

allocations.

c) When minor expenditure on Occupational Health & Safety items is

required immediately, Sections will purchase items with consideration to

the Purchasing Controls and Risk Assessment processes, and seek


21

reimbursement as an internal accounting transaction before the end of

the month the purchase was made.

NB: It is critical that Managers and Supervisors correctly ensure that those costs are

reimbursed to the Occupational Health & Safety expenditure line item within their

budget, as Liverpool Plains Shire Council will require accurate information regarding the

real cost of implementing Occupational Health & Safety practices and for future budget

allocation decisions.

1.6 Review

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will review the Occupational Health, Safety & Injury

Management System Manual documents and procedures annually. More frequent reviews

will be initiated in response to organisational and/or legislative changes. The reviews will

be undertaken by Management Staff and the results will be endorsed by the Occupational

Health & Safety Committee.


The Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System will be controlled as

follows:

1. Procedures to control and maintain all documents and data that relates to

the requirements of this system shall be developed.

2. All documents will be approved and reviewed by Liverpool Plains Shire

Council authorised representatives prior to issue.

3. Document control procedures will ensure that:

(i) Appropriate documents are available at all Liverpool Plains Shire

Council locations where operations essential to the effective

functioning of the Occupational Health, Safety & Injury

Management System are performed.

(ii) Obsolete documents will be promptly removed from all points

of issue or use.


22

(iii) Only electronic documents will be “controlled” with all hard

copies being “uncontrolled”. It is the responsibility of the “user”

to ensure the status of any hard copy document is current by

checking it against the electronic “controlled” version.

(iv) Only Liverpool Plains Shire Council designated and approved

employees are able to edit/change the electronic “controlled”

Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System

Manual.

(v) “Controlled Hard Copies” of the Occupational Health, Safety &

Injury Management System Manual will be distributed and

maintained to the General Manager, Managers, Depot, and the

Safety Officer.

(vi) All Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System

documentation is written in consultation with management and

employees and is approved by the Occupational Health & Safety

Committee prior to issue in Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

electronic “controlled” copy.

(vii) Only the Safety Officer can issue documentation.

Occupational Health & Safety Structure & System


23

1.1 Purpose

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring the health, safety and welfare of

its employees and others who may be affected by Liverpool Plains Shire Council

operations. In ensuring workplace health and safety, Liverpool Plains Shire Council will

endeavour to pursue Best Practice in Occupational Health & Safety and to fulfil its

statutory duties with regard to Occupational Health & Safety Legislation at all times.

1.2 Scope








Ed 1/Rev 3 Authorised by: Robert Hunt Review: October 2011 Changes: Nil


24

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Accountability

3

1.7 Assigned Responsibilities

5

1.8 Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System Structure

7


25

1.4 References



1.5 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any evacuation procedure produced

in accordance with the policy or procedure may result in disciplinary action in accordance

with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s current discipline policy.

1.6 Accountability

1.6.1 Employer’s General Duty

The Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 requires all employers, so far as reasonably practical, to:

• Provide and maintain plant and equipment and systems of work

that are safe and without risks to health safety of any persons.

• Maintain the workplace, under the control and management of

the employer, in a condition that is safe and without risks to the

health and safety of any person.

• Provide adequate facilities for the health and safety of employees

at any workplace under the control of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council.

• Provide such information, instruction, training, and supervision

to such persons as are necessary to enable the employees to

perform their work in a manner that is safe and without risks to

their health and safety.

• Provide protective clothing and equipment to avoid the presence

of hazards in the workplace.

1.6.2 Occupational Health & Safety Priorities

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that:

• An effective Occupational Health & Safety program is

introduced and maintained to ensure that all workplace risks are


26

identified and assessed, the associated hazards identified, and

appropriate measures introduced to control and or eliminate

those risks.

• The Occupational Health & Safety program will be monitored

and reviewed with consideration to the changing conditions and

work practices within the workplace.

• Appropriate records are kept in relation to the risk management

program.

• Employees and their representatives are consulted on

Occupational Health & Safety issues, which are relevant to them.

• All relevant documentation relating to Occupational Health &

Safety issues is available to employees and their representatives.

• It endeavours to observe industry Best Practice standards with

regard to the safety of its work practices.

• All new work systems, plant, and substances are subjected to

testing and comprehensive risk management processes before

their introduction.

• All necessary registration, certification, and licensing

requirements are complied with.

• All necessary inspections; maintenance, repairs, cleaning,

modifications and housekeeping, are undertaken in a timely

manner.

• Tasks requiring specific qualifications, skills, or experience are

only undertaken by those competent to do so.

• All employees and contractors are appropriately trained and

supervised. They will be provided with adequate information to

undertake their duties safely and without risk to health.

• All Visitors/Contractors to the workplace are provided with an

induction on relevant safety procedures, and are provided with

any necessary personal protective equipment if required.


27

• Ensure all Visitors/Contractors are adequately supervised to

comply with Occupational Health and Safety procedures.

• Appropriate means are provided to prevent Visitors/Contractors

and other unauthorised people from entering restricted areas or

parts of the workplace where they may be at risk or endanger

others’ safety and health.

• Any personal protective equipment needed to ensure health and

safety is provided free of charge. Employees and others (e.g.)

visitors, are adequately instructed in its proper use, maintenance,

and storage. Contractors will be advised of the type of personal

protective equipment they are required to wear on the site.

• All accidents, incidents and near misses are reported to the

Supervisor. The circumstances of the accident, incident or near

miss will be investigated and recorded/documented, and

appropriate measures are taken to prevent their recurrence.

• This policy is regularly monitored and revised in the light of

legislative, Best Practice, or organisational changes.

1.7 Assigned Responsibilities

1.7.1 Management Responsibilities

Each manager is responsible and accountable for the implementation of

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health, Safety & Injury

Management System in their area of responsibility.

In order to ensure that health and safety is successfully enforced within Liverpool

Plains Shire Council, management are responsible for the following:

(a) Senior Management

The General Manager must accept overall responsibility for the effective

management of workplace health, safety, and welfare. The General

Manager will ensure that Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational

Health, Safety & Injury Management System is effectively implemented


28

in each departmental area and will support the relevant managers and

supervisors in these areas. The General Manager will hold the managers

and supervisors accountable for each of their Occupational Health &

Safety responsibilities.

(b) Duties of Managers and Supervisors

Managers and supervisors at all levels are responsible, within the scope of

their authority, for ensuring that the objectives of this policy are

integrated into work practices:

• They must ensure that their area of managerial control is safe

from risks to health and safety, and that the behaviour of all

personnel in the workplace is guided by the principles outlined in

the Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System.

• The tasks required for the successful implementation of

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Hazard Identification and Risk

Management programs are undertaken.

• Employees are consulted and will contribute to the decision

process, which affects their health, safety and welfare in the

workplace. This is done to ensure that employees have the

necessary skills to carry out assigned tasks.

• Communication on Occupational Health & Safety issues is

promoted as a normal component of work.

• Effective leadership is provided in all facets of Occupational

Health & Safety.

• Ensure all plant and equipment, substances and work systems

used are suitable for their intended purpose in the workplace and

are maintained to meet safety requirements.

• Adequate training, information, instruction and supervision are

provided so that work is conducted safely.

• Contractors and visitors are made aware of safety procedures.


29

• Immediate and appropriate steps are taken to investigate and

rectify any risks to health and safety arising from work activity.

• Management are informed of any relevant health and safety

issues.

• All incidents, accidents and near misses are properly documented

and reported, and an investigation is carried out to rectify issues

identified.

1.7.2 Employee Responsibilities

Employees are responsible for:

• Carrying out their duties in a manner, which does not adversely

affect their own health and safety, or that of others.

• Follow all Health & Safety Policies, Procedures, and Safe

Systems of Work.

• Co-operating with measures introduced in the interest of

workplace health and safety.

• Undertaking any training provided in relation to Occupational

Health & Safety.

• Immediately reporting all matters, which may affect workplace

health and safety to their supervisor.

• Correctly using any information, training, personal protective

equipment and safety devices provided.

• Not tampering, misusing or recklessly interfering with any

measures that have been provided for health and safety purposes.

• Undertaking only those tasks for which they have

authorisation and/or the necessary training, and ensuring all

necessary safety arrangements are in place.

1.7.3 Visitors and Contractors Responsibilities

Contractors and visitors are responsible for complying with all Occupational Health &

Safety Laws and Regulations.


30

This will be achieved by:

• All Contractors attending an induction to the workplace.

• All Visitors will attend an induction where their stay suggests

it is appropriate.

• All contractors and visitors will wear any protective

equipment deemed necessary while on the site.

• Comply with any Health, Safety and Welfare requirements to

ensure a safe workplace for everyone.

1.8 Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System Structure

Liverpool Plains Shire Council - Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System Manual Confined Spaces

31

Liverpool Plains Shire Council – OHS & IM system structure

Consultation

1.1 Purpose

OHS & IM Policy

OHS & IM System

Policies & Procedures

Specific Project Management

&/or Work Procedures

Safe Work Method

Statements

OHS & IM System Audit and Corrective and

Prevention Actions


32

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Consultation Policy and Consultation

Procedures outline the consultation process between management and

employees in relation to Occupational Health & Safety issues. It outlines the

functions of the Occupational Health & Safety Committee and states the

Occupational Health & Safety Committee Constitution.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to encouraging a meaningful

consultation process between management and employees on all safety

matters. Consultation is an effective way of sharing relevant information

about safety and welfare issues in the workplace. Consultation will establish a

forum where employees will be able to meet with senior managers to

exchange ideas and resolve safety issues as well as contributing to the making

of decisions that may affect their health, safety, and welfare at work.

1.2 Scope This policy will apply to all management, employees, contractors, visitors, and









Policy: Consultation Policy of 25

Review: September 2011 Review By: OHS Committee


33

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

3

1.4 References

4

1.5 Compliance

4

1.6 Policy

4

1.7 Occupational Health & Safety Committee

5

1.8 Employee’s Knowledge & Experience

8

1.9 Occupational Health & Safety Committee Forum Agenda

8

1.10 Occupational Health & Safety Consultation Training

9


34

1.11 Consultation Review

9

1.12 OHS Committee Constitution

9

1.13 Safety Achievement & Recognition

23

FORMS

Safety Committee Minutes

Safety Committee Agenda


35

1.4 References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 - Division 2 Part 2, Sections 13-19

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 3

Code of Practice for Workplace Consultation, WorkCover Publication

1.5 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and any procedures produced in

accordance with the policy may result in disciplinary action in accordance

with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s current disciplinary policy.

1.6 Policy

Consultation between employees and employers is important to create a positive

approach to workplace health and safety. Consultation provides awareness of:

• Potential and actual Occupational Health & Safety issues.

• How to solve identified issues.

• Prevention of future work related injuries.

• Changes to systems or work practices.

• Identification, assessment, and control of risks.

Consultation will take several forms (via Occupational Health & Safety Committee

Control):

• Employer/employee consultative meeting forum.

• Trials of new equipment prior to implementation where possible.

• Awareness programs to highlight particular safety issues.

• Discussion on any proposed changes to the workplace or work

systems.

1.6.1 The Consultation Process Requires:

• The sharing of relevant information about occupational health,

safety and welfare with other employees.


36

• That employees are to be given the opportunity to express their

views and to contribute in a timely fashion to the resolution of

occupational health, safety and welfare issues at their place of

work.

• That the views of employees, together with their knowledge and

experience, are valued and taken into account by Liverpool

Plains Shire Council management.

• That consultation shall occur at both an organisational level and

in the workplace on a day-to-day basis as required.

• That management shall provide a timely response to any

Occupational Health & Safety issue raised by employees or

contractors.

1.6.2 Employees will be Consulted When:

• Changes to the consultation process are proposed.

• Risks to health and safety arising from work are assessed or when

the assessment of those risks is reviewed.

• Decisions are made about the measures to be taken to eliminate

or control those risks.

• Introducing or altering the procedures for monitoring those risks

including health surveillance procedures.

• Decisions are made about the adequacy of facilities for the

welfare of employees.

• Changes that may affect health, safety or welfare are proposed to

the workplace where an employee works. This includes the

systems or methods of work, or to the plant and equipment, or

substances used for work.

• Introducing or altering the procedures for monitoring risks

(including health surveillance procedures).


37

1.7 Occupational Health & Safety Committee

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has a functioning Occupational Health & Safety

Committee which complies with Section 17 & 18 of the Occupational Health & Safety

Act 2000 and Chapter 3 of the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001. The

Occupational Health & Safety Committee in no way removes the obligations of

management to ensure the health, safety, and welfare of employees, contractors, or

visitors to the workplace.

The role of the Occupational Health & Safety Committee is to form a joint

management/employee consultation forum with the aim of identifying and resolving

Occupational Health & Safety issues as well as monitoring the effectiveness of the

Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System.

The Occupational Health & Safety Committee consists of members of Senior

Management and Employee Representatives from each section of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s operation areas.

Meetings take place on a bi-monthly basis or as the situation demands or as deemed

appropriate by the Committee.

1.7.1 The Occupational Health & Safety Committee has a

Responsibility to:

• Perform functions as specified in Section 18 of the Occupational

Health & Safety Act 2000.

• Promote fulfilment of this, and all of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s Occupational Health & Safety and Injury Management

policies, objectives, & strategies.

• Assist in the development and maintenance of a safe working

environment including writing safe systems of work for new and

existing operations.


38

• Support the successful implementation of the risk management

program including risk assessments (e.g.) hazardous substances,

plant and equipment, manual handling etc.

• Review accident/injury/incident reports and provide input into

corrective actions.

• Monitor accident/injury/incident trends.

• Review audit reports that may be received relating to

Occupational Health & Safety issues.

• Facilitate consultation on Occupational Health & Safety matters.

• Encourage co-operation with agreed Occupational Health &

Safety measures and objectives.

• Immediately report to management any issue, which may affect

workplace health and safety.

• Participate and co-operate in workplace investigations into

incidents, accidents, and/or near misses.

• Attempt to resolve any Occupational Health & Safety matter

– when all avenues for resolution have been exhausted the

Committee shall request an inspection of the worksite/matter

by an inspector under the associated Occupational Health &

Safety Legislation with the view to resolution.

• Assist with identifying Occupational Health & Safety training

needs for the workforce.

• Where required, assist with the practical aspects of Return to

Work Programs for injured workers (i.e.) identification of

suitable duties etc.

1.7.2 Occupational Health & Safety Committee Members

Responsibilities


39

• Write down any health and safety issues to be discussed at the

next meeting and advise the Chairperson of these items two

weeks before the next meeting.

• Play an active part in any safety issue to resolve any problems.

• Relay any information to other employees.

• Assist the supervisor to enforce safety procedures.

• Set a good example by promoting health and safety in the

workplace.

• Carry out workplace audits or checks of worksites, equipment

etc., on a regular basis.

• Report hazards and near misses.

• Convey suggestions for safety improvements.

• Actively seek input and encourage discussion from the

employees that they represent.

• Posting notices in the workplace requesting Occupational

Health & Safety issues for the Committee agenda.

• Circulate minutes of Occupational Health & Safety

Committee Meetings and placing copies on relevant

noticeboards.

1.7.3 Occupational Health & Safety Committee Meeting

• Review workplace hazard inspections.

• Review accidents – both lost time and no lost time injuries.

• Review first aid treatments/incidents.

• Review any property damage.

• Plan corrective action.

• Follow up corrective action to ensure it has been completed.

1.7.4 Occupational Health & Safety Committee Chairperson

Responsibilities


40

• Organise the meeting and set the agenda.

• Ensure the minutes are drafted and circulated.

• Receiving, collating and circulating the agenda.

• Conduct the meeting and keep to allotted time frames.

• Ensure all people at the meeting have there say.

• Facilitate the discussion.

• Facilitate the decision making process.

• Ensure that time frames are set and responsibilities are

assigned for actioning all recommendations.

• Follow-up on items to monitor implementation of

recommendations.

• Sign correspondence and any reports for and on behalf of the

Occupational Health & Safety Committee.

• Distribute the Occupational Health & Safety Committee

Minutes.

1.8 Employee’s Knowledge & Experience

Whenever changes to work process, plant, equipment or worksites occurs,

local knowledge from employees will provide valuable assistance and

enhance the changes. Employees will respond to the recognition of their

experience and knowledge by being included in the changes to their

operations/task. This will enable changes to be readily accepted.

1.9 Occupational Health & Safety Committee Forum Agenda

• Attendance/Apologies.

• Confirmation of Previous Minutes.

• Occupational Health and Safety Performance.

• Review of Workplace Hazard Inspections.

• Review of Accidents and Incidents.


41

• Review of Reports.

• Outstanding Issues from Previous Meetings/Minutes.

• New Business.

1.10 Occupational Health & Safety Consultation Training

All Occupational Health & Safety Committee Members will undertake

Occupational Health & Safety Committee training consistent with the

Legislative requirements [Reg: 31(1)] as soon as is reasonably practical after

being elected or appointed to the Committee. The Chairperson of the

Occupational Health & Safety Committee will be provided with additional

training in conducting meetings and meeting procedures as required.

1.11 Consultation Review

The consultation process to be used at Liverpool Plains Shire Council needs to be

reviewed on a yearly basis to ensure that it continues to remain meaningful and

effective. The review process will also enable Liverpool Plains Shire Council to

determine if Occupational Health & Safety issues are resolved in a timely manner.

The review process will include:

• Discussing with employees their opinion of the consultation

process.

• Review the minutes of the Occupational Health & Safety

Committee forum to determine the time taken to resolve

issues.

• Check with employees to determine if they are aware of the

progress of the issue they have brought to the attention of

the Occupational Health & Safety Committee Forum.

• Review employees to ensure they are complying with the

relevant safety policies and procedures of Liverpool Plains

Shire Council.

1.12 Occupational Health & Safety Committee Constitution


42

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health & Safety Committee Constitution is as follows.


43

LIVERPOOL PLAINS SHIRE COUNCIL

Occupational Health & Safety Committee

Constitution

1. NAME

The name of the Committee will be known as the Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Occupational Health and Safety Committee.

2. PURPOSE

The Occupational Health and Safety Committee will assist in ensuring a safe and

healthy working environment by actively contributing to safety within the workplace.

The committee will allow management and employees to work as a team so as to

establish a safe and healthy working environment.

• To adopt a planned and structured process for dealing with

Occupational Health & Safety issues,

• To establish a group of management and employee representatives to

discuss and develop ways of improving safety management,

• To provide a forum that will allow frank and open discussion on all

issues relating to the health and safety of all persons including

employees, contractors, visitors and members of the public at the

place of work,

• To foster a co-operative approach between management and

employees in relation to Occupational Health & Safety issues,

• To enable all persons employed by Liverpool Plains Shire Council to

obtain advice or assistance on health and safety issues,


44

• To monitor and review Occupational Health & Safety matters and

assist Liverpool Plains Shire Council in the formulation and

implementation of policies and programs relating to health and

safety, and

• To develop a group with Occupational Health & Safety expertise.

3. FUNCTION OF COMMITTEE – Actions/Aims/Responsibilities

The Occupational Health & Safety Committee’s function is to:

1. Ensure that Liverpool Plains Shire Council complies with relevant

legislation.

2. Conduct bi-monthly meetings.

3. Regularly review measures taken to ensure the health, safety, and

welfare of employees, contractors, and visitors. This shall include, but

not necessarily limited to confirming and ensuring:

a. The adequacy of training in identifying hazards.

b. Hazard monitoring procedures.

c. Equipment purchasing practices including the assessment of

hazards prior to the decision to purchase the equipment.

d. Equipment maintenance practices.

4. Investigate any matter that may be a risk to health and safety. This

shall include, but not limited to:

a. Conducting an inspection of all workplaces and seeking

information in relation to work design/operating procedures,

emergency evacuation, technological change and the

provision of suitable and approved items of personal

protective clothing and safety equipment.

b. Review of all Accident and Hazard Reports, near misses,

injuries and work related ill-health and ensuring investigations


45

have been conducted and acted upon thoroughly and is

deemed necessary by the findings so as to assist Liverpool

Plains Shire Council in the production, updating,

implementing, and monitoring of policies and programs

relating to Occupational Health & Safety.

5. Try to resolve any/all Occupational Health & Safety issues.

6. Monitor the health and safety performance of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council.

7. Review all reports to the relevant statutory requirements for

Occupational Health & Safety.

8. Promote Occupational Health & Safety through example,

encouragement, and the development of positive performance

indicators.

9. Carry out any other functions required by legislation and, with the

agreement of the Committee, investigate or consider any other matter

relating to the Committee by management.

4. DECISION MAKING PROCEDURES & MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE

The Committee shall not over-ride the normal management structure and shall

generally deal with OH&S issues at an organisational level, rather than issues specific

to individual areas which shall be dealt with at the local level.

The Committee shall only become involved in local area issues where these cannot

be resolved. However, the committee may review controls applied to local problems

(i.e.) hazard control measures.

5. MEMBERSHIP


46

Membership will comprise management and employees. In addition to

committee members, health and safety personnel will sit on the committee in

an ex-officio capacity.

The committee shall consist of:

Employee Representatives (cross section of work areas) – one elected

employee from the following:

Outdoor Works Staff

• Plant Operator

• Water and Wastewater

• Works and Services (general)

Services Centre

• Elected representative

Indoor Staff

• Elected representative

Total Employee Representatives = 5 Representative Approved by Management

• Three Supervisory Managers

• One Management decision-maker

Total Management Representatives = 4 Advisory/Support/Observers

• Council is to be invited to nominate one (1) member of Council as an observer.

• Council is to provide an appropriate person to act as Committee Secretary.


47

• Safety Officer.

5.1 Eligibility – only those employees with the authority to act in a management

capacity on OH&S

issues are eligible for appointment as management representatives. 5.2 Tenure – the term of appointment will be for a period of two (2) years.

Elected employee representatives shall be eligible for re-election.

Management representatives shall be eligible for re-appointment.

Resignation from the Committee must be in writing and an election called to

replace the position.

6. ELECTION AND APPOINTMENT

Management will provide reasonable assistance to employees conducting the

elections. Management will appoint a decision maker to the Committee. Employer

representatives will be appointed by management for an indefinite period. An

employer representative has a dual role in advising Council on safety policies and

programs as well as providing direction for the Committee.

PROCESS TO ELECT AN EMPLOYEE REPRESENTATIVE:

Notice of Meeting – the OH&S Committee Chairperson shall give notice to every

employee the need to elect OH&S representatives. The Chairperson shall also give

notice of a meeting to discuss the election of the OH&S representatives. The notice

shall be displayed prominently in the workplace and state:

• The date of the meeting.

• The place of the meeting.

• The time of the meeting.

Meeting – the meeting is to determine:

1. The manner of the election – this means that the meeting must decide how to

vote for the candidate(s). For example:


48

• By secret ballot on ballot papers.

• By a show of hands for the most popular candidate(s).

• By any other accepted method of election.

2. The date of the election – the date of the election must be selected so that all

those eligible to vote are advised of the election and the nomination at least fourteen

(14) days before the election.

3. Who is to be the Returning Officer? – the Returning Officer may be any person

employed by Council other than an employee eligible to vote in the election. The

Returning Officer is responsible for:

• Calling for nominations for the election.

• Conducting the election in the manner agreed to.

• Ensuring that all the necessary paperwork regarding the election is

completed and distributed.

4. Nominations – employees eligible for election may be nominated by other

employees eligible to vote in the election. Employees may nominate themselves.

The Returning Officer shall not accept a nomination unless the person nominated

agrees to stand for election.

5. Notice of Election – at least fourteen (14) days before the election, the Returning

Officer displays in the workplace, a notice stating:

• The nominations for the election.

• The date of the election.

• The manner of the election.

• The place of the election.

Management must also be advised of the date of the election, at least fourteen (14)

days before the election.


49

Ballot papers (if required) should also be distributed to each eligible employee at least

fourteen (14) days before the election.

6. Election – the Returning Officer is responsible for conducting the election in the

manner decided by the meeting. This responsibility includes supervision of the

election and the counting of votes.

7. Election Result – once the result of the election has been determined, the

Returning Officer must declare the results at the workplace. The Returning Officer

is then to notify the OH&S Chairperson, relevant Section Managers and the Safety

Officer of the result.

7. VOTING RIGHTS

The Committee will at all times seek to reach consensus. There will be equal voting

rights when considering procedural matters or on making recommendations to

management. There will be no casting vote when determining motions.

8. TRAINING OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS

All employer and employee committee members shall undertake OH&S

Consultation training [Reg: 31(1)] and any other training consistent with legislative

requirements (or as otherwise deemed necessary) as soon as reasonably practicable

after being elected or appointed.

9. OH&S CONSULTATION ARRANGEMENTS

In setting up this consultation it has to be in accordance with the requirements of

Sections 16 and 17 of the Act (with respect to the establishment of an OH&S

Committee) and Section 15 (f) of the Act “Setting up of Consultation

Arrangements”, and Chapter 3 of the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001.

10. MEMBERS NON-ATTENDANCE AT MEETINGS

All Committee members are expected to attend all Committee meetings. Where a

member fails to attend three (3) successive meetings and does not furnish an


50

explanation that is satisfactory to the remaining Committee members, that member

will be asked to resign.

Where the member concerned is an employee representative and resigns, then an

election to fill the vacancy will be held as soon as practicable. Should the Committee

member be a management representative, Council will be asked to nominate a

replacement.

11. SUBSTITUTE DELEGATES AT COMMITTEE MEETINGS

If a Committee member is aware that he/she will be absent for a meeting and that

there will be insufficient members present to constitute a quorum or that agenda

items have direct impact on that members work area, then a substitute representative

may be nominated.

In the event of using a substitute representative, the committee should be advised in

advance of their name and position.

Substitute representatives, who are not trained, are not to attend more than three (3)

consecutive meetings. Where the person may be required to attend three (3)

consecutive meetings then that person shall require training as outlined in Clause 8.

12. ATTENDANCE AT COMMITTEE MEETINGS BY NON-MEMBERS

Persons other than Committee members with special knowledge, advice or

information, may attend meetings subject to the agreement of the Committee.

Management and employees may attend as observers, non-members shall leave the

meeting during any discussion or consideration as confidential matters.

13. MEETINGS, TIME AND FREQUENCY

There will be a regular bi-monthly meeting planned for the second Thursday of each

month unless the Committee decides otherwise. The interval between meetings will


51

not exceed thee (3) months. Notification of meetings will issue from the Committee

Secretary one week in advance together with a copy of any special items of business.

A special meeting of the Committee will be called by the Chairperson at the request

of three (3) members of the Committee to raise matters of an urgent nature.


52

14. QUORUM

A quorum for a meeting will be four (4) members comprising equal representation of

employer and employee members.

15. CHAIRPERSON & SECRETARY 1. Chairperson – the committee shall elect a Chairperson. The Chairperson

may be any member of the Committee who has been elected by the vote of

all elected representatives. There should be a Deputy Chairperson to fill the

position in the absence of the Chairperson. Positions may be rotated

amongst the members of the Committee, if so desired, to share the

experience and responsibility. Elections should be held at the first meeting

of each Council year – normally commencing in September in each year.

The Chairperson has the power to convene a meeting of the Committee

irrespective as to whether or not the Committee is scheduled to hold an

ordinary meeting.

2. Secretary – Council to provide an appropriate person to act as Committee

Secretary.

16. ROLES OF COMMITTEE PERSONS Chairperson – the Chairperson shall: 1. Set agenda

2. Contact and advise the Secretary of the meeting at least 3 weeks prior to a

meeting

3. Chair meetings:

• Open meetings.

• Welcome any new representatives or visitors.

• Follow agenda.

• Include extra items for discussion at the meeting.

• Where appropriate, hand over the chair.


53

• Set the date, time and venue of the next meeting.

• Close meeting.

4. Review minutes prior to distribution.

5. Ensure clarification of dates for matters to be actioned.

6. Liaise with management to ensure that members have the time and resources

to perform their functions.

7. Sign correspondence and reports on behalf of committee.

8. Represent the committee as required.

Secretary – the Secretary shall: 1. Notify all members 2 weeks prior to the meeting date with an agenda.

2. Book meeting venues.

3. Record the minutes of the meeting.

4. Review minutes with the Chairperson prior to distribution.

5. Distribute minutes to each member within 2 weeks of a meeting.

6. Provide an action summary sheet with minutes.

7. Maintain files relating to the committees business.

Members – all members of the committee are committed to resolving health and safety issues by: 1. Actively seeking input and discussing issues with the people they represent.

2. Posting notices in the workplace calling for agenda items.

3. Advising the Chairperson of items 2 weeks before each meeting.

4. Circulating minutes and placing copies on notice boards.

5. Reporting and documenting activities since the last meeting.

6. Promoting health and safety in the workplace.

Management – management shall promote health and safety by: 1. Ensuring committee members have time allowed to enable them to perform

their functions.


54

2. Providing the committee with facilities and assistance to enable it to perform

its function.

3. Providing information relating to hazards that arise or may arise and

information on the plant, substances and systems of work.

4. Consulting with the committee on proposed changes which may effect the

health and safety of persons.

5. Notify a member of the committee as soon as possible after an accident or

dangerous incident occurs

6. Permitting members to carry out their functions and attend relevant training

relating to health and safety.

Safety Officer – the Safety Officer shall: 1. Attend all OH&S Committee meetings.

2. Support the committee and keep it informed of all relevant changes to health

and safety legislations, practices etc.

3. Provide advice and assistance on any matter relating to the committee’s

functions.

4. Provide the committee with technical and reference information.

17. SUPPORT SERVICES PROVIDED FOR COMMITTEE

A suitable meeting place and facilities will be made avail able for the purposes of

holding Committee meetings or for training the Committee.

The use of a telephone for contacting outside resources in order to gather

information for the Committee will be recognised as part of the duties of the

Chairperson. Stationery will be provided as needed.

Members of the Committee implementing decisions of the Committee or carrying

out tasks for the Committee will be considered to be fulfilling their duties as a

Council employee.

18. AGENDA


55

The Chairperson shall ensure a meeting agenda is prepared and sent to members no

later than two weeks prior to the meeting. The agenda shall list all matters to be

discussed, who is required to attend, date and location of the meeting and have

attached any documentation to be reviewed prior to the meeting.

All agenda items are to be submitted to the Committee Secretary ten (10) days before

the meeting. Members submitting items must ensure the content is given in

sufficient detail so as to assist all members in understanding the problem raised by

supportive information.

If a Committee member wishes to raise an urgent item that is not on the agenda, it is

at the Committee’s discretion to determine an appropriate course of action.

Committee members will respect agenda items determined to be of a confidential

nature. A member may raise and “urgent” item that is not on the agenda without

written notice or by written advice to the chairperson.

19. MINUTES

Minutes of the committee Meetings will be kept regardless of whether the meeting is

regarded as ordinary or extraordinary.

It is the responsibility of the Secretary to record the minutes. Minutes will contain

the following information:

1. Description of meeting, place, time and date on which it was held;

2. A list of those present;

3. Apologies;

4. Absences;

5. Acceptance of the minutes from the previous meeting;

6. Business arising from the previous minutes;

7. Notification of correspondence or reports for the committees

consideration;

8. Items of general business;


56

9. Time meeting closed and date, time and venue for next meeting.

As soon as practicable after each meeting, the Secretary will provide copies of the

minutes to each Committee member and for display.

A copy of the minutes is to be provided to Council at the first appropriate

opportunity.

A copy of the minutes is to be kept in a secure location as a corporate record and

made available to Committee members as required.

20. INFORMATION/ADVICE FROM THE COMMITTEE

The employer will provide details of all injuries or hazardous situations that occurred

since the previous meeting. Information on proposed changes to the working

environment, new plant or substances, job methods or procedures that may affect

the safety or health of employees.

21. WORKPLACE INSPECTIONS

Joint, routine or special inspection of hazardous workplaces will be initiated by the

Committee in accordance with the regulations whenever considered necessary.

An inspection list will be drawn up to cover all locations and incorporating times and

dates as agreed to by the employer to enable all workplaces to be given regular

inspections.

22. COMMUNICATION WITH EMPLOYEES

Employee representatives will be allowed time to discuss occupational health and

safety issues with persons within the immediate area for which they are responsible.

Also for the purpose of carrying out other delegated tasks or functions as determined

by the Committee.

23. NON MEMBERS ATTENDANCE AT COMMITTEE MEETINGS


57

Persons other than Committee members will be allowed to attend meetings subject

to an invitation from the Committee or with the Chairpersons agreement. Such

persons may have specialist knowledge, advice or information for the Committee or

come as observers.

Non members may be excused from the meeting at the completion of the relevant

business.

24. CODE OF CONDUCT 1. In reaching decisions the committee shall consider all:

• Legal

• Ethical; and

• Financial implication of its decisions

2. Members will respect the opinions, ideas and suggestions of others.

3. Members shall actively voice their concerns and opinions.

4. Members will maintain confidentiality of sensitive issues.

5. Members shall advise the Chairperson if unable to attend a meeting and shall

inform the Chairperson of the name of any person (if any) nominated to

attend the meeting in their absence.

6. Members shall be punctual.

7. Members shall action items within agreed time-frames.

25. DISPUTE/ISSUE RESOLUTION

Management and employees are committed to resolving OH&S issues and disputes

in an amicable and mutually satisfactory manner. Disputes shall be dealt with in

accordance with the procedure shown in OH&S Chart – Dispute Resolution.

This clause shall not limit any other remedy available to employees or

management.

26. CONSTRUCTION AMENDMENT


58

The procedure for any constitutional change will be decided by consensus at any

Committee meeting attended by all Committee members who, at that time, hold

office.


SAFETY ACHIEVEMENT & RECOGNITION

1. INTRODUCTION Recognition for good safety achievement promotes interest in accident prevention and

provides an opportunity for managers and employees to celebrate success together.

The responsibility for providing safe workplaces rests with Council, but can only be achieved

by Council, and employees, working together as a team to meet the objectives of Council’s

Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System. Any success is therefore a

combined effort and celebration by all concerned enhances the team approach.

2. GENERAL POINTS TO CONSIDER 2.1 The emphasis should be on celebration and recognition of success.

2.2 Performance objectives should be based on achieving safety program initiatives (i.e.) positive performanc

2.3 The decision to implement a safety recognition program should be a joint decision

between the manager and employees at a particular work location.

2.4 It may be necessary in large operational sections to form teams rather than group all

the employees together.


59

2.5 A safety recognition program should have a specified target date and then be

reviewed to ensure its effectiveness before it continues in the same or revised

form.

2.6 Safety recognition should be publicised within all operational areas of Liverpool

Plains Shire Council and the community, hence generating a sense of self-esteem and

Council identity. Good safety performance can also provide an example to other

operational areas within Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

2.7 Recognition schemes can never substitute for good management practices and leadership, but can provide

2.8 Safety performance recognition boards are one way of displaying performance, not

only to employees, but to members of the public. Boards must be kept up to date to

demonstrate the location's sincerity to OH&S.

Communication

1.1 Purpose

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Communication Policy and Communication

Procedures outline the communication process for the effective transfer of

related Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System

information within all of our departments. Liverpool Plains Shire Council

recognises the need to differentiate between the “process” of consultation

and “how” to effectively communicate with its staff.

1.2 Scope




60








Policy: Communication of 773



61

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Policy

3

1.7 Communication Explained

4

1.8 Communication Matrix

4

1.9 Tool Box Talks

5

FORMS

Tool Box Meeting Record


62


63

1.4 References Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 – Division 2, Part 2, Sections 13-19

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Chapter 3


1.5 Compliance




1.6 Policy

Effective two-way communication within all areas of Liverpool Plains Shire Council

regarding Occupational Health & Safety issues is essential to complement the

Consultation Policy and processes. In particular Liverpool Plains Shire Council

recognises that it is crucial to provide information as required by Legislation on the

safety, health and welfare of employees on accident prevention, emergency

procedures, procedures for maintaining a safe work area, Injury Management

procedures, equipment and materials. This important information will be passed

through the organisation via the following information channels:

• Safety Committee Meetings and Minutes distributed back to

employees.

• Tool Box talks conducted regularly.

• Occupational Health & Safety and Injury Management information

posted on noticeboards.

• Formal training in inductions and targeted safety training sessions.

• Informal training sessions via video or multimedia presentations.

• Documented Safe Work Method Statements.

• Verbal instructions from supervisors or managers.

• Statutory signage.


64

1.7 Communication Explained

Communication is not just about sending memos and reports – it is about

giving and receiving of messages that are understood. Being able to

understand the messages is critical in providing a safe and healthy place to

work.

1.7.1 Day-to-Day Communicating

The most frequent for of exchanging information is communicating with

people on a day-to-day basis. We all need to ensure that we understand what

has been said or written, and that people understand what we mean.

Checking with the person that is giving us the information by asking

questions or repeating the information back to them as we understand it is

one way of finding out if we have understood the information.

1.7.2 Management’s Role in Occupational Health & Safety Communication

Our management team have an essential role in developing our “Safety

Culture” by making a point of discussing safety information on-site and by

supporting our Occupational Health & Safety Committee and Tool Box

Talks.

1.8 Communication Matrix

With so many sources of information available to, and within, Liverpool Plains Shire

Council it is important for Council to have a system to direct the flow. As such

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has developed an Information/Communication

Matrix that graphically explains how information is labelled and distributed within

the organisation. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Matrix for communication is as

follows:


65

Information Receiver(s) When How Sent By

Safety Alerts All As developed Noticeboards, internal mail

Safety Officer, Managers, Supervisors

Safety Statistics Safety Committee, Managers, General Manager

Monthly Statistics reports Safety Officer, Chairperson Safety Committee

Current Incidents Safety Committee, Managers, General Manager

2 Monthly/Safety Committee Meetings

Incident reports Safety Officer, Chairperson Safety Committee

Legislation Updates

Safety Committee, Managers, General Manager

As developed Committee meetings, Tool Box talks, Management Reports

Safety Officer

Health & Safety Information

All As developed Noticeboards, Tool Box Talks, Safety Committee Minutes


Safety Committee Minutes

All 2 Monthly Noticeboards Chairperson Safety Committee

SWMS Changes All As developed Tool Box Talks, Manual updates


1.9 Tool Box Talks

Tool Box talks provide an informal exchange of information between line

management and employees, with the express purpose of involving members of the

work force in issues which are important to them as well as to Council.

1.9.1 Organisation Of Meetings

Tool Box meetings should be held on a regular basis but should be informal.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council departments have a planned program of

meetings throughout a given period of time (e.g.) 1 year. They may also be


66

impromptu with the meetings being held as the need arises (e.g.) to discuss a

recent accident or “near miss”.

Meetings may be held by Managers, Supervisors, Safety Officer, and

members of the Occupational Health & Safety Committee or by a request

from an employee who has an important issue for discussion.

Meetings can be held anywhere, where there is space for a number of people

to gather and where people will not be distracted by extraneous noise.

Formal meeting rooms are not necessary - hence the title “Tool Box”

meetings.

Tool Box meetings are not meant to be lengthy training sessions, their main

impact is for a clear exchange of ideas on a particular topic in 10-20 minutes.

As meetings are informal and often impromptu, formal agendas are not

usually circulated, but the person calling the meeting should have prepared

some relevant facts and be able to initiate and direct the discussion and then

bring it to an agreed conclusion.

Records of topics and names of attendees should be kept for all Tool Box

meetings on Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Tool Box Meeting Record

form.

1.9.2 Possible Topics for Discussion

• The causes of recent workplace incidents, injuries, near hits

and possible preventative measures.

• Raising people's awareness of their responsibilities to working

safely (e.g.) attention to housekeeping, wearing of personal

protective equipment.

• Inviting people to raise safety issues which they see as a

concern.


67

• Inviting comment on work place modifications, new plant or

equipment.

• How to reduce absenteeism.

• How to reduce work place injuries.

• Asking for employee input into reducing manual handling

problems or how to modify jobs to reduce potential risks.

• Safety topics relevant to the workplace such as hazardous

substances, permits to work, warm up exercises, sun

exposure.

REMEMBER: involving employees in matters relating to their jobs and

their work place goes a long way towards building a committed and

productive team. Employees’ input is frequently of great benefit to

management in planning and problem solving, they are the people

performing the tasks and in touch with the work place, so may be in the best

position to come up with the correct answers.

1.10.3 Annual Tool Box Meeting Program (example)

Subject Jan Feb March April May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Workplace Hazards

Manual Handling

Confined Spaces

Hazardous Substances

Injury Management

Emergency Procedures

First Aid CPR

SWMS’s


68

Safety Issue Disputes

1.1 Purpose Management and employee representatives from Liverpool Plains Shire Council have

accepted the following Safety Issue Dispute Resolution Procedure. The purpose of

this agreed procedure is to achieve the most practicable, effective, and timely

resolution of all health and safety issues that may arise at Liverpool Plains Shire

Council if and/or when they occur.

1.3 Scope










Policy: Safety Issue Disputes of 773



69

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Procedure

3

SAFETY ISSUE DISPUTE RESOLUTION FLOWCHART

5

FORMS Safety Issue Non-Conformance


70

1.4 References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 - Division 2 Part 2, Sections 13-19



1.5 Compliance




1.6 Procedure

This Module relates to the situation where there is a dispute regarding the

outcome of a Safety Issue. The agreed Safety Issue Dispute Resolution

Procedure is as follows:

1. When a Liverpool Plains Shire Council employee identifies a health

and safety issue they are to immediately report the issue to their

supervisor. The supervisor is then to inform the employer/employee

health and safety representative for their work area.

2. The health and safety issue should be dealt with as soon as possible

after being reported. If the issue cannot be rectified immediately a

temporary solution to the issue should be implemented immediately

and all council employees, contractors, visitors etc. working in close

proximity to the area must be notified of the temporary measure. As

a minimum, the temporary measure should be put in place so as to

prevent any adverse consequences foreseeably arising from the safety

issue.

3. Where a safety issue fails to be resolved within a reasonable time

frame, an employer or employee representative has the authority to

issue a Liverpool Plains Shire Council Safety Issue Non-

Conformance form. A copy of the Safety Issue Non-Conformance


71

form is sent to the Occupational Health & Safety Committee, the

Safety Officer, and the General Manager.

4. Where the safety issue concerns an immediate threat to the health

and safety of any person, the employee or employer safety

representative may direct work to cease.

5. After the Safety Issue Non-Conformance form has been issued, the

Occupational Health & Safety Committee will conduct a “Safety

Investigation” with the view to solving the Safety Issue.

6. After all other measures have been exhausted to resolve the safety

issue, the employer or employee safety representative may request the

assistance of a WorkCover Inspector.

7. Following resolution of the safety issue the outcomes must be

communicated via the Occupational Health & Safety Committee who

will then provide the relevant information to all employees.


72

SAFETY ISSUE DISPUTE RESOLUTION FLOWCHART

ISSUE ARISES

Employee reports

Safety Issue toSUPERVISOR

RESOLUTIONNO YES

Report to OHS

Committee

Resolution

Recorded

Identify & Implement

Tempory Safety

Measures

Is there an

IMMEDIATE RISK?

CEASE WORK as

directed by OHS Rep

Report Safety Issue

to Employee/Employer

Safety Rep

Employee/Safety Officer

issues a Safety Issue Non-

Conformance

RESOLUTIONNO YES

Call WorkCoverInspector

OHS Committeeconducts Safety

Investigation


73

Risk Management

1.1 Purpose

This procedure details Council’s process of:

• Identifying hazards;

• Assessing risks arising from those hazards;

• Eliminating or controlling those risks;

• Monitoring and reviewing risk control methods; and

• Providing information.

1.2 Scope










74

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3

1.8 Risk Management Process

6

FORMS Hazard Risk Control Register Potential Hazards - Reference Document Worksite Induction Risk Assessment & Control Form


75

Non-Conformance Report


76

1.4 Definitions

“Environmental Aspect” – element of an organization's activities, products or

services that can interact with the environment. NOTE - A significant

environmental aspect is an environmental aspect that has or can have a significant

environmental impact.

“Environmental Impact” – any change to the environment, whether adverse or

beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization's activities, products or

services.

“Environmental Aspects” – The organization shall establish and maintain (a)

procedure(s) to identify the environmental aspects of its activities, products or

services that it can control and over which it can be expected to have an influence, in

order to determine those which have or cannot have significant impacts on the

environment. The organization shall ensure that the aspects related to these

significant impacts are considered in setting its environmental objectives.

“Hazard/Aspect” - A source of potential harm, or a situation with the potential to cause loss or adverse

impacts. The element of an organisation’s activities, products or services that can interact with the

environment. For example, injury or disease to persons, harm to environment, harm to Council’s public image

or reduction in the quality of our services.

“Loss” – any negative consequence, financial or otherwise

“Risk Management” – In Occupational Health & Safety terms Risk Management is

the process of recognising situations that have the potential to cause harm to people

or property, and doing something to prevent the hazardous situation occurring or

the person being harmed.

“Risk/Impact” – The chance of something happening that will have an impact

upon objectives. It is measured in terms of consequences and likelihood. Any change

to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partly resulting from an

organisations activities, products or services

“Risk Assessment” – Overall process of risk analysis and risk evaluation, associated

with the incident, accident or system failure.

“Risk Control” – that part of risk management which involves the implementation

of policies, standards, procedures and physical changes to eliminate or minimise

adverse risks.


77

“Workplace” – workshop, depot, construction site office or any site work is

undertaken on behalf of council.


78

1.5 References



AS/NZS 4360:2004 Risk Management

Code of Practice for Risk Assessment – WorkCover

Code of Practice: Occupational Health & Safety Consultation (WorkCover 2000)

Code of Practice: Occupational Health & Safety Training for Construction Work

1.6 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any procedure resulting from

this policy or procedure may result in disciplinary action in accordance with

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s current disciplinary policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring all its workplaces are free from risk to all

its employees, contractors, visitors, and the public.

All hazards shall be identified, their risk assessed, and where possible the risk eliminated. Where it

is not possible to eliminate a hazard it shall be controlled to a reasonable level.

Measures applied to control risk which cannot be eliminated shall be monitored for effectiveness.

Risk assessments will be reviewed when:

• There is evidence the risk assessment is no longer valid;

• There are changes to the workplace or the way in which work is completed;

• When there are planned changes to the workplace, new information relating to

plant, equipment, substances or the methods used for completing tasks are received;

• An injury, illness, or incident has occurred as a result of a hazard;

• As required by relevant standard or code of practice.


79

Liverpool Plains Shire Council shall establish and maintain procedures that meet legal requirements

for:

• The identification of Occupational Health & Safety and Injury hazards;

• The assessment of Occupational Health & Safety and Injury Hazards;

• The implementation of measures to eliminate hazards, or minimise risks;

• Conformation with relevant Occupational Health & Safety and Injury

Management Legislation, Australian Standards and codes of practice to remove

hazards; and

• Management of emergencies.

Employees with relevant qualifications and skills shall develop and implement procedures in

consultation with other employee and management.

1.8 Risk Management Process

Risk management is an essential part of general management processes. Risk

management applies to all areas and aspects of work in Council, at every level.

Effective risk management ensures continual improvement and is as much about

identifying opportunities as avoiding or mitigating losses.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has developed a Potential Hazards – Reference

Document outlining risks that may occur in its working environment. This reference

document can be found at the back of this Module.

Risk Management consists of well-defined steps similar to any problem solving method. When these

steps are taken in the correct sequence they lead to informed decisions about how to best avoid, or

control, the impact of these risks. The steps involved in the risk management process are:

1. Identification (determine existing or potential hazards and

associated risks).

2. Assessment (determine risk rating).


80

3. Prioritise (prioritise identified hazards/risks from risk

rating).

4. Eliminate or Determine Controls (select the most

appropriate method to control the hazard/risk).

5. Implement Controls (put control methods into practice).

6. Evaluation (monitor the effectiveness of the control

method).

Risk Management Flowchart The following chart demonstrates the connection between all of the elements of the Risk

Management process.


81

R

OHS PROGRAM The OHS program at Liverpool Plains Shire Council shows us how we will do what is outlined in the policy.

The major points of the program are:

Hazard Identification

Risk Assessment

Risk Control

Monitoring & Control

RISK ASSESSMENT This is the process of assessing the

risks to people’s health & safety for

each of the hazards identified. The

risks are then prioritized as to their

likelihood of happening in the

workplace.

RISK CONTROL This is the process of

deciding on what measures

are put in place to people’s

health & safety as identified

in the risk assessment

process.

MONITORING AND REVIEWING This is the process of the ongoing monitoring of the hazard identification, risk assessment and risk

control processes and reviewing them to ensure they are all working effectively.

The result is that any hazards are dealt with as they arise.

RESULT

A Safe &

Healthy

Workplace

OHS POLICY The OHS policy is Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s statement of its commitment to Occupational Health & Safety.

It is designed to state the roles and responsibilities of everyone who works for Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

HAZARD

IDENTIFICATION This is the process of

examining the workplace and

all jobs/tasks to identify all of

the hazards to peoples health

and safety.


82

Step 1 - Identification

Hazards and their associated risks may be identified by Council management,

staff, contractors or external bodies. Personnel may identify existing or

potential hazards prior to carrying out work, as work is being undertaken, or

during an audit or planning process. Hazards are also identified through

incidents and near misses.

Hazard - Definition

A hazard is a situation with the potential to cause illness or injury to employees,

contractors, visitors or the public and damage to plant or property. A hazard can be

related to a physical or psychological state or a work practice or procedure. A hazard

can be introduced when implementing changes to existing arrangements.

The process of hazard identification, assessment and control forms the basis

of all Australian State and Territory Occupational Health and Safety

Legislation. Employers are required to provide information, instruction and

training on the location and nature of hazards in the workplace and control

measures to be used. Records must be kept of this training.

Basic Hazard Types

• Gravity: Falling objects/falls of people/work done above ground

height.

• Kinetic Energy: Sharp and penetrating objects.

• Mechanical Energy:

o Moving plant.

o Machinery/equipment that can cut, crush or catch people.

• Thermal Energy – Extremes of cold and/or heat.

• Splashes of hot and cold materials.

• Effects of Temperature: Hot and/or cold working environment.


83

• Radiation: Sunlight, X-Rays, lasers, bright lights, light flashes (e.g.)

welding.

• Sound: Noisy machinery/equipment.

• Noisy working environment.

• Biological: Biological matter (e.g.) human waste, animal waste,

blood, body organs, infectious substances.

• Electrical: Unsafe electrical equipment (e.g.) overloaded circuits,

worn cords.

• Vibration: Vibrating machinery and/or equipment.

• Organisational: Policy, procedures, maintenance schedules, training,

shift work, work schedules, staffing.

• People and Tasks: Fatigue, stress, job design, excessive reaching,

awkward postures, repetitive movements and lifting.

• Hazardous Substances: Liquids, gases, flammable products,

poisonous substances, corrosive and oxidising agents, hazardous

products (Asbestos) & Chemicals such as Pesticides.

Hazard Identification

Hazards can be identified through:

1. Analysis of accident/injury and near miss data

An effective incident reporting system, which encourages reporting,

investigation and prompt follow up by management and Occupational

Health and Safety workgroups is essential for a pro-active safety

management system.

2. Consultation with employees

This is a requirement of Occupational Health and Safety Legislation in all

Australian States and Territories. Employees are often in the best position

to identify hazards and assess risks. They often suggest the best control

options as well.


84

3. Walk through surveys/hazard inspections/behaviour observation

A systematic approach using a site-specific checklist(s) aids consistency and

ensures nothing is missed.

Hazards may also be identified from the following sources:

• Occupational Health and Safety workgroup’s recommendations.

• Hygiene monitoring reports.

• Operational reviews.

• Accident/incident investigation.

• Occupational Health and Safety reports and external audit

reports.

• Material Safety Data Sheets.

• Sickness records.

• Regulations/Codes of Practice, Australia Standards.

• External audits.

• Health surveillance.

• Manual Handling hazard identification programs.

• Hazardous Substances risk assessments.

• Reviews of plant and equipment.

• Defect cards for plant and equipment, maintenance

programs.

• Job safety analysis for critical tasks.

• Employee complaints / reports

4. Systematic Investigation

Hazards can be identified by formal investigation and reporting systems

which include:

Workplace Inspections


85

Regular systematic inspections of the workplace by managers,

supervisors, Occupational Health & Safety Committees, or

employees to identify, by observations, hazards that exist in the

workplace.

Accident Investigation

Accident investigations are a set of procedures for determining the

factors that contributed to an accident. This also includes

recommendations to implement corrective actions.

Consultation

Consultation can take many forms from informal talks to formal

meetings with employees or other relevant people associated with the

workplace. This process will enable hazards to be reported to the

management.

Safety Audits

This is a systematic and regular investigation to evaluate the

effectiveness of Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational

Health, Safety & Injury Management System.

Injury & Illness Records

Workplaces in NSW must keep record of any illness or accident

sustained by their employees. These records should be analysed

statically and can alert Liverpool Plains Shire Council to the presence

of hazards present in the workplace.

Workplace & Health Monitoring

Experts may be used to monitor the environment of the workplace.

These experts could measure noise, temperature, or dust etc. Not

only do these measurements help management to identify hazards,

but can also help to assess risk associated with the hazards. The

health of people exposed to certain hazards can also be monitored

(e.g.) people working with chemicals can be measured to determine


86

the exposure level etc to determine if the substance has an affect on

the bodily function etc.

Informal Identification

An employee or member of the public brings workplace hazards to

the attention of managers and supervisors through a complaint or

comment. Parties may also bring hazards in the LPSC’s operating

environment to the attention of council employees in this way.

Observation

Managers and supervisors, as part of their normal duties, may

observe workplace hazards.


87

Step 2 – Assessment of Risk “Risk” - means the likelihood or probability of injury, illness or

damage to plant or property arising from exposure to any

hazard.

“Risk Assessment” is the process of determining the likelihood

or probability of an injury, illness or damage to plant or

property occurring.

Once a hazard is identified, the risk associated with it is determined

by looking at the frequency and duration of exposure to the

hazard and the potential consequences of this exposure.

A risk assessment is necessary to identify the likelihood and

consequences of risks associated with identified hazards.

For example:

• The number of people affected;

• Size or sensitivity of receiving environment;

• Financial or legal implications; or

• Assets or infrastructure affected.

Risk assessment determines which hazards present an unacceptable

risk and therefore require control measures. Quantifying and rating

hazards enables them to be prioritised and controlled in order of risk.

1. Informal Risk Assessment

Requires a visual and mental assessment and discussion with other worksite participants if necessary.


88

2. Formal Risk Assessment

This is a documented risk assessment process which involves a visual

and mental assessment, discussion with other worksite participants

and the recording and signing of outcomes.

3. Rating Risks

A risk is assessed and rated by considering consequence and likelihood

of an occurrence. These are defined below:

1. Consequence - (IMPACT) – the outcome severity of an

event involving the hazard, expressed qualitatively or

quantitatively, (e.g.) personal injury/fatality, environmental

damage, property/equipment damage.

2. Likelihood - (CHANCE) – the probability, likelihood or

chance of the hazard causing an accident, (e.g.) range from

very unlikely to almost certain.

The Risk Matrix combines these factors to produce a risk rating.

IMPACT

LOW MEDIUM HIGH Low

L L M

Medium

L M H Chance

High

M H H


89

Table 1: Qualitative Measures of Consequence or Impact

Consequence Detail Description

LOW

OH&S – No injuries. Environmental – isolated community complaints, minimal level of pollution, self-correcting with little impact. Industrial relations – Employee grievances dealt with on site. Business – Loss <5% of job cost, non-compliance with Council Management System. OH&S – First aid treatment. Environmental – limited/localised impact, occasional community complaints, low-level pollution (on-site release) requiring specific action, controllable on-site. Industrial Relations – Employee grievances dealt with by senior management. Business – loss 5-10% of job cost, non-compliance with Australian Standards, Codes of Practice.

MEDIUM

OH&S – Medical treatment and several days off work, injury management plan required. Environmental – reversible impact, frequent community complaints, significant pollution requiring outside assistance and notification to surrounding properties. Industrial Relations – Employee grievances taken to the union. Business – loss 10-20% of job cost (possibly due to inclement weather, resources shortage, subcontractor capability), non-compliance with legislation/Licence conditions.OH&S – long-term illness or serious injury, notification to WorkCover. Environmental – serious long-term implications, high level community discontent, severe pollution extending beyond site but with no detrimental effects, notification to others. Industrial Relations – threatened industrial action. Business – loss 20-70% of job cost, loss of production capability, order placed on Council by authorities.

HIGH

OH&S – Death or permanent disability/illness, WorkCover investigation. Environmental – serious permanent damage, extreme community dissatisfaction, extreme pollution, toxic release off site with detrimental effect, requires outside help, notification of authorities. Industrial Relations – Actual industrial action. Business – loss >70% of job cost, loss of production capability, potential prosecution by authorities.

Table 2: Qualitative Measures of Likelihood


90

Likelihood Description

Continuous Is expected to occur in most circumstances (continuous process, activity or

occurrence) probability of occurrence 1 in 2.

Frequent Will probably occur in most circumstances (result of frequently used process, activity

or occurrence) 1 in 5.

Occasional Might occur at some time (result of little used process, activity or occurrence) 1 in 20.

Remote Could occur at some time (result of chain of unusual events leading to incident) 1 in 50.

Improbable May occur only in exceptional circumstances (result of chain of extraordinary events

leading to an incident) 1 in 100 or less.


91

Step 3 – Assigning Rating & Prioritising Risks

Once the assessment phase is completed the Risk Matrix is used to determine the

rating.

Risk Rating example: Medium Chance + High Impact = High Risk Rating

(arrows indicate how to use table in previous step).

Risk Rating Priority

Hazards with high-risk ratings are given priority when allocating controls, as

they present a higher risk to employees, the environment, infrastructure,

quality of service/product and Council in general.

After conducting the risk assessment it may be necessary to prioritise risks according

to the rating given and the exposure of the risk. Prioritisation of the risks will occur

when there is more than one risk relating to an activity or process within Council.

High Risk: It is extremely important to do something about the hazard

immediately.

Medium Risk: It is extremely important to do something about the hazard as

soon as possible.

Low Risk: It is important to do something about the hazard when

possible.

For example: Parks and Recreation have three footpaths requiring repair. Due to budget constraints, the repairs cannot all be completed together, so they are prioritised in order of risk rating – highest to lowest. Should they all have the same risk rating they may be prioritised by considering the exposure of people to the risk. So a footpath in the city centre would be given priority due to higher exposure of public to the footpath than one situated in a residential area of town.


92

Managers/Supervisors conducting the risk assessment may use other factors

to decide how to prioritise the risks, and these shall all be documented by the

responsible person.

For environmental risks identified, there is a need to formulate specific

objectives and targets to eliminate where possible or control the risks. These

shall also be prioritised in the risk assessment process.

Step 4 – Control Measures

Once the risks have been assessed and prioritised, the hazard control

process(s) most effective in eliminating, reducing, substituting, or isolating

the hazard shall be identified and implemented. A system of hierarchy of

controls is used by Council to control hazards.

Elimination is the most effective control measure and should be

adopted wherever practicable. Other controls are less effective and require

more frequent reviews of the hazards and systems of work. A combination

of these control measures can be used, such as substituting a chemical with a

less hazardous alternative, issuing staff with PPE and ensuring staff are

trained to use the substance and their PPE.

Controls may also be short term or long term in their implementation. An

interim, short-term control may be implemented until a long-term control

measure is developed and implemented.

Hierarchy of Controls Occupational Health and Safety Legislation requires that control measures be

developed to eliminate or minimise the risk associated with the hazard using a

preferred order, or hierarchy of controls.

The control process must conform to the hierarchy of control as set down in

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 1, Section 5. Care should


93

be taken to ensure the control methods should not introduce new hazards to the

workplace. The hierarchy of control is:

1. Elimination of a hazard at source: Is it possible to design

out or engineer out the problem if reasonable practicable?

2. Substitution: Is it possible to replace equipment, substance or

process with a less harmful alternative?

3. Engineering Controls:

i. Isolation: Is it possible to create a barrier between the

hazard and the person (e.g.) guarding, handrails, distance.

ii. Enclosure: noise (machine or operator enclosure), guarding,

interlocks.

iii. Containment: (e.g.) ventilation/extraction at source.

iv. Limitation: safety valves, low AMP/VOLTS, overflows.

4. Administrative controls: (e.g.) rotation of employees,

documented work procedures, training, high risk permits.

5. Personal protective equipment: to be used as a last resort or

as an interim measure until more effective control measures can be

developed.

It is not uncommon for more than one control measure to be employed in

controlling a hazard (e.g.) fume extraction at source when welding, combined with

the use of personal protective equipment.

Management and safety workgroups need to understand this hierarchy of

controls and work to achieve hazard control based on workplace and task

design e.g. the top of the hierarchy, rather than controls (bottom), which rely

on employee behaviour to protect employees from the hazard (e.g.) use of

personal protective equipment.


94

Once the control measures have been determined, the risk rating shall be

reviewed to ensure the controls will actually reduce the risk.

Ask the question – What if?

• We install a fan – what about noise?

• We redesign the workplace – what will the occupational health and

safety implications be?

• We install extraction ventilation – will it really remove all the

contaminants?

• We install a new machine – will it create new problems?

• We substitute – is the alternative really safe?

For hazard controls to be effective they must:

• Work – be adequate and appropriate to control the hazard.

• Protect all employees.

• Not create new hazards.

• Be comfortable and acceptable to employees (PPE).

• Not transfer the hazard to the community or other employees.

All Council’s identified hazards, risks, and control measures are recorded on the

Hazard/Risk Control Register. This can be used to help personnel decide which

control measures should be used for which particular hazardous activities.

Step 5 – Implement Control Measures

When the appropriate controls have been decided, they are implemented in

the workplace. Control measures may require simulation testing to determine

whether they are suitable and ensure they do not cause other hazards to be

introduced in to the workplace. In determining and implementing controls,

consultation and training records shall be produced. These shall be

forwarded to the Safety Officer for record keeping.


95

Step 6 – Evaluation & Review

Once risk assessments have been conducted and controls introduced, a

monitoring process shall be developed to evaluate their effectiveness. Points

to include in the evaluation are:

• Does the control introduce a new hazard?

• Is the control working?

• Are all worksite/work party staff aware of and using the control?

It is a legislative requirement that risk assessments and control measures be

reviewed whenever:

1. There is evidence that the risk assessment is no longer valid. (A risk

assessment may no longer be valid due to changes in technology or

knowledge in the field to which the risk assessment relates. Accident

and incident investigations (including near misses) may also indicate

that a risk assessment is no longer valid); or

2. Injury, illness or environmental damage resulting from exposure to a

hazard to which risk assessment relates.

3. A significant change is proposed in the place of work or in work

practices or procedures to which the risk assessment relates.

Risk assessments and control measures should also be reviewed whenever:

• There has been updates to legislation or Standards relevant to the process

or procedure.

Current review methods used at Council include:

• Workers Compensation Claims Cost.


96

• Site Inspections.

• Hazard Identification alerts.

• Worksite Audits.

• Document reviews.

Throughout work processes staff must be aware of the potential for new

hazards. Evaluating existing control methods and recognising and managing

current and introduced hazards as their jobs progress will ensure staff are

aware of hazards at all times.

Upon completion of work, if any staff member has reason to be concerned

as to the effectiveness of the worksite risk assessment or any control

measure, they must inform their Supervisor/Manager by completing a Non-

Conformance Report form. The Supervisor/Manager must then review the

risk assessment and control in consultation with staff and implement

corrective controls where necessary.

Hazard Reporting

1.1 Purpose

This policy and procedure describes Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s hazard

reporting process.

1.2 Scope


97










98

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3

1.8 Hazard Reporting Procedure

3

FORMS

Hazard Report


99

1.4 Definitions

A hazard is a situation with the potential to cause illness or injury to employees,

contractors, visitors and the public or damage to plant or property. A hazard can be

related to a physical or psychological state, or a work practice or procedure. A hazard

can be introduced when implementing changes to existing arrangements.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 2, Section 9 & Chapter 4,

Section 34.

1.6 Compliance Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any evacuation procedure produced

in accordance with the policy or procedure may result in disciplinary action in accordance


1.7 Policy

As hazards are the primary identifiable cause of occupational health and

safety problems, controlling the risk(s) arising from them offers Liverpool

Plains Shire Council the greatest opportunity for reducing injury and illness

in the workplace. Therefore all known or identified hazards that have the

potential to cause injury or illness to employees, contractors, visitors, and the

public or damage to plant or property MUST be reported.


100

1.8 Hazard Reporting Procedure

1. Supervisors shall ensure that the Hazard Report Form is available to

employees at all the work locations within their area of responsibility.

2. Supervisors shall ensure that if there is any immediate risk of injury

or illness to an employee they shall take action to make the area safe

whilst ensuring their own safety is not put at risk.

3. Employees shall report immediately any hazard or safety issue

to their supervisor and complete the safety hazard report form.

4. The supervisor on receiving the from will take the following action:

a) Take action to remove the hazard if possible;

b) Take action to prevent employees being exposed to the

hazard;

c) Investigate and Implement corrective action;

d) Forward the completed hazard report to the Safety Officer

within 48 hrs;

e) Supervisors shall ensure this procedure is reviewed in toolbox

talks on a regular basis.

This procedure will be introduced to new employees during the induction

process.


101

HAZARD REPORTING FLOWCHART

What You Need to Know

REPORT ALL HAZARDSIf you know of a hazardYou Must Report It

Fill out a Hazard Report &give it to your Supervisor

MAKE THE AREA SAFEif there is an immediate risk to the health & safety of:

an employeea contractorthe public, or

risk to plant & equipment

The Supervisor must investigate the problem

If the Supervisor can't resolve

the problem - contact Engineer

If the Engineer can't resolvethe problem - contact expert

Implement Corrective Action


102

Accident/Incident Management

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of the Accident/Incident Management Module is to affirm the

commitment of Liverpool Plains Shire Council to the planned management

of accidents and incidents within the scope of this policy and to commit

appropriate resources to the management of such accidents and incidents.

This Module includes the following sections:

1. Accident/Incident Management.

2. Accident/Incident Reporting.

3. Accident/Incident Investigation.

4. Implementation of Corrective Action.

5. Review & Evaluation of Prevention Strategies.

6. Accident/Incident Statistics.

7. Accident/Dangerous Occurrence – Reporting to WorkCover.

1.2 Scope






relevant sections of the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000, Occupational

Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Codes of Practice, Workers Compensation Act

1987, and the Injury Management & Workers Compensation Act 1998.



103

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

2

1.3 Contents

3

1.4 Definitions

4

1.5 References

4

1.6 Compliance

4

1.7 Policy

4


5

Incident Management

7

Accident/Incident Reporting 11


104

Accident/Incident Investigation 15 Accident/Incident Statistics 20 Incidents/Dangerous Occurrences – Reporting Requirements to WorkCover 22 MODULE FORMS 26 1. Incident Report Form 2. Accident Investigation Report 3. First Aid Treatment Report 4. First Aid Report (Monthly Summary) 5. Property Damage Report 6. Motor Vehicle Accident Report


105

1.4 Definitions

“Accident” An Accident is an unplanned or undesired event that results in injury or

illness to a person. This may also involve damage to plant, equipment, property or

the environment.

“Incident” Means any unplanned event taking place on any Liverpool Plains Shire

Council workplace or site or somehow related to Liverpool Plains Shire Council

endorsed activities that causes (or has the potential to cause) an injury or illness

and/or damage to equipment, plant, buildings, or the natural environment. Incidents

range from near-miss incidents to serious incidents and emergencies.

1.5 References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 – Division 4, Section 86

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapters 2 & 12

Workers Compensation Act 1987 – Sections 88, 89, 90, 91

Injury Management & Workers Compensation Act 1998

1.6 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any procedure produced

in accordance with the policy or procedure may result in disciplinary action

in accordance with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s current disciplinary

policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring (as far as

practicable) that all our worksites are free from hazards. To enable this to

occur, accident reporting, investigation, and implementation of corrective

action is an important strategy. Therefore all accidents/incidents must be

reported and investigated by the immediate supervisor. Prevention

strategies should be implemented in a timely fashion as with the

requirements to comply with any reporting to external authorities.


106

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has determined that the proper management

of incidents, accidents, injuries, illnesses, and emergencies forms a central

element of its health and safety responsibilities.

As such Liverpool Plains Shire Council will:

• Develop, implement, and maintain procedures for:

o The appropriate treatment of injuries and illnesses;

o The prompt reporting and investigation of all accidents,

incidents, injuries, and illnesses;

o The implementation of corrective actions following incidents;

o The management of foreseeable emergencies.

• Inform our staff, contractors, and visitors of the existence and

outlines of the above mentioned procedures;

• Develop and conduct training sessions for Managers, Supervisors,

Health & Safety Representatives, and First Aid Officers;

• Allocate appropriate resources for the implementation of

accident/incident, injury and emergency measures;

• Monitor the implementation of the policy and related procedures;

and

• Assign responsibilities in relation to the implementation of this policy

and related procedures.

1.8 Responsibilities 1.8.1 General Manager

The General Manager of Liverpool Plains Shire Council is ultimately responsible for

the policy, and is accountable for the performance of Council in relation to this

policy. The General Manager will ensure that specific budget allocations are made for

the implementation of appropriate accident/incident management procedures.


107


The Safety Officer will:

• Develop, implement, and maintain Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

procedures for the implementation of this policy;

• Advise and assist Supervisors and Managers with the implementation

of the policy’s and related procedures.

1.8.3 Supervisors & Managers

Supervisors and Managers will:

• Attend training sessions organised in relation to this policy

and related procedures;

• Nominate, in consultation with employees, the First Aid

Officers required in their area under procedures related to

this policy;

• Develop the systems required for the training in the policy

and related procedures of employees (including new staff),

contractors, and visitors under their control; and

• Comply with the policy and related procedures. (This

requirement may include developing and implementing

area/site specific procedures adapting Liverpool Plains Shire

Council-wide documents for local conditions).

1.8.4 Health & Safety Representatives

Health & Safety Representatives will:

• Assist Supervisors and Managers in implementing the policy and

related procedures in their area and for the work group they

represent.


108

Incident Management

Purpose

To describe the steps to be taken when confronted with an incident, injury or

illness at Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

These instructions, to be read in conjunction with the First Aid and Emergency

Management Modules, aim to:

• Ensure Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s compliance with relevant

requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Legislation.

Scope

This procedure will apply to all management, employees, contractors, visitors, and


assistance of all personnel. This procedure will apply to all sites where Liverpool Plains


Council employees or for Liverpool Plains Shire Council must comply with the relevant

sections of the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health &

Safety Regulation 2001 and Codes of Practice.

Definitions

“Injury or illness”: covers any injury or illness incurred by any person whilst

present on the grounds of Liverpool Plains Shire Council or engaged in Liverpool

Plains Shire Council-endorsed activities. It includes the recurrence or aggravation of

any pre-existing injury or illness, and any illness, which becomes apparent on Council

grounds, even if unrelated to Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

“As far as practicable”: in this procedure, this expression means practicable having

regard to:

• The severity of the injury or illness and the number of casualties;

• The availability of Council First Aid Officers;


109

• The availability of other trained First Aid Officers, medical or para-

medical personnel;

• The availability of a next-of-kin, legal guardian, etc., of the casualty or

casualties; and

• The wishes of any casualty or casualties.

Incident Management Procedure 1. General Procedure

In all cases of an accident/incident, the priorities that must inform any

decision made by staff of Liverpool Plains Shire Council are (listed in

decreasing order of importance):

1. To preserve the health and safety of nearby people;

2. To render assistance to injured person(s), particularly by obtaining

help from trained personnel (Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid

Officers, Ambulance Officers, etc);

3. To preserve relevant evidence for any investigation; and

4. To report the incident in accordance with Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s Incident Reporting Procedure.

2. Specific Procedure – No Injury Incidents (Near-Miss or Material Damage Only):

In case of incident that does not cause any injury or illness, staff present at the scene

must take all reasonable steps to ensure that the incident does not recur or worsen.

Reporting requirements are outlined in Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Incident

Reporting Procedure.

3. Specific Procedure – Injuries or Illnesses

In the case of injury or illness, people present at the scene must organise, as

far as practicable, the prompt examination of the injured person(s) by a

Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officer.


110

If a Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officer is available, the

Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officer assumes control of the

situation. If no Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officer is available,

the most senior Liverpool Plains Shire Council employee present at the scene

assumes control of the situation. In consultation with the casualty - if

conscious (see notes 1 and 2) – the First Aid Officer or Liverpool Plains

Shire Council employee will determine the appropriate course of action. The

following options would normally be considered (listed broadly in increasing

order of severity):

1. Making injured person(s) comfortable and allowing them to rest;

2. Allowing injured person(s) to self-administer treatment if they suffer

of a diagnosed condition and carry appropriate medication;

3. Contacting a next-of-kin or legal guardian to come and assist injured

person(s);

4. Advising injured person(s) that they should seek examination by a

medical practitioner;

5. Providing first aid treatment, making use if necessary of first aid

equipment supplied by Liverpool Plains Shire Council;

6. Transporting injured person(s) to an appropriate medical service for

prompt (but non-emergency) attention (see Note 3); and

7. Calling an ambulance (emergencies).

Note 1: When consulting with the injured person(s), any factor thought to impair the

injured person(s) judgement shall be taken into account. Such factors include:

- disorientation, confusion or embarrassment experienced by the injured

person(s) as a result of the incident, the injury, or a medical condition;

- immaturity of judgement (e.g.) in some children; and

- the possible side effects of pharmaceutical substances, or the possible

influence of alcohol or drugs.


111

Where an injured person(s) is thought to have an impaired capacity for sound

judgement and steadfastly refuses to follow the recommended course of action,

reasonable steps shall be taken to protect the person and others against the possible

consequences of their actions. These steps may include contacting emergency

services against the will of the injured person(s). Physical coercion should only be

used in the most extreme situations and solely in an attempt to protect life and limb.

Note 2: In all cases where an injured person(s) is unconscious, and ambulance shall

be called, as far as is practicable for the circumstances.

Note 3: If, in the opinion of the Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officer or

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employee, an injured person(s) needs to be

transported to a medical facility for prompt attention and a next-of-kin or legal

guardian cannot be contacted, the First Aid Officer or the Manager/Supervisor must

organise transport. Liverpool Plains Shire Council vehicles should be used in

preference to private vehicles. In general, injured person(s) requiring medical

treatment are deemed to be unable to drive safely. In such cases, unless the injured

person(s) repeatedly insists on leaving the incident scene by their own means, the

most senior Liverpool Plains Shire Council employee present will assign a reliable

employee to drive the injured person(s) to an appropriate medical facility. The

Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officer, if in attendance, will determine

whether the injured person(s) condition needs to be monitored during transport, in

which case a Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officer will accompany the

driver and the injured person(s).

For every person they attend to, Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid

Officers must complete a First Aid Treatment Report form that should be

included in all Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Kits. Every month,


112

Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officers shall provide a copy of the

completed a First Aid Report (Monthly Summary) form to the Safety Officer.

4. Specific Procedure – Death

If, following an apparently fatal injury or illness, there is any possibility that the

injured person(s) may still be alive, he/she must be treated as in section 3. Injuries

and Illnesses. In particular, the role of First Aid Officer in such circumstances is to

apply appropriate resuscitation techniques until relieved by personnel with higher

medical or para-medical qualifications. An ambulance must be called

immediately.

In case a person dies in an incident or is found dead, the scene of the

incident must be preserved except where measures are required to prevent

further injuries or illnesses. The Police and WorkCover must be called

immediately (refer Reporting of Incidents to WorkCover Pg. 23 of this

Module). The General Manager must also be contacted immediately.

The General Manager will implement internal procedures for critical

incidents (provision of counselling services, contact with next-of-kin, etc).

Accident/Incident Reporting

Purpose

To ensure compliance with Liverpool Plains Shire Council policies and

legislative requirements relating to the reporting, investigation, and correction

of incidents and resulting injuries.

Scope







113



Definitions

“Serious Incident”: means an incident resulting in the death of a person or in any

of the following injuries:

• Injury requiring medical treatment for being exposed to a dangerous

or hazardous substance;

• Immediate hospital treatment as an in-patient;

• Amputation;

• Serious head injury;

• Serious eye injury;

• Separation of skin from underlying tissue (de-gloving or scalping);

• Electric shock;

• Spinal injury;

• Loss of bodily function;

• Serious laceration;

• Serious burn; or

• Loss of consciousness.

It also includes dangerous occurrences which seriously endanger the lives

or the health and safety of people in the immediate vicinity. Such dangerous

occurrences include:

• Collapse, overturning, failure, or malfunction of, or damage to items

of plant;

• Collapse or failure of an excavation or the shoring support of an

excavation;

• Collapse of a building or structure;

• Damage to buildings or structures;


114

• Implosion/explosion, or the potential for, of fire; or

• Escape/spillage or leakage, or the potential for, dangerous or

hazardous substances.

Procedure

Employees, contractors, and visitors must report all incidents (as defined) as

soon as possible:

• Employees must report incidents to their Supervisor immediately;

• Contractors and visitors must report all incidents to their Liverpool Plains

Shire Council contact immediately.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s “Procedure for Reporting Incidents” is stated clearly on the following chart:

PROCEDURE FOR REPORTING INCIDENTS

INCIDENT ONLY INCIDENT & INJURY TO WORKER

1. The employee must report the Incident to the SUPERVISOR immediately following the Incident.

2. The employee and the Supervisor must complete the Incident Report Form together immediately following the Incident.

3. The Supervisor must contact the Section Manager immediately following the completion of the “Employee Incident Report” form. The Supervisor will determine if the Incident needs to be reported to WorkCover (refer “Reporting Incidents to WorkCover) and take the necessary actions.

4. If the Supervisor determines immediately that the Incident was a “Life Threatening Incident” the Incident Site must be secured for WorkCover/Police investigation. An area of 4 metres around the Incident Site must also be secured.

1. The employee must report the Incident to the SUPERVISOR immediately following the Incident.

2. The employee and Supervisor must complete the Incident Report Form at the time of the injury.

3. First Aid is to be initiated immediately by an appropriately qualified person. If the injury is serious or life threatening an Ambulance must be called.

4. Follow procedures 4 to 9 in INCIDENT ONLY column.

5. The RTW Co-ordinator must be called immediately for consultation and assessment of the injured worker’s condition. The Accident/Injury Form is to be given directly to the RTW Co-ordinator who will determine appropriate procedures for medical actions.

6. If, following First Aid treatment the


115

The Incident Site will become a “non-disturbance” area as defined by WorkCover. In these circumstances the Incident Site must not be disturbed in any way other than to assist the injured worker.

5. If determined a “Life Threatening Incident” the Supervisor must contact WorkCover, the Section Manager, and the General Manager immediately.

6. Any assistance requested by WorkCover or Police will be given.

7. All media enquiries must be directed to the General Manager.

8. If the Incident is determined to be an “Other Workplace OHS Incident” the Supervisor will report the Incident to WorkCover within the required timeframes and commence the Accident Investigation process.

9. If the Incident involves machinery “roll over” or a “serious” incident (not Life Threatening or Other Workplace OHS Incident” the Supervisor must secure the Incident Scene and contact the engineering office for internal investigation.

RTW Co-ordinator determines that further medical attention is required, the RTW Co-ordinator will escort the injured worker to the Accident & Emergency Department, the Consultant Doctor, or the injured worker’s General Practitioner for further medical assessment and treatment.

7. The RTW Co-ordinator, Supervisor, & Safety Officer must determine if the Incident needs to be reported to WorkCover (refer to “Reporting Incidents to WorkCover”).

8. Incident Investigation process must be started – refer to Accident Investigation.

RTW Co-ordinator is: Richard Michell – 67464727


116

NO

Liverpool Plains Shire Council Incident Reporting Procedure

Secure site as a “non-disturbance area

Comply with WorkCover &/or police investigation

Complete WorkCover incident form & keep records

Supervisor to send incident report to section manager

Section Manager & supervisor conduct an accident/incident investigation & take corrective action.

Supervisor completes WorkCover incident report form

Does the incident involve machinery “roll over” or other :serious incident”

Supervisor contacts: 1) WorkCover 2) Sectional Manager 3) General Manager

Supervisor to contact engineering office & secure site for internal investigation

Yes

Yes

Incident Happens

Does incident need to be reported to WorkCover?

Employee reports incident to supervisor

Does employee need further medical attention?

Give First Aid if required

Contact RTW coordinator

RTW coordinator to start RTW process

Supervisor & employee complete Incident Report

Was the incident life threatening?

Yes No

No


117

Accident/Incident Investigation

Any accident/incident, whether it results in property or equipment damage, lost time

injury (LTI), first aid treatment or Near Miss at Liverpool Plains Shire Council must

be investigated and preventative strategies developed and implemented.

Why Investigate Incidents?

• To determine the true and accurate circumstances which led up to

and contributed to the event;

• To prevent the event occurring again with potentially greater

repercussions;

• To identify any new hazards; and

• To identify and choose suitable controls.

We want to reduce the cost in pain, suffering, disruption to work, and loss of

earnings of injured workers. We also wish to reduce the costs of incidents to

Liverpool Plains Shire Council. Therefore, we need to investigate fully and

accurately the circumstances and causes of all incidents.

When to Investigate Incidents?

It is important that any investigation occurs as soon as possible. The less

time between an incident and the investigation, the more accurate the

information that can be obtained. While concern for an injured worker

should take precedence over everything else, when incidents involving injury

or illness occur, early investigation is essential.

What to Investigate?

Obviously, any incident in which injury or significant property damage

occurs should be investigated. There will also be events usually referred to as

‘near misses’. Most of us will remember incidents in which we have been

‘lucky’ to escape injury. Such near misses have the same causes and actions


118

as more serious incidents, only the outcomes vary. Study of near misses can

therefore be used to prevent more serious incidents.

How to Conduct an Investigation

Accident/incident investigation is not a simple process. Very often there are many

variables or factors that lead up to an accident occurring. It is important that during

the accident investigation process that all the factors are determined and explored.

Accidents can have several causes which must be identified. This identification

should occur before making any decisions regarding the implementation of

preventive strategies.

To assist this to occur, the following points are very important:

• Carry out the Accident Investigation immediately;

• Ensure the injured person is part of the accident investigation

process;

• Carry out the Accident Investigation at the scene of the accident;

• Interview all parties involved separately.

It is important to examine the causes and results of any incident objectively.

The investigator must begin the investigation with an open mind. No

assumptions should be made and any judgement should be based on

information that is known to be full and accurate.

It is important to ask open-ended questions and not to put words into

witnesses’ mouths. It is also important not to blame people but rather to

emphasise the importance of seeking the reasons for the incident to prevent

a recurrence.

It is far less effective to attempt to change people, to ask them to be better,

to be less human, than it is to change their environment so that the

consequences of an error on their part are either eliminated or reduced.


119

Rather than an emotive discussion of patterns of behaviour, a more positive

approach attempting to modify the environment is needed. That is, it is more

effective to alter the situations producing an error than to attempt to change

human nature.

For example, if material is poorly stacked on a high shelf and it falls off, the

immediate obvious cause could be poor housekeeping. However, possible-

underlying causes could include the employee not realising the hazard of the

action, the shelving being unsuitable for the task or being poorly maintained.

Therefore, the true basic causes could identify the need in this case for:

• Further operator training;

• Better planning, layout and or access; or

• New equipment or methods.

The supervisor conducting the investigation must ensure they seek the

assistance of:

1. The injured employee,

2. All witnesses, and

3. Member(s) of the Occupational Health & Safety Committee.

The Accident Investigation may need to be completed by a team of people;

this would depend on the severity of the accident. A team approach would

be required if the accident/incident results in a fatality, lost-time, or if there is

major property/equipment damage. If a team is required to investigate an

accident, the number of people in the team should not exceed 3 people and

should include the Section Manager.

An investigation may require photographs, sketches, or another’s technical

expertise before the final causes of an incident can be determined and

adequate controls considered and chosen.


120

When commencing the investigation:

a) Make sure any injured person is given appropriate medical attention

without delay. b) Control the incident scene, place barriers, turn power off, etc. c) Start the investigation as quickly as possible. Conduct interviews at

the scene of the incident if possible. Ensure that the witnesses discuss

the incident in relative privacy. Begin with those who can contribute

most. d) After each interview, repeat the witness’ statement as you understand

it to ensure that you have correctly understood. e) Close each interview on a positive note. f) Take immediate corrective action where warranted. g) Complete report with recommendations.

Key Questions to Ask Who? Get the names of everyone involved, near, present or aware of possible

contributing factors.

What? Describe materials and equipment involved, check for defects, get an exact

description of chemicals involved etc.

Where? Describe exact location, note all relevant facts, (i.e.) lighting, weather, floor

conditions, etc.

When? Note exact time, date and other factors, (i.e.) shift change, work cycle, break

period, etc.

How? Describe usual sequence of events and actual sequence of events before,

during, and after the incident.

Why? Find all possible direct and indirect causes AND how to keep it from

happening again.


121

Fundamental Concepts

1. Causes of incidents are rarely simple when circumstances are

examined closely. Behind every incident there are many contributing

factors and causes. The key is to identify those that can be most

effectively acted upon to prevent recurrences in the long term.

2. Accident/Incident investigations should emphasise the long-term

elimination of injury, loss or damage. The focus should be on

systems deficiencies in preference to human factors.

3. After identifying causes and factors, suitable improvement actions

must be identified and implemented.

Accident/Incident Investigation Procedure

1. Determine who will carry out the investigation – Supervisor or

Investigation Team.

2. Determine appropriate time for the investigation and advise all

parties.

3. Obtain the Accident Investigation Report.

4. Interview all parties at the scene of the accident/incident.

5. Record all facts that led to the accident/incident.

6. Make recommendations to prevent recurrence.

7. Determine time frame for the implementation of preventative action.

8. Completed paper work to be forwarded to the Section Manager and

Safety Officer.

9. Review and evaluate the effectiveness of the preventative strategies.

Accident/Incident Statistics


122

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has established a reporting system that

includes statistical procedures for analysis of the performance of the

Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System. The reporting

will include the following information:

• Compiling and analysing the injury and disease information.

• Compiling and analysing the Workers Compensation claims and cost.

• Compiling and analysing the Rehabilitation Performance and Cost.

The reporting process will enable Liverpool Plains Shire Council to

determine any area which needs attention to improve safety compliance. The

ensuing reports will enable site Supervisors and Section Managers to assess

the safety performance in their individual areas. The reports will also enable

Senior Managers to determine any trends that are occurring at Liverpool

Plains Shire Council and enact any corrective strategies deemed appropriate.

Reporting

The reports will be compiled on a monthly or quarterly basis as determined

by the rate of incident or injuries and will be provided to the following

people, Safety Officer, Return to Work Co-ordinator, Section Managers,

Safety Committee, and the General Manager.

The information that will be generally included will be:

• Number of open and closed claims for the year.

• Cost of the claims for the year.

• Number of Injuries for the year.

• Number of Lost Time injuries.

• Number of Days Lost.

• Types of injuries.

• Number of First Aid Treatments.

• Injuries per section.


123

• Number of accident investigations.

• Number of employees on Rehabilitation.

• Number of Workplace inspections.

• Number of Hazards reports completed.

• Training programs completed.


124

Incidents/Dangerous Occurrences Reporting Requirements to WorkCover

Purpose

To enable Liverpool Plains Shire Council to comply with the Occupational

Health & Safety Act 2000, the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001, and the Workers Compensation Act 1987 regarding the reporting of

Accidents and Dangerous Occurrences to WorkCover.

Scope








References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 – Section 86

Occupational Health & Safety Regulations 2001 – Chapter 12

WorkCover Accident Report Form

Workers Compensation Act 1987

Legislative Requirements

Under the requirements of the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 there

is a responsibility for additional reporting to the NSW WorkCover Authority.

This is in addition to the internal recording of accidents/incidents and the

forwarding of information and claims for workers compensation to

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s workers compensation insurer.


125

The following represents Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s reporting

requirements to the NSW WorkCover Authority as outlined in Chapter 12 of

the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001.

Reporting Incidents to WorkCover (Use WorkCover Incident Report Form)

PART 1 – Life Threatening Incidents

If any of the following happens at work we must report it to WorkCover. DO NOT DISTURB THE INCIDENT SCENE (including the area of 4 metres around the scene) for 36 hours or until directed by a WorkCover Inspector.

1. If there has been a DIRECT THREAT TO HUMAN LIFE such as:

• The DEATH of a person,

• A LIMB was AMPUTATED,

• Very serious injuries to a person and they need LIFE SUPPORT in hospital,

• Being TRAPPED IN A CONFINED SPACE,

• Being TRAPPED IN MACHINERY,

• Being SERIOUSLY BURNT,

• Actually being EXPOSED to SERIOUS HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, or the POTENTIAL to be EXPOSED,

• A person LOSES CONSCIOUSNESS by:

� Impact,

� Electric Shock,

� Exposed to Hazardous Substances,

� Lack of Oxygen.

2. If there is a SERIOUS EVENT such as:

• MAJOR DAMAGE to any Plant, Equipment, Building etc.,

• Any uncontrolled FIRE or EXPLOSION,

• Any RISK of EXPLOSION or FIRE,

• Any ESCAPE of DANGEROUS GOODS, GAS etc.,

• Any RISK of ESCAPE of DANGEROUS GOODS, GAS etc.


126

PART 2 – Other Workplace OHS Incidents If any of the following happens at work Liverpool Plains Shire Council must also report it to WorkCover. The Incident Scene should not be disturbed until approved to do so by a Liverpool Plains Shire Council Supervisor.

• A worker has a continuous period of 7 or more days off work (supported by a WorkCover Medical Certificate) due to:

� An injury at work;

� An illness caused by work (short or long term);

� An incident of VILOENCE at work.

• A worker cannot do his/her normal duties for a continuous period of 7 or more days (supported by a WorkCover Medical Certificate).

• Plant, Equipment, or buildings are damaged to the point where they are unsafe to use.

• Excessive Blood Lead Levels are found in workers who are at risk of working with lead.

• A worker being exposed to body fluids that are at risk of carrying blood-borne diseases.

• Any incident that involves a risk of serious property damage.

(Further information should be sought from Chapter 12 of the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001) Notes on Non-Disturbance

Where there has been any accident that results in a fatality, major injury, or damage, there is a WorkCover

requirement to set up a “Non Disturbance” area. This means that the incident site must be secured and not disturbed

in any way including a minimum 4-metre radius around the incident site.

This area must be left untouched for a period of 36 hours or until WorkCover gives

permission to re-enter the incident area.


127

Procedures

In the event of any of the above situations occurring the following steps

must be taken to comply with WorkCover reporting requirements:

1. In the event of a “Life Threatening Incident” the Supervisor must

contact the Section Manager, the General Manager, and WorkCover

to report the incident. The Supervisor must complete the WorkCover

Incident Report Form.

2. In the event that the incident was an “Other Workplace OHS

Incident” the Supervisor must complete the WorkCover Incident

Report Form.

3. The Supervisor and the Section Manager must then collect all the

information regarding the accident/dangerous occurrence.

4. The WorkCover Accident Report Form must be sent to

WorkCover’s Tamworth Office within the 7 days.

5. File the employer copy in the relevant area.

Penalties

Failure to comply with WorkCover’s reporting requirements may result in a

maximum fine of $82,500.00 for each offence.

First Aid


128

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to assist Liverpool Plains Shire Council to provide

First Aid to employees, Contractors and visitors of/to Liverpool Plains Shire

Council. Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to providing high quality First

Aid treatment to any injured person.

1.2 Scope








Ed 1/Rev 3 Authorised by: Robert Hunt Review: October 2011 Changes:1.10 First Aid lists;

1.12 Syringes_injury


129

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

4

1.8 First Aid Procedures

9

1.9 Reporting Accidents & Incidents

10

1.10 First Aid Officers

10


130

1.11 First Aid Kits

12

1.12 Syringes 17

FORMS First Aid Treatment Report

First Aid Report (Monthly Summary)

Incident Report Form

First Aid Facilities Assessment

First Aid Assessment – Outcomes Report

Monthly First Aid Kit Inspection


131

1.4 Definitions

“First Aid” is the initial and immediate treatment required to save the life of an

injured or ill person until such time as professional medical assistance can be

rendered. First Aid can also relate to the comfort of a sick or injured person. First

Aid aims to:

• Save life.

• Reduce the severity of an injury or illness.

• Prevent further injury.

• Comfort and calm the injured/ill person and reduce any unnecessary

stress and anxiety.

“First Aid Officer” means an employee who holds a current accredited First Aid

qualification and who has been appointed as a First Aid Officer at Liverpool Plains

Shire Council.

1.5 References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 – Part 2, Section 8(1).

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 2, Section 20.

WorkCover First Aid in the Workplace: Guide 2001 No. 121

WorkCover First Aid in the Workplace: Fact Sheet 2001 No. 155

WorkCover Approved First Aid Courses in NSW No. 200

AS 1319 - Safety signs for the Occupational Environment

AS 2486 – Resuscitation: Resuscitation Containers and Resuscitation Kits.

1.6 Compliance Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any procedure produced in

accordance with the policy or procedure may result in disciplinary action in accordance



132

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to the provision of an effective First

Aid service in the event that any employee, Contractor, visitor or others who may be

affected by accidents, incidents, and/or injuries arising from the work carried out at

Liverpool Plains Shire Council.Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that:

• The legislative requirements for First Aid are complied with.

• The workplace hazards relative to council’s operations have been

considered when equipping and staffing the First Aid service.

• Adequate equipment, facilities, supplies, and staffing have been

provided.

• First Aid personnel have been trained and are deemed suitable for

their position.

• First Aid treatment is recorded.

• The First Aid treatment records will be examined and reviewed with

the view to developing strategies for the prevention/reduction of

workplace injuries, incidents, and illnesses.

• Where required, injured personnel will be transported by ambulance

to hospital.

1.7.1 Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Responsibilities

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has a responsibility to ensure there is adequate

first aid provided at each site. This includes:

• Every First Aider has a current certificate.

• Every First Aid treatment is recorded.

• There are First Aid kits available at each site.

• Ensure there are First aid Kits in all company vehicles

including trucks etc.

1.7.2 Manager’s and Supervisor’s Responsibilities

Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that:


133

• The objectives of this policy are implemented into work

practices, and

• The First Aid service continues to meet Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s needs.

• Ensure that the First Aid facilities in each area are assessed

every year to ensure that they are appropriate to Council’s

needs. The assessment will include consultation with the First

Aid Officers and employees. A copy of the assessment shall

be kept as a record. The assessment will have regard to:

o The number of people at risk.

o The nature of the workplace hazards in that area.

o The type of work undertaken.

1.7.3 Employee & Contractor Responsibilities

In any situation where First Aid is required or an incident resulting in an

injury has occurred a qualified First Aid Officer must be notified

immediately. To enable this to occur, the following steps should be taken:

• Ensure that you know the name and the telephone/mobile

contact number for the nominated First Aid Officer in your

area.

• Notify the First Aid Officer and state the location and

situation.

• Make the incident area as safe as possible.

• If conscious, try to keep the injured person calm.

• Stay with the injured person until the First Aid Officer

arrives.

• Assist with the care of the injured person as directed by the

First Aid Officer.

1.7.4 First Aid Officer Responsibilities & Safety Considerations


134

Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Officers shall:

• Ensure that their First Aid qualifications are current. Note:

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s First Aid Officers will be

trained to undertake workplace First Aid by completing the

necessary Level 1 or Level 2 Workplace First Aid Certificate

as per the national requirements. Certificates are to be

renewed every three years, to remain current. The costs of

approved First Aid Certificate courses will be met by

Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

• Provide First Aid treatment only to their level of

qualifications, experience and in accordance with Liverpool

Plains Shire Council’s First Aid Policy.

• Recommend further treatment or actions as required (i.e.) call

ambulance; arrange transport to Accident & Emergency or

Medical Practitioner.

• Keep up-to-date emergency contact information.

• Have a detailed knowledge of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s First Aid Policy and Procedures.

• Participate as requested in any review of the First Aid Policy

and Procedures.

• Record accurate details of each person treated for First Aid

using First Aid Treatment Report.

• Forward First Aid Report (Monthly Summary) to the Safety

Officer every month.

• Ensure that a current list of contents is maintained in every

First Aid Box under their responsibility.

• Re-stock and maintain allocated First Aid Kits including

check of the contents (i.e) expiry dates etc. Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Monthly First Aid Kit Inspection must be

used.


135

• Have knowledge of the hazardous substances used in their

designated First Aid area and know where the MSDS sheets

are located.

• Have a general knowledge of the treatment recommended in

the MSDS’s for that area.

The First Aid Officer is also at all times responsible for protecting

themselves from infection and injury. Using disposable gloves, a

resuscitation mask, and washing hands will assist in this process.

Things to remember:

• Treat all people as being potentially infectious.

• Always wash your hands immediately after treatment of an

injured or ill person.

• Cover any cuts you may have with waterproof dressings.

• Always wear disposable gloves when treating employees or

customers.

• Always wear a one-way mask when providing mouth-to-

mouth resuscitation.

1.7.2.1 Hepatitis B

What is Hepatitis B?

Hepatitis B is a viral infection that affects the liver and may cause jaundice.

The majority of adults who are infected with Hepatitis B do not suffer a

serious illness and do not develop jaundice. A few of those infected become

long-term carriers of the disease and can infect others.

How is Hepatitis B Transmitted?

The Hepatitis B virus is transmitted by blood-to-blood contact and

by sexual intercourse. The main risk of blood-to-blood contact is


136

through puncture wounds from needles that carry infected blood and

through intravenous drug users sharing needles.

First Aid attendants may be exposed to Hepatitis B infected blood,

although the risk of transmission through first aid is minimal.

Hepatitis Immunization

Immunization for Hepatitis B is not compulsory but it is recommended that

First Aid attendants be immunised with a course of three injections.

Immunization lasts for three years. First Aid Attendants should discuss this

with the Occupational Health, Safety, and Injury Management System Co-

ordinator.

Employees with HIV/Hepatitis

An employee's HIV/hepatitis status must remain confidential at all times.

Step Action Comment

1. Keep unnecessary people away from the accident scene.

2. If it is a serious injury: for example, the person is unconscious or bleeding profusely, call an ambulance.

3. Do not administer first aid unless you have had first aid training.

Ensure any employee assisting the injured person is wearing disposable gloves.

4. Do not move the person unless it is safe to do so.

If in doubt, wait for an ambulance. Do not allow the injured person to move.

5. If the person is bleeding, do not attempt to touch or dress the wound without wearing disposable gloves.

6. Wear disposable gloves and use a sanitising solution to clean spilt bodily fluids.


137

When Contaminated Blood gets on Clothing

The Hepatitis B virus is killed quickly with boiling water and

disinfectants such as bleach. Decontaminate clothes in a washing

machine using very hot water.

1.8 First Aid Procedures

When dealing with an emergency situation involving an injured person these are the first

steps that should be undertaken immediately:

Danger Isolate any danger to the rescue prior to entering hazardous situation.

Airway Ensure that the injured person has a clear airway.

Breathing Ensure that the injured person is breathing, if not commence CPR.

Circulation Check for a pulse, if there is no pulse, commence CPR. In any situation where First Aid is required or an incident resulting in an injury has

occurred the following procedures must be followed:

1. Do not move the injured person. If a further risk of serious injury

exists First Aid advice must be sought first if available.

2. Assess the situation where the person is injured. Is the area safe?

3. Try to remain calm and signal for help from other workers.

4. If it is clear that the person is seriously injured call an ambulance

immediately. You will need to provide the following information clearly:

a. The location of the emergency.

b. What has happened?

c. What is being done?

d. Who is calling?

e. Ask what you should do before the ambulance arrives.

5. Contact the designated First Aid Officer.

6. Inform the First Aid Officer of the location of the incident and the

current situation (i.e.) person conscious, bleeding etc.


138

7. Inform the First Aid Officer of any remaining physical danger to the

person or others (i.e.) fallen power lines, rollover of plant, unsecured

excavations etc.

8. If possible, secure the site for the safety of the injured person and the

First Aid Officer.

9. Get the closest First Aid Kit or instruct someone else to get it.

10. Once the First aid Officer arrives assist him/her as they direct. Also

ensure that there is a clear work area and access.

1.9 Reporting Accidents and Incidents

Every occupational illness or injury, regardless of its severity, must be reported

immediately to the immediate Supervisor. Telling a workmate does not constitute a

report.

Every occupational illness or injury, regardless of its severity, must be recorded on

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Incident Report Form, which is available from the

Supervisor.

The Supervisor, any witnesses, and anybody involved in the incident or accident must

also complete the relevant sections on the Incident Report Form.

All accidents involving damage to equipment, plant, buildings, and materials must be

reported to the Supervisor immediately and an Incident Report Form completed so that

an investigation can commence immediately to determine the cause of the accident and

report on any corrective measures to prevent the accident from occurring in the future.

1.10 First Aid Officers

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has selected employee representatives to undertake the

required training to obtain the Workplace First Aid Certificate. The list is subject to

change and the list will be regularly updated to ensure its accuracy.

A list of current First Aiders should be displayed at each fixed worksite and site

inductions to all sites should include this information.


139

1.11 First Aid Kits

Liverpool Plains Shire Council First Aid Kits are provided at all fixed worksites and all work vehicles. A First Aid Sticker is displayed at fixed worksites to highlight the kit.


140

FIRST AID PROCESS - FLOWCHART

Know the NAME & CONTACT NUMBERS of the

nominated First Aid Officers for your work area

Danger

Airway

BreathingCirculation

Assess the SITUATION(i.e.) Danger/Ambulance Required?

Contact the FIRST AID OFFICER

& Advise of:LOCATION & SITUATION

Secure & make the incident area safe

Get the closest First Aid Kitor

Get soemone to get it for you

Calm & Reassure the Injured Person

Stay with the Injured Personuntill the First Aid Officer arrives

Assist the First Aid Officer as directed


141

1.11.1 Requirements for First Aid

Below is a table that explains the First Aid requirements for various workplaces.

TYPES OF INDUSTRY AND FIRST AID REQUIREMENTS

TYPE OF

INDUSTRY

CONSTRUCTION SITE

FACTORY

OFFICE AND OTHER

NO OF

EMPLOYEES

KIT

NEEDED

TRAINING

LEVEL

KIT

NEEDED

TRAINING

LEVEL

KIT

NEEDED

TRAINING

LEVEL

200+

FA. Room A Kit

Portable B Kit

Occupational First Aid Certificate

FA. Room A Kit

Portable B Kit


FA. Room A Kit

Portable B Kit


100 - 199

FA. Room A Kit

Portable B Kit


A Kit

Senior First

Aid Certificate

A Kit

Senior First Aid Certificate

25 – 99

A Kit


A Kit

Senior First

Aid Certificate

B Kit


11 - 24

B Kit

Nil

B Kit

Nil

B Kit

Nil

1 - 10

B Kit

Nil

B Kit

Nil

C Kit

Nil


142

1.11.2 First Aid Equipment – First Aid Cabinet Contents

The following is a description of items that must be in the first aid cabinet. QTY Description 1 Adhesive dressing strip – 7.5cm width x 1 metre 50 Adhesive strips – detectable (blue) 1 Adhesive tape – Hype allergenic, 1.25cm 1 Adhesive tape – elastic, 2.5cm 1 Bactisidal antiseptic wipes – packet of 10 1 Bandage – 10cm cotton crepe 1 Bandage – 7.5cm cotton crepe bandage 1 Bandage – 5cm cotton crepe bandage 1 Betadine lotion – 50ml 1 Burn Dressing – large 1 Burn Dressing – Medium 1 Combine wound dressing – Large 1 Combine wound dressing – Medium 1 Combine wound dressing – Small 1 Cotton tipped applicators – packet of 50 1 CPR instruction card – laminated 10 Dressings – 7.5cm x 7.5cm, non adherent 3 Drinking tumblers – disposable 2 Eye pads – sterile 1 First aid kit contents list – laminated 1 Gauze Swab 10cm x 10cm – sterile 1 Kidney dish – small plastic 10 Latex gloves – disposable 1 Plastic bag with seal for amputated parts – medium 1 Rescue blanket – silver space 1 Resuscitation mask with no returnable valve 1 Safety pin – large 1 Saline for eye washing – 30ml sterile 1 Scissors – 12.5cm 1 Splinter forceps 1 St John Ambulance book “Simple First Aid” – pocket size 1 Triangular bandages – large 1 Wound closure strips – large Additional items not stored in kits 2 Large reusable cold packs to be stored in staff room fridge

1.11.3 First Aid Kits


143

First Aid Kit A: Construction sites at which 25 or more persons work or

other places of work at which 100 or more persons work.

First Aid Kit B: Construction sites at which fewer than 25 persons work or

other places of work at which fewer than 100 and more than 10 persons

work (worksites and workshop).

First Aid Kit C: Places of work other than construction sites which 10 or

fewer persons work (company vehicles).

First Aid Kit Contents & Quantities

First Aid Kit Type A B C

Item Description Quantity Adhesive dressing tape – 2.5cm x 5.0cm 1 1 Adhesive plastic dressing strips – sterile – packets of 50 2 1 1 Bandage – 5cm - cotton crepe 3 1 1 Bandage – 10cm - cotton crepe 3 1 Swabs pre-packed antiseptic – packets of 10 1 1 Triangular Bandages – minimum 90cm 8 4 1 Wound dressing – sterile large non medicated 10 3 1 Dressings – 7.5cm x 7.5cm – non adherent 5 2 Gauze swab – pre-packed 10cm x 10cm sterile – packets of 10 1 1 Plastic bag with seal for amputated parts: SMALL 2 1 1 MEDIUM 2 1 1 LARGE 2 1 1 Scissors – blunt short-nosed 12.5cm 1 1 Safety Pins – packets 1 1 1 Eye pads – sterile 5 2 Gloves – Disposable 10 4 2 Rescue Blanket Silver Space 1 1 Splinter Probes (disposable) 1 1 1 Sterile eye wash solution 10 ml single use ampules 12 6 First Aid pamphlet as approved by WorkCover 1 1 1


144

1.11.4 First Aid Rooms

A First Aid room that complies with this clause must be provided and

maintained:

• At any construction site at which 100 or more persons work;

and

• At any other place of work at which 200 or more persons

work.

A first aid room provided at a place of work must:

• Be located so that it is readily accessible during working hours

to persons working at the place of work; and

• Be situated at a convenient distance from toilets; and

• Have an access door that is wide enough to allow the entry

and exit of a patient on a stretcher; and

• Have a suitably constructed floor; and

• Unless otherwise approved by the co-ordinator, occupy a

minimum area of 15 square metres; and be well lighted and

well ventilated; and contain the following:

(i) A sink or a wash basin equipped with suitable

drainage and a supply of clean hot and cold running

water;

(ii) A work bench or a dressing trolley;

(iii) A cupboard for storage;

(iv) A suitable container fitted with a disposable bag or

liner for soiled dressings;

(v) A suitable container for the safe disposal of needles

or other sharp implements;

(vi) An electric power point;

(vii) Means of boiling water;


145

(viii) A couch with blankets and pillows;

(ix) 2 chairs with arms;

(x) A movable screen or suspended curtain;

(xi) A desk or table;

(xii) A telephone;

(xiii) A stretcher, lifting frame or similar device for

transporting

patients;

(xiv) A sufficient supply of soap and disposable towels;

(xv) A copy of the current edition of an occupational first

aid handbook approved by the co-ordinator;

(xvi) The appliances and requisites for first aid in quantities

not less than those set out in Schedule 1 relating to

first aid kit A;

(xvii) A portable first aid kit for use outside the first aid

room, which contains the appliances and requisites

for first aid in quantities not less than those set out in

Schedule 1 relating to first aid kit B;

(xviii) Such special appliances, requisites and equipment for

first aid as are otherwise

(xix) Required by law or as are necessary or appropriate

having regard to the nature of the work undertaken at

the place of work;

(xix) If a resuscitator is provided, one that complies with

AS 2455.

• Every entrance to a first aid room must be clearly and legibly

marked on the outside with the words "FIRST AID" and a

safety information sign complying with AS 1319.

• The First Aid room/facilities will be assessed by the First Aid

Officer or the Occupational Health & Safety Committee


146

every 12 months using the First Aid Facilities Assessment and

will subsequently complete the First Aid Assessment –

Outcomes Report and submit to the Safety Officer.

1.12 Syringes

If an employee discovers a needle or syringe it should be brought to the attention of

a First Aid Officer. The First Aid Officer should dispose of the syringe in the

following method:

1. Obtain puncture resistant gloves.

2. Disposable tong, puncture proof container.

3. Wear the gloves while picking up the syringe with the

disposable tongs. Place the syringe in the puncture proof

container and dispose of the container correctly at a chemist

or hospital.

If an employee suffers a needlestick injury the procedures detailed in council’s

SHARPS AND NEEDLESTICK INJURY policy must be followed:

• First aid

• Detailed report

• Baseline testing

• Counselling

• Follow-up

• Complete Documentation


147

Emergency Procedures

1.1 Purpose

To comply with general duty of care under the Occupational Health & Safety Act

2000 and Clause 17 of the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 for

emergencies at a place of work & to save life and property by:

• Assigning responsibilities for the management of emergencies at

Liverpool Plains Shire Council, covering:

o Emergency and evacuation planning;

o Response to emergencies;

o Recovery from emergencies;

• Providing the models and guidance required for each workplace to

prepare adequately for local emergencies;

• Putting in place systems for the management of council-wide

emergencies; and

• Defining the minimum evacuation practice requirements for each

building and workshops of Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

1.4 Scope










148

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS

Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

2

1.3 Contents

3

1.4 Definitions

5

1.5 References

5

1.6 Compliance

5

1.7 Background

5

1.8 Policy

6

1.9 Procedures

7

1.10 Emergency Responsibilities

12


149

1.11 Working with Neighbours and Emergency Services

12

1.12 Evacuation Drill

12

1.13 Assembly Area

12

1.14 Search & Rescue

13

1.15 First Aid

13

1.16 Visitors

13

1.17 Clean-up & Repair

13

1.18 Emergency Equipment

14

1.19 Emergency Audit

14

FORMS

Evacuation Drill Report

Emergency Equipment Checklist

Emergency Audit – Inspection Form


150


151

1.4 Definitions

“Area” for the implementation of this procedure, each section of Liverpool Plains

Shire Council has been divided in distinct Areas, based on buildings, floors, and their

occupancy.

“Area Responsibility” in the context of this procedure, some of the responsibilities

for emergency preparedness in each Area of Liverpool Plains Shire Council have

been assigned to a nominated Area Warden

“Emergency” means any sudden danger that requires immediate action to prevent

severe injury, illness, damage or distress. Examples include:

• Uncontrolled fires;

• Life threatening injuries and illnesses, and the threat of such injuries

and illnesses;

• Serious spillages or releases of dangerous goods.

“Supervisor” and “Manager” in this procedure, these terms cover any employee of

the Council to whom other employees or contractors formally report. They include

Supervisors, Section Managers, and Senior Managers.

“Emergency Control Personnel” means any employee of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council who has been appointed under this procedure to the function of Chief Area

Warden, Area Warden, or their Deputies. During emergencies, evacuations and

practices, the Chief Area Warden must wear red helmet or cap; the Area Wardens

and Deputy Area Wardens must wear yellow helmet or cap.

“Emergency Services” means the New South Wales Fire Brigade, New South

Wales Police Force, New South Wales Ambulance Service, and the State Emergency

Service (SES).

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 2, Section 17


152

1.6 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any evacuation

procedure produced in accordance with the policy or procedure may result in

disciplinary action in accordance with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

current disciplinary policy.

1.7 Background

Council is under a statutory obligation to make provision for the evacuation of persons in

the event of an emergency at a place of work, as well as arrangement for emergency

communication and appropriate medical treatment of injured persons.

Emergencies are typically the most critical time for effective control and risk

management. Widespread injury and property damage are often the result of emergencies

such as fire unless they have been planned for and detailed risk management systems have

been put in place prior to the incident. While fire might be considered the most obvious

hazard there are a range of other hazards which could require Liverpool Plains Shire

Council employees and other persons at the workplace to evacuate the immediate area.

For example there could be a:

• Leak of a hazardous or toxic substance;

• Ruptured gas connection with the building or adjacent to the area;

• Burst water main, causing flooding;

• Bomb threat (dealt with as a separate risk management control

measure);

• Public order disruption involving a serious crime, or

• A nearby transport accident such as an overturned LPG tanker or

truck with chemicals which has created a dangerous situation.


153

Where the employer has control over the affected workplace premises, then risk

management controls must be introduced. Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises it is

difficult to predict all the circumstances in which an evacuation may be necessary.

However, the obligation on Liverpool Plains Shire Council is to ensure that irrespective

of the circumstances which trigger the emergency, well rehearsed plans to deal with the

evacuation are in place are in place.

An additional consideration is that as a service provider, it is anticipated that non-

employees will be at the workplace and there is a duty owed to them. With regard to

certain services, for example, the library and child care centres; there is a requirement to

make special provision for the client group.

1.8 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council in conjunction with Area Wardens must develop,

document and implement a set of Emergency Instructions adapted for each of the

buildings, areas and activities they control. These instructions may need to be

developed in consultation with other tenants where relevant (e.g.) if they share

buildings). Emergency Instructions must:

• Address the risks of fire and serious injury;

• Identify any other emergency situations relevant to the Area;

• List the steps to be followed in each case, including the method to be

used to initiate an evacuation of the building/area;

• Make special provision for the evacuation of people with disabilities,

if applicable to the Area.

1.9 Procedures

Liverpool Plains Shire Council must appoint a Chief Area Warden, Deputy

Chief Area Warden, and Area Wardens to relevant sections within Liverpool

Plains Shire Council operational area. With assistance from these persons,

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s responsibilities are:

1. Identification of appropriate assembly points

2. Display signs to indicate appropriate assembly points


154

3. Display Emergencies evacuation/site floor plans that include:

• Must be at least one plan per floor.

• Display floor plan at each emergency exit showing “You are

here” and designated emergency assembly area.

• Building name and Floor level.

• Emergency Exits and Fire Fighting equipment.

• Location of any “Break Glass” Alarms.

• Location of any First Aid kits.

• Emergency Phone Numbers.

• Name of Chief Area Warden and Area Wardens.

• Name of First Aider.

• Statement “Do not use lift in case of Fire” if applicable.

• Electrical Switchboards.

• Flammable Liquids/Gases.

• Dangerous Goods.

Emergency Instructions

If first at the scene of an emergency, remember the three key steps AAA:

1. Assess the situation for immediate dangers to your safety and take

appropriate steps.

2. Alert (a) personnel around you, (b) the appropriate Emergency

Services (000), and (c) the Area Warden.

3. Assist any person in immediate danger if safe to do so.

4. Contain or combat the emergency only if safe to do so.


155

5. Evacuate to a safe location (if necessary).

6. Notify your Supervisor/Manager.


156

Emergency Building Evacuation Procedure If the emergency evacuation alarm is sounded and you are instructed to evacuate the

premises, ensure you follow these procedures:

1. Leave using the nearest safest exit in a calm manner.

2. Leave the building using the nearest exit point to where you are

working.

3. Do not travel through the building to your normal exit unless

instructed to do so.

4. Turn off equipment if time and conditions permit. Only turn off equipment if safe to do so.

5. Evacuate to the assembly point nominated for your area.

6. Ensure the person you are working next to is with you as you leave.

7. Roll Call will be conducted; this will include all employee,

contractors, and visitors.

8. All injuries are to be reported to the Chief Area Warden.

9. All First Aid Officers will report to the Chief Area Warden or emergency services personnel.

10. Do not proceed back into the building until the Chief Area Warden has given you permission.

11. When directed to evacuate do not go to the lunchroom etc.

12. Do not leave the site.


157

13. Area Wardens are identified by Red and Yellow hats.

Chief Area Wardens & Area Wardens Initiate an immediate evacuation of your area in the following cases:

• Automatic evacuation alarm (not preceded by a verbal announcement

to disregard it); or

• Instruction to evacuate given by the Chief Area Warden or Area

Warden, or by Emergency Services personnel.

Investigate the emergency and decide on the need for evacuation in the following

cases:

• Verbal report of an emergency by staff, visitors, etc; or

• Other indication of incident or problem (smoke Fire Smell etc).

In case an evacuation is required:

1. Follow Emergency Instructions to initiate an evacuation (if not

already automatically initiated);

2. Ensure that the appropriate Emergency Services have been contacted

by phone (even in case of automatic alarm);

3. Put your yellow/red helmet or cap on;

4. Conduct a thorough and systematic search of the area you control,

advising all people to evacuate to the Designated Assembly Point;

5. Proceed to the Designated Assembly Point;

6. Determine whether the Designated Assembly Point is safe and take

appropriate action if not ascertain whether anybody appears to be

missing;

7. Report to the Chief Area Warden (if applicable) or Emergency

Services officer-in-charge the result of your area search and head

count; and


158

8. If necessary, take steps to prevent unauthorised persons from

entering the building.


159

All Staff, Contractors, & Visitors In case you are instructed to evacuate a building or area either by means of

an automatic or manual alarm or by verbal order:

1. Make all equipment safe.

2. Evacuate promptly from the building, closing doors behind you if

practical.

3. Leave doors and windows open if evacuating in response to a bomb

threat.

4. Assemble at the Designated Assembly Point for that building or area.

5. When at the Designated Assembly Point:

o Await further instructions;

o Do not leave even if the emergency extends beyond normal working hours or into scheduled breaks;

o Follow all instructions from the Emergency Control

Personnel and Emergency Services personnel; and

o Do not smoke.

6. Report to the Chief Area Warden (red helmet or cap) or Area

Warden (Yellow helmet or cap).


160

1.10 Emergency Responsibilities

During emergencies, the Emergency Control Personnel must assume

responsibility for their areas and staff. Carry out the instructions given in

their Emergency Instructions Training, and those given by Emergency

Services personnel.

All other staff, Contractors and visitors must comply with the instructions

given by Emergency Control Personnel and Emergency Services personnel.

In case the media seek comments regarding the emergency, staff must refrain

from commenting, and must direct enquiries to senior management or to the

General Manager.

1.11 Working With Neighbours and Emergency Services

1. Maintain a list of all emergency numbers and Statutory Authority.

2. At least once per year have Emergency Services to over see the

evacuation process.

3. The Chief Area Warden to contact other employers in the building to

advise of evacuation.

4. Chief Area Warden to advise any neighbours of emergency.

1.12 Evacuation Drill

1. Evacuation drills are to be completed twice per year.

2. One drill to be completed with the assistance of the emergency

services personnel.

3. Chief Area Warden to advise Senior Management of drill times.

4. Chief Area Warden to appoint employees to act as observes. The

observers are to fill out Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Evacuation

Drill Report and return them to the Chief Area Warden.


161

5. Implement Corrective Action.

1.13 Assembly Area

1. All personnel are to gather at the designated area. A sign stating it is

the Emergency Assembly area will identify the area. Personnel are to

assemble at the area leaving the building via the safest and fastest

exit.

2. Upon reaching the assembly area all people are to report to the Area

Warden to have there name marked off the list.

3. Complete a Roll Call.

4. No person is to leave the area until instructed to do so by the Area

Warden or emergency personnel.

1.14 Search & Rescue 1. Rescue of persons is a matter of urgency. If there is a risk to

employees rescue should be left to the specialist rescue personnel.

2. Names of missing people and there expected position in the building

should be given to emergency personnel.

1.15 First Aid

Any First Aid personnel will report to the Chief Area Warden or deliver

treatment as required to injured people following Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s First Aid procedures outlined in the First Aid Module.

1.16 Visitors

1. All visitors and Contractors will report to the main entry to sign in

and out of the building or site; and be issued with a numbered

visitors pass.

2. Visitors will be given a short information session regarding

evacuation procedures.


162

3. Visitors will be included in the roll call process.

4. All visitors are to sign out before leaving the building or site and

return identification pass.

1.17 Clean Up & Repair

Once the emergency has passed and emergency personnel certify the site safe, clean

up or repairs may be undertaken. This process must be undertaken in consultation

with senior management. Specialist may be required to secure the building.

1.18 Emergency Equipment

To ensure Liverpool Plains Shire Council is prepared for an emergency it should

ensure the emergency equipment is checked on a regular basis. This check should be

carried out with the normal monthly hazard inspection of the workplace. To assist

with the inspection of the emergency equipment us Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Emergency Equipment Checklist.

1.19 Emergency Audit

To ensure the emergency system operates efficiently and to enable Liverpool Plains

Shire Council to prevent injury to personnel in the event of an emergency, it should

carry out an audit on the Emergency Procedures. This audit should be completed on

a yearly basis. The audit should be completed using Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Emergency Audit – Inspection Form.


163


EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS

Fire Police

Ambulance

1. Ask the operator for the service required.

2. Wait to be connected.

3. Provide the following information.

Organisation: Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Location: (Location of Emergency)

City: (City of Emergency)

Entry point: (Entry Point for Emergency)

Contact No: (02) 67

Your Name:

Type of Emergency:

Number injured if known

Hazards involved

Any other relevant information

Local Emergency Numbers

VRA 0429 910740 Poisons Information Centre: 13 11

26

Police 6746 4099 Quirindi Hospital

6746 0200

Ambulance 13 12 33 SES

6746 2883

0 0 0


164

EVACUATION AREA WARDENS

Name Areas of Responsibility Contact Number

KEY PERSONNEL

Position Name Contact Number

General Manager

Assistant General Manager Engineer

Workshop Supervisor

First Aid Officer



165

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES FOR

EMPLOYEES

1. Raise the Alarm by Phoning the Chief Area Warden

2. Assist anyone in danger if safe to do so

3. If safe to do so use fire extinguisher to smother fire

4. Move to assembly point on the signal or instruction

from the Area Warden

5. Assist visitors and Disabled persons to evacuate

6. Remain at the Assembly are until directed by Area

Warden or emergency services personnel to re-enter

the building


166


MEDICAL EMERGENCY

1. Check for any threatening situation to yourself and

control if safe to do so

2. Remain with Casualty if safe to do so and provide

appropriate support

3. Notify the First Aider

4. Notify the ambulance and designate a person to

meet them

5. Provide support to First Aider or ambulance

personnel if needed


167

Emergency Management

1.1 Purpose

This policy and procedure sets out the requirements for emergency

procedures in relation to Liverpool Plains Shire Council owned or operated

buildings in an emergency arising from internal and external sources. It also

aims to ensure people are evacuated to an area away from the emergency in a

safe and orderly manner until such time as the emergency is over or it is safe

to return to the workplace. The procedures further aims to minimise the

injury and damage to buildings or property occurring as a result of the

emergency. The main emergencies that may be faced are Fire, Bomb Threat,

Civil Disorder, Illegal Occupation, and Violence.

1.2 Scope This policy will apply to all management, employees, contractors, visitors, and volunteers

of Liverpool Plains Shire Council and requires the full co-operation and assistance of all

personnel. This policy will apply to all sites where Liverpool Plains Shire Council

performs work. Any work that is carried out by Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees

or for Liverpool Plains Shire Council must comply with the relevant sections of the

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001 and Codes of Practice.



168

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definition

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3

1.8 Document Layout

3

1.9 General Information

4

FORMS

Emergency Equipment Checklist


169

Emergency Audit Inspection Form

1.4 Definition

“Emergency” Is any event arising from internal or external sources, which may

affect the safety of persons in a building or worksite and requires an immediate

response by the occupants.

1.5 References



Australian Standard 3745 – 1995 “Emergency control organisation and procedures

for buildings”

1.6 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any procedure produced in



1.7 Policy

• Emergency procedures shall be developed and displayed for all

Council owned and operated buildings and sites.

• Emergency procedures shall be communicated to Visitors,

Employees, Contractors and any other building users.


170

• Visitors, Employees, Contractors, service providers and any other

building users must comply with emergency procedures via Liverpool

Plains Shire Council’s Induction Process.

• Area Wardens and those persons designated to assist in an emergency

have the necessary authority to manage emergencies and emergency

drills in accordance with this policy, procedure and associated

evacuation procedures.

• Where co-tenancy exists with another organisation all reasonable

attempts shall be made to integrate emergency procedures.

• Emergency procedures shall be tested at least twice per year.

1.8 Document Layout

Information contained in this document will be covered under the following

sections:

• Emergency Procedures Implementation.

• Roles in an Emergency.

1.9 General Information

The following information applies to all emergencies involving Liverpool

Plains Shire Council.

1.9.1 Media

In the event of an emergency the only person to provide information to the MEDIA

is Liverpool Plains Shire Council General Manager. As an employee if approached by

the media state politely that in this situation they are required to contact the general

manager to obtain information.

1.9.2 Statutory Authorities Reporting

Some emergencies may need reporting to other bodies besides the Police, Fire and

Ambulance. This will be the responsibility of the General Manager or a nominated

representative.


171

The bodies that may need to be contacted are as follows:

• DECC {Dept of Environment & Climate Change,

formerly EPA}: In the case of a chemical spill or major

environmental incident.

• WorkCover: Any emergency at the workplace/site is

reportable to WorkCover as a dangerous

occurrence.

• Council: Relevant Council Representative.

1.9.3 Notification Requirements

Notification requirements vary between authorities, however an initial report

by telephone should include:

(1) Type and Location of the incident.

(2) Time of the occurrence and the current status of the

situation.

(3) Quantities and concentrations of any polluting substance

involved.

Details of any remedial action being taken in relation to the events.

IN ALL CASES ONLY REPORT FACTS DO NOT GIVE OPINIONS OR INTEPRETATIONS

1.9.4 Fire Extinguishers

• The appropriate fire extinguishers should be provided in the

workplace.

• They should be clearly identified.


172

• No stock or equipment should impede access to the

extinguisher.

• The extinguisher should be serviced every 6 months.

• Records should be kept of all maintenance of fire equipment.

• Extinguishers should only be used for emergency purposes

only.

• Employees should be trained in the correct use of fire

extinguishers.

Type of Sign: Type of Extinguisher:

For Use on:

For flammable liquid, electrical, oil, grease, all other

For chemical, flammable liquid, electrical, gases. Not for electronics.

For paper, wood and solids Extinguished by cooling. Not for flammable liquids.

For flammable liquid, oil and grease. Not for electrical.

1.9.5 Fire Hoses

• Should be available in the workplace.


173

• Hoses should be placed to enable them to reach all parts of

the workplace, office and store.

• Fire hoses should be checked every 6 months.

• Records of checks should be kept.

Additionally, fire exits should be clearly defined by emergency lighting (green/white

writing). The workplace should be equipped with smoke detection units.

N.B. Ensure emergency contact numbers are clearly displayed


174


EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS

These emergency instructions are to be issued at/to:

Meetings, Training Courses, Unaccompanied Visitors, Contractors and Service

Providers

Prior to the commencement of any meeting or training course the officer responsible for

convening the meeting or training course shall ensure that all participants are instructed as

follows:

1. The location of the nearest exit.

2. The location of the assembly points.

3. The requirement to follow the directions of the Area Wardens.

4. The need to evacuate in a calm and orderly manner.

5. The need to notify the trainer or meeting convener if they need

assistance to evacuate in an emergency.

The officer authorising contractors or service providers to work unaccompanied at Council

buildings or sites shall inform those persons of the following:

1. The location of the nearest exit.

2. The location of the assembly points.

3. The requirement to follow the directions of the Area Wardens.

4. The need to evacuate in a calm and orderly manner and to

report their presence to an Area Warden.

5. The need to advise if they will need assistance to evacuate in an

emergency.


175


ROLES IN AN EMERGENCY

To ensure that emergencies are handled in a professional manner to reduce the risk to all

personnel Liverpool Plains Shire Council will designate appropriate people to take charge in

the event of an emergency. The employees appointed to this role will be called Area

Wardens. There will be one Chief Area Warden and Area Wardens to assist the Chief Area

Warden to efficiently manage the emergency. The number of Area Wardens will be

determined by the size and nature of the relevant site/area.

Roles and Responsibilities:

Chief Area Warden:

The Chief Area Warden shall:

1. Ascertain the nature of the emergency and determine what action is to be

taken.

2. Ensure that the appropriate emergency service and any co-tenancies have

been notified of the emergency.

3. Ensure the Area Wardens have been advised of the situation

4. If deemed necessary, commence evacuation and controlled entry procedures.

5. Brief emergency services of the nature and severity of the situation, location

and the effectiveness of the evacuation process.

6. Act on any further directions that are issued by the Senior Emergency

Services personnel.

After the emergency:

1. Arrange to de-brief Area Wardens and relevant employees

2. If requested by management and required participate in any de-briefing

carried out by the emergency services.


176

3. Provide feedback to tenants feed back on the emergency and the evacuation

process

4. Report any deficiencies or problems to management.

5. Record the date and results of all emergency procedure drills conducted.

Deputy Chief Area Warden:

The deputy Chief Area Warden shall:

Assume the responsibilities of the chief Area Warden in his/her absence otherwise assist as

required.

Area Warden:

On hearing the alarm or being notified of an emergency the Area Warden shall:

1. Implement the emergency procedure for the area and advise the

Chief Area Warden of the emergency and of any proposed action or

action that has been taken.

2. Commence evacuation if the circumstances in the area warrant the

evacuation process.

3. Notify the Fire Brigade or other relevant emergency service by

operating any manual alarm installed or by telephone.

4. In the case of Fire ensure doors are closed but not locked.

5. Ensure access to emergency exits is not impaired.

6. Ensure all occupants are aware of the need to evacuate and direct

occupants to the nearest escape exit and to the appropriate assembly

location.

7. Ensure evacuation is orderly.

8. Ensure that nobody uses any lifts etc that may be in the building.

9. Make a through search of the whole area of responsibility to ensure

no one remains in the area.

10. Ensure that necessary assistance is given to persons who have

difficulty evacuating the building.


177

11. Advise the Chief Area Warden when evacuation is complete.

12. Advise the Chief Area Warden if assistance is required to evacuate

occupants.

13. If necessary ask other personnel to assist with the Area Warden

duties.

Employees, Contractors, Service Providers and Visitors:

In the event of an emergency including evacuation, employees, contractors, service providers

and visitors shall:

1. Follow the Area Wardens Directions.

2. Move in an orderly manner to the nearest clear emergency exit and

proceed to the designated assembly area not using any lifts that may

be present in the building.

3. Advise the Area Warden of anyone that you are aware of who

requires assistance to evacuate the building.

4. Advise the Area Warden of the whereabouts of any person known to

be absent from the building at the time of the emergency.

5. Remain in the assembly area until advised by a Area Warden to leave

or re-enter the building.

Emergencies After Hours:

If an alarm sounds outside normal hours it is to be treated as an emergency and not thought

to be a false alarm even if there is no visible evidence of a fire etc. After hours, all persons

shall evacuate the building on hearing an emergency alarm and wait for instructions from the

emergency services prior to re-entering the building.

Training:

1. The Chief Area Warden, Deputy Chief Area Warden, and Area

Wardens shall be trained in emergency procedures and the use of fire

fighting equipment.


178

2. All employees shall attend an information session outlining

emergency control and procedures for the building.

3. All new employees will be instructed on the above procedures during

the induction process.

4. The Emergency Evacuation Drill will be practiced at least twice per

year.

5. Training will ensure that all Area Wardens are competent in the

following areas:

a. Understand all warning symbols.

b. Know how to use fire extinguishers and fire hoses.

c. Escape Routes.

d. Management of any disable person.

e. Assembly areas.

Responsibility:

Officers responsible for the maintenance, upkeep and or/management of the building are

responsible for ensuring that emergency procedures are developed and implemented.

Emergency Equipment:

To ensure Liverpool Plains Shire Council is prepared for an emergency it should ensure the

emergency equipment is checked on a regular basis. This check should be carried out with

the normal monthly hazard inspection of the workplace. To assist with the inspection of the

emergency equipment, employees are to use Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Emergency

Equipment Checklist.

Emergency Audit:

To ensure the emergency system operates efficiently to enable Liverpool Plains Shire

Council to prevent injury to personnel in the event of an emergency, it should carry out an

audit on the Emergency Procedures. This audit should be completed on a yearly basis. The


179

audit should be completed using Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Emergency Audit

Inspection Form.

Hazardous Substances

1.1 Purpose

To enable Liverpool Plains Shire Council to control Hazardous Substances in the

workplace. This includes the use and storage of Hazardous Substances. The policy will

also assist in devising strategies to minimize the incidence of all hazards, disease, and

injury arising from the exposure to any Hazardous Substance in the workplace.

1.2 Scope

This policy will apply to all management, employees, contractors, visitors, and volunteers








180

Ed 1/Rev 3 Authorised by: Robert Hunt Review: October 2011 Changes:

1.3 Contents SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

4

1.5 References

4

1.6 Compliance

4


5

1.8 Procedures

6

1.9 Inventory of Potentially Hazardous Substances

6

1.10 Material Safety Data Sheet

6

1.11 Labels

7

1.12 Risk Assessment

7

1.13 Control of Hazardous Substances

8


181

1.14 Induction and Training

9

1.15 Health Surveillance and Workplace Monitoring

9

1.16 Delivery of Goods & Materials

10

1.17 List of Potentially Hazardous Substances (Council)

11

FORMS

Inventory of Hazardous Substances Site Hazardous Substances Register Hazardous Substances Risk Assessment & Control Hazardous_Substances_Self_Audit_Checklist


182

1.4 Definitions “Hazardous Substance” means a substance, which has the potential, while being used

at work, to harm the health or safety of persons at work.

A Hazardous Substance does not include:

• A radioactive substance.

• A substance brought into the workplace by an individual for

personal or sanitary use and is not related to any work activity.

“Inventory of Potentially Hazardous Substances” is a register of all the Hazardous

Substances in each work area. Each register shall include as a minimum the MSDS of

each substance.

“Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)”: The MSDS gives information that describes

the properties and hazards of the substance to enable the user to use it safely.

“Type I Ingredients”: Chemical names must be disclosed on the MSDS sheet and the

label. Type 1 ingredients are, in accordance with approved criteria, to be carcinogenic,

mutagenic, teratogenic, skin sensitized, corrosive, toxic, and causes irreversible effects

after acute exposure.

“Type II Ingredients”: Manufacturers may use the generic name on the MSDS and

label. Considered harmful by (National Occupational Health & Safety) Commission

criteria and exceeds minimum concentration cut offs.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Chapter 6

Code of Practice - WorkCover Control of Workplace Hazardous Substance (1996).

WorkCover Reading Material -Safety Data Sheets

NOHSC: Hazardous Substance Pack


183





1.7.1 Council’s Duties

Every substance that is used in Liverpool Plains Shire Council must be clearly

identified and needs to have been assessed as per the risk assessment process.

No employee is to use any substance unless the risk assessment has been

completed. These include developing Safe Work Method Procedures for use,

completion of the relevant training, and have the correct PPE available.

A register must be kept in each area of all the substances that are present on the

worksite. The register must include the name of the substance, MSDS, usual

amount stored, where it is normally stored, normal use, control measures, and

records of assessments.

All substances will be clearly labeled. If Substances are decanted the labeling will

be as per the original container.

1.7.2 Managers/Supervisors

The Manager/Supervisor is responsible for the following:

• Maintain an accurate Inventory of Hazardous Substances.

• Ensure the MSDS is current.

• Carry out ongoing assessment of the Hazardous Substances.

• Provide training to the employees for the correct use of the substance.

• Review the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Chapter 6.

• Call on outside consultants to assist with the risk assessment if required.


184

• Provide the correct equipment for the employees to use in conjunction with the Substance.

1.7.3 Employees

Each employee is responsible for the following:

• Attend any training requirements set out by the employer.

• Comply with any safe operation procedure develop and implemented by the employer.

• Ensure that all substances are in correctly labeled containers.

• Wear any PPE that the employer deems necessary to complete the task safely.

1.8 Procedures

To enable compliance with the Hazardous Substance Regulation, the following activities

must be adhered to:

1. An Inventory of Hazardous Substances is to be available at each site.

2. All Material Safety Data Sheets available and displayed.

3. All chemicals correctly labeled.

4. Risk Assessments completed for all Chemicals.

5. Controls for safe use of chemicals are implemented.

6. Induction and training.

7. Provision of equipment.

8. Medical Testing.

1.9 Inventory of Hazardous Substances

The Inventory of Hazardous Substances requires the employer to have a register of all

chemicals on site. Therefore Liverpool Plains Shire Council will have an Inventory of

Hazardous Substances centrally located that will include all Substances that are used at all

worksites at Liverpool Plains Shire Council. The register will include information on the

following:

1. Chemical and brand Name.

2. Receipt of MSDS acknowledged.

3. The amount stored.


185

4. Where and How it is stored.

5. What it is used for.

6. What Controls are in place?

There will also be a register available at each site. This register will have similar

information as the Inventory of Hazardous Substances but will only contain the

substances that are on that individual site. This form is Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Site Hazardous Substances Register.

1.10 Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

Each Hazardous Substance or Dangerous Good that is on the work site must have a

current MSDS. There is a responsibility on the supplier of the substance to provide the

MSDS.

MSDS should comply with the following:

• MSDS provides information needed for the safe use and handling of the

substance at the worksite. It should comply with the NOHSC “National

Code of Practice for the “Preparation of MSDS”.

• MSDS are not to be altered in any way.

• MSDS should be kept up to date. A MSDS is only current for 5 years

from the date of issue.

• Employees must have easy access to the MSDS. It should be displayed at

the point where it is used.

• Supervisors must ensure employees are provided with relevant training

on the important information in the MSDS.

• If the substance requires medical monitoring the MSDS should be

available to the Medical Professional carrying out the testing.

1.11 Labels

All containers of substances supplied to, used, or handled in the workplace must be

labeled to ensure that they will be used safely. This includes containers into which


186

chemicals are decanted substances unless the decanted is to be used immediately. The

best practice is to ensure that all substances are clearly labeled.

Containers used for Hazardous Substances should not be similar to, or be any

food or drink container (e.g.) Coke Cola Bottles, Water Bottles etc.

Pipes and vessels containing Hazardous Substances must be clearly labeled (e.g.)

compressed air.


The Hazardous Substances section of the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001

Chapter 6, requires employers to carry out risk assessments on all hazardous substances

to determine what controls are needed to be implemented in the workplace.

The purpose of the risk assessment is to evaluate the risk to health and safety of

employees who may be exposed to the substance, and to determine the controls required

to be implemented. To undertake these required assessments use Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s Hazardous Substances Risk Assessment & Control. Full details on how to carry

out risk assessments in Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Risk Management Module.

In summary the assessment should involve:

• Review of the information in the MSDS.

• An assessment of the exposures based on what/how the substance will

be used.

• Observed or likely emissions.

• Observed or likely exposures.

• Determine how the controls measures/precautions stated in the MSDS

can be transposed to the workplace activity.

• Documentation and assessment required for Hazardous Substances

should cover:


187

• Reference to Exposure Standards for atmospheric Contaminants in the

Occupational Environment to determine relevant limits. ( SafeWork

Australia - National Occupational Health and Safety Commission

[NOHSC] standards)

• Look at toxicity levels for all routes of entry.

• Look at synergistic effects with other substances being used in the

workplace.

• Determine if atmospheric monitoring is required after reviewing the

MSDS and the type of activity the substance is being used. Results to be

compared with allowable exposure limits.

• Determine if biological monitoring is required.

• Review any relevant health data.

• Existing control measures should be assessed and additional controls

added until the risk has been controlled.

It should be noted that not all Hazardous Substances are chemicals that are purchased.

They could be as a result of the activities that are carried out in the workplace such as

fumes, dust gases (e.g.) welding, spraying etc.

1.13 Control of Hazardous Substances

The purposes of control measures are to minimise employee’s exposure to hazardous

substances and thereby prevent adverse health effects, which could occur from such

exposure. Control of Hazardous Substances should be achieved by applying the following

hierarchy of controls:

• Elimination of the Hazardous Substances from the workplace.

• Substitution of a less hazardous substance.

• Isolation of the process to control emission of hazardous substances.

• Engineering controls, including local exhaust ventilation for vapours,

gases, or particulates, to contain or minimise the escape of hazardous

substances.


188

• Adoption of safe work practices, including changes to work methods,

which minimise the exposure to hazardous substances.

• Where other effective means of controlling the hazard are not workable,

suitable approved PPE must be provided.

• Auditing: A Hazardous Substance Audit should be undertaken at least

every year. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Hazardous Substances Self

Audit Checklist must be used.

1.14 Induction & Training

Employers must provide induction and ongoing training to all employees that will be

exposed to potential hazards from hazardous substances during the course of their work.

Training should be directed at providing employees with the skills and knowledge to

understand the significance of the hazards resulting from the exposure to the substance.

The training should also include education on procedures required to ensure the risk

controls are correctly implemented.

All the above training should be documented, including the assessment method that was

used to determine if the employee is competent, to carry out the task involving the

hazardous substance.

1.15 Health Surveillance & Workplace Monitoring

Health surveillance is to ensure the employee’s health is maintained while working with

hazardous substances (e.g.) lead, silica dust, manganese, isocyanides etc. In some cases it

can also indicate the effectiveness of the control measures that have been implemented to

minimise the exposure. Biological levels or adverse health effects from exposure to

hazardous substances may be detected from health surveillance and measures can then be

put into place to prevent further increases of the effects.

Health surveillance may need to be used in conjunction with workplace monitoring.

Depending on the substance and the processes involved in the application, there may be a


189

need to determine the level of contaminants in the atmosphere, to fully obtain the

exposure levels of employees. Monitoring would involve sampling of the atmosphere

that would be inhaled by the employee. This would need to be completed by specialist

using specialized equipment.

1.16 Delivery of Goods & Materials

All loads are to be secured whilst being transported.

Qualified operators who are trained in lifting procedures must carry out loading, which have to be removed from the delivery vehicle by crane/forklift.

The employee receiving the goods shall:

• Co-ordinate operations with driver/operator.

• Take directions from Crane Driver/Forklift Driver once the task has been discussed.

• Observe all instruction.

1.16.1 General Deliveries

Goods and materials, which can be loaded and unloaded by hand, shall be

handled in accordance with Safe Manual Handling Code of Practice

guidelines.

Where goods or materials are too bulky or awkward to be handled by one

person, extra men or lifting equipment shall be used for the task.

1.16.2 Bulk Raw Material Deliveries

When bulk materials are received on site the Site Supervisor is to ensure:

• Safe, level tipping area is provided.

• Before tipping, trucks are to ensure an adequate clearance from

overhead wires is available.

• Ground crews are to be a safe distance of trucks when tipping in case

of overturning.

• Ground crews stay out of range of plant being used for transport or

lifting unless directly involved in unloading operations.


190

1.17 List of Potentially Hazardous Substances (Council)

Substances Additional Substances from Source Substance

ACETONE ACIDS Sulphuric (battery acid) Hydrochloric (also for cleaning of concrete)

ADMIXTURES (Concrete)

AMMONIUM NITRATE (Pril)

ASBESTOS

BITUMEN

BITUMEN CUTBACKS and cutters (distillate, kerosene) BITUMEN EMULSIONS

BOILER CHEMICALS

BRAKE FLUID

CALCIUM CHLORIDE

CALCIUM HYDROXIDE Slaked Lime CALCIUM OXIDE Quicklime CARBON DIOXIDE

CARBON MONOXIDE

CAUSTIC SODA Sodium Hydroxide CEMENT

COPPER/CHROME/ARSENIC CCA (fresh & sludge) CREOSOTE

CYANIDE SALTS Sodium Cyanide DEGREASERS

DIESEL/DISTILLATE

DIESEL FUMES

DUSTS Metals ex grinding Manganese Dioxide Pigment Oxides Wood

EPOXY RESINS

EXPLOSIVES

FIBREGLASS

FLYASH

FUMES (ex welding) Nickel Oxide Chromium Oxide Copper Oxide Zinc Oxide Cadmium Oxide Iron Oxide

GASES (compressed) Hydrogen Acetylene Nitrogen Oxygen Argonshield


191

Nitrous Oxide


HERBICIDES Roundup Oust Lentrel Surpass Grazon Bush Off Garlon Estercide Amicide Deter Phostoxin

OILS Lubricating, etc. OXIDES (coloured) PAINTS Acrylic

Oil Based Polyurethane (2 pack) Epoxy

PCB's (Polychlorinated bipheyls) PETROLEUM PRODUCTS PHENOL POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS (PAH's) POLYURETHANE POWDER COATING PAINT QUARTZ (ex sand, quarries & concrete products)

RESINS Urea Formaldehyde RUBBER CEMENTS RUBBER ADDITIVES Dutrex (contains PAH) SILICA FUME SILICONE SPRAYS SOLVENTS Acetone

Kerosene Trichlorethane Methylated Spirits Toluol Xylene Shelsol

SOLUBLE OILS SULPHURIC ACID TALC THINNERS Ethyl Acetate


192

Butyl Acetate Shell Solvent X3B

TILE GLAZE Xylene Solvesso 100

TOLUOL/TOLUENE


TRICHLORETHANE (Chlorothene)

TRICHLORETHYLENE TURPENTINE XYLENE ZINC CHROMATE Paint, Metal Primer

NB: This list is not exhaustive and has been developed for representative purposes only.

Dangerous Goods

1.1 Purpose

To enable Liverpool Plains Shire Council to control Dangerous Goods in the workplace.

This includes the use and storage of Dangerous Goods. The policy will also assist in

devising strategies to minimise the incidence of all hazards, disease and injury arising from

the exposure to any Dangerous Goods in the workplace.

1.2 Scope





193



Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 (Section 6A), Occupational Health & Safety

Regulation 2001 and Codes of Practice.

Ed 1/Rev 3 Authorised by: Robert Hunt Review: October 2011 Changes: Replace EPA with

DECC.


194

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3

1.8 Information Procedures

3

1.9 Dangerous Goods Classification Table

4

1.10 Licensing

8


195

1.11 Guide for Storage & Handling

12


15

1.13 Dangerous Goods Procedure

16

1.14 Contact Lists

19


196

1.4 Definitions

“Dangerous Goods” are any substance that will present dangers in the workplace and

are classified into 9 classes. Dangerous goods packaging is easily distinguished by the

distinctive coloured diamonds.

“UN Number”: United Nation identification number assigned to the chemical

“Hazchem”: Hazard Code for dangerous goods emergencies

“Bunding”: Containment device for liquid dangerous goods

“Packaging Group”: Packing Groups (PG) which indicates the degree of danger

(PG I - great danger, PG II - medium danger, PG III - minor danger).

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapters 2 & 6, 6A

The National Standard for the Storage and Handling of Workplace Dangerous Goods [NOHSC:1015(2001)]

1.6 Compliance




1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council shall ensure that the transport, storage and use of

Dangerous Goods through out areas of their control will be as stated in the relevant

legislation and standards. Liverpool Plains Shire council shall provide required resources

to enable staff to comply with the requirements of section 6A of the Occupational

Health and Safety Act.

1.8 Information Procedures

The information relating to procedures for Dangerous Goods handled will be as

follows:

1. Dangerous Goods classification.

2. Guide for Storage and Handling.


197

3. Dangerous Goods Licensing.

4. Dangerous Goods Contact List.

1.9 Dangerous Goods Classification Table

Class 1 –Explosives

Class 1 Explosives – substances and articles used to produce explosions or pyrotechnic effects. Class 1.1 Explosives with a mass explosion hazard. EXAMPLES: TNT, nitroglycerine, ANFO. Class 1.2 Explosives with a projection hazard, but not a mass explosion hazard. EXAMPLES: bombs, anti-hail rockets. Class 1.3 Explosives with a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard, or both, but not a mass explosion hazard. EXAMPLES: propellant powder, display fireworks.

Class 1.4 Explosives which present no significant hazard. EXAMPLES: toy fireworks, safety cartridges Class 1.5 Explosives which are very insensitive, but have a mass explosion hazard EXAMPLES: proprietary explosives such as Detapower Class 1.6 Explosives packaged so that they are extremely insensitive, and do not pose a mass explosion hazard.


198

Class 2-Gases

These are gases which have been compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure. Class 2.1 Flammable Gases. EXAMPLES: acetylene, hydrogen, L.P. gas. Class 2.2 Non-flammable, Non-toxic Gases. EXAMPLES: oxygen, nitrogen, air, argon. Class 2.3 Poisonous Gases - gases liable to cause death or serious injury to human health if inhaled. EXAMPLES: ammonia, chlorine, carbon monoxide.


199

Class 3 -Flammable Liquids

These are liquids which can be ignited and will burn. Class 3 PG I Highly Flammable Liquids – liquids with an initial boiling point not greater than 350C. EXAMPLES: diethyl ether, carbon disulfide. Class 3 PG II Highly Flammable Liquids – liquids with an initial boiling point greater than 350C, and a flash point less than 230C. EXAMPLES: petrol, acetone. Class 3 PG I and PG II highly flammable liquids were formerly classified as Class 3.1.) Class 3 PG III Flammable Liquids - liquids with a flash point of 230C or more, but less than or equal to 61 0C. EXAMPLES: kerosene, mineral turpentine. (Class 3 PG III flammable liquids were formerly classified as Class 3.2.)


200

Class 4-A Flammable Solids

Class 4.1- Flammable Solids, Self-Reactive and Related Substances and Desensitised Explosives - solids easily ignited and readily combustible. EXAMPLES: nitrocellulose, phosphorus, matches. Class 4.2 – Substances Liable To Spontaneous Combustion. EXAMPLES: aluminium alkyls, white phosphorus. Class 4.3 – Substances Which Emit Flammable Gases When In Contact With Water. EXAMPLES: aluminium phosphide, calcium carbide.

Class 5-Oxidizing Substances

Class 5.1 Oxidizing Agents. EXAMPLES: hydrogen peroxide, calcium hypochlorite (dry pool chlorine), ammonium nitrate. Class 5.2 Organic Peroxides (liquid or solid). EXAMPLES: methyl ethyl ketone peroxide, benzoyl peroxides, cumyl hydroperoxide.


201

Class 6-Poisonous and Infectious Substances

These are poisonous (toxic) and infectious substances (excluding poisonous gases). Class 6.1(a) Poisonous Substances - substances of PG I or PG II (which may be solids or liquids) which are liable to cause death or serious injury to human health if inhaled, swallowed or absorbed through the skin. EXAMPLES: cyanides, arsenic compounds. Class 6.1(b) Harmful (toxic) Substances – substances of PG III which are harmful to human health if swallowed, inhaled or absorbed through the skin. EXAMPLE: lead acetate. Class 6.2 – Infectious Substances – substances containing viable micro-organisms that are known or believed to cause disease in humans or animals. EXAMPLES: vaccines, pathology specimens.

Class 7-Radioactive Substances

These are materials or combinations of materials which spontaneously emit ionising radiation. EXAMPLES: uranium, radioisotopes. (Radioactive substances are regulated by the Environment Protection Authority.)

Class 8-Corrosives

These are substances (either solids or liquids) which will damage living tissue, goods or equipment on contact, by chemical action. EXAMPLES: hydrochloric acid, sodium hypochlorite (liquid pool chlorine), sodium hydroxide (caustic soda).


202

Class 9- Miscellaneous Dangerous Goods

These are substances and articles which have potentially dangerous properties that are relatively minor, or are not covered by any of the classes already described. EXAMPLES: aerosols, polyester beads. This label indicates a vehicle is carrying a mixed load of Dangerous Goods (for transport only).


203

1.10 Licensing

Dangerous Goods are those substances which are classified under 9 classes

according to the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Section 6A. Substances

which come under some of these classes must be licensed.

Some common Dangerous Goods are petrol, LP Gas, oxygen and acetylene

cylinders, pool chlorine, some pesticides and weedicide, flammable solvents (like

methylated spirits, acetone and turps), kerosene, some paints and glues, combustible

liquids, (like diesel) acids and caustic soda, explosives, including fireworks are also

considered as Dangerous Goods.

The purpose of licensing stored Dangerous Goods is to provide greater protection

for people who handle dangerous goods and the public. If the quantities of

Dangerous Goods are large enough Liverpool Plains Shire Council must ensure that

we apply for and obtain a Dangerous Goods licence for the identified product.

1.10.1 Dangerous Goods Classes

Dangerous Goods are divided into nine classes according to their dangerous

properties. Classes 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 are further subdivided into sub-classes

(e.g.) 5.1, 5.2. In addition, goods in Classes 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8 are also organised

into Packing Groups (PG), which indicate the degree of danger (PG I - great

danger, PG II - medium danger, PG III - minor danger).

Dangerous Goods in any quantity must be stored safely and in compliance with the

requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act.

. Dangerous Goods above certain quantities must be licensed.

1.10.2 Licensing Quantities

If any of the quantities listed below is exceeded at any site, then a licence is

required and contact must be made with the Safety Officer immediately.


204

Class 1 Explosives

• 2.5kg of blasting explosives, 110 detonators, 250m detonating fuse if received under the authority of a Permit to Receive Explosives, or a shot-firer's Permit

• 10kg of propellant powder if received under the authority of a Pistol Licence or Shooter's Licence

• 2.5kg of propellant powder if received under the authority of a Shot-firers' Permit or Permit to Receive Explosives

• 10kg of marine distress signals

• 1000kg of toy fireworks

• A licence is not required for any quantity of display fireworks if received under the authority of a Display fireworks Permit

• 2000 rounds of safety cartridges kept for sale

• A licence is not required for any quantity of safety cartridges if they are not kept for sale

• A licence is not required for any quantity of explosives, which includes safety cartridges, if received under the authority of a collector's Permit

• A licence is not required for any quantity of 1.4S explosives except where specific quantities are mentioned above

Class 2 Gases

• Note: A licence is required for any site where LP Gas is decanted for sale

• 300kg of liquefied flammable gas such as LP Gas when connected for use (e.g.) to a stove, heater

• 150kg of liquefied flammable gas (LPG) not connected for use and not for sale (e.g.) reserve cylinders for later use or cylinders for filling forklift cylinders)

• 25kg of liquefied flammable gas (LPG) kept for sale in containers each not exceeding 6kg of gas

• 60 cubic metres of compressed flammable gas (e.g.) acetylene, hydrogen, (i.e.) up to 8 'G' size cylinders of 7 cubic metres each

• 2,500kg of liquefied flammable gas if it is kept outside a city or town and at least 30m from any public place or protected work, and it is kept for use on the premises (i.e.) it is not kept for sale).

• A licence is not required for aerosols when classified as Class 2.1, or 2.2, or for any quantity of liquefied flammable gas kept in disposable containers (i.e.) containers not exceeding 1 litre and not refillable.

Class 2.2 - Non-flammable, Non-toxic Gases

• 300 cubic metres of cryogenic liquid (e.g.) liquid oxygen, liquid nitrogen, usually in tanks

• A licence is not required for any quantity of non-cryogenic Class 2.2 gases (e.g.) compressed oxygen, compressed nitrogen, refrigerant gases, and compressed air, usually in cylinders.

Class 2.3 - Poisonous Gases


205

• Note: A site which is open to the public (e.g.) a municipal swimming pool, must have a licence to keep any amount of liquefied poisonous gas (e.g.) chlorine gas.

• 50kg of liquefied poisonous gas provided that it is kept in or on premises or a place not open to the public (Examples of poisonous gas include chlorine, anhydrous ammonia, sulphur dioxide)

• 20 cubic metres of non-liquefied poisonous gases (e.g.) carbon monoxide

• 2,500kg of anhydrous ammonia provided that it is kept outside a city or town and at least 30m from any public place or protected work, and it is kept for use on the premises (i.e.) it is not kept for sale).

Class 3 Flammable Liquids

• Note: All underground tanks containing flammable liquids of Packing Group I, II or III must be licensed, except where a rural industry is carried out on the premises of more than 2 ha.

• 100 litres of Packing Group I or II if kept above ground (e.g.) petrol, methylated spirits, acetone

• 1000 litres of Packing Group III if kept above ground (e.g.) kerosene

• 5000 litres of Packing Group I, II or III when kept on premises of at least 2 hectares in area, on which a rural industry is carried out

• A licence is not required for any quantity of manufactured product provided that it is kept in containers no lager than 5 litres each for Packing Group II, or 25 litres each for Packing Group III. However, the containers must be approved packages.

Note: Manufactured product means a mixture of dangerous goods of Class 3 with at least 10% of solid material. Examples include some paints, lacquers, adhesives and varnishes. Check with your supplier. Combustible Liquids (C1 or C2) • A licence is not required for any quantity of Combustible Liquids C1 (e.g.) diesel or

heating oil) unless it is stored in a tank which can hold more than 50,000 litres.

• A licence is not required for any quantity of Combustible Liquids C2 (e.g.) engine oil, olive oil).

Note: Please mark the location of any Combustible Liquid storage tank on the Site Sketch

Class 4 Flammable Solids & Reactive Substances

Class 4.1 - Flammable Solids

• 25kg of “wetted” nitrocellulose (UN 2557)

• 50kg of Packing Group I

• A licence is not required for any quantity of Packing Group II or III (e.g.) sulphur, matches.

Class 4.2 - Spontaneously Combustible Substances

• 100kg of Packing Group I (e.g.) aluminium alkyls, diethyl zinc

• A licence is not required for any quantity of Packing Group II or III (e.g.) activated carbon

Class 4.3 - Dangerous When Wet

• 100kg of lithium aluminium hydride, ethereal (UN 1411)


206

• A licence is not required for any quantity of other Class 4.3 substances (e.g.) calcium carbide

Class 5 Oxidizing Agents and Organic Peroxides

Class 5.1 - Oxidizing Agents Note: A licence is required for ammonium chlorate, whatever the quantity

• 25kg of Packing Group I (except ammonium chlorate)

• A licence is not required for any quantity of Packing Group II or III, except for ammonium nitrate or dry pool chlorine, see below:

Ammonium Nitrate

• 25,000kg of high density fertiliser grade ammonium nitrate when kept on a site where a rural industry is carried out and if the depot is at least 50 metres from every other building

• 500kg elsewhere Dry Pool Chlorine Note: Liquid pool chlorine is Class 8 dangerous goods - see separate Class 8 list

• 50kg if not being kept for sale (e.g.) for swimming pool water treatment

• 200kg kept exposed for sale in packages not exceed 20kg

• 1000kg at a pool shop, only if goods are: contained in packages not exceeding 20kg, and separated by at least 5 metres from:

i) combustible or readily oxidizable materials, and

ii) dangerous goods of Classes 3, 8 and other class 5, and

iii) sulphur; and

iv) powdered metal; and

v) any material that could oxidise the goods or catalyse their decomposition

IMPORTANT: Any site which sells liquid fuel (e.g.) petrol or diesel, must have a licence to keep any amount of dry pool chlorine Class 5.2 - Organic Peroxides

• 25kg NOTE: All Class 5.2 Organic Peroxides are Packing Group II.

Class 6.1 Toxic (Poisonous) Substances

• Packing Group I: 10kg or 10 litres (e.g.) sodium cyanide

• Packing Group II: 100kg or 100 litres (e.g.) some pesticides

• Packing Group III: 1000kg or 1000 litres (e.g.) lead acetate, some pesticides

Class 6.2 Infectious Substances

• The storage of Class 6.2 goods is generally controlled by the NSW Department of Health. WorkCover does not require a dangerous goods licence.

Class 7 Radioactive Substances

Controlled by the Environment Protection Authority. WorkCover does not require a dangerous goods licence. Contact EPA for Relevant Details


207

Class 8 Corrosive Substances

Packing Group I: 50kg or 50 litres (e.g.) allyl chloroformate, hydrofluoric acid Packing Group II: 500kg or 500 litres (e.g.) glacial acetic acid, sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid sodium hypochlorite, liquid pool chlorine Packing Group III: 1000kg or 1000 litres (e.g.) car batteries.

Class 9 Miscellaneous

A licence is not required for any quantity (e.g.) polystyrene beads, dry ice, lithium batteries

This guide provides general information only. Further information may be obtained from:

• section 6A of the NSW Occupational Health and Safety Act.

• The Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous goods by Road and Rail (ADG

Code), current edition (Australian Government Publishing Service)

• Your regional WorkCover inspector

1.11 Guide for Storage and Handling

1.11.1 Introduction

Dangerous goods are substances or articles classified by the United Nations

based upon the characteristics they display. Generally speaking, this means

that “chemicals and explosives” are grouped and labelled based upon the

physical hazards they pose.

There are nine classes of dangerous goods:

Class1 - Explosives

Class2 - Gases (Flammable, Compressed/Non-Toxic,

Poisonous)

Class3 - Flammable Liquids

Class4 - Flammable Solids

Class5 - Oxidisers & Organic Peroxides

Class6 - Toxic Substances

Class7 - Radioactive Substances

Class8 - Corrosive Substances

Class9 - Miscellaneous Dangers Goods


208

It is possible for substances to display more than one characteristic; therefore

these substances will display more than one class label. In those

circumstances the substance will have a full primary class label and a

subsidiary label which is less prominent that the primary.

To further assist with the identification of Dangerous Goods and their

particular hazards, those of class 3, 4, 5, 6 & 8 are assigned to a packing

group, which represents the “level of danger” to persons exposed.

1.11.2 Packing Groups: Packing Groups have been split into 3 types

depending on the dangers presented by the substance. They are as follows:

I = Great Danger

II = Medium

III = Minor

1.11.3 UN Number

The United Nations have allocated a four digit UN Number to substances and articles to assist in

their identification, (e.g.) UN 1075 = LP Gas. To assist emergency services around the world, a

HAZCHEM Code has been developed which is a first response instruction that provides advice on

dealing with such issues as a fire or an environmental contamination situation involving

Dangerous Goods. For further details on UN Numbers and HAZCHEM Coding, reference should

be made to the current edition of the Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) Code.

Exemption Amounts for particular classes (see OHS Regulations)


209

Class 2 2.1 Flammable Gases (LPG = 150kgs in storage & 300kgs connected in use) (Hydrogen & Acetylene = 60 cubic metres)

2.2 Non-Flammable & Non-Toxic

(Cryogenics = 300 cubic metres)

2.3 Poisonous (see Dangerous Goods Regulation of 1999, Clause III)

Class 3 PG I & II (100 litres)

PG III (1,000 litres)

C1-Combustibles (50,000 litres) Class 6 6.1 PG I (10kgs/ltrs)

6.1 PG II (100kgs/ltrs)

6.1 PG III (1000kgs/ltrs)

6.2 (100 litres)

Class 7 Consult EPA for licence details

Class 8 PG I (50kgs/ltrs)

PG II (500kgs/ltrs)

PG III (1000kgs/ltrs) Class 9 Unlimited amounts


210

1.11.4 Additional Dangerous Goods References

The following documents contain information regarding the use and handling of

dangerous goods:

AS1596 Storage & Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gas

AS1894 Storage & handling of non-flammable cryogenic & refrigerated liquids

AS1940 Storage & Handling of Flammable & Combustible Liquids

AS2022 SAA Anhydrous Ammonia Code

AS2030 The approval, filling, inspection, testing & maintenance of cylinders for the

storage & transport of compressed gases

AS2187 Explosives - Storage, Transport & Use (Parts 1 & 2)

AS2243 Safety in Laboratories (Parts 1 - 10 inclusive)

AS2381 Electrical Equipment for Explosive Atmospheres

AS2430 Classification of Hazardous Areas

AS2507 Storage & handling of pesticides

AS2714 Storage & handling of hazardous chemical materials - Class 5.2 (organic

peroxides)

AS2927 Storage & handling of liquefied chlorine gas

AS3000 SAA Wiring Rules

AS3780 Storage & handling of Corrosive Substances

AS3961 Liquefied Natural Gas

AS4081 Storage, handling & transport of liquid & liquefied poly-functional

isocyanates

AS4289 Oxygen & Acetylene gas reticulation systems

AS4326 Storage & handling of gases in cylinders

AS4452 Storage & handling of Toxic Substances

ADG Code, Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods

Dangerous Goods (Gas Installation) Regulation 1982, NSW Publishing Service

Regulatory Impact Statement and Draft Dangerous goods (General) Regulation 1999

under the Dangerous Goods Act 1975, WorkCover NSW

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000, NSW Publishing Service

Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2001


211


212


Under the Occupational Health & Safety Act (2000) responsibility for the management of

Dangerous Goods rests, in the first instance, with the “licence holder” for quantities

which exceed the exemption amounts specified in section 6A of the Occupational

Health and Safety Act (2000).

Where quantities are maintained below the exemption amount, there is a “Duty of

Care” responsibility placed upon the “Occupier of the Premises”. Employers who

are the occupier and controller of premises have the following responsibilities:

• A licence is held for quantities above exemption amounts.

• A person shall not abandon or negligently or carelessly prepare for

use, pack, keep, convey or use dangerous goods in such a manner or

in circumstances that endanger, or are likely to endanger anyone,

cause or be likely to cause injury to anyone or cause or likely cause

property damage.

• Not permit intoxicating liquor to be taken, received or remain in a

licensed depot.

• Ensure access to dangerous goods is restricted to authorised

persons.

• Precautions are observed in relation to licensed premises.

• Take steps to ensure those persons who store, handle and used those

dangerous goods are instructed in handling requirements.

• Take steps to ensure that non-compatible substances or articles do

not contact with each other, which may give rise to unsafe

conditions.

• Minimum employment age of persons within licensed premises.

• Report to the Chief Inspector of Dangerous Goods at WorkCover

Authority NSW any dangerous occurrence involving Dangerous

Goods.


213

Persons other than the Occupier have responsibilities under this legislation:

• A person shall not abandon or negligently or carelessly prepare for

use, pack, keep, convey or use dangerous goods in such a manner or

in circumstances that endanger, or are likely to endanger anyone,

cause or be likely to cause injury to anyone or cause or likely cause

property damage (S:14 Dangerous Goods Act 1976).

• Follow instructions provided.

• Not smoke in a depot or within 3 metres of a depot.

• Not take with them into a licensed depot any substance or article

which is liable to cause ignition, fire, explosion or a reaction leading

to such an event

• Not cause an ignition within 15 metres of a depot for flammable

liquids

• Report to the Chief Inspector of dangerous goods at WorkCover

Authority NSW any incident/dangerous occurrence involving

dangerous goods. (OHS Regulation 2001 Ch12).

1.13 Procedures

A seven-step approach can be taken in the control of dangerous goods.

Step 1 - Conduct an Audit

Conduct an audit to establish what is stored and the method of storage, how it is

handled and used, and who is in control. Establish that only compatible substances

are stored together. A review of Material Safety Data Sheets will identify if there is a

need to segregate substances according to Dangerous Goods Class.

Quantities above the exemption amount are to be in licensed stores, such as an

approved storage cabinet, which is fitted with an internal bund to contain any

spillage. Flammables are to be stored away from ignition sources, and wherever

possible avoid the internal storage of flammable and poisonous gases. Externally


214

relocate gas cylinders and pipe supplies to point of use, and always secure gas

cylinders in an upright position.

Step 2 - Compile and inventory to establish what is stored, handled and used

(include products on the Register of Potentially Hazardous Substances):

• Product trade name & United Nations number.

• Dangerous Goods Class & Packing Group.

• Typical & maximum quantities held & the package sizes and supplier

details .

• Location of storage and point of use .

• Designated officer in control of the store and the premises .

• Spill response kits on hand, with PPE if required .

• Appropriate fire protection and fighting equipment is provided .

• Establish that containers are suitable and fully labelled .

• Establish location of the Material Safety Data Sheets .

• Establish if and when personal monitoring or health surveillance

takes place .

• Establish whether training has been provided to employees.

Step 3 - Develop a Site Map to indicate storage locations & quantities for licensing

with WorkCover (e.g.):

• Underground tank = 45,000 Litres of diesel at Workshop Depot

compound .

• Flammable liquids above ground package store = 8,000kg at LPSC

Depot.

• Corrosives Cabinet = 250 Litres & Toxic Substances Cabinet =

LPSC workshop.


215

Where a worksite has a quantity of substances, but with no more than a few litres or

kilos in any one class, it is not necessary to license with WorkCover Authority NSW.

However, it is recommended that the site be marked on a map for internal use as

being a facility that holds a quantity of a classified dangerous substances. A hazard

warning sign must be displayed upon the worksite doors etc.

Step 4 - Fire Protection, Spillage Controls and Ventilation

Fire protection may be required based upon the class of the goods in storage and the

quantities held. Reference should be made to section 6A of the Occupational Health

and Safety Act (and the appropriate Australian Standard). Ensure spillage controls are

in place to prevent or limit environmental contamination, and that ventilation is

adequate for storage, handling and use. This may require that you arrange for a

ventilation survey to be conducted.

Step 5 - Placarding/Signage

Ensure that all Dangerous Goods stores are placarded with the appropriate warning

signage as indicated in section 6 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act (and the

Australian Standard appropriate to the class of goods being stored.

Step 6 - Induction and Training

Section 6A of the Occupational Health and Safety Act requires that adequate training

be provided to persons who handle Dangerous Goods. The Occupational Health &

Safety Act of 2000 also requires the provision of induction and training (Section 8).

Step 7 - Storage Approval Process

Storage plans for quantities that exceed the exemption amounts are required to be

assessed by a Consultant accredited by WorkCover Authority NSW. Upon stamping

of the storage plans, these are attached to an application form and submitted to

WorkCover Authority NSW. The applicant should receive a licence within two

months of receipt by WorkCover Authority of NSW. The Safety Officer will

coordinate the licensing of dangerous goods facilities if required.


216


217

1.14 Contact List

Note_2009. The Environmental Protection Authority is now the

Department of Climate Change [DECC]

Accident Reporting

Pollution Incidents Department of Environment & Climate Change

13 15 55

Workplace Incidents WorkCover NSW (or your nearest WorkCover office)

(02) 9370 5000

Emergency Services (if required) 000

Agricultural and Veterinary Chemicals

National Registration Authority for Agricultural & Veterinary Chemicals

(06) 272 5158

Agsafe (02) 9925 0711

Use of Pesticides Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

Approvals

Gas Appliances/Accessories (LP and Natural) AGA Technical Office (03) 9532 2644

Packaging (DG Classes 1,2,3,4,5,6.6,6.2,8,9) WorkCover Authority NSW (02) 9370 5210

DG Class 7 Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

Dangerous Goods Regulation, 1978 WorkCover Authority NSW (02) 9370 5164

Pipelines Act 1967 Department of Energy (02) 9901 8623

Classification

WorkCover Authority (02) 9370 5164

Exemption Requests

WorkCover Authority (02) 9370 5164


218

Handling, Labelling and Inspections

DG Classes 1,2,3,4,5,6.1,8,9 WorkCover Authority NSW 13 10 50


131555

Information Lines

WorkCover Authority NSW 13 10 50 Department of Environment & Climate Change (Environmental Protection Authority ) 131555

Keeping Dangerous Goods

General Storage (DG Classes 1,2,3,4,5,6.1,8,9) WorkCover Authority NSW (02) 9370 5210

Halons and CGC's Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

Hospitals (DG Class 6.2) Department of Health (02) 9391 9000

DG class 7 Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

Inspections & General Enquiries WorkCover NSW or district offices

(02) 9370 5000

Underground storage in mines (All DG Classes) Department of Mineral Resources

(02) 9901 8888

Licences/Permits

Automotive Gasfitters (LP Gas) Motor Vehicles Repair Industry Council

(02) 9712 2200

Carriage of Dangerous Goods (Drivers) Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

Compliance plates and certificates to purchase (LP Gas)

Gameco (02) 9648 5856

Fireworks permits WorkCover Authority NSW (02) 9370 5212

Gasfitters Licence (LP Gas) Department of Fair Trading (02) 9895 0111

Importation of Explosives (DG Class 1)

WorkCover NSW (02) 9370 5210


219

Keeping of Dangerous goods (DG Classes 1,2,3,4,5,6.1,8,9)

WorkCover Authority NSW (02) 9370 5187

Manufacturer of Explosives (DG Class 1)


Powder-man As Certificate of Competency (CG Class 1)


Radiation Licence (DG Class 7) Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

Sale of Explosives (DG Class 1) WorkCover NSW (02) 9370 5210

Shot-firers Permit (Authority to Purchase Explosives)


Vehicle or Vessel to Carry Dangerous Goods (All DG Classes except Class 1)

Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

DG Class 1 WorkCover NSW (02) 9370 5210

Class 7 Department of Environment & Climate Change

131555

Packaging Test Laboratory Register

All DG Classes National Association of Testing Authorities

(02) 9736 8222

Poisons Regulation

Scheduling and labelling Pharmaceuticals Services Branch (02) 9879 3214

Poisons Information Centre Department of Health 13 11 26

Publications

AusInfo (Australian Govt. Publiching Service) 13 24 47

NSW Government Information Service (02) 9743 7200

Standards Australia (02) 9746 4600


NOHSC Australia (02) 9565 9555

Department of Environment & Climate Change 13 15 55


220

Training

Class 6.2 Department of Environment & Climate Change 131555

List of approved driver training courses Department of Environment & Climate Change (02) 9325 5734

LP Gas Fitting Tertiary and Further Education (check your local TAFE College)

(02) 9710 5015

Transport

Goods to dangerous to transport WorkCover Authority NSW (02) 9370 5164

Air Civil Aviation Authority 13 17 57

Port Areas Sydney Ports Corporation (02) 9364 2000

Competent Authority Department of Environment & Climate Change

(02) 9325 5734

Statewide transport requirements (All DG Classes except Class 1,7)

Department of Environment & Climate Change

(02) 9325 5734

DG Class 1 WorkCover Authority NSW (02) 9370 5210


(02) 9795 5014

Waste Disposal

Commercial/Industrial Wastes Department of Environment & Climate Change

(02) 9325 5784

Domestic/Household Chemical Wastes Sydney Water 1800 814 719

Halon, CFC and Scheduled Waste Disposal Department of Administrative Services

(02) 9414 7186

Clinical Wastes Department of Health (02) 9391 9000

Environmental Health (02) 9816 0559

Explosives/Flares NSW Police (02) 9281 0000


221

Records Management

1.1 Purpose Liverpool Plains Shire Council must keep appropriate records to ensure

compliance with the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, and to ensure a safe and

healthy workplace for employees, contractors, and visitors. Employers in

NSW are required to keep records for many various types of activities that

take place in their places of work. This Module will outline the process

required to meet that objective.

1.5 Scope










222

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Objective

3


4

1.8 Document Register

5

1.9 Document Identification

5

1.10 Document Issue & Recall

5


223

1.11 System Control

5

1.12 Occupational Health & Safety Records

6

1.13 Implementation

7

1.14 Review

7

1.15 Evaluation & Review

8

FORMS

Document Distribution Register

Document Register

Document Revision Register

1.4 References Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000.

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001.

Workers Compensation Act 1987.

Workplace Injury Management and Workers Compensation Act 1998.

Industrial Relations Act 1996.

1.5 Compliance




policy.


224

1.6 Objective

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s objectives are:

• To establish and maintain procedures for the record keeping system.

• To establish and maintain a system for the relevant disposal of

expired Occupational Health & Safety records.

• To implement a record system to monitor and review Occupational

Health & Safety and Injury Management performance.

• To maintain a records system that enables Occupational Health &

Safety and Injury Management performance to be monitored and

reviewed.

• To develop records that will identify required improvements in the

Occupational Health & Safety and Injury Management programs.

• To ensure that our records will be kept and maintained in accordance

with State Government Regulations.

The above processes will be closely linked to Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Consultation process with our employees. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will

ensure that CONFIDENTIALITY of records is maintained at all times.


225

1.7 Document Control Procedures

The Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System will be controlled as follows:

4. Procedures to control and maintain all documents and data that relates to

the requirements of this system shall be developed.

5. All documents will be approved and reviewed by Liverpool Plains Shire

Council authorised representatives prior to issue.

6. Document control procedures will ensure that:

(viii) Appropriate documents are available at all Liverpool Plains Shire

Council locations where operations essential to the effective

functioning of the Occupational Health, Safety, & Injury

Management System are performed.

(ix) Obsolete documents will be promptly removed from all points

of issue or use.

(x) Only electronic documents will be “controlled” with all hard

copies being “uncontrolled”. It is the responsibility of the “user”

to ensure the status of any hard copy document is current by

checking it against the electronic “controlled” version.

(xi) Only Liverpool Plains Shire Council designated and approved

employees are permitted to edit/change the electronic

“controlled” Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management

System Manual and associated forms.

(xii) “Controlled Hard Copies” of the Occupational Health, Safety &

Injury Management System Manual will be distributed and

maintained to the General Manager, Area Managers, Depot, and

the Occupational Health, Safety, & Injury Management System

Co-ordinator.

(xiii) All Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System

documentation is written in consultation with management and

employees and is approved by the Occupational Health & Safety


226

Committee prior to issue in Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

electronic “controlled” copy.

(xiv) All forms must have the control box contained in the footer of

each page. These must be dated and authorised.

(xv) All documentation will be reviewed every 2 years or as legislation

changes etc.

Only the Safety Officer can issue documentation.

1.8 Document Register

A document register “Master Copy” for the Occupational Health, Safety and

Injury Management System will be kept and maintained by Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Safety Officer.

All Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health, Safety & Injury

Management System Module forms will be kept in this manual.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health, Safety & Injury

Management System forms will be available on each site controlled by the

council.

1.9 Document Identification

The following Document Identifiers will be used to identify Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System documents:

• Each document will have the Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Emblem.

• Each document will have a control box at the bottom of the page.

This box will include the date of issue, date to be revised, and who

authorised it.

1.10 Document Issue and Recall


227

Any Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health, Safety & Injury

Management System Manual document issue or recall will be confirmed with

a covering letter signed and dated by the General Manager.

Any documentation that is recalled or outdated must be returned to the

council’s Safety Officer and disposed of by the Council’s accepted method.

1.11 System Control

The Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System

documentation will be controlled by Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Safety

officer.

1.12 Occupational Health & Safety Records Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Safety Officer will be responsible for the keeping and maintenance of the

following records:

1. All relevant details and qualifications of all employees of the Council.

2. All relevant details of Sub-Contractors including induction, insurance,

and competencies details etc.

3. Inspection and testing reports.

4. Audit Reports.

5. Internal Review Reports.

6. Reports of Accident and Incidents.

7. Minutes of Safety Committee Meetings.

8. Minutes of Management Review meetings.

9. Incident/accident statistical analysis.

10. Evidence of corrective action for Safety Hazards and incidents.

11. Induction and training records.

12. Safety Equipment checks and records.

13. Details of Hazardous Substances and Dangerous Goods including

Risk Assessments and MSDS’s.

14. Risk Management documentation.


228

15. Safe Operating Procedures.

16. Safe Work Method Statements.

17. Workers Compensation records and details.

18. Return to Work Plans.

19. WorkCover Accident Notification Form.

20. Medical Monitoring (if required).

21. Registrations, Licensing, Certifications.

22. Maintenance Schedules and records.

23. Noise and Atmospheric monitoring.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will maintain the above list of the records and

define where they can be accessed.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will designate Supervisors/Employees

responsible for completing and maintaining records.

1.13 Implementation

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has a requirement to ensure relevant

information is conveyed to employees, contractors, and visitors. This will be

achieved in the following manner:

• All procedures will be available at the relevant sections of the

workplace. This includes displaying the relevant signs etc.

• Relevant training records will be compiled and stored on the

employee’s file. This will occur when employees have obtained the

competencies required to complete the task.

• Records of inductions will be kept for all employees, contractors, and

visitors.

• Job Descriptions for each employee will be available.

• Specific requirement for contractors will be maintained including

confirmation of qualifications and insurance policies.

• Workers Compensation and Injury Management details as required.


229

• All Workers Compensation forms are completed with in the required

time frames.

• Injury Management forms are completed on time as per the

Workplace Injury Management Act 1998.

1.14 Review

All records will be reviewed at regular intervals or as deemed necessary.

Where Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health, Safety & Injury

Management System documents are changed they will be recorded on the

Document Revision Register and when distributed will be recorded on the

Document Distribution Register. The records for review particularly apply

to:

• Accident/incident records. This process will include a review

of the accident/incident report to determine if the policy,

Safe Work Method Procedure or work practice needs to be

changed to prevent future accidents/incidents.

• Records will be reviewed to identify any limitations or gaps in

Liverpool Plains Shire Council training program.

• Records will also be reviewed after any changes to the

workplace, starting work on a new site, or new equipment,

are brought into service.

• Once the review has been completed the Manager will ensure

the records have been returned to the correct storage area.

• The review process will be measured against the cost of the

Workers Compensation claims.

1.15 Evaluation & Review

The General Manager or Supervisors and the Occupational Health & Safety

Committee will undertake the review process.


230

All accident/incidents and damage to property will be investigated as soon as

possible after the event. The investigation will make recommendations

including appointing a person responsible to ensure they are put into place.

The above recommendations will be monitored to ensure they are

appropriate do not introduce new hazards.

All policies and procedures will be reviewed on a 12-monthly basis to ensure

they are current.

Employees will be given training on any changes that occur as a result of the

review processes.

Contractor’s performance will be reviewed on a regular basis as outlined in the

original contractor’s contract.

Training & Skills Development

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to assist Liverpool Plains Shire Council to

provide induction and training to staff. An induction will be provided to

contractors where required. This will enable them to acquire the skills to

complete their task in a safe manner. The policy will also endeavour to


231

enable employees to comply with the relevant Legislation, industry practices

and accepted safe working procedures.

1.6 Scope










232

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

4

1.5 References

4

1.6 Compliance

4

1.7 Policy

4

1.8 Reasons for Training

4

1.9 Competency Training

5

1.10 License Recording

5


233

1.11 Actions

6

1.12 Induction

7

1.13 Induction Training

7

1.14 On-the-Job Induction

8

1.15 Sub-Contractors

8

1.16 Training Plan

8

1.17 Job Specific Training

9

1.18 Management Training

9

1.19 Safe Work Method Procedures

9

1.20 Reinforcing Training

9

1.21 Recording Completed Training

9


234

FORMS

Training Register

Employee License/Certificate Register

OHS Competencies

Employee Training Needs Analyser

Training Evaluation Form

Safe Work Method Statement


235

1.4 Definitions

“Training” is the process of assisting employees to obtain knowledge and skills to

carry out particular task(s) (“Training in Australia” Tovey)

“Competency” The specification of knowledge and skill and the application of that

knowledge and skill to the standards of the performance required in the workplace.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,

& 9

“Training in Australia” - Michael Tovey (Prentice Hall)

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Visitors

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure the safety of visitors by providing them

with relevant safety information when entering any site controlled by Liverpool

Plains Shire Council. As an additional safety precaution the visitor will be

accompanied by a staff member whilst on the site.

Contractors

Contractors will be provided with an induction to the site. The induction will include

any safety issues that they need know about the site. The Occupational Health &

Safety commitments the contractor is required to adhere to will be outlined in the

induction session.

1.8 Reasons for Training

It is Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s aim to ensure that all employees are

equipped with the correct skills to safely complete any task required of them.


236

The purpose of any training is to:

• Enable the employees to understand safe systems of work.

• Enable the employee to spot common hazards at work.

• Enable the employee to understand and follow Liverpool

Plains Shire Council Policies and Procedures.

• Enable the employee to understand Liverpool Plains Shire

Council disciplinary procedures in relation to health and

safety.

• Enable employees to understand the laws affecting Liverpool

Plains Shire Council.

To enable successful training to occur, a needs analysis must happen to:

• Review all Legislation Australian Standards, Codes of Practice

and Industry Standards, which are applicable to Liverpool

Plains Shire Council’s business.

• Statistics relating to accidents/incidents including their

frequency and severity.

• Performance appraisal of staff and career paths.

• Determine the skills or competencies required to complete

the entire task at the worksite.

• Determine the skills that the employees already possess.

Once the above process has identified the “skills gap”, a training program

will be devised which will bridge the “skills gap”.

1.9 Competency Training


237

Where possible all training delivered by council or provided to council will be

competency based. Competency training ensures the participant has the knowledge

and skills to complete the relevant task. All courses and training will include an

assessment phase. No employee will be able to complete a task unless a suitably

qualified assessor for that activity/task has deemed him or her competent. The

relevant competence will be recorded on the Training Register.

1.10 Licence Recording

Some activities require employees to be licensed or hold a relevant certificate (e.g.)

Fork Lift, Cranes, First Aid Certificate, Drivers license etc. Some of these certificates

need to be reviewed to maintain their currency. Copies of current certificates will be

kept on the employee’s personnel file and the Employee License/Certificate

Register. No employee will be permitted to carry out the relevant task without a

current license or certificate.

1.11 Actions

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will apply this policy in the following manner:

• All staff and contractors will complete an induction prior to starting

work at Liverpool Plains Shire Council. Staff will be given updates as

required.

• Qualified training consultants will be used where required for

relevant courses.

• Resources will be allocated to enable the training to be delivered.

• Where possible training programs will be delivered on site.

• Content and delivery of training programs will be developed with

consideration for employees that may have Language and/or

Literacy and Numeracy problems.

1.11.1 Review


238

All training will be reviewed every 2 years, or as needed, to ensure the

content is still current with Legislation and Standards etc. including any

changes to work procedures or new equipment.

The review process will also analyse the accident/incident history to

determine if Safe Work Method Procedures will need updating.

1.11.2 Evaluation

Any training the employees attend will require them to complete a Training

Evaluation Form. The form will provide Liverpool Plains Shire Council with

information to enable them to determine the effectiveness of the training

that has been delivered. The results of this information will be compiled to

enable Liverpool Plains Shire Council to determine the effectiveness and

suitability of the particular programs the employees have attended.

This process will enable Liverpool Plains Shire Council to update the programs and

ensure they are cost effective and relevant to our needs.

1.12 Induction

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will provide an induction to all new staff and

Contractors to the worksite. The induction process will be customised for

the relevant parties attending the sessions. (The induction process given to

contractors will be significantly different to the requirements of the

employees).

The Induction will process will include:

• General OHS induction given to all employees;

• OHS Worksite induction (specific to the work area for that

employee);

• Induction training for Construction work (WorkCover Certificate);

• Contractor/Visitor Induction (specific for the type of activities they

will encounter).


239

NO PERSON WILL BE ABLE TO START WORK AT LIVERPOOL PLAINS SHIRE COUNCIL PRIOR TO COMPLETING AN INDUCTION. The induction will include:

• All relevant Occupational Health and Safety information.

• How to deal with emergencies and the emergency evacuation policies

and procedures.

• How to access first aid treatment and who the first aiders are on-site.

• Orientation to facilities.

• Liverpool Plains Shire Council Policies and Procedures.

• Safe Work Method Procedures.

• Use of Personal Protective Equipment.

The induction process will be supported by detailed job specific information

including Safe Work Method Procedures and correct use of tools and

equipment. This training will be recorded and new staff will not be permitted

to carry out tasks until they have been certified competent.

1.13 Induction Training

Induction training will provide detailed safe working procedures that are expected to be

followed in the workplace. Each new employee, casual or full-time will be given a copy of

the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health and Safety Policy that will be

included in the Induction Handbook. The handbook will form part of the induction that

will be provided to each new employee. This will be delivered prior to starting work with

the council. The council induction will cover the following points:

• Council Safety Policies and procedures,

• Council Safety Guidelines.


240

All employees with less than 2 years consecutive work in the industry must

complete the industry specific safety induction course (if present) before

commencing work on the site.

1.14 On-the-Job Induction

To supplement the general induction Liverpool Plains Shire Council will provide

employees with job specific inductions that will outline the procedures that employees are

expected to follow when completing the relevant task. This will include:

• Demonstration of key task;

• Equipment instruction and demonstration;

• Possible Hazards;

• Safe operating procedures/Safe work method statements.

Follow up by supervisor to determine that the employees have obtained the relevant

competency.

1.15 Sub-Contractors

Induction procedures are detailed in Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Contractor

Management Module contained in the field supervisors folder and must be completed

prior to starting work at any Council site. This induction is in addition to the

induction/training that the sub contractor has provided to his employees regarding the

work activities.

1.16 Training Plan

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will develop an annual training plan at the beginning of

each financial year the plan will be divided into the following sections:

• General Training needs;

• Specific training needs;

• First Aid Training;

• Other


241

The plan will include:

• Identification of training sessions, the provider and the dates on which

the sessions will be held.

• Allocation of employees to each applicable training session.

• Planning so that staff can attend training when required.

• Training can be delivered by internal or external providers depending on

the relevant course.

1.17 Job Specific Training

Job specific training is part of the induction and must occur before an employee starts

work. This training includes Safe Work Method Procedures and other specific training

relevant to the person’s position.

Retraining required for any job specific training will be recorded within in the Council

training register.

1.18 Management Training

As part of their Responsibilities Liverpool Plains Shire Council managers and

supervisors are accountable for the health and safety of employee’s under their

supervision, and all employees must be trained accordingly.

1.19 Safe Work Method Statements

Safe Work Method Statements (SWMS) are written instructions explaining how to

do particular tasks. All employees must be trained in all Safe Work Method

Statements relevant to their work. The training will be recorded on the Safe Work

Method Statement.

1.20 Reinforcing Training

Training for all employees must be repeated at regular intervals to ensure information

retained and safe work practices adhered to.

1.21 Recording Completed Training


242

Records will be kept for all training sessions. The recording will include the

Name of the person trained, the course, date attended and the provider’s

name. The provider of the training will keep records of training delivered.

Records for all training completed must be maintained for at least 7 years.

Air Conditioning & Cooling Towers

1.1 Purpose

To comply with legislation regarding working in environments that may be

alleviated by the use of air conditioning within workplaces.

1.7 Scope









243



244

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

4

1.7 Policy

4


4

1.9 Background

5


5


245

1.11 Risk Control

6

1.12 Operations Involving Water Treatment System Inspection & Maintenance

6


246

1.4 Definitions

“Assessed as a Risk” means found, as a result of a risk assessment to be a

risk to health and/or safety to employees or aged residents.

“Consultation” means involving the sharing of information and exchange

of views between managers, workers and/or their representative(s) on health

and safety issues. It includes the opportunity to contribute to decision

making in a timely fashion to resolve manual handling risk(s).

“Biocide” means a chemical control of microorganisms: (e.g.) Sodium

Hypochlorite.

“Cooling Towers” means plant that causes cooling of circulating water in

the reticulated water system that is separate to circulating air in the building.

“Disinfection” means the maintenance action of neutralising or reducing

the general concentration of infectious agents through chemical intervention.

“Hazard” means anything that has the potential to result in harm to a

person.

“Immediate Online Decontamination” means the reduction, to negligible

or low concentrations, of known high concentrations of a contaminant such

as Legionella bacteria.

“Legionella Bacteria” means (Legionella pneumophilia), a bacteria that has

been found to cause Legionnaires’ disease.

“Maintenance” means regular routine activity aimed at preserving the

operational standard and cleanliness of equipment.

“MSDS” means Material Safety Data Sheet.

“Must” means that a statement is mandatory.

“Should” means that a statement is highly recommended.

“Workplace” means the premises of the employer and any place where an

employee may be present in the exercise of his/her duties.

1.5 References

Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000

Occupational Health and Safety Regulation 2001


247

Australian Standard AS 3666 – 1995: Air-handling and water systems of building –

Microbial control Part 2: Operations and Maintenance.

Australian Standard AS 3666 – 2000: Air-handling and water systems of buildings –

Microbial control Part 3: Performance – based maintenance of cooling water

systems.

Australian Standard AS 1668.2: Mechanical ventilation for acceptable indoor

air quality.

NSW Public Health Act: NSW Government

NSW Health Department pamphlet –Time to Remember Legionnaires’ disease

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring that work activities

undertaken by Council, its employees and agents are performed safely. Liverpool

Plains Shire Council recognises its responsibilities for the following and as such has

developed procedures to address these issues:

• A review of Council workplaces to identify specific locations which

require air conditioning;

• Ensuring there is in place a system for the testing and maintenance of

air conditioning equipment;

• As required to review the current air conditioning equipment to

ensure the capacity to meet the demand.


248

This policy establishes a system for Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees whose duties may include

performing regular maintenance on air conditioning water treatment systems and cooling towers. Such duties

may include cleaning of cooling towers, air intakes, exhaust outlets, filters, the water treatment systems, and the

collection of water and sediment samples for analysis.


Managers must ensure that:

• All supervisors, employees, and Contractors engaged in inspecting,

testing, and maintenance procedures are fit for duty.

• All supervisors, employees and Contractors engaged in inspecting,

testing and maintenance are appropriately trained and aware of

proper procedures concerning cleaning, inspection and maintenance

of water treatment systems and cooling towers.

• All supervisors, employees and Contractors follow this procedure.

Supervisors must ensure that:

• All employees and Contractors are fit for duty, and aware of proper

procedures concerning cleaning, inspection and maintenance of water

treatment systems and cooling towers.

• All employees and Contractors follow this procedure.

Employees and Contractors must ensure that:

• They follow this procedure, and

• Report any abnormal finding, defect, or incident occurring during

maintenance procedures to the Supervisor.

1.9 Background

Air conditioning systems are capable of regulating the temperature and

humidity within workplaces and can be either dry or wet systems. Air

conditioning can be used to control the temperature in offices, plant, motor


249

vehicles etc, to provide a comfortable working environment for safety and

productivity reasons. Where wet air conditioning systems are utilised, there is

a risk of diseases being spread throughout the workplace. These can include

Legionnaires’ Disease, Pontiac Fever, and Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis.

Bacteria and fungi growing within the cooling tower and ductwork of the air

conditioning system cause these illnesses.

Legionella bacteria are found naturally in the environment, and the disease is

most commonly contracted by inhaling contaminated air. The disease is not

spread from person to person. Legionnaires Disease can cause complications,

particularly for those with existing respiratory illnesses, weakened immune

system, or smokers, drinkers, and the elderly. Up to 100 cases of

Legionnaires Disease are reported each year in NSW.

All staff should be aware of the symptoms, which can include: sudden high

temperature and/or fever, cough, pneumonia, shortness of breath, chills and

headaches. Any Liverpool Plains Shire Council employee or Contractor

suffering from these symptoms should see their doctor.


Employees and Contractors are exposed to risk while performing maintenance on

water treatment systems and cooling towers from inhalation of vapour borne micro-

organisms, possible high chlorine concentration and/or lack of oxygen in confined

spaces.

Factors which should be considered in the Risk Assessment, are:

• The capacity of the system,

• The age of the system,

• The maintenance regime for the cooling towers,

• The cleaning regime for the ductwork,

• The microbiological quality of the cooling tower water,


250

• The existence of Legionnella within the system,

• The protection of the cooling tower from ingress by birds, rodents

etc.,

• The existence of dead-legs, infrequently used drainage points,

stagnant sections, etc.

1.11 Risk Control

Risk to employees and contractors resulting from this task can be minimised by

using all appropriate PPE as instructed.

Other possible control measures may include:

• Checking of temperatures to ensure hot water is hot and cold water is

cold,

• Removal of all dead-legs, stagnant sections, etc.,

• Strict adherence to microbiological testing regime,

• Strict adherence to a cleaning regime,

• Discomfort/illness reporting systems,

• Planned maintenance and replacement of damage/old parts of the

system throughout the lifespan of the system,

• Obtaining full information regarding the system from the supplier

and manufacturer.

1.12 Operations Involving Water Treatment System Inspection & Maintenance

Water cooling towers must be:

1. Cleaned at least every 3 months.

2. Continuously disinfected.

3. Inspected and water samples taken for testing every month.

Also, during regular maintenance on water treatment systems and cooling

towers:


251

1. Easy and safe access for cleaning, inspection and maintenance must

be available to and about all plant, equipment and components.

2. All personnel involved in sampling procedures must be appropriately

trained in those procedures.

3. All samples must be stored and transported safely to an accredited

laboratory and should be tested within 24 hours of being collected.

4. All samples must be labelled and recorded to indicate:

� Individual identification including exactly where it was

obtained.

� Name of person and organisation that sampled the water.

� Date and time of sampling.

� Date and time of the latest addition of biocide and its product

name.

� The tests required to be carried out.

5. The following personal protective equipment (PPE) should be used

in:

� Inspection: (aerosol hazard), PPE: half face respirator and

ordinary work clothing.

� High pressure spraying: (aerosol hazard), PPE: half face piece

respirator, waterproof overalls, gloves, boots and goggles or

face shield.

� Chemical treatment (e.g. NaCIO) in ventilated space: (aerosol

hazard), PPE: half face piece (acid/gas) respirator, waterproof

overalls, gloves, boots and goggles or face shield.

� Chemical treatment (e.g. NaCIO) in confined space: (aerosol

hazard, possible high chlorine concentration and lack of

oxygen), PPE: full face air line respirator with compressor or


252

compressed air bottles, waterproof overalls, gloves, boots and

goggles.

6. Up to date maintenance records and log books must be provided for

all plant and should contain the following information:

� Date, item of plant, equipment or system and nature of

services performed.

� Details of defects found and rectification procedures

undertaken.

� The name of the person and/or company performing the

service.

� The MSDS for all chemicals used for cooling tower

disinfection etc.

Alcohol & Drugs in the Workplace

1.1 Purpose To provide a work environment which aims to ensure the health, safety,

respect, and productivity of all employees. The use of drugs or alcohol may

impair an individual’s capacity to perform their job safely, efficiently, and

with respect for work colleagues and customers. The use of such substances


253

may result in the risk of injury or a threat to the wellbeing of the impaired

employee, or other employees, customers, or other parties.

1.8 Scope










254

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Background

3

1.7 Policy

4

1.8 Prescription Drugs

4

1.9 Support

4

1.10 Procedure

5


255


256

1.4 References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 – Section 8


1.5 Compliance

Failure to comply with this policy and procedure will constitute an act of serious

misconduct and will result in instant dismissal or removal from the place of work.

1.6 Background

The use and abuse of drugs and alcohol in the workplace is estimated to be

costing employers in terms of time lost through injury, absenteeism and

rehabilitation and in terms of money through lost production and workers

compensation.

The use of drugs and alcohol leads to a range of problems. While failing to

follow safe working procedures, workers may injure themselves. They are not

in control of their actions and this in turn may lead to injury of others.

Alcohol consumption is more prevalent in some industries than others.

Genetic factors, unemployment and boredom have been associated with

drinking alcohol to excess or use of drugs. Certain stress factors may also

contribute. It should be noted that medications such as pain relievers,

tranquillizers and anti-histamines, may affect performance with increased

disfunction if alcohol or other drugs are taken. Substances such as solvents

used at work may also affect performance.

Employers have the right to investigate the use of drugs and alcohol as it affects

work performance and compromises the safety of employees and others.

The Council must maintain a policy regarding the use of drugs, alcohol and medication

within the workplace. The policy should ban the use of illegal drugs. The use of alcohol

should be prohibited during work times and before work where the effects of the alcohol


257

may affect occupational health and safety, especially for employees operating machinery

and/or vehicles.

A policy to test for drugs must be established where impaired performance appears to be

related to the use of drugs, alcohol or medication. It is extremely important that the policy

be publicized and that the results of the testing remain confidential. A procedure for

testing of employees should be drawn up in consultation with unions, employees,

employee representatives, etc. prior to testing being conducted.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s policy on Alcohol and Drugs is that no

employee is to commence work, or return to work, while under the influence

of alcohol or drugs. The purpose of this policy is to maintain a work

environment free from the effects of the use of alcohol and drugs.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure (where possible):

1. Risks arising from the inappropriate use of drugs or alcohol will be

identified and assessed.

2. Where there is a risk to health and safety from drug or alcohol misuse,

effective control strategies will be implemented.

3. Such control strategies will focus on job performance and safety.

4. The alcohol and drugs policy will be explained to all new Staff at

induction.

5. Staff are encouraged to report drug and alcohol problems that could

present safety risks.

6. Suitable training will be provided if needed, so that workers will know

how to deal with drug and alcohol misuse appropriately.

7. Interventions in the case of safety-related drug and alcohol problems will

be monitored and evaluated, and followed up with further action if

required.

1.8 Prescription Drugs


258

If Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees are required to take prescription

drugs for medical reasons, Liverpool Plains Shire Council expects that the

employee will check with their treating doctor to establish if the use of the

drug will impact on work performance (particularly in reference to machinery

operation etc). If it is determined that there will be impairment the Liverpool

Plains Shire Council employee must obtain this information in writing from

their treating doctor and present it to their immediate Supervisor.

1.9 Support

Liverpool Plains Shire Council may provide drug and alcohol counselling and

rehabilitation services (at the discretion of the General Manager) to assist

employees in the treatment of alcohol and drug use problems.

1.10 Procedure

Under the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health

& Safety Regulation 2001 an employee has the responsibility to ensure that:

“He or she is not, by the consumption of alcohol or a drug, in such a state as

to endanger his or her safety at work or the safety of any other person at

work”.

Presenting for work, or working in an unfit state due to alcohol or drugs, and

the partaking of alcohol or drugs, with the exception of prescribed

medication, during working hours is strictly prohibited. If an employee:

1. Is reasonably suspected of being intoxicated or under the influence of

drugs to such a degree as to compromise the health and safety of

themselves or others, he/she may be required to submit to a medical

examination before commencing or re-commencing work.

2. Is involved in an incident at work, and any employee is suspected of

being under the influence of alcohol or drugs, he/she will submit to

a medical examination.


259

Where it is brought to the attention of a Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Supervisor that an employee, contractor, or visitor is affected by the

consumption of alcohol or drugs whilst at a Liverpool Plains Shire Council

worksite, the Supervisor will immediately remove that person from the

workplace and send them home for the remainder of the day. Where

necessary transport will be provided by Council.

Where management have taken the action of sending an employee home, the

following procedures will apply:

• The employee shall not lose any wages that would have normally

been earned. However the corresponding time will be deducted from

their annual sick leave entitlement. Where the employee has no sick

leave entitlement the employee may choose to have the time

deducted from their annual leave entitlement. In the event that the

employee has no annual sick leave or annual leave entitlements then

they will be required to take leave without pay;

• The employee shall be required to attend a counselling session with

management to determine the extent of the problem(s);

• The Confidentiality of the employee will be maintained at all times.

Where co-workers are aware of the existence of a drug or alcohol

problem or abuse at a Liverpool Plains Shire Council workplace they

must contact their immediate Supervisor and inform them of the

problem. The reporting person’s confidentiality will be ensured at all

times.


260

Amenities on Construction Sites

1.1 Purpose To comply with Council’s general duties as required under the Occupational

Health and Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001 with regard to the provision of amenities on construction sites.

1.9 Scope






relevant sections of the Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000 and Occupational

Health and Safety Regulations 2001 and Codes of Practice.



261

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Policy

3


4

Attachment – Code of Practice: Amenities for Construction Work, 1 March 1997


262

1.4 References Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000 Section 8(1)(C)

Occupational Health and Safety Regulation – Clause 18

Code of Practice: Amenities for Construction Work, 1 March 1997

1.5 Compliance




policy.

1.6 Background

The Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000, Section 8(1)(C) and the

Occupational Health and Safety Regulation 2001, Clause 18, requires Council

to provide facilities and amenities at the workplace for employees. Under the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, at Clause 18(3) amenities are

taken to include among the following:

• Toilets,

• Rest rooms,

• Shelter sheds,

• Seating,

• Dining rooms,

• Change rooms,

• Provision of drinking water,

• Lockers, and

• Washing facilities.

For Council employees, working in Council premises or close to Council premises

there will be easy access to amenities. However, for many of the outdoor employees

who by the nature of their activities are required to work away from the base easy


263

access to amenities presents a greater challenge. This procedure is designed to apply

to outdoor employees working on construction sites.


1.7.1 Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Council is to ensure that, to the extent practical, employees on construction

sites have access to amenities on-site. In considering the provision of

amenities Council is to take the following into consideration:

• The nature of the work to be undertaken at the location;

• The size and location of the place of work;

• The number of men and women at the place of work;

• The duration of the construction activity;

• Access to Council premises and other Council amenities in

the locality.

Council is to ensure there is in place a system for the provision, maintenance and

cleaning of all amenities provided on-site.

1.7.2 Managers

Mangers are to ensure that amenities, as determined, are provided on-site before the

construction activity commences. If it is not possible to arrange for workplace

amenities to be on-site at the commencement of a construction activity they are to

be provided as early as practical after construction activity commences. Managers are

also to ensure arrangements are in place for the maintenance and cleaning of

amenities.

1.7.3 Supervisors

Supervisors are to keep under review the provision of workplace amenities to ensure

they are adequate. In particular, supervisors are to ensure the amenities are in good

working order and are fit for the purpose. Supervisors are to arrange for repair and

cleaning of workplace amenities, as required.


264

1.7.4 Employees

Employees are to ensure the amenities are used for the intended purposes and not

misused or damaged. Employees are to cooperate with supervisors to ensure the

amenities are kept in good order. Employees are to report to the supervisor any

defects or requirements for repair or cleaning.

1.8 Procedures

Consult with employees regarding the provision of amenities on construction

worksites.

Complete a risk assessment for the deployment of amenities at the construction

worksite.

Managers to consult employees and review Risk Assessments when considering

amenities.

The Code of Practice – Amenities for Construction Work 1997 is attached.


265

ATTACHMENT

CODE OF PRACTICE

AMENITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION WORK

1 MARCH 1997 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 TITLE This code of practice is the Code of Practice Amenities for Construction Work 1997. 1.2 PURPOSE This code of practice sets out guidelines for the provision of a minimum standard of amenities for persons engaged in all construction work. 1.3 SCOPE (a) This code of practice covers the provision of amenities for persons engaged in

construction work, or activities connected with construction work, including:

General provisions Change rooms Meal rooms Toilets and sanitation Washing Showers Drinking water Safe keeping of tools and personal belongings

(b) This code does not apply to construction work carried out in a mine within the

meaning of the Coal Mines Regulation Act 1982 or the Mines Inspection Act 1901. 1.4 COMMENCEMENT This code of practice commences on 1 March 1997.


266

1.5 AUTHORITY This code of practice is approved as an industry code of practice pursuant to section 44A of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1983, by the Minister for Industrial Relations on the recommendation of the WorkCover Authority of NSW.

2. CONSULTATION

The principal contractor, the contractor, self-employed persons, employers, employees and their representatives should consult with each other when observing the recommendations of the code and determining the provision of safeguards. The consultation process should be used to determine what is reasonable or practicable. 2.1 ESTABLISHING WHAT IS REASONABLY PRACTICABLE The provision of workplace amenities that are reasonable or reasonably practicable (referred to in the table in Section 4) should at least take into account the following:

(a) The type of workplace (b) The location of the workplace (c) The nature of the work done (d) The number of workers on a site (e) The distance from the workplace to the nearest available and appropriate

amenities (f) The time required accessing the amenities (g) The availability of power and services

3. PLANNING AND PREPARATION 3.1 PLANNING BY THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR The principal contractor, as an employer or person in control has a statutory duty under the OH&S Act to provide and maintain a workplace that is safe and without risks to health for their employees and any other person present at the workplace or affected by the work in relation to those matters over which he or she has control. To fulfil these obligations the principal contractor should plan for the provision of amenities. The level of amenities required will depend on the type of workplace. 3.2 TYPES OF WORKPLACES For the purpose of this code, workplaces are divided into four types. (The provision of amenities for each type of workplace is outlined in ‘5. Table - Amenities for various workplaces’):


267

Type 1 - Major Construction: This is usually of fixed location where there are more than 10 persons or the duration of work is more than two consecutive weeks. For example, commercial building, engineering construction and multiple residential constructions. For housing construction see Type 4.

Type 2 - Minor Construction: This is usually of fixed location where there are less than 10 persons and the duration of work is less than two consecutive weeks. For example, minor building, road construction or road maintenance.

Type 3 - Building Alterations (with access to amenities): This is usually of fixed location, such as major and minor fit-outs, alterations and extensions, with reasonable access to existing building amenities.

Type 4 - A. Workers Working Away from Base: This is a workplace for workers who start and finish work at the base, such as council, road or rail workers, lines-persons, workers who receive daily work by telecommunication (as in road maintenance or other public utility work in remote areas).

B. House Construction (see definition of house): A workplace where workers carry out construction of, or alterations to a house.

C. Tunnel Construction: Tunnel construction work with established Type 1 amenities on main site.

4. TABLE - AMENITIES FOR VARIOUS WORKPLACES The following table summarises the amenities required for each type of workplace. See sections 5 and 6 for more details as indicated by the table. Types of Workplace

Type 1

Major Construction

Type 2

Minor Construction General Provisions

Provide as in 5

Provide as in 5

Change Rooms

Provide as in 6.1

Provide change rooms if required by the type of work or as determined to be reasonably practicable*. Alternatively, provide mobile amenities, eg. a caravan

Meal Rooms

Provide as in 6.2

Provide reasonable access to a meal facility if no existing dining facilities are close by. Alternatively, provide mobile amenities, eg. a caravan

Toilets

Provide as in 6.3

Provide access to at least one sewered, septic or portable toilet as specified in Section 6.3


268

Washing/Showers Provide as in 6.4, 6.5 Provide access to hand washing and shower facilities if work requires showering. Alternatively, provide mobile amenities, eg. a caravan with these facilities.

Drinking Water

Provide as in 6.6

Provide as in 6.6

Tools/Personal Belongings

Provide as in 6.7

Provide lockable chests for the security of personal belongings and tools

* See Section 2. Note: Section numbers in this table correspond to Section 5 and 6 of this code. Type of Workplaces

Type 3

Building Alterations (with access to

amenities)

Type 4

Workers Working Away From Base or House Construction or Tunnel Construction

General Provisions

Provide as in 5

Provide as in 5

Change Rooms

Provide access to existing facilities. If not available or adequate, Type 1 or Type 2 workplace provisions apply, depending on the size of construction

Ensure facilities at the base. Alternatively, provide reasonable access to change rooms. Alternatively, provide mobile amenities, eg. a caravan

Meal Rooms

Provide access to existing facilities. If not available or adequate, Type 1 or Type 2 workplace provisions apply, depending on the size of construction

Provide reasonable access to a meal facility. Alternatively, provide mobile amenities, eg. a caravan

Toilets

Provided access to existing facilities. If not available or adequate, Type 1 or Type 2 workplace provisions apply, depending on the size of construction

Provide access to toilet(s) or provide portable toiletas specified in section 6.3

Washing/Showers

Provide access to existing facilities. If not available or adequate, Type 1 or Type 2 workplace provisions apply depending on the size of construction

Provide or arrange access to hand washing facilities. Ensure facilities are provided at the base


269

Drinking Water Provide as in 6.6 Provide as in 6.6 Tools/Personal Belongings

Type 1 or Type 2 workplace provisions apply, depending on the size of construction

Provide lockable chests for personal belongings and tools

Note: Section numbers in this table correspond to section 6 and 6 of this code.

5. GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR ALL WORKPLACES At the planning stage of each construction project, the principal contractor responsible for amenities on site should plan for the following: (a) The provision of the type of amenities required as determined by the type of

workplace (see 5. Table - Amenities for various workplaces). (b) The safe and convenient location of amenities required. (c) Where they are required enclosed amenities should:

be of sound construction and weatherproof have adequate ventilation, heating, cooling and lighting be protected against insects be appropriately insulated against weather conditions.

(d) All amenities should be kept clean and sanitary. (Surfaces should be finished to allow

for regular and easy cleaning.) (e) Waste water from amenities should be adequately discharged to ensure hygiene and

safety. (f) An adequate supply of cleaning equipment and accessories, such as soap, hand

drying facility, toilet paper, cleaning agents, mops, brooms. (g) All amenity areas should be positioned or constructed to prevent external flooding

and allow safe access for disabled persons, if required. (h) Access to all amenities, and facilities within, should be kept clear at all times. (i) Amenities should not be used for the storage of any building materials or equipment,

with the exception of employees’ personal work tools and protective equipment. (j) All power supplied to amenities should comply with the WorkCover NSW approved

Code of practice - Electrical practices for construction work.


270

(k) Adequate lighting (natural or artificial) should be provided for safe access to amenities.

(l) Where change rooms and meal rooms are provided, they should be separate or

separated by an internal wall.

6. TYPES OF AMENITIES

Refer to, ‘5. Table - Amenities for various workplaces’ to determine what amenities should be provided for workplace Types 1-4. For Type 1 workplaces only, all amenities covered in this section should be provided. For workplace Types 2, 3 and 4 refer to the table to determine which amenities should be provided. 6.1 CHANGE ROOMS (a) Change rooms should be provided if the type of work, location of work or the

workers require clothes to be changed. (b) Change rooms should be for the exclusive use of employees. (c) The change room area should have a minimum floor area of 0.5 square metre for

each person changing clothes at any one time. The floor area includes bench seating, but excludes floor occupied by furniture, fittings, fixed storage space, or any other permanently fixed items.

(d) Suitable bench seating in all change rooms at least 400mm wide and 460mm in

length for each person using the room at any one time.

(e) Adequate numbers of secure hooks should be provided for hanging clothes and be spaced at least 460mm apart. Where appropriate to the type of work being performed, additional hooks for hanging up personal work tools should be provided.

(f) Clothes drying facilities should be provided where appropriate to the type of work

being performed. (g) Change rooms with suitable enclosures or compartments for privacy should be

provided where both males and females are employed on the site. 6.2 MEAL ROOMS (a) Adequate numbers of suitable tables and seating should be provided for eating

meals.


271

(b) The floor area provided should be at the rate of at least one square metre of floor space for each person using the room at any one time. This space includes space occupied by any tables, seating, refrigerator and sink.

(c) Seating should be either chairs or benches 400mm wide X 560mm in length for each

person. (d) Tables of sturdy construction should be provided and of a length calculated at

560mm for each person using the facility at any one time. (e) Meal rooms should have adequate means of cooling or heating, appropriate to the

conditions such as:

• reverse cycle air conditioning

• cooling fans

• flow through ventilation

• heaters

• other alternate methods. (f) A refrigerator(s) of adequate size should be provided in each meal room to store

perishable foods for all persons using the meal room. (g) An adequate supply of boiling water for hot drinks should be provided. (h) Food warming facilities of adequate size should be provided in each meal room. (i) A sink unit of adequate size, with a supply of clean water, should be provided in each

meal room. (j) A suitable space or shelves for storage of employees’ provisions should be provided

such as for utensils and food. (k) Garbage bins, with removable liners and secure lids should be provided. Bins should

be emptied daily or more frequently if required. 6.3 TOILETS (a) Toilets should be clearly marked where separate toilets are provided for males and

females. (b) Where urinals are provided for males, provide toilets at a ratio of at least one for

each 20 persons or fraction of 20 persons. (c) Where no urinals are provided for males, provide toilets at a ratio of at least one for

each 15 persons or fraction of 15 persons.


272

(d) The number of toilets provided for females should be at a ratio of at least one for each 10 persons or fraction of 10 persons.

(e) Toilets and urinals should be installed so as to provide adequate privacy. (f) Toilets should be connected to the sewer where practicable. (g) If connection to a sewer is not practicable self-contained freshwater flushing or open

closet portable toilets should be provided. (h) Toilets that are not connected to a sewer should be serviced at least once every two

weeks for a toilet used by up to five persons, or at least once every week for a toilet used by more than five persons.

(i) Toilet facilities should be installed to prevent any odours reaching dining facilities. (j) Portable toilets should be installed to prevent them toppling over. (k) Toilets should be located as close as practicable to the workplace and / or amenities. (l) Adequate numbers of toilets on multi-level buildings should be provided throughout

buildings so that no person has to walk up or down more than two floors to a toilet. In respect of this provision, a `multi-level building’ is defined as any multi-level building with the exception of residential units under four floors in height.

(m) Toilets should be soundly constructed single units, or separated by partitions of

strong construction at least 1.5m in height, with internal measurements of at least 1400mm long X 850mm wide and 2.2m high. Each toilet should be weatherproof and provided with adequate natural / artificial lighting and ventilation. The internal measurements for portable toilets should be at least 1.05 square metres in area and 1.9 metres high.

(n) Each toilet should be fitted with hinged seat and lid and hinged door. The door

should be capable of being fastened from the inside. (o) Each toilet should be well drained and have a floor constructed of, or covered with,

a durable waterproof material. (p) Sanitary disposal units for female use should be provided, where required, and

serviced regularly. 6.4 WASHING FACILITIES (a) Undercover washing facilities within or adjacent to each toilet or urinal should be

provided. These should be in addition to any provided within portable toilets.


273

(b) Clean water and cleansing agents (and disinfecting agents where appropriate) should be provided for the purposes of washing.

(c) Basins or wash trough points should be provided with water, and hot water where

practicable, at the rate of at least one for each 10 persons or fraction of 10 persons. (d) Water taps over a trough should be at least 500mm apart. (e) Adequate number of mirrors should be provided at convenient points. (f) Garbage bins, with removable liners and secure lids should be provided. Bins should

be emptied daily or more frequently if required. 6.5 SHOWERS (a) Shower facilities should be provided when required by the nature of the project or

the type of work being done. (b) When required, a minimum of one shower for each project should be provided and

at the rate of at least one for each 25 persons or fraction of 25 persons. A higher ratio should be provided for work such as demolition, tunnelling or work of a dirty nature.

(c) Separate shower facilities should be provided with adequate privacy for the exclusive

use of male or females, where both males and females are employed. (d) Each shower cubicle should have a shower curtain or door, soap holder, and hot and

cold water. (e) Shower facilities should have non-slip flooring throughout. (f) Bench seating at least 400mm wide and at least 460mm in length for each shower

adjacent to each group of showers should be provided. (g) At least one hook or peg for hanging clothes (for each shower cubicle) should be

provided and spaced 460mm apart. 6.6 DRINKING WATER (a) An adequate supply of cool, clean drinking water should be available on work sites. (b) Drinking water points should be provided near all hot and strenuous workstations.

Additional points if needed should be provided.


274

(c) Where a connection to a water supply is not possible, supply may be provided by other means suitable for dispensing drinking water such as a flask, water bag, or cooled drink dispenser.

(d) Where there are a number of amenities on site, at least one chilled water bubbler at

each group of amenities should be provided. 6.7 FACILITIES FOR THE SAFE KEEPING OF TOOLS AND PERSONAL BELONGINGS (a) A space should be provided for employees to bring hand tools inside amenity sheds

during breaks / change times. (b) Hooks or pegs (not nails) should be provided to enable hand tools to be kept off the

floor. These should be in addition to hooks provided for clothes. (c) Lockable chests, or other means should be provided for the safe keeping of

employees’ personal belongings and tool kits.

7.0 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 7.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY Every person at the place of work has a duty under the Occupational Health and Safety Act 1983, whether as an employer, an employee, a self-employed person or a person in control of the workplace. While the obligation for each person is different, all persons must ensure that the way they carry out their work does not interfere with the health and safety of other persons who are present at the place of work. 7.2 EMPLOYERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES Employers have an obligation to ensure the health, safety and welfare of employees and other persons at the place of work and to comply with the OHS Act and Regulations. This includes the provision or maintenance of adequate amenities at work. 7.3 EMPLOYEES’ RESPONSIBILITIES Employees have an obligation to take reasonable care for the health and safety of other persons at the place of work and to cooperate with their employer in the interests of health, safety and welfare. 7.4 SELF EMPLOYED PERSONS’ RESPONSIBILITIES


275

Self-employed persons have an obligation to ensure that persons not in their employment are not exposed to risks to their health and safety arising from their conduct while they are at the place of work. 7.5 PERSONS IN CONTROL Any person who has, to any extent, control of a place of work, the means of access or egress or plant or substances used has an obligation to ensure the health and safety regarding the place of work, the means of access or egress and plant or substances used at the place of work. 7.6 MANUFACTURERS’ / SUPPLIERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES Manufacturers and suppliers have an obligation to ensure health and safety regarding plant or substances used at places of work. They are required to carry out all necessary research, testing and examination. They are also required to make available adequate information about the safe use of the plant or substances, and any conditions necessary to ensure that the plant or substances will be safe and without risks to health when properly used. 7.7 STATUTORY PROVISIONS The following Acts, Regulations, standards and codes of practice apply to the provision and maintenance of amenities:

• Occupational Health and Safety Act 1983 and Regulations

• Building Code of Australia (provisions relating to NSW). DEFINITIONS The following definitions are for the purpose of this code: Base means a place of work where workers normally start and finish their daily work, such as a depot, yard or compound, home or accommodation. Construction work includes: (a) building, including excavation, and the construction, alteration, renovation, repair,

maintenance and demolition of all types of buildings or structures.


276

(b) civil engineering, including excavation, and the construction, structural alteration, repair, maintenance and demolition of for example, airports, docks, harbours, inland waterways, dams, river and avalanche and sea defence works, roads and highways, railways, bridges, tunnels, viaducts and works related to the provision of services such as communications, drainage, sewerage, water and energy supplies.

(c) the erection and dismantling of prefabricated buildings and structures as well as the

manufacturing of prefabricated elements on the construction site. Employee means an individual who works under a contract of employment or apprenticeship. Employer means a corporation which, or an individual who, employs persons under contracts of employment or apprenticeship. Principal contractor means the person with overall responsibility for the construction work and includes the owner builder. Depending on the contractual arrangements which are in place, the principal contractor may be an employer, self-employed person or a person in control within the terms of the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Self-employed person means a person who works for gain or reward but not under a contract of employment or apprenticeship, whether or not they employ others. House means: (a) a building designed as a single dwelling on one block of land, or, in the case of dual

occupancy. (b) building(s) designed to include two dwellings (erected side by side or joined together

to form a single building) on one block of land.

Arc Welding


277

1.2 Purpose To provide Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees with a safety reference

guide when working with welding equipment.

1.10 Scope










278

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Procedure

3

1.7 Gases

4

1.8 Ozone

4

1.9 Nitrogen Dioxide

4

1.10 Metal Fumes

4


279

1.11 Radiant Energy

5

1.12 Safe Procedures in Arc Welding

6

1.13 Electric Shock

6

1.14 Fumes & Gases

7

1.15 Arc Radiation

7

1.16 Fire Explosion

1.17 Burns

8

1.18 General Precautions of Gas Tungsten Arc Welding

9


280

1.4 References Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 7, Part 7.3

1.5 Compliance





1.6 Procedure 1.6.1 Safe Handling of Shielding Gas Cylinders and Regulators

Compressed gas cylinders should be handled carefully and should be

adequately secured when in use. Knocks, falls, or rough handling may

damage cylinders, valves, or fuse plugs and cause leakage or an accident. If a

valve is broken off a cylinder when under high pressure, the released pressure

could be high enough to cause the cylinder to travel at high speed though a

workshop. Valve protecting caps, when supplied, should be kept in place

(hand-tight) until the connecting of container equipment.

1.6.2 Cylinder Use

The following should be observed when setting up and using cylinders of

shielding gas:

1. Properly secure the cylinder.

2. Before connecting a regulator to the cylinder valve, the valve

should momentarily be slightly opened and closed

immediately (“cracked”) to clear the valve of dust or dirt that

otherwise might enter the regulator. The valve operator

should stand to one side of the regulator gauges, never in

front of them.

3. After the regulator is attached, the adjusting screw should be

released by turning it counter-clockwise. The cylinder valve


281

should then be opened slowly to prevent a too-rapid surge of

high-pressure gas into the regulator.

4. The source of the gas supply (i.e.) the cylinder valve should

be shut off if it is to be left unattended.

5. Cylinder should always be upright. A general rule for

Acetylene cylinders that have travelled in a laying-down

position is to leave them stand for an equal amount of time

before using them.

1.7 Gases

The major toxic gases associated with Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW), also

known as Mig welding are ozone and nitrogen dioxide. Phosgene gas could also be

present as a result of thermal or ultraviolet decomposition of chlorinated

hydrocarbon cleaning agents located in the vicinity of welding operations, such as

trichloroethylene and perchlorethylene.

Degreasing or other cleaning operations involving chlorinated hydrocarbons

should be located so that vapours from these operations cannot be reached by

radiation from the welding arc.

1.8 Ozone The ultraviolet light emitted by the GTAW arc acts on the oxygen in the surrounding

atmosphere to produce ozone, the amount of which will depend upon the intensity

and the wavelength of the ultraviolet energy, the humidity and other factors. The

ozone concentration will generally be increased with an increase in welding current,

with the use of argon as the shielding gas and when welding highly reflective metals.

If the ozone cannot be reduced to a safe level by ventilation process variations, it will

be necessary to supply fresh air to the welder either with an air supplied respirator or

by other means.


282

1.9 Nitrogen Dioxide

Some test results show that high concentrations of nitrogen dioxide are found only

within 150mm of the arc. With normal natural ventilation, these concentrations are

quickly reduced to safe levels in the welder’s breathing zone, so long as the welder

keeps his head out of the plume of fumes (and thus out of the plume of welding-

generated gases). Nitrogen Dioxide is not thought to be a hazard in GTAW.

1.10 Metal Fumes

The GTA welding process produces the least amount of welding fumes of any arc

welding process, however, metal fumes may be generated from volatile elements in

some alloys and from metal coatings such as cadmium and zinc.

The welding fumes generated by GTAW can be controlled by general ventilation,

local exhaust ventilation, or by respiratory protective equipment. The method of

ventilation required to keep the level of toxic substances within the welder’s

breathing zone below acceptable concentrations is directly dependent upon a

number of factors. Among these are the materials being welded, the size of the work

area, and the degree of confinement or obstruction to normal air movement where

the welding is being done. Each operation should be evaluated on an individual basis

in order to determine what will be required. Acceptable levels of toxic substances

associated with welding and designated as time-weighted average threshold limit

values (TLV) and ceiling values, have been established.

Compliance with these acceptable levels can be checked by sampling the atmosphere

under the welder’s helmet or in the immediate vicinity of the helpers breathing zone.

1.11 Radiant Energy

The total radiant energy produced by the GTAW process can be higher than that

produced by the SMAW (Shielded Metal Arc) process, because of the significantly

lower welding fume and the more exposed arc.

Generally, the highest ultraviolet radiant energy intensities are produced when using

an argon shielding gas and when welding on aluminium.


283

The range of suggested filter glass shades for GTAW as a guide are:

Current Range Amperes Filter Plate Shade Range Number

0 – 50

50 – 150

150 – 500

8 – 10

8 – 12

10 – 14

The actual filter plate used will depend on the person and the location of the arc. It is

recommended that the operator start with the darker shade then go to lighter shades

until the operation is sufficiently visible. However, do not go to a shade lighter than

the lowest number for a given current range.

Dark leather or wool clothing (to reduce reflection which cause ultraviolet burns to

the face and neck underneath the helmet) is recommended for GTAW. The greater

the intensity of the ultraviolet radiation will cause rapid disintegration of cotton

clothing.

It is particularly important to protect the skin when welding aluminium and

aluminium alloys containing magnesium. Aluminium containing magnesium can give

off five times the ultraviolet radiation emitted by pure aluminium or aluminium

containing manganese and copper. High levels of ultraviolet radiation can cause skin

cancer, particularly in these wavelengths produced by magnesium vapour in the arc.

1.12 Safe Practices in Arc Welding

To protect oneself and any people from serious injury or death, the welder must be

aware of and understand all the possible hazards of arc welding and follow

procedures and precautions to avoid these hazards. The possible hazards may be

grouped into five categories:

1. Electric Shock.


284

2. Fume & Gases.

3. Arc Radiation.

4. Fire and Explosion.

5. Burns

Before any welding is started, all equipment must be in good operating condition.

Only qualified people should make any repairs and connections.

1.13 Electric Shock

ELECTRIC SHOCK CAN KILL

Protect yourself from possible dangerous electrical shock:

• The electrode and work (or ground) circuits are electrically ‘hot’ when

the welder is on. Never permit contact between ‘hot’ parts of the

circuits and bare skin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole- free gloves to

insulate hands.

• Always insulate yourself from the work and ground by using dry

insulation. When welding in damp locations, on metal floors, gratings

or scaffolds, and when in positions such as sitting or lying, make

certain the insulation is dry and large enough to cover your full area

of physical contact with work and ground.

• Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical connection

with the metal being welded. The connection should be as close as

possible to the area being welded.

• Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical ground.

• Maintain the welding torch, work clamp, welding cable and welding

machine in good, safe operating condition.

• Never dip the end of the torch in water to cool it. This can crack the

gas cup and contaminate the torch. Never simultaneously touch

electrically ‘hot’ parts of torches connected to two welders because


285

voltage between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage

of both welders.

• When changing or installing electrodes in the GTAW torch, make

sure the power is turned off at the welder.

• When working above floor level, protect yourself from a fall should

you get a shock

• Never GTA weld with wet gloves.

1.14 Fumes and Gases

FUMES AND GASES CAN BE DANGEROUS TO YOUR HEALTH

• Welding may produce fumes and gases hazardous to health. Avoid

breathing these fumes and gases. When welding, keep your head out

of the fume. Use enough ventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to

keep fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. When welding

on galvanised, lead or cadmium plated steel and other metals which

produce toxic fumes, even greater care must be taken such as a fresh

air supply to the welder by an air supplied respirator.

• Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vapours

coming from degreasing, cleaning, or spraying operations. The heat

and radiation of the arc can react with solvent vapours to form

phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating products.

• Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and cause injury

or death by suffocation. Always use enough ventilation, especially in

confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe.

• Read and understand the manufactures instruction for the equipment

and the consumables to be used, including the material safety data

sheet (MSDS) and follow Council’s safety practices.

1.15 Arc Radiation

ARC RADIATION CAN INJURE EYES AND BURN SKIN


286

• Use a shield with the proper filter and cover plates to protect your

eyes from sparks and the radiation of the arc when welding or

observing open arc welding. Safety glasses should be worn under the

welding hood when welding.

• Use suitable dark clothing made from durable, flame-resistant

material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from the arc

radiation.

• Protect other nearby personnel with suitable non-flammable

screening and warn them not to watch the arc or expose themselves

to the arc radiation or to hot spatter or metal.

• Clothing and surrounding booths and equipment should have a low-

reflective surface to minimise reflection of arc radiation. Paints using

pigments substantially of zinc oxide or titanium dioxide have low

reflectance for ultraviolet radiation.

1.16 Fire Explosion

FIRE OR EXPLOSION CAN CAUSE DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE

• Remove fire hazards well away from the area. If this is not possible

cover them to prevent the welding sparks from starting a fire.

Remember that welding sparks and hot materials from welding can

easily go through small cracks and openings to adjacent areas. Have a

fire extinguisher readily available.

• When not welding, make certain no part of the electrode circuit is

touching the work or ground. Accidental contact can cause

overheating and create a fire hazard.

• Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until the proper

steps have been taken to insure that such procedures will not cause

flammable or toxic vapours from substances inside.

• Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting or welding.

They may explode.


287

1.17 Burns

BURNS MAY BE CAUSED BY RADIATION OR BY CONTACT WITH HOT METAL

• Ensure face and body are protected from falling slag and sparks when welding at or above face level. Overalls should be done up to top, pockets zipped.

• Apron or suitable coat should be worn.

• Ensure boot openings are always protected to prevent hot materials from dropping into boots and becoming lodged until boot can be removed.

• Ensure hot materials do not drop onto other workers in the vicinity.

• All burns should be treated immediately with cold running water for up to 15 minutes.

• All burns must be reported and treatment recorded.

1.18 General Precautions of Gas Tungsten Arc Welding

a. Protect yourself with oil free protective garments such as leather

glove, heavy shirt, and cuff less trousers, high shoes and cap over

your hair. Always wear safety glasses when in a welding area. Use

glasses with side shields when near slag chipping operations.

b. Keep all equipment safety guards, covers and devices in position and

in good repair. Keep hands, hair clothing and tools away from V-

Belts, gears, fans and all other moving parts when starting, operating

or repairing equipment.

c. Be sure the work cable is connected to the work as close other

welding area as practical. Work cables connected to the building

framework or other locations some distance from the welding area

increase the possibility of the welding current passing though lifting


288

chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits. This can create fire

hazards or overheat lifting chains or cables until they fail.

d. Use only compressed gas cylinders containing the correct shielding

gas for the process used and properly operating regulators designed

for the gas and pressure used. All hoses, fitting, etc should be suitable

for the application and maintained in good condition.

e. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securely chained to an

under carriage or fixed support.

f. Cylinders should be located:

� Away from areas where they may be struck or

subjected to physical damage.

� A safe distance from arc welding or cutting

operations and any other source of heat, sparks or

flame.

g. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any other electrically

‘hot’ parts to touch the cylinder.

h. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet when

opening the cylinder valve.

i. Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand-tight

except when the cylinder is in use or connected for use.

j. Turn off input power using the disconnect switch at the fuse box

before working on the equipment.


289

Asbestos & Synthetic Mineral Fibres Management

1.1 Purpose

To comply with relevant Occupational Health & Safety Legislation regarding

the management of products containing asbestos and to ensure the safety of

all persons who have the potential to be exposed to these products.

1.11 Scope






relevant sections of the Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000 and Occupational

Health and Safety Regulations 2001 and Codes of Practice.



290

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Policy

3

1.7 Asbestos

3

1.8 Asbestos Register

4


5

1.10 Procedures

6


291

1.11 Cleaning of Premises after Asbestos Work

7

1.12 Friable Asbestos Material

8

1.13 Monitoring

8

1.14 Synthetic Mineral Fibres

8


292



Code of Practice for Management & Control of Asbestos in the Workplace

[NOHSC: 2018 (2005)], published by the (former) NOHS Commission, now known

as the Australian Safety & Compensation Council. [www.ascc.gov.au].

Code of Practice for Safe Removal of Asbestos, 2nd edition [NOHSC: (2005)]

1.5 Compliance





1.6 Policy Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises that asbestos and synthetic mineral

fibres represent a major Occupational Health & Safety hazard and have the

potential to cause chronic lung conditions such as asbestosis, lung cancer,

and mesothelioma. Liverpool Plains Shire Council prohibits the use of

asbestos in its workplaces and/or workplaces under its control. As such

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has developed this policy and associated

procedures to control (where possible) the threat to the health and safety of

our employees, contractors, and visitors.

1.7 Asbestos

Asbestos has been used in many items, including:

• Heat resistant textiles (cloth, padding);

• Asbestos cement products (sheets, pipes);

• Special filters for industrial chemicals;

• Thermal insulation products (pipe and boiler insulation);

• Friction materials (clutch plates, brake linings);


293

• Gaskets, floor tiles, roofing materials, packing materials, paints and

protective paper, and

• Sprayed insulation for buildings and other structures and in their

repair.

Small quantities of asbestos may be found mixed with a wide variety of

substances, including magnesite, calcium silicate, diatomaceous earths, talc,

clay, chalk, sand, cement, paper, pitch, rubber and a wide range of resins.

Because of the use of trade names or other reasons, its presence in

compounds may not be obvious.

Exposure to airborne asbestos dust occurs particularly in the course of dust-

forming operations, such as handling, sawing, sanding, grinding, drilling,

turning or general maintenance, renovations or similar operations upon

materials containing asbestos.

Asbestos is hazardous because small fibrous particles may become airborne

and inhaled. Fibres below 3 mm in diameter are referred to as 'respirable',

meaning that they may enter the deepest parts of the lung.

All forms of asbestos have been found to cause lung cancer. The risk of

cancer is also greater with increased exposure to asbestos.

Asbestos products can be divided up into two types with regard to the level

of risk. These are:

1. Materials that are friable or release dust easily. These include

asbestos insulation or damaged sprayed asbestos;

2. Materials where the asbestos is encapsulated in or behind an inert

material.

Strict precautions need to be taken regarding the first of these types and

specifically trained and licensed contractors are required to carry out the task


294

of removal. The encapsulated material poses less of a health risk and work on

this material can be completed safely by staff with an appropriate level of

training in the hazards and subject to the proper precautions being taken.

1.8 Asbestos Register

A register of all asbestos materials known to be on any Liverpool Plains Shire

Council worksite or place of work must be prepared and made available to all

employees, particularly Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s maintenance workers

who may need to work in these areas. The purpose of the register is to

indicate the location, type of material, and the condition of the material.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s register will include asbestos cement

sheeting even where this is in good condition and does not require removal.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Asbestos Register details the following:

• Location of all asbestos and material containing asbestos in Liverpool

Plains Shire Council premises;

• The type of asbestos and condition of material;

• Any assessments concerning the asbestos that took place before the

work is carried out;

• Details as of who carried out the work;

• Dates when the work was carried out.


1.9.1 Managers

Managers are responsible for ensuring that the procedures below are implemented

within their workgroup. In particular managers are to ensure:

1. All premises containing asbestos or asbestos products are

listed in the register;

2. There is in place a system for the signage of the areas;

3. Employees have been instructed about the importance of

not disturbing or breaking friable asbestos products;


295

4. As required, arrangements are made for monitoring of

contaminated atmospheres.

1.9.2 Supervisors

Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that tasks are carried out according to the

procedures. In particular supervisors are to ensure:

1. Employees have been informed and are aware of the

hazards associated with asbestos and products containing

asbestos;

2. Employees have been instructed in the correct procedures

when working in areas which have been identified as

containing asbestos or asbestos containing products.

1.9.3 Employees

Employees must carry out all activities in a safe manner with regard to Council

procedures and the training they have undertaken. In particular employees are to:

• Be aware of the hazards associated with asbestos and

products containing asbestos;

• Be aware of the asbestos register and how to access it;

• Observe the proper procedures when working in areas

which have been identified as containing asbestos or

asbestos related products;

• Not to interfere with, crush, break or pulverise any products

which have been labeled as asbestos, or containing

asbestos.

1.10 Procedures

The following procedures are to be observed:

1. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will review all locations and identify

where asbestos containing materials are present.


296

2. All materials representing an increased risk to employees or members

of the public, due to the friable nature of the material or other issue,

will be sealed or other action taken to reduce the level of risk.

3. Samples from all suspected asbestos-containing materials will be sent

to a recognised laboratory for analysis

4. All asbestos containing materials will be entered into Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Asbestos Register.

5. All activities involving work on asbestos containing materials will be

carried out by suitably trained and equipped personnel.

If Liverpool Plains Shire Council engages an external contractor to perform

the work it must:

1. Sight the license and permit and record as per Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s Contractor Policy;

2. Sight the Safety Management Plan (if required);

3. Oversee the performance of the work.

With regard to demolition involving asbestos or removal of asbestos

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is to ensure the following is observed:

1. Before commencing work the necessary permit under the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Clause 332 has been

granted;

2. All work must be carried out in accordance with the permit;

3. Only persons who are licensed in accordance with Occupational

Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Clause 318 are to undertake the

work.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is also to ensure that:


297

1. If use or removal of asbestos creates an atmospheric containment

then Council should apply the control measures set out in the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Clause 51;

2. Employees and other persons contracted to carry out asbestos work

are informed of the dangers involved and of any precautions that

should be taken in connection with the work;

3. Employees, workplace owners and plant owners are informed

when asbestos work is being carried out;

4. Persons are warned, by the use of signs, labels or other similar

measures, of the presence of asbestos or asbestos containing

material in a place at which construction work is being carried out;

5. Council must identify, and implement, measures to prevent the

uncontrolled disturbance of asbestos containing material while

construction work is being carried out.

1.11 Cleaning of Premises After Asbestos Work

In regard to the following activities in which asbestos may have been

detected, Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that appropriate

measures are in place to undertake the following without risk to the health

and safety of employees and other persons at the workplace:

• Cleaning of the premises at which the asbestos work was carried out;

• Laundering and cleaning of personal protective equipment used for

asbestos work;

• Containment of asbestos waste;

• Disposal of asbestos and asbestos containing material in accordance

with the law.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will also ensure:

• No asbestos containing material, including asbestos cement is re-used

in connection with the carrying out of construction work;


298

• No high pressure processes are used to clean the surface of material

containing asbestos, including asbestos cement or any structures that

consist of or contain asbestos, during the carrying out of

construction work.

1.12 Friable Asbestos Material

In accordance with the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001,

Clause 260, any material that contains asbestos and is in the form of a

powder or can be crumbled, pulverised, or reduced to powder by hand

pressure when dry is considered to be friable asbestos material. Liverpool

Plains Shire Council will ensure measures are in place to restrict unauthorised

or inadvertent access to friable asbestos material and to construction work

processes involving friable asbestos.

Only persons licensed in accordance with the Occupational Health & Safety

Regulation 2001, Chapter 10 are to undertake the removal of friable asbestos.

1.13 Monitoring

If a Liverpool Plains Shire Council Risk Assessment has determined a need

for atmospheric monitoring of a workplace in which asbestos or material

containing asbestos is located, Council will ensure the following procedures

are followed:

• Monitoring is to be carried out by a competent person;

• The Guidance Note on the Membrane Filter Method for Estimating

Airborne Asbestos Dust 2nd

Edition, [(NOHSC:3003 (2005)] is to

be followed;

• Analysis of samples must be carried out in a laboratory accredited

by the National Association of Testing Authorities;

• Analysis, as set out in the Guidance Notes (see above) is to be

followed.


299

1.14 Synthetic Mineral Fibres

As with asbestos, there are hazards when working with Synthetic Mineral

Fibres (SMF’s) due primarily to the fibrous nature of the material. These

fibres, or fibrous dust, can cause lung damage if inhaled, therefore Liverpool

Plains Shire Council must take action to control the exposure to, or contact

with SMF’s.

Reference should be made to the appropriate Codes of Practice and relevant

Australian Standards.

Where materials containing SMF’s such as glass wool and rockwool are used

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees must take the following

precautions:

• All insulation etc., must remain sealed in the wall and roof cavities;

• If work is required in these areas, the guidelines contained within the

Australian Standards must be followed.

Building Safety


300

1.1 Purpose

To provide a reference document for employees of Liverpool Plains Shire Council

pertaining to safety issues within Liverpool Plains Shire Council buildings.

1.2 Scope






Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health & Safety Regulations




301

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3


3

1.7 Workplace Amenities

4

1.8 Ventilation

5

1.9 Indoor Air Quality

6

1.10 Waste Management

8


302

FORMS

Buildings & Amenities Checklist


303

1.4 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapters 2 & 4






1. Buildings are fit for designated purpose.

2. Buildings are adequately maintained so that they do not represent any risk

to the heath and safety of employees and others in the workplace.

3. The space within the buildings is properly organised and managed,

ensuring the workspaces and storage areas are safe. This will include

ensuring that the means of access and egress are clearly identified and

kept clear of obstructions.

4. Services are provided to manage foreseeable risks of fire or other

potential emergencies.

5. Services are provided to maintain an acceptable work environment for

employees and others within the building, with regard to the nature of

the work performed.

6. Any hazardous materials used in the construction, maintenance, or

cleaning of the building (e.g.) asbestos, synthetic mineral fibres, pesticides,

rodenticides and fumicides are identified, noted in a register and

otherwise controlled so that employees and others are not exposed to

risk from these materials.



304

1. Carrying out their duties in maintaining building safety in a manner which

does not adversely affect their own health or safety, or that of others in

the workplace.

2. Co-operating with measures introduced in the interests of workplace

health and safety related to the provision and maintenance of building

safety within the workplace.

1.7 Workplace Amenities

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring that an appropriate standard of

workplace amenities is provided, consistent with legislative requirements and reasonable

expectations, in order to promote the health, safety and well being of employees and

others who use Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s workplaces. As such Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Building & Amenities Checklist should be used as an assessment tool to

determine compliance.

a) Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that the following matters receive

sufficient resources and priority to provide and maintain a standard of

workplace amenities consistent with legislative requirements and suitable to

the particular needs of those in the workplace:

i) Design and construction of premises.

ii) Floor area and air space.

iii) Roof, walls, and ceilings.

iv) Ventilation, air supply, temperature, air movement, and humidity.

v) Lighting and painting.

vi) Meal rooms.

vii) Dressing rooms.

viii) Toilets – permanent and short-term temporary on worksites.

ix) Washing facilities.

x) Seating.

xi) Drinking water.

xii) First Aid facilities.


305

xiii) Disabled access.

xiv) Fire escapes and fire extinguishers.

xv) Electrical installations.

xvi) Cleaning.

b) Employees are responsible for using amenities provided in an appropriate

manner.

1.8 Ventilation

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to providing a safe place of work

and safe systems of work, and in particular, is committed to minimising the risk

of:

i) Employees and others sustaining illness or injury caused by being

exposed to air-borne substances which have the potential to be

hazardous to their health.

ii) Fire, explosion, or toxic releases occurring as an outcome of

dangerous atmospheres forming.

iii) Employees and others suffering injury or ill-health due to

extremes of temperature.

These objectives will be met through the provision of adequate ventilation

of spaces where hazards may exist.


1. Hazards, which cannot be controlled by higher control options

(elimination, substitution, modification or isolation), are managed

by the provision of appropriate ventilation (i.e.) an engineering

control.


306

2. All hazards requiring ventilation as a control measure are the

subject of joint consultation with employees at the ventilation

system design stage.

3. Ventilation systems, where provided, are properly designed by

those who have competence in the design, specification and

installation of ventilation systems, so that the systems are fit-for-

purpose.

4. All installed ventilation are regularly inspected, tested and

maintained so that it meets the performance requirements for its

purpose.

5. All statutory obligations for testing, inspection and maintenance

of ventilation systems, and the keeping of records are met.

6. Suitable training is provided in the safe operation, use and

maintenance of ventilation systems.


1. Carrying out their duties in the workplace in a manner which

minimises the risk of injury or illness from failure to adequately

use the ventilation systems provided.

2. Co-operating with measures introduced in the interests of

workplace health and safety in order to maintain the efficiency

and satisfactory operation of ventilating equipment/devices in

the workplace.

3. Taking prompt action to secure or isolate any hazardous situation

where others may be exposed to the adverse affects of a poorly

ventilated space which comes to employee’s notice, and which is

within their capacity to safely remedy, in order to protect others

in the workplace.

4. Immediately reporting to their supervisor all hazards which

require ventilation or for which the installed ventilation systems

are operating inadequately for any reason.


307

1.9 Indoor Air Quality

1.9.1 Obligations of Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Under the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 there is an obligation to

ensure that all employees are provided with a healthy and safe working

environment. The health of employees may be affected by the quality of air and

the environment within buildings.

Two classifications of health complaints have arisen:

• Sick Building Syndrome (SBS)

• Building Related Illnesses (BRI)

1.9.2 Sick Building Syndrome

The term sick building syndrome represents a range of symptoms resulting from

the environment within the building. Some of the symptoms reported have

been:

• Headaches;

• Fatigue;

• Dizziness;

• Nasal blockage;

• Eye irritation;

• Chest tightness;

• Dermatitis.


308

1.9.2.1 Building Characteristics

Building characteristics where sick building syndrome has been reported

are:

• New or remodelled buildings or office;

• Mechanical ventilation.

1.9.2.2 Corrective Actions

A number of corrective actions can be taken to reduce the risk of illness

associated with an unsatisfactory building environment:

• Remove potential sources of chemical emissions;

• Proper ventilation;

• Reduce dust;

• Clean and disinfect surfaces;

• Increase employee involvement in resolving the

problem.

1.9.3 Building Related Illnesses

Building related illnesses include infections and allergic lung diseases and are

more easily identified.

The most commonly known and documented infection is Legionnaires disease.

The disease was first recognised when an epidemic occurred during an American

Legion convention in Philadelphia in 1976 and subsequent outbreaks have been

reported throughout the world. The incidence of the disease is however very

low. The disease is caused by the bacteria Legionella Pneumophilia. The most

serious symptom is pneumonia and a number of deaths have been recorded. The

bacteria is water borne and has been found in the warm water of cooling towers,

humidifiers and reservoirs in buildings.

1.9.3.1 Preventative Actions


309

Bacteria such as Legionella can easily be killed with regular cleaning and

disinfection of the water and environments where it can breed i.e. cooling

towers, humidifiers, reservoirs, etc. It should be noted that in some states

there are guidelines for correct procedures for cleaning the towers etc.

You should check with the State legislative authority before attempting to

clean.


310

1.9.3.2 Allergic Lung Diseases

Hypersensitivity pneumonitis is an allergic lung disease that can be

associated with microorganisms that can proliferate inside buildings. The

disease can be difficult to diagnose and detect, but symptoms can include

fever, fatigue and muscle aches.

It should be noted that this disorder is very rare, very difficult to detect,

and have similar symptoms to other complaints.

1.9.3.3 Corrective Actions

Corrective action involves treatment of the individual and removing

them from the environment, adequate cleaning and disinfection of water

ventilation systems and the general building environment.

1.10 Waste Management

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring the health, safety and

welfare of its employees and of others who may be affected by the waste

materials, which result from Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s operations.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will arrange for the disposal of all waste products

regularly, safely, in an environmentally sound manner and in accordance with

statutory requirements. A waste minimisation program will be initiated. The waste

disposal arrangements will be regularly reviewed. Recycling initiatives will be

taken where reasonably practicable in order to help protect the environment and

make better use of resources.

a) Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that:

1. Employees are aware of, and adequately trained in, waste

management procedures.

2. Materials and procedures are in place for containing

wastes and cleaning up spills.

3. Waste is kept to a minimum.


311

4. Adequate resources are available for waste management

procedures.

5. Unwanted products, chemicals or equipment in useable

condition are considered for transfer to another Business

Unit for its use.

6. All relevant licences and permits required by the relevant

statutory authorities for discharge and disposal of waste

are current.

b) Employees are responsible for:

1. Carrying out their duties with respect to the waste

management program in a manner, which does not

adversely affect their own health and safety or that of

others in the workplace.

2. Co-operating with measures introduced in the workplace

with regard to waste management and waste

minimisation.

3. Undertaking and implementing any training provided.

4. Reporting to their supervisor any issues which may affect

workplace Occupational Health & Safety in relation to

waste management.


312

Compressed Air

1.1 Purpose To assist Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s employees undertake work safely whilst using compressed air

(i.e.) hand powered air tools etc.

1.12 Scope




Shire Council performs work. Any work that is carried out by Liverpool Plains

Shire Council employees or for Liverpool Plains Shire Council must comply with the





313

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Procedures for Safe Use

3



AS 3920.1 (1993)


314

1.5 Compliance Failure to comply with this policy and procedure or any procedure produced



policy.

1.6 Procedures for Safe Use

1. Printed notices in accordance with relevant legislation/regulation

should be displayed at compressors, air hoses, and outlets.

2. Eye Protection - close fitting safety glasses with side shields or

goggles must be worn when using compressed air or compressed air

operated tools.

3. Hoses and Connections - always ensure that the hoses, connections,

and securing clamps are in good condition before use.

4. Ensure couplings are fitted with safety chips at every point.

5. Ensure airline is fitted with a water trap and lubricator before using

power tools.

6. Blow out all hoses prior to use. Dirt in hoses causes equipment to

fail.

7. Turn off machine controls before turning on the air supply to a

machine or tool.

8. Turn off air supply and bleed the line before disconnecting all lines.

9. Ensure exhaust air from tools is away from the body.

10. Compressors - ensure that compressor noise levels are within

relevant legislative requirements whenever employees are exposed to

compressor noise. Unless they have been effectively "silenced",

compressors should not be located within work areas.


315

11. Air exhaust - whenever air exhaust exceeds statutory noise level

limits, exhaust silencers should be fitted or the air exhaust should be

vented externally.

12. Air Receivers - Air receivers are classified as pressured vessels under

State Plant Safety Regulations. They are defined as pressure

equipment other than Hazard Level E equipment by AS 3920.1 -

Part 1. They are required to be inspected and to have a current

inspection certificate which must be displayed prominently. The

frequency should be checked with legal requirements.

1.6.1 Caution

1. Do not use compressed air for any other purpose than that

for which it is provided. Disciplinary action will be taken

against "horseplay".

2. Never direct a stream of compressed air towards your body,

or the body of another person. Do not use compressed air

for cleaning clothing or exposed parts of the body.

3. Never use compressed air near a naked flame.

4. Do not turn the air on to a hose unless the end is secure. A

wildly snaking hose can cause serious injury.

5. Do not attempt to approach an air hose that is running wild.

6. Do not use compressed air for cleaning purposes if it is likely

to create dust.

7. Do not use compressed air as a method of cooling in hot

weather.

8. Never crimp hoses to connect or disconnect equipment -

turn off at the appropriate isolation valve.

9. Do not apply compressed air into any sealed tank, drum, or

other container unless they are approved pressure vessels.

10. Do not use any tool that has faulty connections or safety

switches (e.g. nail gun).


316

1.6.2 Dangers of Compressed Air

• It can enter body orifices causing severe and possible fatal

injuries.

• At high pressure it can penetrate the skin.

• Particles or oil carried in an air jet can damage the eyes.

• Vessels containing compressed air, even at comparatively low

pressure can explode violently once their integrity is lost.

• Dirty or wet air can cause a system to fail (e.g.) by blocking

safety related valves.

Confined Spaces

1.1 Purpose

This procedure covers working on or in Confined Spaces and associated record

keeping. In particular;

• specific requirements and procedures for the safety of

persons required entering and/or working in a confined space

are covered

• Ensuring that a safe atmosphere for work in a confined space is

maintained or appropriate breathing apparatus is correctly

used.

• Ensuring that only persons trained in activities relevant or

unique to confined space entry are engaged in arranging and

carrying out work in a confined space.


317

• Ensuring that suitable employees are trained and available for

rescuing staff from confined spaces.

1.2 Scope





Council employees or for Liverpool Plains Shire Council must

comply with the relevant sections of the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 and Codes of Practice.


1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

4

1.5 References

7


318

1.6 Compliance

7

1.7 Entry Into A Confined Space

7

1.8 Confined Space Evaluation

8

1.9 Precautions for Isolation of Confined Spaces

8

1.10 Principles Governing Entry

9

1.11 Isolation of Connected Services

9

1.12 Initial Cleaning

10

1.13 Purging

10

1.14 Evaluation of the Atmosphere of a Confined Space

11

1.15 Ventilation

12

1.16 Dust Contamination

12


319

1.17 Monitoring Equipment Testing

14

1.18 Rescue & First Aid

14

1.19 Protection from Unauthorised Entry

15

1.20 Documentation

16

1.21 Training

17

1.22 Properties of Gases

19

1.23 Exposure Limits (10,000 PPM = 0.1%)

20

FORMS

Confined Spaces Entry Permit

Confined Spaces Signature Sheet

Confined Spaces Register


320

1.4 Definitions

“Confined Space” is an enclosed or partially enclosed space of any volume which is

at atmospheric pressure during occupancy, is not intended or designed primarily as a

place of work, and which at any time a person may be required to work in or on, in

which:

1. The atmosphere is liable to be contaminated at any time by:

• Dust,

• Fumes,

• Mist,

• Vapour,

• Gas, or

• Other harmful substances.

2. The atmosphere is liable at any time to be oxygen deficient; and includes, but

is not limited to the following:

• Storage tanks,

• Car tank,

• Process vessels,

• Boilers,

• Pressure vessels,

• Silos, and

• Other tank-like compartments usually having only a manhole

for entry.

3. Open-topped spaces of any depth, such as pits or degreasers which are not

subject to good natural ventilation, for example;

• Pipes,

• Sewers,

• Tunnels,


321

• Shafts,

• Ducts,

• Similar structures.

4. There is a risk of engulfment by solids, liquids, gases or fire.

“Confined Space”, in relation to a place of work, means an enclosed or partially

enclosed space that:

a) Is not intended or designed primarily as a place of work, and

b) Is at atmospheric pressure while persons are in it, and

c) May have an atmosphere with potentially harmful contaminants, an

unsafe level of oxygen or stored substances that may cause

engulfment, and

d) May (but need not) have restricted means of entry and exit.

“Competent Person” a person who has, through a combination of training,

education and experience, gained knowledge and skills enabling the person to

perform correctly a specific task.

“Contaminant”: any dust, fume, mist, vapour, gas or other substance, the presence

of which can be harmful to health if at significant levels.

“Explosive (Flammable) Range” is the range of flammable vapour or gas-air

mixture between the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) and the Upper Explosive Limit

(UEL).

“Lower Explosive Limit (LEL)” is the minimum concentration of flammable gas

or vapour (% by Volume in Air) in which explosion can occur upon ignition in a

confined space.

LEL (lower explosive limit) of a flammable contaminant means the concentration

of the contaminant in air below which the propagation of a flame does not occur on

contact with an ignition source. Safe oxygen level means a minimum oxygen content


322

in air (%) of 19.5 – by volume under normal atmospheric pressure and a maximum

oxygen content in air (%) of 23.5 – by volume under normal atmospheric pressure.

“Upper Explosive Limit (UEL)” the maximum concentration of a flammable gas

or vapour (% of Volume in Air) in which explosion can occur upon ignition in a

confined area.

“Safe Oxygen Level” – minimum oxygen content in air of 19.5 percent by volume

under normal atmospheric pressure and a maximum oxygen content of 23.5 % by

volume.

“Exposure Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants” are the airborne

concentrations of contaminants which represent conditions under which it is

believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without

adverse effect (Reference www.ascc.gov.au).

“Threshold Limit Value (TLV)” is that concentration of a contaminant in an

atmosphere, in which, for:

“Time Weighted Average (TWA)” it is possible to work without harm for

8 hours per day, five days per week, or

“Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL)” exposure without harm limited to

a maximum of 15 minutes, not more than 4 times per day or more often than

once per hour.

“Hot Work” welding, thermal or oxygen cutting, heating and other fire producing

or spark producing operations.

“Confined Space Approved Person or ‘Approved Person” a person possessing

approval by Liverpool Plains Shire Council to evaluate confined spaces.


323

“Confined Spaces Entry Permit (CSEP)” a formal entry permit specifying details

of the location and type of work to be done, confirming that identified hazards have

been evaluated, and the necessary protective measures to be taken.

“Nominated Person in Charge of the Work or ‘Nominated Person” shall be the

Confined Space Entry Permit holder and shall be a person possessing approval to

collect and receive Clearance to Work Permits for Confined Spaces and Confined

Space Entry Permits.

“Confined Spaces Signature Sheet” this is a sign-on sheet used to record all those

persons working in a Confined Space.

“Revalidation” is the review of work practices to confirm compliance with

prescribed actions of the entry permit.

1.5 References



AS 2430: Classification of Hazardous Areas

AS 1319: Safety Signs for the Occupational Environment

NOHSC: 3008: Guidance Note on the Interpretation of Exposure Standards

for Atmospheric Contaminants in the Occupational Environment

NOHSC: 1003: Adopted National Exposure Standards for Atmospheric

Contaminants in the Occupational Environment [NOHSC became the Australian

Safety & Compensation Council…www.ascc.gov.au which is now

safeworkaustralia.gov.au/) ]

AS/2865-1995; Worksafe Australia National Standard for Safe Working in Confined

Spaces.

1.6 Compliance




324


policy.

1.7 Entry into a Confined Space

Entry to a confined space shall be in accordance with this Procedure.

Entry into Category 1 and 2 spaces is permitted only after issue of a Confined Space

Entry Permit which is to be used in conjunction with the Confined Space Signature

Sheet

Entry into those confined spaces in Category 3 shall be in accordance with the

procedures displayed on a sign at the point of entry.

If entry/or work in a confined space is deemed necessary, the Nominated Person

wishing to enter the confined space shall review the following guideline:

a) Evaluate all proposed operations and work procedures, particularly

those that may cause the atmosphere to become contaminated or

oxygen deficient, for example, welding, grinding.

b) Consider the soundness and security of the overall structure and its

condition while out of service and ventilated, and the need for

illumination.

c) Consider all hazards that may be encountered.

d) Ensure only employees who are appropriately trained are allowed to

enter the confined space.

e) Instruct employees of any unusual or non-typical work procedure

required.

f) Advise employees of special personal protective equipment and

clothing to be worn or mechanical equipment to be used.

g) Erect signs at each entry to a Confined Space. Signs must comply

with AS1319 (Safety Signs for the Occupational Environment).

h) Prohibit hot work in adjacent areas where necessary.

i) Prohibit smoking and other naked flames where necessary.


325

j) Ensure communication between people in a confined space and with

any standby employees located outside is adequate.

k) Avoid contamination of the atmosphere of a confined space by

outside sources (e.g.) exhaust of an internal combustion engine.

l) Advise employees of approved emergency and rescue procedures for

removing personnel from a particular confined space and ensure

these procedures are well known.

1.8 Confined Space Evaluation

Prior to entry, the confined space and work processes shall be evaluated by a

Nominated Person and a Confined Space Approved Person, particularly with

regard to processes which may cause the atmosphere to become

contaminated or oxygen deficient. These precautions shall be prescribed on

the Confined Space Entry Permit (C.S.E.P).

1.9 Precautions for Isolation of Confined Spaces

Isolation shall ensure there is no hazard to any person from electrical, mechanical,

chemical, hydraulic or thermal energy.

Confined Space Approved Persons wishing to isolate apparatus and issue a C.S.E.P.

may enter to effect isolation without a C.S.E.P. provided that:

• They observe all necessary safety precautions, including testing of the

atmosphere, and the use of breathing apparatus if appropriate; and

• At least one additional Confined Space Approved or Nominated

Person shall be in attendance and shall have received training in

confined space rescue and cardio pulmonary resuscitation.

1.10 Principles Governing Entry

No person shall enter a confined space until it is free from any explosion

hazard and either:


326

• The person entering the confined space is equipped with an airline

respiratory protective device,

OR

• Precautions have been taken to establish and maintain a safe

atmosphere within the confined space. Where re-testing of the

atmosphere is required this shall be stipulated on the C.S.E.P.

OR

• Where the confined space is listed Category 3 (as described on Pg.

17 of this Module) on the Confined Spaces Register the specified

alternative entry procedures shall be followed.

Note: If the work process performed in a confined space may render the atmosphere

contaminated above the relevant Exposure Standard then the wearing of an air-line

respiratory protective device is mandatory.

Emergency Procedures - employees required to enter a confined space in an

emergency shall wear self-contained breathing apparatus or air-line breathing

apparatus.

Where the wearing of air-line respiratory protective devices is required, the

Nominated Person shall be in attendance at the point of entry at all times

while persons are inside the confined space.

1.11 Isolation of Connected Services

Employees should consult Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Isolation & Tag

Out Module for further information on isolation procedures. No personnel

shall enter a confined space unless all potentially hazardous services that are

normally connected to the confined space are isolated or otherwise

controlled to prevent:


327

• The introduction of any materials, contaminants, agents or conditions

that may be harmful to a person occupying the confined space;

• The activation or energising in any way of equipment or services that

may pose a risk to the health or safety of a person inside the confined

space.

1.12 Initial Cleaning

Where practicable, all solids and liquids, which may present a hazard to persons within the confined

space, shall be removed from the confined space prior to entry. No substances shall be disposed of

without prior assessment of the characteristics of the substance. Some solids and liquids may require

dispose at an appropriate hazardous substances facility, or may be classified as contaminated waste,

requiring specific handling, disposal or possible notification to environmental or other authorities.

Employees are to check with their Supervisor before disposing of solids or liquids from any confined

space.

1.13 Purging

Where necessary, the confined space shall be cleared of contaminants before any

personnel enter the space.

Where flammable contaminants are to be purged, purging and ventilation equipment designed for use

in hazardous locations shall be employed and precautions taken to eliminate all sources of ignition

(Refer AS2430 Classification of Hazardous Areas).

The methods employed shall ensure that any contaminants removed from the

confined space are removed to a location where they present no hazard to persons,

equipment or the environment.

Note: No pure oxygen or a gas mixture in a concentration of more than 21- of oxygen

(21%) by volume is to be used for the purging or ventilation of a confined space.

1.14 Evaluation of the Atmosphere of a Confined Space


328

Each confined space shall be evaluated to determine whether there is a hazard.

If a hazard may exist, then testing/analysis of the atmosphere shall be conducted from outside the

confined space, before entry occurs. The results shall be recorded on the C.S.E.P.

More remote regions within the confined space may be tested/analysed once the area

adjacent to the point of entry to the confined space has been proven safe.

The Nominated Person shall ensure that a suitably trained person carries out

atmospheric testing for oxygen and/or combustibles in areas identified as requiring

such testing.

Note: This may need to be undertaken by persons wearing air-line respiratory

protection.

1.14.1 Atmospheric Testing & Monitoring

Council shall undertake atmospheric monitoring where there is an identified

risk of atmospheric contaminants. Monitoring shall be undertaken in

accordance with appropriate guidelines/standards. Results of monitoring will

be recorded and employees who have or may have been exposed to the

contaminants will be provided with these results by their Section Manager.

Atmospheric testing and monitoring shall be carried out, where a confined

space has or may:

• Become contaminated with and atmospheric contaminant;

• Become contaminated with a flammable contaminant;

• Have an oxygen level that is not a safe oxygen level.

No employee will enter a confined space unless:

• The confined space contains a safe oxygen level;

• Any atmospheric contaminants in the confined space are

reduced below the appropriate exposure standards (as


329

described below in Atmospheric contaminants particular risk

control measures);

• The confined space is free from extremes of temperature;

• The concentration of any flammable contaminant in the

atmosphere of the confined space is below 5 (%) – of its

LEL.

If the concentration of flammable contaminant in the atmosphere of the

confined space is found to be 10- of its LEL (10%) or more, all employees

are to leave the confined space. Employees will only be permitted back into

the confined space when continuous monitoring (with a calibrated flammable

contaminant detector) is applied at all times while the employees are present

in it. NOTE: change from 5% to 10% as per AS/2865-1995; Worksafe

Australia National Standard for Safe Working in Confined Spaces, P.2.

Where a safe oxygen level cannot be provided or atmospheric contaminants

cannot be reduced to safe levels in a confined space, employees will only be

permitted to enter the space if equipped with suitable personal protective

equipment including air supplied respiratory protective equipment.

When an atmospheric contaminant is present in a confined space, or a

confined space contains less than 19.5 – oxygen 19.5.%), Council will erect

warning signs.

1.14.2 Atmospheric Contaminants & Risk Control Measures

Liverpool Plains Shire Council must ensure that no person at a place of work

is exposed to an airborne concentration of an atmospheric contaminant that

exceeds or breaches a standard referred to as follows:

• For atmospheric contaminants other than chrysotile or

synthetic mineral fibre dust as determined in accordance with

the documents entitled “Guidance Note on the Interpretation

of Exposure Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants in the


330

Occupational Environment [NOHSC: 3008]” and “Adopted

National Exposure Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants

in the Occupational Environment [NOHSC: 1003]”, as

amended from time to time by amendments published in the

Chemical Gazette of the Commonwealth of Australia,

• For chrysotile 0.5 fibres per millilitre of air (TWA),

• For synthetic mineral fibre dust if almost all the airborne

mineral is fibrous in addition to a respirable standard

determined under paragraph (a), an exposure standard of 2

mg/m3 (TWA) of inspirable dust, but where the inspirable

standard is not to take precedence over the respirable

standard, (d) for dusts not otherwise classified 10mg/m3

(TWA) inspirable dust exposure standard applies.

Where it has been determined by the Approved Person that retesting and or

monitoring of the confined space atmosphere is required, then the Confined

Space Entry Permit shall be amended to show the frequency and type of

testing required.

1.15 Ventilation

Where persons entering a confined space are not required to wear air-line respiratory

protective devices, the confined space shall be ventilated by natural, forced or

mechanical means, to establish and maintain a safe working environment. The

ventilation shall be continued throughout the period of occupancy as a safeguard

against the unexpected release of contaminants.

Where mechanical ventilation is used to control exposure to a contaminant, the

system shall:

• Be located as close as is practicable to the source of the contaminant

to minimise the risk of inhalation by a person at work;

• Be used for as long as the contaminant is present;


331

• Be kept free from accumulations of dust, fibre and other waste

materials and be maintained regularly;

• Be designed and constructed to prevent the occurrence of fire or

explosion (especially where the system is provided to control

contaminants arising from flammable or combustible substances);

and

• If a ducted ventilation system is used, an inspection point is fitted at

any place where blockages in the ventilation system are likely to

occur.

1.16 Dust Contamination

The following dusts can cause explosion hazards.

• Organic dusts – flour, grain, wood dusts;

• Coal dust;

• Metal dusts;

• Sulphur dusts.

The nature of these dusts, mixed with oxygen in a confined space presents a risk to

personnel. If a dense cloud of these dusts forms, or if layers of dust accumulate, a

spark from an ignition source (welding, metal to metal contact, static electricity or

electrical equipment), or a hot surface can ignite them.

Dust could also cause irritation to the eyes or skin and respiratory problems, such as

asthma. Where dusts represent a hazard in a confined space appropriate controls are

to be taken by the authorised person and noted on the C.S.E.P.

1.17 Monitoring Equipment Testing

Approved Persons using test equipment to measure air quality and/or contaminants

shall ensure that:

• The device is suitable for the test to be conducted.


332

• That the device is used in accordance with the manufacturer’s

instructions.

• That the device is tested upon use and routinely to the manufacturer’s

instructions.

1.18 Rescue & First Aid

Employees should consult Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s First Aid Module for

further information on First Aid Procedures.

Rescue of personnel from a confined shall only be undertaken by trained and

qualified personnel. If there is a casualty in a confined space, no one should attempt

to render assistance without first taking appropriate action to ensure that they do not

jeopardise their own safety and the safety of the person that they are attempting to

rescue.

In particular where a person has collapsed without apparent cause then no

one shall enter the confined space to affect a rescue unless they are wearing

Self Contained Breathing Apparatus and a standby person is available.

Where Council have employees trained in confined space rescue, the rescue and First

Aid Procedures shall be regularly rehearsed, by those persons who may be involved

with rescue from a confined space.

Every confined space will have documented identified hazards and risks

which will aid be used in the development of emergency procedures for these

spaces.

1.18.1 Stand-by Personnel

At all confined space entry work, one or more stand-by personnel are to be

present outside the confined space when any person is inside the confined

space.

The stand-by personnel shall:


333

• Remain on the outside of, and in close proximity to, the

confined space;

• Be in continuous communication with and, if practicable, be

able to observe persons inside the confined space;

• Be capable of operating monitoring equipment used to ensure

safety during entry to and work in the confined space;

• Be capable of initiating emergency procedures (including

rescue procedures), if necessary.

1.18.2 Emergency Risk Control Measures

Emergency equipment (including rescue and first aid equipment) shall be

provided that is appropriate for the particular circumstances in which

employees are in a confined space.

Emergency procedures shall be planned, established and rehearsed for all

employees entering confined spaces and for all sites where confined spaces

are located, if they are significantly different when occurring at more than

one location.

Confined space openings for entry to and egress from a confined space shall

be of adequate size to permit the rescue of all persons who may be in the

space. Openings are not to be obstructed by fittings or equipment that could

impede the rescue of persons. Where this is not possible alternate suitable

means of rescue shall be devised and provided.

1.19 Protection from Unauthorised Entry

Council shall erect signage and/or protective barriers at confined spaces,

where necessary, to prevent entry into the space by persons not authorised to

enter by a C.S.E.P.

1.20 Documentation


334

The approved person shall be satisfied that the nominate person receiving

the C.S.E.P fully understands the Confined Space Entry Permit

requirements.

1.20.1 Confined Space Register

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will keep a Confined Spaces Register in all

relevant Operational Sections and a master copy in the Occupational Health,

Safety & Injury Management System Manual. However, this register may not

be exhaustive, in that, other spaces shall be treated as Confined Spaces where

applicable, and new spaces may be identified and added at later times.

It will be necessary to maintain a register of confined spaces covering the

following categories:

Category 1 – Mandator to wear air-line respiratory protection.

Category 2 – Those confined spaces within which the atmosphere is

rendered safe by the taking of adequate precautions.

Category 3 (Limited Access) – Where it is considered to represent a

minimum of hazard and where alternative forms of approval for entry are

displayed at each entry point.

1.20.2 Record Keeping

Council will maintain records for managing confined spaces. Records will

include, but not be limited to the following:

• Entry permits in relation to work in confined spaces for a

period of one month after return of the confined spaces to

service;

• Risk assessment reports in relation to work in confined

spaces for 5 years after the date of preparation; and

• Records of training in relation to work in confined spaces for

the terms of employment of persons to whom the training


335

has been provided (including what training has been provided

and to whom).

• In cases where continued health surveillance of employees or

other continued monitoring is required, records may be kept

for longer periods of time, as determined by Council or

external recommendations.

All records kept will be made available to regulatory authority inspectors and

employees (in relation to their own personal circumstances) on request.

1.21 Training

Council will provide training for all employees required to work in or on a

confined space. Training will also occur for employees who perform the

following duties:

• Assessments in relation to the safety of confined spaces;

• Issue entry permits for work in confined spaces;

• Design and fix the layout of workplaces;

• Manage/supervise persons working in or near confined spaces

(including contractors);

• Maintain equipment used for and during entry to confined spaces;

• Purchase, distribute, fit, wear or maintain personal protective

equipment used in relation to the carrying out of work in confined

spaces;

• Are on stand-by in relation to work in confined spaces;

• Are involved in rescue and first aid procedures in relation to work in

confined spaces.

Training for the above employees will include, but not be limited to, instruction in the following:

• The hazards of confined spaces;

• Risk assessment procedures;


336

• Risk control measures;

• Emergency procedures;

• Selection, use, fitting and maintenance of safety equipment.

1.21.1 Training/Competency Requirements

The following categories of people will be trained:

• All site employees - Introductory/awareness training of the

risks involved in Confined Spaces.

• Nominated Persons - selected maintenance and operations

employees will receive specialist training in Confined Space

Evaluation to issue, accept and understand Confined Space

Entry Permits and work.

• Approved Persons - selected employees will receive

specialist training in the evaluation of Confined spaces. This

will enable them to issue Confined Space Entry Certificates to

nominated personnel.

• All employees required to work in, or assist at work, in a

confined space must demonstrate proficiency in cardio

pulmonary resuscitation (CPR) at least annually.

• Selected volunteers will be trained in Confined Space

appreciation and use of Self Contained Breathing Apparatus

equipment. Records of suitably trained SCBA users will be

contained on Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Training

Register.


337

1.22 Properties of Gases

Gas RD Flammability Colour Odour TLV TWA

Physiological Effect

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

0.97 12.5/75% Nil Nil 30ppm Asphyxiant & poison

Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

1 2 5/46 Nil Rotten eggs

10ppm Poisons central nervous system - inflames mucous membranes oedema paralysis

Carbon Dioxide (CO2)

1 5 Nil Nil Nil 5000ppm Asphyxiant tissue damage

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

2 25 Nil Nil Burning sulphur

2ppm Attacks mucous membranes (eyes, throat, nose)

Methane (CH4)

0.5 5/14 Nil Nil N/A Asphyxiant

Chlorine (Ci2)

2 5 Nil Greenish yellow

Pungent 1ppm 0.5ppm

Pulmonary oedema

Ammonia (NH3)

0.5 16/25 Nil Sharp 25ppm Asphyxiant caustic

RD: Density relative to Air at Normal Temperature and Pressure TLV: Threshold Limit Value TWA: Time Weighted Average


338

1.23 Exposure Limits (10,000 PPM = 0.1%) (currently under review by Comcare; Feb07; Review JUNE o7) OXYGEN 23.5% safe work upper limit

21% normal

19.5% safe work lower limit

16% slight difficulty in breathing

12.5% considerably increased lung ventilation

10% nausea and headache - lips turn blue and any exertion may cause

collapse.

Without continuous monitoring, oxygen depletion can take place without

visible notice, taste, odour or noise in the presence of brains incapacity to be

conscious of the effect, resulting in collapse and/or death.

Note: 14% of any dilutent in air will cause oxygen depletion to 18%.

METHANE

• Affects respiratory or nervous system.

• An asphyxiant which prevents oxygen use by the body.

HYDROGEN SULPHIDE

• 10 ppm - upper permissible limit for confined spaces.

• Acts on central nervous system - one lung full causes instant death.

• Over 4% anaesthetises the olfactory sense and is unable to be

detected.

CARBON MONOXIDE


• Preferred by the blood haemoglobin, preventing oxygen uptake.

• 200 ppm - slight headache after 2 hours.


339

• 400 ppm - headache and nausea after 45 minutes

• 1000 ppm - severe headache, vomiting, dizziness and affected vision

after 30 minutes.

• 2000ppm - palpitations and possible collapse after 10 minutes - death

possible.

• 3000ppm - unconsciousness - death likely.

CARBON DIOXIDE


• 0.03% in air - normal.

• 1% - slight increase in respiration.

• 2% - 5% increase in respiration.

• 5% - violent panting and fatigue - headache and possible collapse.

• Over 10% - narcotic effect - comatose state - death.


340


341

Confined Spaces - Work Process FlowchartReque st fo r work

Ca n work

be done w ithou te ntr y to

C on fin ed Spac e?

Haz ard Ide ntif ication& /or R isk Asse ssment

Isolate par ts, m ater ials& servi ce s

C le aning & Purg in g(i f nec essary )

Evalua te Atmosph er e

Is atmosph ere

e xplo sive or isOxyge nen ric he d?

NO

Per fo rm WorkFrom O uts ide

P roh ibit EntryDu rin g W ork

YES

Venti late i f Prac ticab le(to maintain e nviro nment)

Sele ct/ Issue Ap pro pria teBreath ing Appa ratus

Evacu ate C onf ine d Sp ace

Issue Pe rson alProtec tive C loth ing& Safety Eq uipm ent

A uthor ity to Ente r orWork in C on fin ed

Spac e

Entry to Conf ine dSpac e

T est/Mon itorAtmosph er e R egula rly

IsA tmosphe re Sti ll

Sa fe fo r C urrentEntry Si tuatio n?

W ork C omp lete d/Su sp end ed

App rove d for R e turn to Service

Mu st W ork

Continue ?

Venti late U singApp rove d Eq uipm ent

N O

YES

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

Contractor Management


342

1.1 Purpose

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to providing a safe and healthy

workplace for employees, contractors, and visitors.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises that Contractor services are used on Liverpool Plains

Shire Council worksites.

To meet its obligation under the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000, Liverpool

Plains Shire Council will ensure its employees and contractors carry out their work in

safe conditions. To do this, employees and Contractors must use proper equipment,

safe plant and substances, and employ systems of work that are safe. This will also

include adequate instruction, training, and supervision.

1.2 Scope








The aim of this program is to provide a practical and relevant guide to Liverpool

Plains Shire Council employees overseeing the work of Contractors with the view to

integrating Occupational Health and Safety requirements into Contractor

Management and fulfils Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health and

Safety obligations to its Contractors.

To facilitate this, Liverpool Plains Shire Council has developed a Contractor Safety

Policy. This policy requires contractors to identify, assess, and control any potential

risks to health and safety as well as facilitating the development of an overall safety

management system for long-term/complex/high risk/high cost contracts.

Contractors are expected to work safely at all times, in line with their obligations


343

under the NSW Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and the Occupational

Health & Safety Regulation 2001.



344

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

3

1.4 Definitions

4

1.5 References

5

1.6 Compliance

5

1.7 Policy

5


5

1.9 Procedure

7

1.10 Contractor Induction

8


345

1.11 Contract Specifications – Occupational Health & Safety Inclusions

9

1.12 Monitoring Contractor Performance

11

Contractor Information

13

FORMS

Contractor Induction Checklist

Contractor Checklist

Contractor Performance Review

Contractor Corrective Action Report

Subcontractor/Hirer OHS Induction – Record & Agreement

1.4 Definitions “Contractor” - A company that is engaged to work on any site at or for Liverpool Plains Shire Council for any task

or project specified under a contract. A contractor is not an employee of Liverpool Plains Shire Council, and is required

to have independent workers compensation and other insurance policies. Where a major project is undertaken, the initial

contractor may engage the services of Subcontractors and or Suppliers.

“Subcontractor” - A contractor engaged by the Principal Contractor to provide a

service and/or a product.

“Hazard Management” - The process of hazard identification, risk assessment and

risk control. Refer to Liverpool Plains Shire Council Risk Management Module for

further detail.

“Hierarchy of Control” - A recognised ranking of control measures according to

effectiveness, from the most effective measures (that eliminate hazards) to the least

effective (that achieve only temporary protection and require ongoing monitoring

and improvement). Personal protective equipment is regarded as the least satisfactory

control measure in terms of the hierarchy of controls.


346

“OHS Management System” - The part of the overall management system that

manages the risks associated with the business of an organisation - usually includes

organisational structures, policies, programs, planning activities, procedures and

processes.

“Risk Management” - Identification, assessment, and control of risks. This

includes identifying and assessing risks associated with occupational hazards, and

designing programs to limit exposure to those hazards.

“Safe Work Method Procedure” - A written document that describes the job to be

completed, outlining the steps involved and identifying any occupational health and

safety risks which may arise. The Safe Work Method Procedure also details any risk

control measures which must be implemented to eliminate the identified risks to

health and safety. Competent persons undertaking the task complete the Safe Work

Method Procedure. A Safe Work Method Procedures is required for hazardous tasks

(i.e.) those that have a 'risk score' of HIGH or MEDIUM utilising the risk

assessment matrix within Risk Management Module.

“Site-Specific Safety Management Plan” - A written document supplied by the

Contractor which includes Safe Work Method Procedures, as well as the

identification of who, within the Contractor's organisation, is responsible for day-to-

day occupational health and safety duties; details the occupational health and safety

training undertaken by the Contractor; describes the injury management process of

the Contractor; and details Site Safety Rules. A site Safety management plan is

required for all contracts.

“Project OHS & IM Management Plan” - A written document, completed

by the Contractor, which includes both Safe Work Method Statements and Site-

Specific Safety Management Plans. It also includes a detailed description of the

Contract and Liverpool Plains Shire Council's Occupational Health, Safety &

Injury Management System. A Project OHS&IM Management Plan is required

for all contracts in which a company that is engaged to work on any site for Liverpool

Plains Shire Council or for any task or project specified under a contract, occurs. A

contractor is not an employee of Liverpool Plains Shire Council, and is required to


347

have independent workers compensation and other insurance policies. Where a major

project is undertaken, the initial contractor may engage the services of Subcontractors

and or Suppliers.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Chapters 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, & 9.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council – Occupational Health and Safety Policy

Australian Standard: 4804 – “Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems”

WorkCover Publication – “Subby Pack”

1.6 Compliance



with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s current disciplinary or contractor management

policys.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will provide and maintain, so far as is practicable, a

work environment and systems of work that are safe and without risk to the health

and safety of employees and others. This also requires Liverpool Plains Shire Council

to ensure that contractors work in a safe manner while performing services for



1.8.1 Managers

Managers of areas will be responsible for ensuring that the guidelines

contained within this program are implemented when engaging the services

of Contractors.


348

• Managers of sites are responsible for ensuring that

Contractors engaged by Liverpool Plains Shire Council are

aware of any occupational health and safety hazards that may

exist in the area in which they are working.

1.8.2 Supervisors

Supervisors will be responsible for ensuring that Contractors working under their

supervision are aware of any occupational health and safety hazards in their area,

work in accordance with established safe work procedures, and carry out their work

in a safe manner adhering to any Safe Work Method Procedures submitted for the

job.

1.8.3 Contractors

Are responsible for attending Liverpool Plains Shire Council Occupational Health & Safety

Induction for Contractors, and updating the training as appropriate.

• They must comply with any relevant legislative requirement

for Occupational Health & Safety training, licensing, etc. For

example, building contractors involved with construction

work are required to comply with the relevant section of

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001.

• Contractors are required to submit the relevant Occupational

Health & Safety documentation in accordance with the tender

specifications, and work in a safe manner as per submitted

safe work method statements, and other documented safety

plans and established safe work procedures. This

documentation will outline the specific Occupational Health

& Safety responsibilities of the contractor.

1.8.4 Sub-Contractors

Are responsible to the Principal Contractor and carry the same responsibility

for occupational health and safety as Contractors.


349

Outsourcing work to Contractors does not reduce this obligation.

To ensure that the Liverpool Plains Shire Council meets this obligation, there

is also the need to regularly monitor and evaluate the safe work practices on

the site. This includes monitoring contractor's performance against

established safe work procedures, Safe Work Method Statements and

Occupational Health & Safety and Injury Management Plans.

1.9 Procedure

The ability of the Contractor to provide and maintain safety systems and safe

work methods is a condition of the contract for engaging the Contractor.

Prior to engagement of a Contractor Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Contractor Checklist must be used. Liverpool Plains Shire Council reserves

the right to terminate the contract of engagement at any time where

unacceptable Contractor occupational health and safety management

standards are observed.

Each Contractor will provide a Contractor Safety Plan to the minimum

standard of that required by Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

The Contractor will comply with the requirements of the Occupational

Health & Safety Act 2000 and the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001 and its supporting legislation as applicable. The Contractor and its

employees will be inducted prior to work on any Liverpool Plains Shire

Council project or work sites. All plant, equipment, and work practices

performed by the Contractor must conform to the relevant statutory

requirements. Where licensing of operators or registration of service or

equipment is required, the Contractor will provide copies for viewing by


The Contractor (as a designated work group) may elect a Health & Safety

Representative to consult with Liverpool Plains Shire Council on occupational health


350

and safety matters and/or have involvement in the Occupational Health & Safety

Committee (if applicable).

If there is an immediate risk of injury or illness, the Contractor’s employees must

take action to make the work area safe, ensuring their own safety is not jeopardised,

and immediately report to the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Safety Representative

any of the following:

• Identified hazard creating risk to employees, general public, or the

environment;

• Conduct of any person likely to create risk to employees, general

public, or the environment;

• Areas of non-compliance with statutory requirements.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council must be notified in the event of any accident or injury

involving any Contractor engaged in work on behalf of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council.

Where work permits or isolation procedures are necessary for the contractor to

perform a work task, Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s systems will be used unless

otherwise advised by Liverpool Plains Shire Council and/or the Principal

Organisation, after first consulting Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

1.10 Contractor Induction

Contractors are required to attend a Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Occupational Health & Safety Induction course, which is scheduled as

required. The Contractor Induction Checklist is to be used by the Liverpool

Plains Shire Council representative managing the Contract. It outlines key

site-specific information, which is to be provided to the Contractor before

the commencement of work.

1.10.1 Liverpool Plains Shire Council Contractor Inductions


351

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will induct all Contractors in the following relevant safety

issues as per Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health & Safety

Induction Course:

• Introduction to Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

organisational structure.

• Introduction to Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s health and

safety personnel.

• Presentation, explanation, and discussion of the Occupational

Health & Safety Policy for Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

• Information on Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Occupational Health & Safety Committee, who the

representatives are and how they can be contacted.

• Familiarisation with the safety rules for Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s site, as well as for the work department they will be

working in (where practical).

• Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s emergency procedures,

including First Aid, Emergency Muster Points, Fire Safety,

and any other relevant information.

• Information on Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s reporting

requirements for accidents, incidents, and near misses along

with the associated documentation procedures.

• Information on Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s hazard

reporting systems.

• Introduction to Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Safe Work

Practices.

• Ensuring the contractor has access to the correct PPE’s.

• Information on any other special safety requirements.

• Discussion of the specific hazards of the work they will be

conducting.


352

1.10.2 Notes on Construction Inductions

Any Contractor’s activities must comply with the requirements for Induction

and Training as outlined in the Construction Safety Regulations. This

Regulation outlines three stages of training:

• General OHS Construction Induction Training - a

documented training course approved by WorkCover.

• Work Activity OHS Induction Training.

• Site-specific OHS Induction Training.

The Principal Contractor, in the case of contract services, must provide this

training to his/her employees, and any subcontractors employed by him, for

the work being undertaken. It is Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s expectation

that the Contractor provide the first 2 levels of training for such staff. For

further information refer to the WorkCover Code of Practice for

Occupational Health and Safety Induction Training for Construction Work.

1.11 Contract Specifications – Occupational Health & Safety Inclusions

1.11.1 Level of Complexity

If the contract involves the extensive use of subcontractors, Liverpool Plains

Shire Council should ensure that the Principal Contractor puts in place

suitable systems of selection and supervision for the subcontractors.

1.11.2 Contract Inclusions

1. General occupational health and safety requirements.

2. Legislative compliance.

3. Safe Work Method Procedures.

4. Site Safety Management Plan.

5. Project Safety Management Plan.


353

1.11.2.1 General Occupational Health & Safety Requirements

All Contracts of Work to be undertaken by Contractors will include a

general statement of occupational health and safety requirements.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s statement is as follows:

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to its obligations under the

Occupational Health and Safety Act 2000 to provide, as far as practical, a safe and

healthy working environment for employees, contractors and visitors. As a condition

of this contract, Liverpool Plains Shire Council requires that any contractor or sub-

contractor engaged to carry out work on its behalf, will at all times work in a safe

manner and not put themselves, Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees, or others

at risk. The contractor or sub-contractor will complete a Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s Occupational Health and Safety Induction, and familiarise themselves with

the work area and any potential hazards prior to commencing work.

1.11.2.2 Legislative Compliance

The Contractor or sub-contractor will at all times adhere to relevant

legislative requirements, standards and relevant codes of practice, as

well as any safety rules specified by Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

1.11.2.3 Safe Work Method Procedures

The Contractor must supply SWMS’s for all activities to be

conducted on-site or follow Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

SWMS’s.

1.11.2.4 Site Safety Management Plan

A site safety management plan will be submitted by the Contractor

for every construction job at which the construction work is to be

carried out before the work commences and the plan is maintained

and kept up to date during the course of the work, written on their

letterhead and detail the following information:

• Description of the work to be undertaken.


354

• Identification of the hazards associated with the

works.

• Description of the hazard control measures to be

used.

• Site safety rules and procedures to be followed.

• Statement of responsibilities.

•

1.11.2.5 Project Safety Management Plan

A project management plan will be submitted by the Contractor,

written on their letterhead and detail the following information:

• Description of the work to be undertaken.

• Identification of the hazards associated with the

works.

• Description of the hazard control measures to be

used.

• Site safety rules and procedures to be followed.

• Statement of responsibilities.

• Description of systems in place to manage

subcontractors.

• Administrative details of contractor's safety

management system.

1.12 Monitoring Contractor Performance

Contracts are to be reviewed on a regular basis. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Contractor Performance Review form must be used.

a) Safe Work Method Procedure.

b) Attach a sample.

c) Contract Performance Review – Attach Audit Sample.


355

d) Corrective Action Report.

Should the performance review process reveal areas of weakness in the Contractor's

safety performance, the Contractor and Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Representative will meet to:

1. Determine appropriate corrective actions.

2. Draw up an action plan detailing improvement measures.

3. Identifying who is responsible for those improvements.

4. Nominating a date for the actions to be implemented.

It is the responsibility of the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Representative to

then check the action plan has been implemented, and document that

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Contractor Corrective Action Report.

Should the corrective action not be implemented, or is not successful, Liverpool

Plains Shire Council’s Representative will determine the next steps to take, for

example, allow more time for the action plan to be completed; or cease the services

of the particular contractor.


356

CONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT

Contract Service Required

Evaluate using Tender Checklists

Contractor to undertake LPSC Induction Training

LPSC representative

to monitor OHS

performance until

completion of work

Satisfactory

Performance

Unsatisfactory

Performance

LPSC representative to issue

Corrective Action Report

Contractor rectifies issue

Unsatisfactory

Performance

LPSC representative to stop

contractor & review contract

LPSC representative to continue

to monitor OHS performance

until contract finishes

Satisfactory

Performance

Contractor to commence work


357


General Requirements for Contractors on Construction Sites 1. Occupational Health & Safety requirements for Contractors on Liverpool

Plains Shire Council Construction Sites.

Contractors are required to comply with all WorkCover regulations and Liverpool

Plains Shire Council’s Occupational Health, Safety, Injury Management System when

carrying out work on construction sites.

When arriving at any Liverpool Plains Shire Council controlled construction site for

the first time the Contractor must report to the supervisor in charge of the site

before any work is carried out. This is so that the Contractor can be inducted for all

site-specific Occupational Health & Safety issues and any other specific site

requirements.

All Contractors are required to wear approved High-Visibility Safety Vests or shirts

at all times while working at a Liverpool Plains Shire Council construction site.

All major items of contract plant on a Liverpool Plains Shire Council construction

site are required to have an approved flashing amber light fitted that must operate at

all times while the plant is working.

2. Contractor Details.


358

Prospective contractors are to provide to Council full details of the following prior to starting any work:

1. Make, model, type and capacity of vehicles or plant;

2. Registration numbers and expiry dates for vehicles or plant;

3. Statement as to the safe working condition of the item of plant and

that the plant complies with manufacturers standards;

4. Copies of Third Party Property Insurances and Public Liability

Insurance Policy (minimum ten million dollars).

5. Brief résumé as to experience in the road construction industry.

3. Administration Requirements.

1. Contractors must receive a duly authorised Council Order before

carrying out any works.

2. Compliant Tax Invoices are to be issued for the supply of goods and

services before Council will make any payment.

3. Invoices must state the following information:

i) Name and Address of supplier;

ii) ABN number of supplier (if applicable);

iii) A brief description of the goods or services provided;

iv) The words “tax invoice” (if applicable);

v) Date of issue;

vi) GST inclusive price (if applicable);

vii) The supplier’s terms for payment.

Yours faithfully, Robert Hunt General Manager


359

CONTRACTOR OHS POLICY PACK

This Contractor OHS Policy Pack is a tool to be distributed to Contractors

that are selected to undertake work for, and on behalf of, Liverpool Plains

Shire Council with the view to assisting with the systematic management of

Occupational Health & Safety (OHS). It is designed for Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Contractors that have no safety management system in place

by providing pro-forma documents that can be adapted to meet the

company’s needs.

This Contractor OHS Policy Pack is a tool that will assist Liverpool Plains

Shire Council Contractors in planning for safety. It is intended to provide

practical guidance only to Contractors in the preparation of documentation

and procedures to assist them in systematically managing Occupational

Health & Safety and Injury Management.

Contractors should refer to their responsibilities as set out under the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000, the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 and the Workplace Injury Management & Workers Compensation Act 1998. Contractors should also refer to WorkCover’s Subby Pack for information in implementing the necessary legislated requirements.


360



361

Table of Contents

Page Number

1.0 Introduction 3

2.0 Safety Policy 4

3.0 Roles and Responsibilities 6

4.0 Document Control 10

5.0 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment 12

6.0 Safe Work Method Statement 14

7.0 Skills and Competencies 18

8.0 OHS Induction 21

9.0 Workers Compensation & Rehabilitation 23

10.0 Hazard Reporting 25

11.0 Electrical 28

12.0 Hazardous Substances 30

13.0 Lifting Gear 33

14.0 Plant 35

15.0 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 44

16.0 Fire Protection 46

17.0 Tool Box Talks 46

18.0 First-aid & Accident Investigation 50

1.0 Introduction


362

This document sets out the safety management strategy to be adopted by: ________________________________ (Insert company name)

during the course of the ____________________________ contract on the ______________________________

(Insert trade) (Insert site name)

project managed by: _________________________________________________________________________

(Insert Principal Contractor name)

The document is not designed to replace the Schedule of Health Safety & Environmental requirements as stated in the Special Conditions of Contract, but will be used to provide verification of the actions of __________________ in relation to these requirements.

(Insert company name)

This document and subsequent additions will be made available to ______________________________________ for the purpose of auditing. (Insert Principal Contractor name)

Name of Company:____________________________________________ ________________________

Address: ______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________

Phone: ( ) Fax: ( ) ______________________________ will provide _____________________________ as the person on site


responsible for supervision of the Scope of Works and its safety. Our peak number of employees on the site will be: __________ ______________________________ does/does not intend to subcontract all or part of the works.


Trade Name: ___________________________________________________ Contract Job Number: ___________________________________________________ Managing Director/General Manager: ___________________________________________________


363

Address: __________________________________________________________________________________ Phone: ( ) Fax: ( ) Mobile:

Scope of Works:

2.0 Safety Policy At ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) our Occupational Health, Safety and Rehabilitation Policy is based on a belief that the well-being of people employed at work, or people affected by our work, is a major priority and must be considered during all work performed on our behalf.

People are our most important asset and their health and safety is our

greatest responsibility. The public shall be given equal priority to that of our

employees. The objectives of our Safety Policy are:

• To achieve an accident free workplace.

• To make health and safety an integral part of every managerial and supervisory position.

• To ensure health and safety is considered in all planning and work activities.

• To involve our employees in the decision making processes through regular communication,

consultation and training.

• To provide a continuous program of education and learning to ensure that our employees

work in the safest possible manner.

• To identify and control all potential hazards in the workplace through hazard identification and risk

analysis.

• To ensure all potential accident/incidents are controlled and prevented.

• To provide effective injury management and rehabilitation for all employees.


364

The success of our health and safety management is dependent on:

1. Pro-active planning of all work activities with due consideration given to implementing

occupational health and safety (OHS) controls that are suitable to each given situation.

2. Understanding the total work process and associated OHS risks.

3. Ensuring the work team is totally committed to achieving our objectives.

4. Ensuring that open and honest communication exists between management and all employees.

______________________________ ______________________________ / / Director’s Name Signature Date


365

3.0 Roles and Responsibilities The following flow chart shows the lines of occupational health and safety reporting throughout the organisation.

ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

COMPANY DIRECTOR

Site Manager Office Manager

Site Supervisor

Site Safety Officer

Employees

__________ Direct reporting

---------------- Indirect Reporting


366

3.1 Roles and Responsibilities Defined ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will provide the following key personnel on site. Their roles and responsibilities regarding safety on site are outlined below. SITE MANAGER ______________________________ (Insert Name) is responsible for safety on the project. Duties include:

• implementing the company Occupational Health Safety and Rehabilitation procedures;

• using the principles of the Hierarchy of Controls (Best to Worst guide in this Pack) in all

design, fabrication and construction activities to minimise the risk to all personnel in the

workplace;

• carrying out a design review with the Principal Contractor’s project team to assist in the

identification of further risk reduction controls measures;

• participating in the planning and design stages of trade activities;

• stimulating a high level of safety awareness at all times;

• identifying safety training needs;

• leading by example;

• ensuring safe equipment and plant is provided and maintained;

• insisting on correct and safe work practices at all times;

• assisting in the identification and preparation of safe work procedures;

• reviewing safety reports and inspections and initiating rectification where necessary;

participating in accident/incident investigations;

• participating in safety meetings and programs; and

• monitoring compliance with safe work methods (controls).

SITE SUPERVISOR ______________________________ (Insert Name) is responsible for safety on the project. Duties include:

• implementing the company Occupational Health Safety and Rehabilitation procedures;

• observing all OHS requirements and statutory rules and regulations;


367

• ensuring that all works are conducted in a manner that is safe and without risk to employees

health and safety;

• planning to do all work safely;

• providing advise and assistance on OHS to all employees;


• ensuring current OHS and other relevant legislative requirements are met in the workplace;

• identifying OHS training programs in advance and allowing for employee/s identified as

requiring training to attend the training;

• actioning safety reports and carrying out workplace inspections;

• preparing and participating in safety meetings and safety programs;

• facilitating the preparation of Work Method Statements and Safe Work Method Statement

for the trade;

• insisting and ensuring on safe work practices at all times;

• investigating hazard reports and ensuring that corrective actions are undertaken;

• conducting project inductions, toolbox talks and daily team briefings;

• participating in accident/incident investigations;

• leading by example and promoting OHS at every opportunity; supervising and ensuring

compliance with safe work procedures;

• providing suitable employment to assist rehabilitation initiatives; and

• stimulating a high level of safety awareness at all times.

SITE SAFETY OFFICER ______________________________ (Insert Name) is responsible for safety on the project. Duties include:

• assisting the Site Supervisor to develop and implement the Occupational Health Safety and

Rehabilitation (OHS&R) procedures;

• communicating safety performance to the Site Manager;

• providing advice and assistance on OHS to all employees;


• monitoring OHS legislative requirements for the trade package;


368

• monitoring compliance with safe work procedures;

• co-ordinating rehabilitation for injured employees;

• reviewing safety reports and inspections;

• preparing and participating in safety meetings and programs;

• facilitating Tool Box Talks on a regular basis;

• insisting on correct and safe practices at all times;

• preparing and conducting project safety inductions;

• investigating and developing new OHS initiatives for the trade;

• conducting accident/incident investigations;

• leading by example and promoting OHS at every opportunity; stimulating a high level of

safety awareness at all times;

• communicating with the OHS&R Site Manager on matters relating to health and safety;

• facilitating the maintenance of all records as required under this Pack; and

• participating in regular workplace inspections and ensuring that any improvements resulting

from such inspections are actioned in the required time frame.

*IMPORTANT: Principal Contractors and Sub Contractors need to also be aware of their responsibilities under Chapter 8 of the OHS Regulation 2001.


369

4.0 Document Control 4.1 Issue, Revision and Review ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) is responsible for:

• Completing this Contractor OHS Policy Pack and providing a copy to the Principal

Contractor before work commences on site.

• Maintaining an up to date version of the Contractor OHS Policy Pack. A record of

revisions that occur will be kept in the Record of Revision table below. All obsolete pages

will be destroyed.

• Providing an updated copy to the Principal Contractor whenever changes occur.

• Maintaining a register of people to whom the Contractor OHS Policy Pack is issued

using the Distribution List table below.

• Issuing a completed Contractor OHS Policy Pack to all those registered.

• Ensuring revisions are distributed to all registered people.

• Reviewing the Contractor OHS Policy Pack at intervals of not more than one month

to ensure it is up to date.

4.2 Record of Revision

Edition/Revision Date Section Page Revision Details

Issue

A/Revision 0

Original


370

4.3 Distribution List Controlled copies of this Contractor OHS Policy Pack have been issued to the holders nominated below:

No: User Position Issue Date

01

02

03

04

5.0 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment 5.1 Procedure

Occupational Health and Safety Legislation requires anyone in control of the

workplace to identify the potential hazards of the proposed work, assess the

risks involved and develop controls to eliminate, or minimise, the risk.

5.2 Identify Hazards To help find all potential hazards, the job will be broken down into activities that follow the sequence of construction. These activities are provided in a Work Method Statement (WMS), which is a list of job procedures, and other work-related practices provided to the Principal Contractor. The WMS details how the Scope of Work will be carried out. For each of the work activities and associated job steps identified in the Work Method Statement provided ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will identify potential hazards. To assist this process, resources such as the following will be used:

• WorkCover and trade based Codes of Practice and other publications, e.g. safety alerts;

• Hazard Profiles for specific trade groups;

• Workplace experience; and


371

• Consultation (e.g. Tool Box Talks) with workers experienced in the task to be undertaken.

5.3 Assess Risks For each potential workplace hazard identified a Risk Class will be determined by referring to the categories below. The attached Risk Management chart (FORM 001) will be used to determine the requirement for management of the risks identified.

Class 1: (High Risk): Does the hazard have the potential to kill or permanently disable you? Class 2: (Medium Risk): Does the hazard have the potential to cause a serious injury, or illness, which will temporarily disable you? Class 3: (Low Risk): Does the hazard have the potential to cause a minor injury which would not disable you?

5.4 Selection and Use

• Where identified, all class 1 and 2 risks will be recorded on a detailed Safe Work Method

Statement (SWMS) (also referred to as a Job Safety Analysis or JSA). Class 3 risks will be

minimised as far as possible but will not be recorded on a SWMS.

• A Risk Class will be used to determine the level of Controls required to eliminate or

minimise a potential hazard.

• The higher the Risk Class the more extensive the controls to be provided.


372

FORM 001

RISK MANAGEMENT

Co. Name: ___________________

Project: ______________________

Date: / /

Major Work Activity

Potential Hazards Activity Risk Score

SWMS Required?

SWMS No. & Date Produced

Example: Installation of metal roofing on portable frame 3 storey high building

Falls from the edge of the roof. Falls through the roof framing, service penetrations,or other openings.

Class 1 risk. Class 1 risk.

YES [X] NO [ ]

1. generic (not specific to anysite) SWMS required for the major work activity at tender forevaluation purposes. 2. site specific SWMS providedfor the major work activity before work commences.

YES [ ] NO [ ]

YES [ ] NO [ ]

YES [ ] NO [ ]

YES [ ] NO [ ]

YES [ ] NO [ ]

6.0 Safe Work Method Statement also referred to as a Job Safety Analysis or JSA


373

6.1 Procedure Preparation of a Safe Work Method Statement (SWMS) involves identifying potential hazards, assessing their risk and recording how to eliminate, or minimize, the risk to worker safety (controls). Where potential hazards are identified as Class 1 or Class 2 risks the Safe Work Method Statement will be completed using the step-by-step guide on the next page. A generic (not specific to any site) SWMS will be submitted at tender. Broadly defined job steps will be used and general hazards identified. The SWMS will demonstrate _____________________________’s (Insert Company’s Name) understanding of the risks (particularly Class 1 & 2 risks) involved in the work and typical controls used. This SWMS will be provided for the purpose of tender evaluation. Prior to commencement of work on site the generic Safe work Method Statement submitted at tender will be reviewed. Where job steps or site conditions will change from those planned the SWMS will be updated to reflect the way the job will actually be done on the specific site and how safety will be controlled – a site specific SWMS. The SWMS form – FORM 002/a and FORM 002/b, provides a record to demonstrate compliance to Occupational Health and Safety Legislation. The person responsible for implementing a particular action to eliminate, or minimise, the risk of the potential hazard on site is nominated on the SWMS. This will ensure responsibility for risk control is allocated and can be followed up. 6.2 Evaluation of the SWMS The Safe Work Method Statement will be evaluated on how well Class 1 & Class 2 hazards have been identified for the work activity to be undertaken and whether the suggested controls, wherever possible, eliminate the potential hazard or minimise the risk of injury. Controls should be as high as practical in the “Best to Worst” guide shown below. 6.3 Safe Work Method Statement Step by Step Does the SWMS Provide:

Best Control

Worst Control

1. Remove the hazard completely: (e.g.) remove risk of electrocution by using compressed air driven tools.

2. Separate people from the hazard: (e.g.) guards on power tools, use effective barriers and edge protection, enclose noisy machinery.

3. Use an engineered control: (e.g.) use Earth leakage device (safety switch) on electrical power source, use a machine to lift heavy objects, use scaffolding rather than ladders to reduce risk of falls.

4. Change work practices: (e.g.) training in lifting techniques, tagging procedures.

5. Provide personal protection (PPE): (e.g.) hearing protection, eye protection etc.

NOTE: PPE should be the last barrier to protect people when all else fails.


374

1. The name of the company?

2. A description of the work activity or task to be undertaken?

3. The date the SWMS was developed?

4. The name and signature of the person who developed the SWMS?

5. The project name/number and the name of the Principal Contractor?

6. The job steps involved in doing the work?

7. Potential Class 1 and Class 2 hazards associated with the job task to be undertaken?

8. The controls that will be put in place to eliminate or minimise the potential hazards

identified?

9. Controls as high as practicable on the “best” to “worst” control guide?

10. The name of the person/s responsible for ensuring that the control/s is in place?


• The Safe Work Method Statement will be completed and signed by an appropriately qualified person/s representing ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) who is competent in the work activity to be undertaken.

• The Safe Work Method Statement will be reviewed and signed by the appropriate Principal Contractor representative on the project.

• Employees will review the SWMS and sign (Tool Box Talk FORM 018) that they understand and are willing to implement the controls required to carry out the work safely.

• Work will not proceed until the above three criteria are achieved.

FORM 002/a

SAFE WORK METHOD STATEMENT

Company Name: Project Name/No:


375

Work Activity/Task:

Principal Contractor:

Date: Prepared by: Signature:

Note: Sign off to be provided at Tool Box talk

Item Job Step Break the Job down into steps.

Potential Hazard What can harm you?

Controls What are you going to do to make the job as safe as possible?

Person Who will ensure this happens?

Reviewed by: _______________________________ _________________________

Principal Contractor Representative Position ___________________________ ___/___/______ Signature Date

FORM 002/b

SAFE WORK METHOD STATEMENT (Cont.)

Item Job Step Break the Job down into steps.

Potential Hazard What can harm you?

Controls What are you going to do to make the job as safe as possible?

Person Who will ensure this happens?


376

Reviewed by: _______________________________ _________________________ Principal Contractor Representative Position ___________________________ ___/___/______ Signature Date

7.0 Skills and Competencies 7.1 Procedure ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure that its employees are adequately trained to a level of competency sufficient to ensure their health and safety when at work.


377

7.2 Assessment ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will undertake a training/competency assessment of all employees prior to the commencement of work on the nominated site. The assessment will be recorded on FORM 003. Where skill deficiencies are detected appropriate training will be provided before work commences so that employees can perform their designated duties safely. 7.3 Selection and Use

• The FORM 003 register will be provided to the appropriate Principal Contractor’s

representative on site for review.

• Workers will be selected for specific tasks based on their level of skill and competency to

undertake the work safely.

• Where workers are unskilled in the required task appropriate training will be provided prior to

commencement of the work and recorded on FORM 004.

• Day Labour will be used only when the nominated worker/s satisfy the level of competency

required to undertake the required task or when appropriate training can be provided prior to

commencement of the work. Proof of the competency of Day Labour must be detailed in the

Skills/Competency Assessment Register FORM 003 provided.

FORM 003

Skills/Competency Assessment Register

______________________________ (Insert Company Name) Project: ___________________ Date: /

/

Employee Name

Skills/Competency Experience (e.g.)

Work to be undertaken on

Deficiencies in skills & competencies

Additional training required before


378

tickets/certificates this project work can commence

� Years Experience

Completed: YES NO Date Completed: / /











FORM 004

Training Attendance Register


379

___________________________________________________________________________ (Insert Company Name) Course Name: ____________________________________________________________________________________

Course Location: ___________________________________________________________ Date: / /

Name of Participants Position Training Type

Hours Attended

Signature

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

Training Company

Names of Trainers

Length of

Course (hrs)

1.

2.

3.

4.

8.0 OHS Induction 8.1 Procedure


380

______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure that persons carrying out the nominated work have relevant training including Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Induction Training. Workers will not carry out construction work until they have received the minimum requirements for OHS induction training:

1. Industry (general) induction;

2. Work Activity OHS induction; and

3. Site Specific OHS Induction.


• All workers will receive the above three minimum OHS induction training requirements

before work on site commences and a record of the training provided on FORM 005.

FORM 005

Induction Register

______________________________ (Insert Company Name) Project: ___________________ Date: / /


381

Name Course Description (1,2, or 3)

Card No: Rego No:

Date of Course

Duration Conducted By:

Key: 1 - Industry (general) Induction 2 - Work Activity Induction 3 - Site Specific Induction

9.0 Workers Compensation & Rehabilitation 9.1 Procedure ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will provide Workers Compensation Insurance for all employees and other persons deemed to be employees under the Workers Compensation Act 1987.


382

The trade and occupation of each employee on site and their salaries will be recorded. A record of the insurance will be provided on FORM 006 together with an attached current copy of the policy details issued by the insurer. Where the basic tariff premium is greater than $50,000, a return to work co-ordinator will be appointed and for those that are $50,000 and under, they need to have someone appointed as a workplace contact. 9.2 Assessment Where contractors are engaged to carry out work their ability to be considered an “employee/s” under the Workers Compensation Act 1987 will be assessed.

FORM 006

Workers Compensation

Company

____________________________________________________________

Person Responsible for Processing Claims

____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ Phone No: ( ) Mobile No:


383

Name of Insurer

____________________________________________________________ Address: _____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________ Phone No: ( ) Policy No: ________________________________ Expiry Date: / /

NOTE: A copy of current Workers Compensation policy must be attached.

Return to Work

Name of Return to Work Co-ordinator

____________________________________________________________ Phone No: ( ) Mobile No:

Name of Rehabilitation Provider

Company: ________________________________________________________ Contact: _________________________________________________________ Phone No: ( )

10.0 Hazard Reporting 10.1 Procedure ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will encourage all employees to report hazards immediately. Our supervisor on site will investigate all reported hazards and document corrective actions. Corrective actions will be signed off when completed. The procedure and responsibilities for reporting hazards are outlined on FORM 007 on the next page. The supervisor will complete a Hazard Report – FORM 008 where hazards cannot be corrected immediately. ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will issue our Hazard Report form to all supervisory personnel and safety committee representatives. A number of forms for employee use will be placed in the appropriate lunch room/crib room.


384

10.2 Assessment When a hazard is identified in the workplace a Risk Class will be assessed immediately using the categories outlined in the hazard identification and risk assessment section of this Pack. The Risk Class will determine the appropriate level of response required to protect the health and safety of workers – i.e. immediate, within 24 hours, within 48 hours and so on. 10.3 Corrective Actions

• The Hazard Report will be signed by the inspection team leader and presented to the site

supervisor if he/she is not part of the team.

• The above-mentioned supervisor shall sign off the report when satisfied that all items on the

report have been satisfactorily actioned. Copies of the signed off reports will be kept in this

Pack.


385

FORM 007

HAZARD REPORTING PROCEDURE & RESPONSIBILITY

Employee Identifies Hazard

Can the Hazard beControlledImmediately?

NOWhat isthe RiskClass?

Supervisor’sManager confirmscorrective action

in place.Hazard

controlled.

Supervisorsigns off andfiles HazardReport.

Yes - do it! HAZARDCONTROLLED

What controls arerequired?

Area closed forimmediaterectification?

Temporary controlmeasure needed?

Employee notifiessupervisor and

completes HazardReport forsupervisor.

Supervisorimplementscorrectiveaction.

Supervisorestablished

corrective actionand deadline.


386

FORM 008

Hazard Report

Company: ______________________________ Project: ______________________________ Date: / / Submitted by: ____________________________________________________________________________________ Signature: _______________________________ Submitted to: ___________________________________________ The following hazard has been identified in relation to your work: _________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

Risk Level: Class 1 (High) [ ] Class 2 (Medium) [ ] Class 3 (Low) [ ] Location: ________________________________________________________________________________________ To be Completed by Supervisor: Action Required: _________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

By Whom: _______________________________________________________________________________________

By When: �� Immediate �� Within 24 hrs �� Within 7 days


387

Corrective Action Completed by: _______________________________________________________________________________________________ Time: am/pm Date: / / Signature: ____________________________________________ Confirmed by: _________________________ Signature: _____________________________________________

11.0 Electrical 11.1 Procedure ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure that the use of electrical wiring, portable tools and extension leads will be in accordance with the Code of Practice Electrical Practices for Construction Work. Where a more specific provision is not made in the Code of Practice conformance will be to the provisions of Australian Standard AS-3000, Wiring Rules. All electrical equipment to be brought on site will be listed in the Electrical Equipment Register FORM 009. The register will be completed prior to commencement of the works and maintained for the duration of the works on site. 11.2 Inspection & Tagging All electrical leads, portable power tools, junction boxes and earth leakage devices will be tested, inspected by a suitably qualified person and labeled with a tag of current date before being brought on site. Where this is not possible the Principal Contractor will be advised immediately and assistance requested in order to comply with the requirements of the Code of Practice Electrical Practices for Construction Work. A record of the currency of all electrical equipment will be recorded on FORM 009. 11.3 Selection and Use

• Whilst on site any electrical equipment found without a tag of current date issued by a

suitably qualified person will not be used.

• Where an electrical item is located without a current inspection and test tag proof of the

electrical items currency of inspection and test will be provided or the item removed from

site immediately.

• When used on a construction site all electrical equipment will be connected to an Earth

Leakage protection device at all times.

• Where practicable all electrical leads will be kept off the ground on insulated hangers or on

insulated lead stands.


388

• Extension leads will not be joined together.

• All plugs and sockets will be non-wirable (moulded) or transparent.

• Electrical equipment will not be placed on, or near, wet areas unless the equipment is

designed for the specific purpose, e.g. pump.

• Where electrical equipment is hired, e.g. portable generators, work lights and extension

leads, ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure that the same

requirements for Occupational Health and Safety as those required on site are specified to

the Hire Company as a condition of the Hire Agreement.

FORM 009

Electrical Equipment Register

Project: ____________________________________________ Date: / / Equipment Description

Plant or Serial No:

Date of Insp/Test

Results &/or Trip Current

Date of Next

Insp/Test

Electrician’s Signature

License No

Electrical item

Frequency of inspection/test


389

Tools & leads

Monthly

Sub-board earth leakage device

Trip tested monthly; calibrated 3 monthly

Monthly/Tag Colour

J – Red

F – Blue

M – Orange

A – Green

M – White

J – Yellow

J – Blue

A – Green

S – Red

O – Yellow

N – Orange

D – White

12.0 Hazardous Substances 12.1 Procedure Prior to hazardous substances being used on a project ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will submit a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) to the Principal Contractor for approval. No substances will be brought on site without approval of the current MSDS by the Principal Contractor. All substances to be brought on site will be listed in FORM 010. 12.2 Selection ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will consider the following when selecting hazardous substances:

• Flammability and explosivity;

• Toxicity (short and long term);

• Carcinogenic classification if relevant;

• Chemical action and instability;

• Corrosive properties;

• Extent of PPE required;

• Environmental hazards;

• Storage requirements.

12.3 Storage

• All storage and use of hazardous substances will be in accordance with the MSDS.

• All hazardous substances will be stored in their original containers with the label intact at all

times.

• Hazardous substances of any quantity will not be stored in crib rooms, container sheds or

offices.


390

12.4 Use

• Where practicable the material with the lowest possible hazard capability that meets the

technical requirements for the job will be used.

• Refer to WorkCover and National Occupational Health and Safety Commission (NOHSC)

Publications for advice. See in particular: List of Designated Hazardous Substances (NOHSC:

10005/1999).

• Advice on a substance may be obtained from a chemical database, (e.g.) Chemwatch.

• Prior to using the hazardous substance all workers involved in its use will be provided with

adequate information and training to allow safe completion of the required task.

Confirmation of this training will be provided by a “sign off” on the appropriate Tool Box

Talk FORM 018 or the training recorded on FORM 004.


391

FORM 010

Hazardous Substance Register & Risk Assessment

Project: ____________________________________________ Date: / /

The following hazardous substances exist on site. A copy of the MSDS has been forwarded to the person responsible for First Aid and is listed

under the relevant subcontractor using the substance to increase first aid response time.

Product Name Application Product

Labeled Yes/No

MSDS Yes/No Risk Assessment Class (1,2,3)

Control(s) based on Risk

Class


392

Class 1: (High Risk) Does the substance and its associated hazards have the potential to kill, or cause permanently disability, e.g. lung disease? Class 2: (Medium Risk) Does the substance and its associated hazards have the potential to cause a serious injury, or illness, which will temporarily disable, e.g. Dermatitis? Class 3: (Low Risk) Does the substance and its associated hazards have the potential to cause a minor injury which would not disable, e.g. mild skin rash?

13.0 Lifting Gear 13.1 Procedure ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure that all lifting gear (chains, slings, wire rope, shackles, hooks) to be brought on site have a current certificate of test and are listed in the register FORM 011. The register will be maintained during the course of the contract. 13.2 Assessment All lifting slings and accessories will be marked with the manufacturers identification, maximum rated capacity and the grade of the steel or alloy. ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will provide each item with a marked identification number and a current test certificate for each will be held on site and made available on request. 13.3 Selection & Use

• Prior to use all lifting gear will be inspected by a competent person to check for defects.

• Lifting gear that does not have a current test certificate will not be brought on site under any

circumstances.


393

FORM 011

Lifting Gear Register

Description Plant No: Date of Last Inspection

Condition Inspected By: Date for Next Inspection

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:

Qualification:


394

14.0 Plant

14.1 Procedure

Equipment including static (stationery) and mobile plant can be hazardous to

workplace safety. In order to comply with Occupational Health and Safety

Legislation ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will carry

out regular inspection and maintenance of plant and Equipment. The

inspection and maintenance history of each item will be documented on the

appropriate FORM 012 to FORM 015 (or their equivalent) and provided

prior to commencement on site.

Where an relevant Australian Standard is appropriate, e.g. AS-2550 for cranes, the inspection, use and maintenance of the plant will comply with the Standard, as a minimum requirement. Where no Australian Standard is provided, the inspection, use and maintenance of the plant will comply, as a minimum, with the Manufacturers Recommendations. The affect of plant and equipment on the workplace will also be considered. 14.2 Assessment ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will carry out an assessment of the most appropriate type of plant and equipment for the required job. The assessment will include the identification of potential hazards, the level of risk and the provision of appropriate controls to eliminate, or minimise the risk to health and safety of workers. This process will include both the plant and/or equipment itself and its impact on the surrounding workplace. When identifying potential hazards consideration will be given to all aspects of the plant and equipment including design, work environment, operational conditions, abnormal conditions, ergonomic principles, transportation, storage, installation and erection, access and egress for maintenance, adjustments, repairs, cleaning, use, operator competencies, dismantling and disposal. 14.3 Selection and Use

• Where plant and equipment is hired the same requirements for Occupational Health and

Safety as those required on site will be specified by ______________________________

(Insert Company Name) to the Hire Company as a condition of the Hire Agreement.


395

• No item of plant will be brought on site without a current service/maintenance record or

registration where required.

Note: Specific plant may require design registration, item registration or both.

FORM 012

Plant ID Register

_____________________________ (Insert Company Name) Project: _____________________________ Date: / / The plant listed below will be brought onto site and operated under our control. None of the listed mobile plant will be operated, or static plant used, until registration details, appropriate plant inspection and maintenance records have been provided to the Principal Contractor. The form/s will be submitted on the first day of every month where plant is on-site for more than one month. All inspection and maintenance records will as a minimum standard comply with the manufacturers recommendations or relevant Australian Standard where appropriate. The following static (e.g. scaffold) or mobile (e.g. Manatou) plant will be used on site:

Type Registration Design:

Design Number: Item:

Item Number:

Purpose – Use on site

Inspection Date & Frequency

Inspected By: Checklist Record (what

form?)

Form Sighted �

Form Sighted �

Form Sighted �

Form Sighted �

Form Sighted �

Form Sighted �

Form Sighted �


396

Form Sighted �

Form Sighted �

FORM 013

HIRED-IN PLANT INSPECTION REPORT (Cranes Excepted)

Location: _____________________________________________________ Date: /

/ Owner: ________________________________ Unit/fleet No: __________ SMU: _____________________ Make: _________________________________Model: _________________ S/No:_____________________

The following items are minimum requirements: R.O.P.S. CANOPY (except for Road Trucks, Drills, Excavator) Yes/No Are all Safety Guards Fitted? Yes/No Seatbelts fitted and in good condition? Yes/No Fire extinguisher fitted and charged? Yes/No Reverse alarm operation? Yes/No Are vehicle systems operational? Yes/No

Carry out the following checks and list other defects on the reverse side

Action to be undertaken/Comments Tick if correct

Engine Water leaks Radiator Hose and Clamps Radiator Core Condition Veebelt Condition and Adjustment Oil Leaks Air Intake Hoses and Clamps Air Cleaner Indicator Level Mountings Battery Condition

Drive Train


397

Transmission Oil Leaks Wheel Hub Oil Leaks Wheel Nuts and Locks Front and Rear Drive Line Condition Vehicle System Steering linkages Articulation Bearings and Retainers Main Frame Cracks Air Leaks Drain Air Tanks Hydraulic Operation Hydraulic Oil Leaks Service/Park Brake Operation

Cab Steps/Grab Rail General Cab Condition Lights (Head, Tail and Dash) Warning Lights and Gauges Control Linkages Air Conditioner Operational

HIRED-IN PLANT INSPECTION REPORT (Cont.)

TYRE ASSESSMENT Tyres - Record Serial Number and Tread Depth: POS.1 (LF) _____ mm POS.2 (RF) _____ mm POS.3 (LRO) _____ mm POS.4 (LRI) _____ mm POS.5 (RRI) _____ mm POS.6 (RRO) _____ mm Attachments Fitted/Included: ________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________ Condition Of Bucket, Bowl, Blade, Body: ________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________


398

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

Other Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________ Inspected by: ______________________________ Signature: ______________________________ Qualifications: ______________________________ Date: / / Certification by Responsible Person: I Certify that the described plant is to the manufacturers specifications and is being serviced and maintained by competent personnel to the manufacturers recommendations. Signature: ______________________________ Date: / / Print Name: ______________________________ Position: ______________________________

FORM 014

HIRED-IN PLANT INSPECTION REPORT - (For Cranes) Location: ______________________________ Date: / / Owner: ______________________________ Unit/fleet No: _____ SMU:_____ Make: ______________________________ Model: _______________________ S/No:_________________ Machinery Identification No.: ______________

Attachments Fitted/Include: _______________________________________________ �� Photos Attached The following items are minimum requirements: R.O.P.S. CANOPY (except for Road Trucks, Drills, Excavator) Yes/No All Safety Guards Fitted? Yes/No Seatbelt fitted and in good condition? Yes/No


399

Fire extinguisher fitted and charged? Yes/No Reverse alarm operation? Yes/No All vehicle system operational? Yes/No

Copy Of Certificates Attached Current Crane Yes/No Yes/No Hoist Ropes Main Yes/No Yes/No Auxiliary Yes/No Yes/No Hooks Main Yes/No Yes/No Auxiliary Yes/No Yes/No


Action to be undertaken/Comments Tick if correct

Engine Oil Leaks Water leaks Radiator/heater hose condition Vee belt condition and adjustment Fan bearing condition Air induction system Air cleaner restrict level Exhaust system/muffler Radiator core condition Engine Mounts Battery condition/leads Drain air tanks

Drive Train Transmission oil leaks Wheel hub/axle oil leaks Wheel nuts/locks Drive shaft/uni joints Tyre condition Tyre Pressure Axle pivot condition Axle pivot lock out

HIRED-IN PLANT INSPECTION REPORT (For Cranes) cont.


Action to be undertaken/Comments

Tick if correct


400

Steering/Braking System Steering cylinder oil leaks Tie rod condition Tie rod end condition Service brake operation/adjustment Park brake operation/adjustment Fluid level service/park

Winches Mounting bolts Oil leaks – gear box Oil leaks – hydraulic motor Brake linings/adjustment Brake oil/fluid leaks Drum cracks Safety pawl operation Disorderly rope winding Oil level/gear box

Main

Auxiliary

Ropes and Hooks Rotation of hook Deformation of hook Safety latch fitted Deformation of rope guard Rotation of sheaves Lubricate sheaves Kinks in wire rope Broken strands in rope Corrosion of rope Wedge correctly fitted Rope clip fitted to end

Main

Auxiliary

Slew System Slew table cracks Slew motor leaks Slew box leaks Slew box mounting bolts Slew box oil level Slew break operation/adjustment Rotary connection leaks Upper house lock pin



Action to be undertaken/Comments

Tick if correct Boom


401

Hoist cylinder leaks Hoist cylinder pins and retainers Hoist cylinder hose condition Boom pivot pin and retainers Inspection of boom cracks/damage Sliding wear pad condition Tele cylinder leaks Tele cylinder hoses Angle indicator condition Inspect fly damage Fly retaining pins Fly storage correct Boom sheaves Fly sheaves Cab And General Operation of all gauges Control levers/play Load meter Warning buzzers Windscreen condition Wiper condition Anti two block operation Work lamps Steps/grab rails Load chart condition Operators manual present Horn operation Seat condition Fire extinguisher present Set up level indicator

Outriggers Vertical cylinder leaks Vertical cylinder hoses Horizontal cylinder leaks Horizontal cylinder hoses Outrigger pad condition Horizontal slides Outrigger box cracks Outrigger pin and retainers


Other Comments:


402

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

________________________________________________________________________________________

__________

Inspected by: ________________________________ Signature: _______________________________________ Qualifications: _______________________________ Date: / / Certification by Responsible Person: I Certify that the described plant is to the manufacturers specifications and is being serviced and maintained by competent personnel to the manufacturers recommendations. Signature: ______________________________ Date: / / Print Name: ______________________________ Position: ______________________________


403

FORM 015

PLANT CERTIFICATION REPORT

Tick the appropriate category:

�� Mobile Plant

�� Static Plant

Project: ______________________________________ Contractor: ________________________________________ Responsible Person: _______________________________________________________________________________ Work performed for: ___________________________ Of: _______________________________________________

Full Details of Work Performed

Inspection Report

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

Certification by Responsible Person: I Certify that the described plant is to the manufacturers specifications and is being serviced and maintained by competent personnel to the manufacturers recommendations. Signature: ______________________________ Date: / / Print Name: ______________________________ Position: ______________________________


404

15.0 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) 15.1 Procedure Where other means of protection are not practicable ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will supply clothing or equipment designed to protect parts, or all, of the body. This equipment may include: gloves, hearing protection, high visibility garments, breathing apparatus, thermal wear, eye protection, sun cream, safety belts and harnesses. Steel cap boots and hard hats are the minimum requirement for entry to a construction site. 15.2 Assessment During the development of control measures for Safe Work Method Statement the “Best” to “Worst” guide to controls outlined in the Safe Work Method Statement section of this Pack will be used to help minimise reliance on PPE. 15.3 Selection and Use

• ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure all items of PPE are

manufactured, used and maintained in accordance with the relevant Australian Standard.

Proof of Australian Standard compliance will be provided, (e.g.) labeling.

• All issues of PPE to each individual will be recorded on FORM 016 (one for each

individual).

• Each employee will be instructed and or trained in the correct use of each PPE item prior to

use.


405

FORM 016

Personal Protective Equipment Issue Record

Employee Name: _____________________________ Occupation: _________________________________________ Project: _____________________________________ Date: / /

PPE Item Date of Issue/Replacement

Name of Recipient Signature of Recipient

I have received the listed PPE with appropriate instruction/training in its correct use.


406

16.0 Fire Protection 16.1 Procedure The Project Manager, or his/her representative, shall ensure that an adequate number and type of fire extinguishers are available at the workplace and additional extinguishers are located in the immediate vicinity of any work that may create a fire risk. This requirement will apply without exception to any hot work such as welding. ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure all personnel carrying out hot work have a fire extinguisher close-by, are fully trained in the use of extinguishers and that adequate evidence of such training is provided before work commences. list and current service history of all fire fighting equipment to be brought on site will be provided on FORM 017. ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will ensure that all mobile plant is fitted with an appropriate fire extinguisher. 16.2 Inspection ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will check the “charge level” of all of our fire extinguishers on site at __________ intervals. All fire extinguishers will be serviced and maintained by competent persons and a record completed and maintained in accordance with Australian Standard AS-1851. Combustible materials will not be allowed to accumulate in work areas to prevent a fire risk. 16.3 Selection and Use

• All personnel carrying out hot work will be fully trained in the use of extinguishers and a

record of the training provided in the appropriate register of this Pack, FORM 004.

• All personnel will be made aware of the site-specific emergency procedure and emergency

service phone numbers shall be clearly displayed at a central phone location.


407

FORM 017

FIRE PROTECTION

______________________________________ (Insert Company Name) Project: ___________________________________ The fire extinguishers listed have been maintained in accordance with Australian Standard AS-1851 and will be brought on site.

Extinguisher Type

Serial Number

Condition & Charge Level

Date of Last Inspection

Inspected By

Date of Next

Inspection Required

Comments


408

17.0 Tool Box Talks 17.1 Procedure Occupational Health and Safety Legislation requires the identification of potential workplace hazards, the assessment of the risk of the hazard and the development of controls to eliminate or minimise the risk. To assist in hazard identification and the development of controls ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) employees will undertake consultation in the form of Tool Box Talks conducted by: 1.…………………………………………..2………………………………………..…..at………………………… intervals. All Tool Box Talks will be recorded on FORM 018 and signed off by participants. Any corrective action will be followed up and signed off by the nominated person. 17.2 Consultation ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) recognise the involvement of workers as essential in identifying potential hazards that can be eliminated, or minimised, before injuries occur. Tool Box Talks will be used to help Supervisors manage safety, to provide a forum for workers to have their say about safety issues and to help ensure safety awareness is maintained throughout the project. Where required specific safety issues will be raised, accidents reviewed, Safe Work Method Statement developed and presented for evaluation and familiarisation or safety alerts discussed. Tool Box Talks will be used to induct workers into and “sign off” their understanding of the controls provided in Safe Work Method Statement for the specific work in which they will be involved.


409

FORM 018

RECORD OF TOOL BOX TALK

Workplace:

Date:

Supervisor/presenter:

Subject:

Duration:

Persons Present

Print Name

Signature

Print Name

Signature

Comments & points raised: -

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

________________________________________________________________________________________

_________

Action Complete

Corrective Action

Action by

Sign off

Date


410

18.0 First-Aid & Accident Investigation 18.1 Procedure ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will/ will not rely on the provision of First-aid services by the Principal Contractor. Where ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will provide First-aid services, the following minimum requirements will be undertaken and personnel provided. 18.2 First-aid Personnel and Location of First-aid The qualified First-aid person/s on site is _________________________ (Name). The nearest First-aid box/room/shed to the work in progress is ______________________________. 18.3 Reporting

All injuries will be reported to the appropriate First-aid Officer on site.

Injuries will be recorded in the Site Injury Register and by

______________________________ (Insert Company Name) on FORM

019 or its equivalent.

Records will be kept for a minimum of 5 years. Where the injury results in an

absence from the workplace of 7 days or more the injury and its

circumstances will be reported to the WorkCover Authority using the

appropriate form.

18.4 Investigation ______________________________ (Insert Company Name) will investigate all accidents within _____ hours. Investigation will be recorded on Accident Investigation FORM 020 or its equivalent. Accidents will be recorded by __________________________ (Name)


411

Accidents will be investigated by ____________________________ (Name) Accidents will be reported to WorkCover by ________________________ (Name) ADD ALSO: CURRENT ACCIDENT/INCIDENT REPORT FORM (K:OHS/)

Liverpool Plains Shire Council - Occupational Health, Safety & Injury Management System Manual OHS Policy

412


ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT Name of Injured Person: ____________________ Date of Accident/Incident: / / Date of Investigation: / / (If person) Date of Employment: / / Investigation Team: 1. ___________________ 2. _________________ 3. ___________________4.___ _______________

Personal Management

What level of job training had been provided?

Who was supervising the task

How was competency assessed? What sets had the supervisor taken to ensure the task would be completed safely?

What did the risk assessment identify in regard to areas of special need?

What instructions had the supervisor given to those involved?

What other factors could impact on work performance?

What training had the supervisor had in training and assessing competencies?

Safe Work Practice Plant and Equipment or Substance

Was a safe work practice developed for this task?

What Plant Equipment or substance was being used?

What information does it include?

How was it been used?

What information could be added?

How is the plant/equipment failure dealt with?

Safe Work Practice Plant and Equipment or Substance

Is there training evidence for the relevant person?

What type of exposure was involved (Chemical, Biological Heat etc)?

Was the Safe Work Practice being adhered to?

Was maintenance up to date as per schedule?

Has a Risk Assessment been completed on the task?

Were PPE available and being worn at the time of accident? What type is required?

Environment

Was the noise level a factor? Why?

Was the housekeeping good?

What are the light levels like? Was the workplace layout a factor?


413

Was it day or night? Explain

Was vibration a problem?

Were dust and fumes a Factor? Explain!

What is the condition of the flooring?

Other Factors? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ What actions can be taken to prevent recurrence? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Date Implemented: Supervisor: Signed: Review Date:

Cranes, Slinging & Lifting Safety

1.1 Purpose

To ensure that all employees understand the risk associated with use of lifting

equipment, and provide all personnel with information to minimize risk

through a process of hazard identification, risk assessment, and risk

management.


414

1.13 Scope








Ed 1/Rev 3 Authorised by: Robert Hunt Review: October 2011 Changes: 1.10 –logbooks &

RTOs


415

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 General Procedure

4

1.8 Staff Competency Requirements

4

1.9 Lifting Gear

7

1.10 Power Cranes

8


416

1.11 Slings

9

FORMS

Lifting Devices/Mobile Equipment Checklist

Sling Inspection Report


417

1.4 Definitions

“Crane” refers to hoists, winches and any other like mechanical lifting devices used

on site; and

“Other Lifting Equipment” includes but not limited to work boxes, elevating

work platforms, hand operated equipment such as chain blocks and come-a-longs,

and associated lifting gear such as chains, slings, shackles, spreader bars and other

associated equipment used in the lifting process.

“Jack” as defined in AS 2693

“Lift Truck” as defined in AS 2359

“Drop Zone” means an area underneath a location where overhead work is being

performed into which objects from the overhead work location may fall.

“Overhead Work” means working at a height above ground or floor level where

personnel, equipment or tools could fall a distance of 2.4 metres or more and where

employees work or have access to the area below where the work is.

“Work at Heights” means where there is the potential for a person to fall a

minimum distance of 2.4 metres or more either to the ground or to another form of

solid platform. The distance is measured from the platform level to the lower level.

The word “shall” is to be understood as mandatory and the word “should” as

non-mandatory, advisory or recommended.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Sections 82, 94, 142, 165, 265, 266,

277, 288

AS/NZS 2693:2003 – Vehicle Jacks

AS 2359.1:1995 – Powered Industrial Trucks – General Requirements

AS 1380.2:1998 – Fibre-rope Slings – Care & Use

1.6 Compliance




418


policy.


419

1.7 General Procedure

1. A Risk Assessment must be undertaken prior to work on or about

any lifting equipment.

2. Where necessary, the appropriate Permit to Work must be issued.

3. Only persons trained and accredited in the use or maintenance of

lifting equipment are permitted to work on or about the equipment.

4. All employees working with, or in the vicinity of, lifting equipment

must be provided with, and use, appropriate PPE.

5. No lifting equipment will be inspected nor should a person do work

on it unless all energy sources (including loads) has been controlled

and isolated.

6. Lifting equipment (irrespective of type or classification), under no

circumstances should be used to raise or lower workers unless it is

purpose built, designed, and certified for raising and lowering people.

7. All incidents (irrespective of severity or injury) involving lifting

equipment must be reported.

1.8 Staff Competency Requirements

A range of competencies are required to be held by persons involved with activities

related to operating lifting equipment and the associated functions of slinging and

directing loads, and rigging lifting devices.

The classes of crane competencies in line with the “prescribed occupations” for

cranes are shown in Table 1 below.


420

Table 1: Competency requirements for cranes

Specific Equipment/Activity Classes of Competencies

Vehicle loading crane 1. Capacity of less than 10 tonne metres 2. Capacity of 10 tonne metres and above*

Non-slew mobile cranes 1. Up to 3 tonne lifting capacity

2. Greater than 3 tonne lifting capacity* Slewing mobile cranes 1. Up to 20 tonnes*

2. Up to 60 tonnes* 3. Up to 100 tonnes* 4. Open/over 100 tonnes*

Boom type elevating work platform 1. Boom length of less than 11 metres

2. Boom length 11 metres or more*

* Formally qualified competencies nominated for prescribed occupations. # Tonne metres are the sum of the load (in tonnes) by the radius of the lift (in

metres)

Table 2 outlines the scope of competencies for the slinging and direction of

loads.


421

Occupation Competency Scope of Competency

Basic lifting 1. For the slinging of simple lifts within sight of and not greater than 10

metres away from the crane operator.

2. Where there is la repetitive work situation with little variation in the application of slinging techniques (dogger would perhaps need to provide initial direction on choice of lifting gear and attachment method). 3. When using a chain block or like up to 1 tonne load. 4. When using a vehicle loading crane of less than 10 tonne metres capacity.

Slinging and direction of loads.

Dogging* 1. The use of techniques, including the selection and/or inspection of

lifting gear, to safely sling a load.

2. Providing direction to a crane or hoist operator of the movement of a load when the load is out of the operator's view or is otherwise presenting some difficulty to the operator to safely manoeuvre.

Slinging, direction, and erection of loads, and load bearing equipment and structures.

Basic rigging* Dogging and rigging work associated with: movement of plant and equipment; steel erection; placement of precast concrete; erection of safety nets and static lines; mast climbers; perimeter safety screens and shutters; and cantilevered crane loading platforms.

Intermediate rigging*

Dogging and rigging work associated with: movement of plant and equipment; steel erection; placement of precast concrete; erection of safety nets and static lines; mast climbers; perimeter safety screens and shutters; cantilevered crane loading platforms; rigging of cranes, conveyors dredges and excavators; tilt-slabs; demolition; and dual lifts.

Advanced rigging*

As for Intermediate rigging plus: rigging of gin poles and shear legs; flying foxes and cableways; guyed derricks and structures; and suspended and fabricated hung scaffolds.

Table 2.


422

1.9 Lifting Gear

Lifting gear is that equipment used for slinging and lifting loads. It includes but not

limited to sheave blocks, crane or other hooks, lifting beams (spreader beams and

equalising gear), shackles, eyebolts, clamps, pulley systems, swivels, chain slings, wire

rope slings, synthetic webbing slings. Persons involved with the use and maintenance

of lifting gear shall ensure that they are familiar with the following points.

1. All lifting gear used on site shall comply with the relevant Australian

Standards or, if fabricated as a 'specific for task' equipment, shall be

certified by a competent person. The Safe Working Load (SWL) or

Working Load Limit (WLL) shall be stamped on the lifting gear or on

a tag attached.

2. Fibre ropes can be used for lifting by dogman or rigger in accordance

with AS 1380.

3. A load colour chart shall be displayed at the storage area and in other

relevant areas (i.e.) in and around a minesite/quarry etc.

4. The minimum standards for specification and safe care and use are

outlined in the Australian Standards.

5. All lifting gear (excluding all shackles, eyebolts and slings under

20mm) shall be numbered and recorded on a register. It shall be

inspected and/or load tested at regular intervals not exceeding 12

monthly by a competent independent person.

6. All lifting gear shall be inspected prior to use. If it is suspected of

being defective, it shall be tagged with an “Out of Service” tag and

put in a bin for inspection, repair or disposal.

7. The selection criteria for wire rope slings and associated couplings

shall be that the SWL rating is sufficient for the job.

8. When attaching slings to a load, where possible slings shall be loaded

equally, and the maximum angle for pairs of choke hitched slings

shall not exceed 45 degrees for a single wrap or 60 degrees for a

double wrap.


423

9. Damaged, corroded or excessively worn slings shall never be used.

Any slings found in this condition shall be tagged with an “Out of

Service” tag and put aside for inspection, repair or disposal.

10. Slings shall never be forced into position, dragged from under a load,

placed directly on the ground under load (use dunnage), or slung over

sharp edges without protective padding being provided.

11. All slings shall be stored on suitable racks, shelves, pallets or hooks

off the ground in a clean dry area.

12. Any lifting gear that is used for towing purposes shall not be

subsequently used for lifting.

1.10 Power Cranes

Power cranes are devices used for lifting, lowering, handling and transporting and

include forklift trucks, vehicle mounted cranes, overhead, bridge or gantry cranes

and front-end loaders.

1. Operators must be trained by another certificated person and must

retain an up to date relevant records of competencies. As of

January 1st, 2010 operators of plant classed as high –risk plant,

including front end-loaders, must be trained by a Registered Training

Organisation (RTO). Logbook training is no longer acceptable.

2. All cranes are to be maintained as per the manufacturer's design.

3. Mobile cranes must maintain a minimum distance from electrical

apparatus:

• 3 metres for voltages up to 33,000.

• 6 metres for voltages over 33,000.

4. Power cranes must not be used on a public thoroughfare unless

registered for road use.

5. Permanent access for maintenance or inspection of cranes and to

operator stations must be provided. Such access shall be devised,


424

constructed and fenced as to prevent any person being injured by

using the access.

6. All power cranes must be identified clearly with the following:

• Local identification numbers;

• Classification as defined in relevant legislation;

• Safe Work Load (e.g.) SWL 575kg;

• Manufacturer’s identification;

• Manufacturer’s serial number;

• All service isolators must be clearly marked;

• Details of chain, wire, and rope used.

7. No passengers are permitted to ride on power cranes unless provided

with a seat and seat belt which have been specifically provided for the

intended purpose.

1.11 Slings (Including Wire Ropes)

1. Slings must be marked with S.W.L. Slings must be kept in good

condition, free of all defects including kinks, broken wires, wear, rust,

bird caging and stretch.

2. Keep on record the details of slings and the date purchased.

3. Equipment must be fully inspected at least once per month or more

frequently if under constant use to ensure hoisting machine or gear is

in safe working order. Records of inspections should be maintained.

4. Damaged slings should be discarded and cut in pieces to prevent

further use.


425

Driver Safety

1.3 Purpose

To ensure that all employees understand the risk associated with driving

personnel and equipment between work sites, and provide all applicable

employees with information to minimize risk through a process of hazard

identification, risk assessment and risk management.

1.14 Scope










426

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3

FORMS: Vehicle Inspection Checklist Incident Report Form Motor Vehicle Accident Report


427

1.4 Definitions “Motor Vehicle”, means any passenger vehicle (such as sedan, station

wagon, utility, van or 4WD) but excludes trucks and other plant.



1.6 Compliance





1.7 Procedure

Motor Vehicle accidents cause severe injuries and death. Therefore the following

points should be adhered to:

1. Liverpool Plains Shire Council motor vehicles are to be driven by

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees authorized to do so.

2. Liverpool Plains Shire Council requires that employees check the

condition of their motor vehicle by performing a walk around

inspection prior use and completing Vehicle Inspection Checklist.

3. Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees must be licensed in the

appropriate class of motor vehicle to drive it. Persons with

suspended, expired or cancelled driver’s licenses are not permitted to

drive company motor vehicle on either public or private property.

4. All Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees must know and adhere

to general road rules and also (where applicable) the traffic rules of

the company operating the work site.

5. The driver of Liverpool Plains Shire Council motor vehicle is

responsible for the safety of passengers and other road users. To this

end, the driver must not take risks likely to impact on the safety of


428

passengers or the general public. This is particularly the case where

dangerous loads are transported.

6. No employee or other person is permitted to consume alcohol in

company vehicles.

7. Where long distance travel is required, a risk assessment will

determine the number of drivers required and/or the maximum

distance to be travelled until a break in the journey is required.

8. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that adequate supervision

is provided commensurate with the risk involved with using motor

vehicles.

9. In the event of a motor vehicle accident Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s First Aid procedures should be initiated if required and an

Incident Report Form completed, then the person responsible for the

vehicle must complete the Motor Vehicle Accident Report.

Electrical Safety

1.1 Purpose

This Policy is intended to provide guidance to Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees

on compliance with relevant State Legislation concerning Health, Safety and Welfare at

work regarding electrical safety.

1.2 Scope




429








430

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

4

1.6 Compliance

5

1.7 Policy

5

1.8 Electrical Safety Procedures

6

1.9 Use of Power Boards & Multiple Power Adaptors

11

1.10 Extension Leads

12


431

1.11 Electrical Appliances

13

1.12 Portable Power Tools

13

1.13 Electrical Distribution Centres

15

1.14 Overhead Power Lines

15

1.15 Buried Power Lines

16

1.16 Cranes/High Vehicles

16

1.17 Ladders

16

1.18 First Aid – Electrical Shock

16

1.19 Reporting of Electric Shock & Electrical Incidents

17

1.20 Isolation

18

FORMS

RCD Tests & Inspections Record

Isolation Register


432


Electrical Tagging Register

Definitions “Electrical Work” work includes all work involving construction, repair or maintenance on:

(a) Electrical installation(s);

(b) Electrical appliances.

“Electrical Installation” is the electricity supply to a building, and includes the

main switchboard, distribution boards, and all fixed wiring to isolation switches or

socket outlets.

“Electrical Appliance” is electricity consuming device or apparatus (including the

cable) that is connected to the electrical installation.

Electrical appliances can be classified into one of the following categories:

1. Residual Current Device (RCD): a switching device intended to

isolate the circuit when the current imbalance attains the rated

operating leakage current value of the device.

2. Portable: an appliance which is hand-held while in operation or can

be moved easily while connected to the supply (e.g.) floor polisher,

vacuum cleaner, power tools (portable drill, grinder, soldering iron),

power lead, multi-outlet power board, jug, toaster, laboratory

stirrer/heater, heat gun, heating mantle, etc.

3. Fieldwork/Out-door/Wet Use: (e.g.) water bath, ultrasonic bath,

air compressor, etc.

4. Movable: an appliance that can be moved readily from one place to

another by unplugging from a general purpose outlet, but that is not

moved during operation (e.g.) personal computer, printer, portable

power generating equipment, etc.


433

5. Fixed/Stationary: an appliance which in normal use is fastened to a

support or otherwise secured in a specific position or is of such a

size or function as to be difficult or unlikely to be moved from one

place to another (e.g.) large workshop machinery (lathe, band saw,

etc.), oven, refrigerator, fixed power generating equipment, etc.

6. Experimental: an appliance constructed by a department/area that

does not fit into any of the other categories (e.g.) immersion heater

elements, furnaces, distillation control systems, laser sources, UV

light sources, heater controls, etc.

“Authorised Person” - An authorised person for the purposes of this Policy will

have been authorised by Liverpool Plains Shire Council and may be:

(a) A licensed electrician authorised to work on the electrical installation

and electrical appliances;

(b) An air conditioning/refrigeration mechanic authorised to work on air

conditioning/refrigeration units capable of being connected to the

electrical installation;

(c) An electronics technician authorised to work on electronics

apparatus capable of being connected to the electrical installation;

(d) Any other person who, by way of qualification, knowledge or

experience, is authorised to work on experimental apparatus or

electrical appliances capable of being connected to an electrical installation.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Ch 4 – Part 4.3, Division 8

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Ch 7 – Part 7.7 Electrical Work

AS 3000 – SAA Wiring Rules

AS 3760 – In Service Safety Inspection and Testing of Electrical Equipment

AS 3012 – Electrical Installations Construction and Demolition


434




1.7 Policy

All reasonable steps will be taken to secure the health and safety of employees who use,

operate or maintain electrical equipment. Liverpool Plains Shire Council acknowledges

that work on electrical equipment can be hazardous unless safe systems and procedures

are maintained. Employees or others undertaking electrical work must be suitably

qualified and competent, and all employees co-operate in the use of safe work systems in

relation to electricity.

a) Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that:

i) All significant electrical hazards in relation to its operations are

identified with consultation with employees, Risk Assessments

are undertaken before any person is permitted to perform a task

where a significant electrical hazard can be reasonably anticipated

(e.g.) excavation near underground cables, high voltage work,

construction or demolition work in the vicinity of live power

cables.

ii) Written systems and procedures will be developed and

maintained to minimise the risk posed by electrical hazards.

iii) Risks to employees and others health and safety identified by

these Risk Assessments will be eliminated or minimised by

implementing appropriate control measures before any person

undertaking tasks near any significant electrical hazard.

iv) Training in safe systems and procedures designed to minimise

the risk of exposure to electrical hazard will be devised and

undertaken.


435

v) Regularly inspect and check all electrical equipment by a

qualified person and check tags attached to all necessary

equipment.

b) Employees are responsible for:

i) Carrying out their duties in relation to electrical hazards in a

manner which does not adversely affect their own health or

safety, or that of others in the workplace.

ii) Co-operating with measures introduced in the interests of

workplace health and safety - in particular to those systems

developed to protect people from the risk of injury resulting

from any electrical hazard.

iii) Taking prompt action to secure or isolate any hazardous situation

involving electrical energy which comes to their notice, and

which is within their capacity to safely remedy in order to protect


iv) Immediately reporting to their supervisor all matters, which

may affect the health and safety of people who may be

exposed to dangerous levels of electrical energy.


Electrical accidents can lead to death, electric shock, burns, brain damage, cataracts,

amputation, or renal failure. Falls from heights due to electrical shock can result in

bone fractures, dislocation of joints, serious injury, and fatalities.

Electrocution is one of the highest causes of fatality in industry and therefore

equipment must be maintained in good working order, and work practices and

procedures must be stringently applied.

All Liverpool Plains Shire employees, visitors and Contractors must follow the

following safety procedures to Liverpool Plains Shire Council sites. Failure to adhere


436

with these procedures could result in a major electrical incident. The results may be

fire, personal injury, or death. The following safety procedures DO NOT supersede

Regulations from electrical supply authorities.

1.8.1 Inspection & Testing of Electrical Equipment

The minimum standard to be applied at Liverpool Plains Shire Council shall

be that specified in AS 3760 (1990) - In-service safety inspection and testing of

electrical equipment. (An extract from AS 3760 is below). Tests shall be

undertaken at a frequency of testing that is related to the degree of risk of

potential damage to the appliance. Residual current devices (RCD's), both

fixed and portable, shall be tested in accordance with State Legislation

requirements. Administrative areas of Council are included in these

procedures.

1.8.2 Frequency of Inspections and Tests

(Extract from AS 3760 In-service safety inspection and testing of electrical equipment)

Table 1 Testing Intervals for Electrical Equipment

Interval Between Inspection and Tests

Class of Equipment Testing for Portable RCD’s

Type of Environment in which Equipment

is used Class I

(protectively earthed)

Class II (double insulated)

Push-button test (by user)

Test for Operation

Cord Extension sets and EPODs

1. Factories, workshops, places of work of repair manufacturing, assembly, maintenance or fabrication.

6 months 12 months Daily, or before every use, whichever is the longer.

12 months 6 months

2. Laboratories, health care and educational establishments, tearooms, office kitchens, hotel and motel accommodation.

12 months 12 months 3 months, or before every use, whichever is the longer.

2 years 12 months

3. Office environment where equipment is not subject to constant flexing of the supply cord.

5 years 5 years 3 months 2 years 5 years


437

4. Hire equipment. Inspect before each hire. Test monthly.

Inspect before each hire. Test monthly.




5. New equipment ad repaired/serviced equipment.

Prior to initial introduction to use, and after servicing.





6. Construction and demolition sites. (New Zealand only) (Refer to Note 4)

1 month 1 month Immediately after connection to a socket outlet, and every day in use.

3 months 3 months

(Extract from AS 3760 In-service safety inspection and testing of electrical

equipment)

Testing Intervals for Electrical Equipment

(i) Prior to initial introduction to service;

(ii) Before return to service after a repair which could have

affected the electrical safety; and

(iii) At intervals not exceeding those specified in Table 1 above

NOTES: 1 The RCD’s incorporated in transportable equipment are to be tested as for portable

RCD’s. 2 For show and carnival sites refer to AS 3002. 3 In Australia, testing has to be in accordance with AS/NZS 3012. 4 For film, video and TV sites: refer to AS/NZS 4249. 5 Equipment is to be inspected and tested (a) prior to initial introduction to service; (b)

before return to service after a repair which could have affected the electrical safety; (c) prior to hire (for hire equipment, inspection only but additionally tested at not greater than monthly intervals); (d) at intervals not exceeding those specified above.

6 An ‘island’ environment may exist within another listed environment e.g. An ‘office’ environment (E3) may exist within an educational establishment (E2).

7 Regulatory Authorities, other Standards, workplace safety requirements or manufacturers’ instructions may specify shorter intervals appropriate to particular industries or specific types of equipment.

1.8.3 Residual Current Devices (RCD)

The Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health &

Safety Regulation 2001 provide regulations to protect the health and safety

of people at work from the risks arising from electricity. The regulations

provide minimum requirements for the safety of electrical installations,

appliances and equipment with particular reference to the use of Residual


438

Current Devices (RCD’s) for protection from earth leakage. These

requirements apply to all electrical installations, appliances and equipment in

all workplaces.

The regulations require all workplaces to ensure that where:

• A hand-held or movable electrical appliance, whether double

insulated or not double insulated, is to be supplied with

electricity from a socket outlet, either directly or through a

flexible extension cord,

• The supply of electricity to the appliance must incorporate a

residual current device (RCD).

The RCD must:

a) Be a non-portable unit, connected on the supply side of the

socket outlet, or

b) Be a portable unit connected directly to the output side of

the socket outlet

c) Comply with the requirements of Australian Standard 3190

d) Have a tripping current not exceeding 30mA.

Maximum Tripping Times (a.c. Operation)

RCD Type Test Current

mA

Maximum Tripping Time

mS

Type I 10 40

Type II 30 300

An authorised person must test the RCD on a regular basis by means of its

in-built testing facility. Records of testing must be maintained. In accordance

with Liverpool Plains Shire Council policy, it is the responsibility of Section


439

Managers to ensure that Liverpool Plains Shire Council complies with this

regulation.

The following guidelines are provided to assist Section Managers to

implement this regulation within their area of control:

(a) Identification

Conduct a survey of hand-held and movable electrical appliances, including

computers, to identify those, which require a RCD.

(b) Determine Appropriate RCD

There are two main types available:

• Fixed, non-portable units incorporated in fixed wall outlets

which replace the normal general purpose outlet and into

which the cord of the appliance is plugged.

• Portable units, which plug into a fixed power outlet via a

short cord and into which the cord of the appliance is

plugged.

(c) Purchase of RCD’s

Purchasing arrangements must follow Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Purchasing Policy outlining the process of Risk Assessment prior to the

purchase of any equipment. This will ensure that there is a consistent

standard applied and maintained.

(d) Testing

The RCD must be tested regularly by means of the device's built-in testing

facility. This will be conducted and recorded by the designated person at

Liverpool Plains Shire Council. Records on electrical testing will be kept for

a period of five years.

Fixed, non-portable RCD’s must be tested:

• Three-monthly by means of the built-in test facility;


440

• At least once every three years in accordance with Australian

Standard AS 3760 - "In-Service Safety Inspection and Testing

of Electrical Equipment";

• Non-portable RCD’s are routinely tested in accordance with

AS 3760, by contracted electricians.

Portable RCD's must be tested:

• Before the device is used on any day by means of the built-in

test facility;

• At least three monthly by means of the built-in test facility;

• At least every two years in accordance with AS 3760 - "In-

Service Safety Inspection and Testing of Electrical

Equipment".

Testing in accordance with AS 3760 must be performed using proper

equipment to ensure that the device is set to a tripping current of 30mA and

that it will trip within 300 milliseconds.

Where a qualified person and equipment is available, the Section Manager

should ensure this is conducted and recorded as required.

The RCD Tests & Inspections Record must be maintained in each Liverpool

Plains Shire Council operational area, which details the following

information:

• The serial number of the RCD, or other information

sufficient to identify the RCD.

• The date of any test carried out for the purposes of this

regulation.

• The name and occupation or duties of the person who

carried out the test.


441

• A description of any defect found and details of any repairs

carried out as a result of the test.

The RCD Tests & Inspections Record is contained at the end of this

Module. Portable RCD’s should be tagged to indicate the date of the next

test and should be checked during workplace inspections to monitor

compliance with the regulation. Portable electrical tools and extension leads

should also be inspected for electrical safety on a regular basis.

(e) Training

All Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees using RCD’s will be given

proper and documented training and instruction in the use, maintenance and

testing of these units.


With the escalating use of electrical and electronic appliances in most workplaces,

Liverpool Plains Shire Council may have a shortage of general-purpose power points

in many areas. This has led to the use of double adaptors or multi-outlet power

boards. The use of double adaptors or multi-outlet power boards can be unsafe

because of the potential for overloading, and inadequate protection of circuits.

Double adaptors are particularly prone to the plugs working loose with potential for

overheating or contact with live terminals. In addition, where multi-outlet power

boards are not secured they are very vulnerable to damage. It is recognised that at

times it will be necessary to use electrical socket outlet adaptors, however it is

preferable to progressively install sufficient general-purpose outlets for all of the

equipment in the workplace.

Multi-outlet power boards where used:

• Must comply with AS 3105 Approval and test specification for electrical

portable outlet devices including;

• Current overload protection, and

• A switch controlling the whole board or switches for each outlet, and


442

• Must be securely mounted clear of the workbench or floor.

• Must be tested and tagged and recorded on the electrical Tagging

Register.


Extension leads should be used as a last resort. Where possible, a permanent power

outlet is to be installed. Extension leads should be kept as short as possible and will

have heavy duty sheathed insulations. They are to be purchased commercially as per

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Purchasing Policy.

Extension leads must be inspected, tagged, and recorded on the Electrical Tagging

Register. They are to be correctly repaired if wires or the insulation breaks. The use

of insulation tape is not acceptable.

In use, extension leads are to be kept off the ground and must not introduce physical

hazards such as tripping. Pin and socket fittings must be kept dry and located

where they will not be damaged.

Extension leads should not be used in traffic areas. The use of barricades to protect

the area or poles to suspend the leads above the area should be used.


Electrical appliances are to be kept in good condition, inspected regularly and

recorded on the Electrical Tagging Register. Leads are to be replaced if the insulation

becomes frayed or broken. Repair is to be carried out by a qualified electrician.

A lead or appliance should be removed from a power outlet by the plug, and not the

cord.


Portable power tools are to be kept in good condition, inspected, tagged, and

recorded. Ensure the equipment is correct for the work to be carried out, and do not


443

overload the power tool so that it stops or overheats. Ensure appropriate PPE is

worn, and guarding is in place and adjusted properly.

Tools are to be double insulated. Leads are to be kept in good condition and

replaced if the insulation becomes frayed or broken – repair with insulation tape is

not acceptable.

1.12.1 Training Requirements

All employees, regardless of trade backgrounds, must be properly trained and

supervised in the selection, use and maintenance of the tools that they are

required to use. It is not sufficient to assume that an experienced person will

be familiar with every type and make of tool that could be available.

The subject of hand tools is recommended as being suitable and valuable for

inclusion in “tool box” meetings.

1.12.2 Selecting the Correct Tool

Selecting the correct tool for the job will go a long way towards eliminating

accidents, injuries and damage resulting from its use.

Common factors to be considered are listed below:

• Is it the correct size and proper fit?

• Is it as sharp as required?

• Will it apply the required forces without makeshift

extensions?

• Does it operate over the required distance?

• Does it operate at the required speed or in the specific range

of revolutions?

• Does it develop the required energy for the job?

• Are its handles/grips suitable?

• It is designed to be used in the way proposed? (If not, do not

do it.)


444

• Will it generate hazardous particles, dust or noise when used?

• Is it in good repair?

• How heavy is it?

• How should it be carried and hoisted up to elevated jobs?

• Will it do the job without exposing the operator to risks?

• If powered, is there adequate power source for the tool to

operate correctly?

• Is it appropriate for the current conditions –rain, fire danger,

etc.

1.12.3 Hand Operated Tools

As these tools all involve a person supplying the necessary forces, they must

all be carefully selected as above and these additional points considered:

• Damage and injuries often arise from the use of poorly fitting

spanners or wrenches.

• Do not improvise extensions to spanners. (Use only sufficient

leverage as indicated by machinery manufacturers and

provided by correct tools.)

• Check handles on all tools for cracks, splits and splinters. If

damaged, replace them.

• Cutting tools should always be properly sharpened.

• Mushroomed chisels should be redressed.

• Screwdrivers should fit screw slots.

• Keep tools clean and stored away from harmful

environments.

• Should a powered tool be used? (For example, use a press

rather than a hammer and drift.)

1.12.4 Electric Power Tools


445

Electrical drills, saws, planers, grinders, friction disk cutters and sanders can

be most efficient labour saving tools. They can also expose people to risks

when improperly used.

Before using any electrical power tools, check the following items.

• The tool is not physically damaged in any way.

• There is no evidence (burned appearance or smell) that the

tool has suffered internal electrical damage.

• The electrical lead, switches, connections and plug are not

damaged.

• The air ventilation holes are free of obstruction.

• The electrical supply is adequate for the tool.

• When using electric power tools, observe the following

precautions.

(i) Keep leads and tools away from puddles and rain.

(ii) Be sure that you have firm footing, are well balanced

and have a firm hold on the tool.

(iii) Do not lift or carry tools by their electrical leads.

(iv) Do not shower other people with sparks, cuttings or

dust, apply correct safety procedures to protect them

from exposure.

(v) Clamp work pieces where possible.

(vi) Use grinding and cutting stones and disks of the

correct REV rating.

(vii) Use the appropriate personal protective equipment

(eyes, ears, respiratory, body.)

(viii) Ensure cords do not come into contact with

blades/disks

(ix) Ensure there is no risk of fire or explosion from

sparks or hot materials.


446

Damaged tools and equipment should be tagged “OUT OF

SERVICE” and removed from the workplace for repairs by an

authorised electrician.


All substations shall be securely fenced and gates kept locked. Access is for

authorised personnel only. The areas around substations are to be kept clean and free

of rubbish and weeds. Flammable and combustible materials must not be stored

adjacent to a substation.

Electrical distribution boards and switch rooms must be signed posted, kept locked

and with clear access. Flammable and combustible materials must not be stored

adjacent to a distribution board or switch room. As damage to these facilities can

cause serious business interruptions, fire protection devices, such as smoke detectors

and alarms, should be installed and linked to local emergency services.


Contact with power lines can cause DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Always check the location of power lines, which may be in the vicinity of any work

to be carried out. This should form part of the job pre-planning and inspection. The

“danger zone” when work is to be carried out near or around power lines is 3 metres

for voltages up to 33,000 volts, and 6 metres for voltages over 33,000 volts. If it is

planned to erect any building or structure (including aerials) near an overhead line,

the local supply authority must be consulted at the initial planning stage.

Access under power lines must be restricted to specific routes. All other areas are to

be barricaded off. Signs are to be erected warning of the existence of the power lines

and where cranes or high vehicles are used, height indicators are to be installed. The

use of touch bars on each side of the power line or line shrouds/protective barriers

on the lines themselves should be considered.


447


Companies are to maintain an up-to-date site plan showing the location and depth of

all underground cables. Reference is to be made to this plan before the

commencement of any excavation work.


Special precautions must be taken when using mobile cranes or vehicles equipped

with a boom near overhead power lines. Where it is necessary to work with mobile

equipment in the vicinity of power lines, minimum clearance distances must be

specified and the local supply authority must be consulted prior to work starting. An

observer or protective barriers should be employed while work is taking place.

1.17 Ladders

Ladders used for electrical work or in the vicinity of live electrical equipment, must

be non-conductive (e.g.) fibreglass, or timber. Aluminium or wire reinforced wooden

ladders must not be used in these situations.


Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees on site involved in electrical work must

have people fully trained in Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) and Expired Air

Resuscitation (EAR).

The following notes are the basic steps for handling an electrical shock. Where

appropriate, all employees need to be fully trained in this procedure.

Regular refresher training should be conducted for electrical employees (i.e.)

annually.

• Remember DRABC – Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing, and

Circulation.

This takes precedence over everything else.

• Rescue from live wires or equipment is EXTREMELY

DANGEROUS.


448

• Release the person from contact as quickly as possible, as delay may

be fatal. CAUTION – the person will still be electrified until released

from contact – do not electrocute yourself.

(i) Where possible, switch off the current. Pull or push the

person clear ONLY when it is certain that the power is off.

(ii) If the current cannot be switched off, push or pull the person

away using DRY wood, rope or other non-conducting

material. DO NOT USE METAL OR MOIST

MATERIALS.

(iii) For high voltage wires, rescue IS EXTREMELY

DANGEROUS. If the power cannot be switched off

quickly, use EXTRA LONG, DRY, NON-

CONDUCTING material at least 1.5 metres long, to pull or

push the person away from the wires.

• Take care that the person does not fall or sustain further injuries.

• Assess the casualty as per DRABC.

• If the person has stopped breathing, begin EAR immediately.

• If the person has no pulse, commence CPR immediately.

• Send for an ambulance immediately but do not leave the person

unattended or cease resuscitation.

• Continue resuscitation until the ambulance arrives.


The NSW WorkCover Authority under the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000

requires Liverpool Plains Shire Council to notify them of any work-related injury

that is caused by electric shock as well as any incident involving electricity that might

have caused injury. Notification must be within 7 days.

Hence, any injury or incident involving electricity at Liverpool Plains Shire Council

must be reported to a Supervisor immediately or as soon as possible after the event.


449

As soon as practicable an Incident Report Form should be completed and

forwarded to the Safety Officer.

On receipt of a report the Safety Officer will investigate immediately and, if

appropriate, contact WorkCover, which may decide to undertake further

investigation.

1.20 Isolation

1.20.1 Guidelines

Liverpool Plains Shire Council Isolation Register

The Isolation Register must be maintained for each section and/or building

as appropriate. The registers should be readily accessible by all staff,

contractors, and employees.

Out-of-Service Tags

Out-of-service Tags are available from the Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Depot. Out-of-Service Tags shall be completed and placed on faulty or

unsafe plant and equipment where its use or operation could cause further

damage to it, or other plant or equipment or cause personal injury. The Tag

must be placed in a prominent position, clearly visible from the position

where the plant or equipment is started.

Danger Tags

Danger Tags are available from the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Depot.

Danger Tags give personal protection to employees, and those putting them

in place must complete all information on the Tag. Danger Tags must be

placed on the isolation control to make it clear to employees that the plant is

not to be started or operated. If an employee is working on or near a piece

of plant or equipment, the operation of which would place them at risk of

injury, that employee shall attach a correctly completed Danger Tag, which

will be IN ADDITION TO the Out-of-Service Tag. Each employee who is


450

placed in a situation as described above, must attach as previously described

their own Danger Tag.

The person(s) who placed them in position must only remove danger

Tags. At the end of the work period each employee shall remove his or her

Danger Tag and the Out-of-Service Tag shall be left attached, unless the

plant or equipment is safe to return to service. Failure to remove a Danger

Tag from plant or machine before leaving the place of work will result in

disciplinary action.

Circumstances under which a Danger Tag can be removed on the person's behalf are:

• If they have become incapacitated.

• If they have left the job and cannot be located.

Under these circumstances, an authorised person will inspect the job, declare

the situation safe, remove the Danger Tag and complete the Isolation

Register.

Lockouts

Lock-out is a more reliable method of de-energising plant than Tagging

and should always be the preferred method used. Locks are to be attached at

the point of isolation from the energy sources. Tags provide warnings to alert

other people to the condition of the plant. Wherever practicable the isolation

of plant is to include mechanical locks and whole current isolators.

Any plant designed to be operated from more than one location shall be

fitted with lockouts that effectively isolate the power source.

In the case of electrically powered plant, isolation must ensure that the power

circuit is effectively interrupted. A licensed electrical contractor shall only

carry out electrical isolation.


451

Any stored energy in the locked-out plant or equipment must he discharged

before any work can commence.

Prior to the commencement of any work on locked-out plant or equipment,

it must have a Danger Tag attached by the person(s) required to perform

such work.

Exemptions from the Application of Locks & Danger Tags

Minor adjustments and other minor servicing activities that take place during

normal operations where:

• The plant is under the control of an authorised person;

• The authorised person has a line of sight to all access points

of the plant and equipment which would place a person at

risk if the plant or equipment commenced operation; and

• There is no risk of contact with electricity when undertaking

the task.

Cord and plug-connected electrical equipment if unplugging it from its

energy source controls exposure to unexpected start-up. The plug must also

be under the exclusive control of the employee doing the servicing,

maintenance or cleaning of the plant or equipment.

Situations where the isolation of the plant or equipment will also isolate

essential services, provided that:

• Continuity of services is essential and shutdown of the system

is impractical;

• Equipment is used that will provide proven effective

protection for people;

• A risk assessment has been conducted; and an approved safe

operating procedure is being followed.


452

NOTE: Out-of-Service Tag procedures must still be applied in the above circumstances.

1.20.2 Procedure for Lockouts & Danger Tags

Step 1 – Indications for Use:

1. Danger Tags shall he used in all situations on plant or

equipment by all personnel where the use or operation of that

plant or equipment could cause injury to that person while

working on or around that plant or equipment. This is

irrespective of Out-of-Service Tags or any other Danger Tags

that are already attached.

2. Locks shall be used to isolate the risk associated with all

energy sources wherever practicable. The authorised person

who locks out the plant or equipment retains the key to the

safety lock or ignition and completes the Isolation Register. If

at the end of the work period the job is not completed the

Out-of-Service Tag is to be left on the plant or equipment.

3. The employee will complete all information on the Danger

Tag and attach it to the isolation control of the plant or

equipment on which they are intending to work. Any person

who is in a position that places them at risk of personal injury

must attach their own Danger Tag.


453

Step 2 – Identify & De-energise All Energy Sources:

1. Both kinetic (motion energy) and potential (stored energy) sources are to be tagged

out and locked out (wherever practicable), these include:

� Electrical

� Hydraulic

� Pneumatic

� Gravity

� Spring Energy

� Chemical

� Heat (e.g.) Steam

2. Check that all energy sources are de-energised by:

� Isolating and proving dead all-electrical power supply

to the plant or equipment.

� Lowering suspended equipment with stored potential

energy to its rest position.

� Blocking moveable parts that might be affected by

gravity or other forces.

� Draining or bleeding hydraulic and air lines to remove

pressure.

� Releasing or blocking spring energy.

3. All plant and equipment isolation must be notified to a

Supervisor.

Step 3 – Proving Safe

It is the responsibility of the individual performing the task requiring isolation to prove the plant or equipment is safe by:

� Pushing start buttons


454

� Inspecting moveable parts to see they are at rest

� Testing electrical circuits to make sure power is off

� Performing any other test specific to task

� Checking Tags are in place

� Checking locks are in place

Step 4 – Testing or Returning Plant & Equipment to Service: 1. During the course of work where a Lockout/Tagout has been

undertaken it may be necessary to reinstate the energy sources in

order to test the plant or equipment.

2. When testing or returning plant or equipment to service the

following must be observed:

� Notify all personnel involved with the plant or

equipment

� Ensure all Danger Tags have been removed

� Remove all locks

� Ensure all personnel are clear at start up

� Guards are in place

� Tools out of plant or equipment

� Braces, pins, blocks, chains etc are removed

3. Where the work is to continue after the test, all energy sources must

be isolated, locked and Tagged out in accordance with this procedure.

4. When the work has been completed and the plant or equipment is

safe to return to service and the above steps have been completed,

the Out-of-Service Tag can be removed, locks and keys returned and

the Isolation Register completed.


455

Electrical Safety

1.1 Purpose

This Policy is intended to provide guidance to Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees

on compliance with relevant State Legislation concerning Health, Safety and Welfare at

work regarding electrical safety.

1.2 Scope










456

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

4

1.9 Compliance

5

1.10 Policy

5


6


11


12


457


13


13


15


15


16


16

1.17 Ladders

16


16


17

1.20 Isolation

18

FORMS

RCD Tests & Inspections Record

Isolation Register


458


Electrical Tagging Register

Definitions “Electrical Work” work includes all work involving construction, repair or maintenance on:

(a) Electrical installation(s);

(c) Electrical appliances.

“Electrical Installation” is the electricity supply to a building, and includes the

main switchboard, distribution boards, and all fixed wiring to isolation switches or

socket outlets.

“Electrical Appliance” is electricity consuming device or apparatus (including the

cable) that is connected to the electrical installation.

Electrical appliances can be classified into one of the following categories:

7. Residual Current Device (RCD): a switching device intended to

isolate the circuit when the current imbalance attains the rated

operating leakage current value of the device.

8. Portable: an appliance which is hand-held while in operation or can

be moved easily while connected to the supply (e.g.) floor polisher,

vacuum cleaner, power tools (portable drill, grinder, soldering iron),

power lead, multi-outlet power board, jug, toaster, laboratory

stirrer/heater, heat gun, heating mantle, etc.

9. Fieldwork/Out-door/Wet Use: (e.g.) water bath, ultrasonic bath,

air compressor, etc.

10. Movable: an appliance that can be moved readily from one place to

another by unplugging from a general purpose outlet, but that is not

moved during operation (e.g.) personal computer, printer, portable

power generating equipment, etc.


459

11. Fixed/Stationary: an appliance which in normal use is fastened to a

support or otherwise secured in a specific position or is of such a

size or function as to be difficult or unlikely to be moved from one

place to another (e.g.) large workshop machinery (lathe, band saw,

etc.), oven, refrigerator, fixed power generating equipment, etc.

12. Experimental: an appliance constructed by a department/area that

does not fit into any of the other categories (e.g.) immersion heater

elements, furnaces, distillation control systems, laser sources, UV

light sources, heater controls, etc.

“Authorised Person” - An authorised person for the purposes of this Policy will

have been authorised by Liverpool Plains Shire Council and may be:

(a) A licensed electrician authorised to work on the electrical installation

and electrical appliances;

(b) An air conditioning/refrigeration mechanic authorised to work on air

conditioning/refrigeration units capable of being connected to the

electrical installation;

(c) An electronics technician authorised to work on electronics

apparatus capable of being connected to the electrical installation;

(d) Any other person who, by way of qualification, knowledge or

experience, is authorised to work on experimental apparatus or

electrical appliances capable of being connected to an electrical installation.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Ch 4 – Part 4.3, Division 8

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Ch 7 – Part 7.7 Electrical Work

AS 3000 – SAA Wiring Rules

AS 3760 – In Service Safety Inspection and Testing of Electrical Equipment

AS 3012 – Electrical Installations Construction and Demolition


460




1.7 Policy

All reasonable steps will be taken to secure the health and safety of employees who use,

operate or maintain electrical equipment. Liverpool Plains Shire Council acknowledges

that work on electrical equipment can be hazardous unless safe systems and procedures

are maintained. Employees or others undertaking electrical work must be suitably

qualified and competent, and all employees co-operate in the use of safe work systems in

relation to electricity.

c) Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that:

ii) All significant electrical hazards in relation to its operations are

identified with consultation with employees, Risk Assessments

are undertaken before any person is permitted to perform a task

where a significant electrical hazard can be reasonably anticipated

(e.g.) excavation near underground cables, high voltage work,

construction or demolition work in the vicinity of live power

cables.

ii) Written systems and procedures will be developed and

maintained to minimise the risk posed by electrical hazards.

iii) Risks to employees and others health and safety identified by

these Risk Assessments will be eliminated or minimised by

implementing appropriate control measures before any person

undertaking tasks near any significant electrical hazard.

iv) Training in safe systems and procedures designed to minimise

the risk of exposure to electrical hazard will be devised and

undertaken.


461

v) Regularly inspect and check all electrical equipment by a

qualified person and check tags attached to all necessary

equipment.

d) Employees are responsible for:

i) Carrying out their duties in relation to electrical hazards in a

manner which does not adversely affect their own health or

safety, or that of others in the workplace.

ii) Co-operating with measures introduced in the interests of

workplace health and safety - in particular to those systems

developed to protect people from the risk of injury resulting

from any electrical hazard.

iii) Taking prompt action to secure or isolate any hazardous situation

involving electrical energy which comes to their notice, and

which is within their capacity to safely remedy in order to protect


iv) Immediately reporting to their supervisor all matters, which

may affect the health and safety of people who may be

exposed to dangerous levels of electrical energy.


Electrical accidents can lead to death, electric shock, burns, brain damage, cataracts,

amputation, or renal failure. Falls from heights due to electrical shock can result in

bone fractures, dislocation of joints, serious injury, and fatalities.

Electrocution is one of the highest causes of fatality in industry and therefore

equipment must be maintained in good working order, and work practices and

procedures must be stringently applied.

All Liverpool Plains Shire employees, visitors and Contractors must follow the

following safety procedures to Liverpool Plains Shire Council sites. Failure to adhere


462

with these procedures could result in a major electrical incident. The results may be

fire, personal injury, or death. The following safety procedures DO NOT supersede

Regulations from electrical supply authorities.

1.8.1 Inspection & Testing of Electrical Equipment

The minimum standard to be applied at Liverpool Plains Shire Council shall

be that specified in AS 3760 (1990) - In-service safety inspection and testing of

electrical equipment. (An extract from AS 3760 is below). Tests shall be

undertaken at a frequency of testing that is related to the degree of risk of

potential damage to the appliance. Residual current devices (RCD's), both

fixed and portable, shall be tested in accordance with State Legislation

requirements. Administrative areas of Council are included in these

procedures.

1.8.2 Frequency of Inspections and Tests

(Extract from AS 3760 In-service safety inspection and testing of electrical equipment)

Table 1 Testing Intervals for Electrical Equipment

Interval Between Inspection and Tests

Class of Equipment Testing for Portable RCD’s

Type of Environment in which Equipment

is used Class I

(protectively earthed)

Class II (double insulated)

Push-button test (by user)

Test for Operation

Cord Extension sets and EPODs

1. Factories, workshops, places of work of repair manufacturing, assembly, maintenance or fabrication.

6 months 12 months Daily, or before every use, whichever is the longer.

12 months 6 months

2. Laboratories, health care and educational establishments, tearooms, office kitchens, hotel and motel accommodation.

12 months 12 months 3 months, or before every use, whichever is the longer.

2 years 12 months

3. Office environment where equipment is not subject to constant flexing of the supply cord.

5 years 5 years 3 months 2 years 5 years


463

4. Hire equipment. Inspect before each hire. Test monthly.





5. New equipment ad repaired/serviced equipment.






6. Construction and demolition sites. (New Zealand only) (Refer to Note 4)

1 month 1 month Immediately after connection to a socket outlet, and every day in use.

3 months 3 months

(Extract from AS 3760 In-service safety inspection and testing of electrical

equipment)

Testing Intervals for Electrical Equipment

(i) Prior to initial introduction to service;

(ii) Before return to service after a repair which could have

affected the electrical safety; and

(iii) At intervals not exceeding those specified in Table 1 above

NOTES: 8 The RCD’s incorporated in transportable equipment are to be tested as for portable

RCD’s. 9 For show and carnival sites refer to AS 3002. 10 In Australia, testing has to be in accordance with AS/NZS 3012. 11 For film, video and TV sites: refer to AS/NZS 4249. 12 Equipment is to be inspected and tested (a) prior to initial introduction to service; (b)

before return to service after a repair which could have affected the electrical safety; (c) prior to hire (for hire equipment, inspection only but additionally tested at not greater than monthly intervals); (d) at intervals not exceeding those specified above.

13 An ‘island’ environment may exist within another listed environment e.g. An ‘office’ environment (E3) may exist within an educational establishment (E2).

14 Regulatory Authorities, other Standards, workplace safety requirements or manufacturers’ instructions may specify shorter intervals appropriate to particular industries or specific types of equipment.

1.8.3 Residual Current Devices (RCD)

The Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health &

Safety Regulation 2001 provide regulations to protect the health and safety

of people at work from the risks arising from electricity. The regulations

provide minimum requirements for the safety of electrical installations,

appliances and equipment with particular reference to the use of Residual


464

Current Devices (RCD’s) for protection from earth leakage. These

requirements apply to all electrical installations, appliances and equipment in

all workplaces.

The regulations require all workplaces to ensure that where:

• A hand-held or movable electrical appliance, whether double

insulated or not double insulated, is to be supplied with

electricity from a socket outlet, either directly or through a

flexible extension cord,

• The supply of electricity to the appliance must incorporate a

residual current device (RCD).

The RCD must:

e) Be a non-portable unit, connected on the supply side of the

socket outlet, or

f) Be a portable unit connected directly to the output side of

the socket outlet

g) Comply with the requirements of Australian Standard 3190

h) Have a tripping current not exceeding 30mA.

Maximum Tripping Times (a.c. Operation)

RCD Type Test Current

mA

Maximum Tripping Time

mS

Type I 10 40

Type II 30 300

An authorised person must test the RCD on a regular basis by means of its

in-built testing facility. Records of testing must be maintained. In accordance

with Liverpool Plains Shire Council policy, it is the responsibility of Section


465

Managers to ensure that Liverpool Plains Shire Council complies with this

regulation.

The following guidelines are provided to assist Section Managers to

implement this regulation within their area of control:

(a) Identification

Conduct a survey of hand-held and movable electrical appliances, including

computers, to identify those, which require a RCD.

(b) Determine Appropriate RCD

There are two main types available:

• Fixed, non-portable units incorporated in fixed wall outlets

which replace the normal general purpose outlet and into

which the cord of the appliance is plugged.

• Portable units, which plug into a fixed power outlet via a

short cord and into which the cord of the appliance is

plugged.

(c) Purchase of RCD’s

Purchasing arrangements must follow Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Purchasing Policy outlining the process of Risk Assessment prior to the

purchase of any equipment. This will ensure that there is a consistent

standard applied and maintained.

(d) Testing

The RCD must be tested regularly by means of the device's built-in testing

facility. This will be conducted and recorded by the designated person at

Liverpool Plains Shire Council. Records on electrical testing will be kept for

a period of five years.

Fixed, non-portable RCD’s must be tested:

• Three-monthly by means of the built-in test facility;


466

• At least once every three years in accordance with Australian

Standard AS 3760 - "In-Service Safety Inspection and Testing

of Electrical Equipment";

• Non-portable RCD’s are routinely tested in accordance with

AS 3760, by contracted electricians.

Portable RCD's must be tested:

• Before the device is used on any day by means of the built-in

test facility;

• At least three monthly by means of the built-in test facility;

• At least every two years in accordance with AS 3760 - "In-

Service Safety Inspection and Testing of Electrical

Equipment".

Testing in accordance with AS 3760 must be performed using proper

equipment to ensure that the device is set to a tripping current of 30mA and

that it will trip within 300 milliseconds.

Where a qualified person and equipment is available, the Section Manager

should ensure this is conducted and recorded as required.

The RCD Tests & Inspections Record must be maintained in each Liverpool

Plains Shire Council operational area, which details the following

information:

• The serial number of the RCD, or other information

sufficient to identify the RCD.

• The date of any test carried out for the purposes of this

regulation.

• The name and occupation or duties of the person who

carried out the test.


467

• A description of any defect found and details of any repairs

carried out as a result of the test.

The RCD Tests & Inspections Record is contained at the end of this

Module. Portable RCD’s should be tagged to indicate the date of the next

test and should be checked during workplace inspections to monitor

compliance with the regulation. Portable electrical tools and extension leads

should also be inspected for electrical safety on a regular basis.

(e) Training

All Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees using RCD’s will be given

proper and documented training and instruction in the use, maintenance and

testing of these units.


With the escalating use of electrical and electronic appliances in most workplaces,

Liverpool Plains Shire Council may have a shortage of general-purpose power points

in many areas. This has led to the use of double adaptors or multi-outlet power

boards. The use of double adaptors or multi-outlet power boards can be unsafe

because of the potential for overloading, and inadequate protection of circuits.

Double adaptors are particularly prone to the plugs working loose with potential for

overheating or contact with live terminals. In addition, where multi-outlet power

boards are not secured they are very vulnerable to damage. It is recognised that at

times it will be necessary to use electrical socket outlet adaptors, however it is

preferable to progressively install sufficient general-purpose outlets for all of the

equipment in the workplace.

Multi-outlet power boards where used:

• Must comply with AS 3105 Approval and test specification for electrical

portable outlet devices including;

• Current overload protection, and

• A switch controlling the whole board or switches for each outlet, and


468

• Must be securely mounted clear of the workbench or floor.

• Must be tested and tagged and recorded on the electrical Tagging

Register.


Extension leads should be used as a last resort. Where possible, a permanent power

outlet is to be installed. Extension leads should be kept as short as possible and will

have heavy duty sheathed insulations. They are to be purchased commercially as per

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Purchasing Policy.

Extension leads must be inspected, tagged, and recorded on the Electrical Tagging

Register. They are to be correctly repaired if wires or the insulation breaks. The use

of insulation tape is not acceptable.

In use, extension leads are to be kept off the ground and must not introduce physical

hazards such as tripping. Pin and socket fittings must be kept dry and located

where they will not be damaged.

Extension leads should not be used in traffic areas. The use of barricades to protect

the area or poles to suspend the leads above the area should be used.


Electrical appliances are to be kept in good condition, inspected regularly and

recorded on the Electrical Tagging Register. Leads are to be replaced if the insulation

becomes frayed or broken. Repair is to be carried out by a qualified electrician.

A lead or appliance should be removed from a power outlet by the plug, and not the

cord.


Portable power tools are to be kept in good condition, inspected, tagged, and

recorded. Ensure the equipment is correct for the work to be carried out, and do not


469

overload the power tool so that it stops or overheats. Ensure appropriate PPE is

worn, and guarding is in place and adjusted properly.



not acceptable.















extensions?



of revolutions?




do it.)


470







operate correctly?

• Is it appropriate for the current conditions –rain, fire danger,

etc.















environments.





471









damaged.




precautions.

(x) Keep leads and tools away from puddles and rain.

(xi) Be sure that you have firm footing, are well balanced


(xii) Do not lift or carry tools by their electrical leads.

(xiii) Do not shower other people with sparks, cuttings or

dust, apply correct safety procedures to protect them

from exposure.

(xiv) Clamp work pieces where possible.

(xv) Use grinding and cutting stones and disks of the

correct REV rating.

(xvi) Use the appropriate personal protective equipment


(xvii) Ensure cords do not come into contact with

blades/disks

(xviii) Ensure there is no risk of fire or explosion from

sparks or hot materials.


472

Damaged tools and equipment should be tagged “OUT OF

SERVICE” and removed from the workplace for repairs by an

authorised electrician.


All substations shall be securely fenced and gates kept locked. Access is for

authorised personnel only. The areas around substations are to be kept clean and free

of rubbish and weeds. Flammable and combustible materials must not be stored

adjacent to a substation.

Electrical distribution boards and switch rooms must be signed posted, kept locked

and with clear access. Flammable and combustible materials must not be stored

adjacent to a distribution board or switch room. As damage to these facilities can

cause serious business interruptions, fire protection devices, such as smoke detectors

and alarms, should be installed and linked to local emergency services.


Contact with power lines can cause DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Always check the location of power lines, which may be in the vicinity of any work

to be carried out. This should form part of the job pre-planning and inspection. The

“danger zone” when work is to be carried out near or around power lines is 3 metres

for voltages up to 33,000 volts, and 6 metres for voltages over 33,000 volts. If it is

planned to erect any building or structure (including aerials) near an overhead line,

the local supply authority must be consulted at the initial planning stage.

Access under power lines must be restricted to specific routes. All other areas are to

be barricaded off. Signs are to be erected warning of the existence of the power lines

and where cranes or high vehicles are used, height indicators are to be installed. The

use of touch bars on each side of the power line or line shrouds/protective barriers

on the lines themselves should be considered.


473


Companies are to maintain an up-to-date site plan showing the location and depth of

all underground cables. Reference is to be made to this plan before the

commencement of any excavation work.


Special precautions must be taken when using mobile cranes or vehicles equipped

with a boom near overhead power lines. Where it is necessary to work with mobile

equipment in the vicinity of power lines, minimum clearance distances must be

specified and the local supply authority must be consulted prior to work starting. An

observer or protective barriers should be employed while work is taking place.

1.21 Ladders

Ladders used for electrical work or in the vicinity of live electrical equipment, must

be non-conductive (e.g.) fibreglass, or timber. Aluminium or wire reinforced wooden

ladders must not be used in these situations.


Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees on site involved in electrical work must

have people fully trained in Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) and Expired Air

Resuscitation (EAR).

The following notes are the basic steps for handling an electrical shock. Where

appropriate, all employees need to be fully trained in this procedure.

Regular refresher training should be conducted for electrical employees (i.e.)

annually.

• Remember DRABC – Danger, Response, Airway, Breathing, and

Circulation.

This takes precedence over everything else.

• Rescue from live wires or equipment is EXTREMELY

DANGEROUS.


474

• Release the person from contact as quickly as possible, as delay may

be fatal. CAUTION – the person will still be electrified until released

from contact – do not electrocute yourself.

(iv) Where possible, switch off the current. Pull or push the

person clear ONLY when it is certain that the power is off.

(v) If the current cannot be switched off, push or pull the person

away using DRY wood, rope or other non-conducting

material. DO NOT USE METAL OR MOIST

MATERIALS.

(vi) For high voltage wires, rescue IS EXTREMELY

DANGEROUS. If the power cannot be switched off

quickly, use EXTRA LONG, DRY, NON-

CONDUCTING material at least 1.5 metres long, to pull or

push the person away from the wires.

• Take care that the person does not fall or sustain further injuries.

• Assess the casualty as per DRABC.

• If the person has stopped breathing, begin EAR immediately.

• If the person has no pulse, commence CPR immediately.

• Send for an ambulance immediately but do not leave the person

unattended or cease resuscitation.

• Continue resuscitation until the ambulance arrives.


The NSW WorkCover Authority under the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000

requires Liverpool Plains Shire Council to notify them of any work-related injury

that is caused by electric shock as well as any incident involving electricity that might

have caused injury. Notification must be within 7 days.

Hence, any injury or incident involving electricity at Liverpool Plains Shire Council

must be reported to a Supervisor immediately or as soon as possible after the event.


475

As soon as practicable an Incident Report Form should be completed and

forwarded to the Safety Officer.

On receipt of a report the Safety Officer will investigate immediately and, if

appropriate, contact WorkCover, which may decide to undertake further

investigation.

1.20 Isolation

1.20.1 Guidelines

Liverpool Plains Shire Council Isolation Register

The Isolation Register must be maintained for each section and/or building

as appropriate. The registers should be readily accessible by all staff,

contractors, and employees.

Out-of-Service Tags

Out-of-service Tags are available from the Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Depot. Out-of-Service Tags shall be completed and placed on faulty or

unsafe plant and equipment where its use or operation could cause further

damage to it, or other plant or equipment or cause personal injury. The Tag

must be placed in a prominent position, clearly visible from the position

where the plant or equipment is started.

Danger Tags












476







Circumstances under which a Danger Tag can be removed on the person's

behalf are:



Under these circumstances, an authorised person will inspect the job, declare

the situation safe, remove the Danger Tag and complete the Isolation

Register.

Lockouts





of plant is to include mechanical locks and whole current isolators.

Any plant designed to be operated from more than one location shall be

fitted with lockouts that effectively isolate the power source.

In the case of electrically powered plant, isolation must ensure that the power

circuit is effectively interrupted. A licensed electrical contractor shall only

carry out electrical isolation.

Any stored energy in the locked-out plant or equipment must he discharged

before any work can commence.


477

Prior to the commencement of any work on locked-out plant or equipment,

it must have a Danger Tag attached by the person(s) required to perform

such work.

Exemptions from the Application of Locks & Danger Tags

Minor adjustments and other minor servicing activities that take place during

normal operations where:






the task.

o Cord and plug-connected electrical equipment if unplugging

it from its energy source controls exposure to unexpected

start-up. The plug must also be under the exclusive control of

the employee doing the servicing, maintenance or cleaning of

the plant or equipment.

Situations where the isolation of the plant or equipment will also isolate

essential services, provided that:


is impractical;






478


1.20.2 Procedure for Lockouts & Danger Tags



















7. Step 2 – Identify & De-energise All Energy Sources:

1. Both kinetic (motion energy) and potential (stored energy) sources are to be

tagged out and locked out (wherever practicable), these include:

• Electrical

• Hydraulic

• Pneumatic

• Gravity

• Spring Energy


479

• Chemical

• Heat (e.g.) Steam


� Isolating and proving dead all-electrical power supply to the plant or

equipment.

� Lowering suspended equipment with stored potential energy to its rest

position.

� Blocking moveable parts that might be affected by gravity or other forces.

� Draining or bleeding hydraulic and air lines to remove pressure.


3. All plant and equipment isolation must be notified to a Supervisor.













480

2. When testing or returning plant or equipment to service the

following must be observed:

� Notify all personnel involved with the plant or equipment













Entry Into Private Property


481

1.4 Purpose Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises and addresses its moral and legal

responsibilities to provide a healthy and safe work environment for all its

employees, contractors and visitors. This commitment extends to employees,

who by the nature of their work, are required to carry out Council business

or provide a service whilst on private property. Council is committed to

ensure these people are not exposed to hazards that pose a health or safety

risk.

1.15 Scope

Where a person enters property in accordance with their authority and the property

is vacant, then an employee identification card, with appropriate contact details is to

be left.










482

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Home Services

3

1.7 Dog/Domestic Animals

3

1.8 Sick/Injured/Deceased (Medical Crisis)

4

1.9 Physical Threat of Attack

4


483


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation – Chapter 2

1.5 Compliance





1.6 Home Services

In the interest of safety and security, where possible, two employees/people

are required to attend a clients/residents home. If this is not possible extra

security measures are to be taken at the discretion of the employee and their

supervisor.

If allegations are made concerning a client, carer or resident, the employee is

to contact their supervisor, and if possible the carers of the person concerned

and then complete an Incident Report Form, documenting all times, names

and relevant details.

When serious allegations cannot be easily resolved the matter is to be reported to the

Section Manager where a decision can be made to contact external authorities if

required.

1.7 Dog/Domestic Animals:

If a dog/domestic animal on the client’s property is deemed to pose a risk to

the employee then:

• Employees are not to enter the property.

• Contact the client by telephone, to restrain the dog/domestic animal

and once the animal is sufficiently restrained, the employee may then


484

enter the property. Request the client to ensure the dog/domestic

animal is restrained at subsequent visits.

• Services providers are to note on the clients file all incidents relating

to an unrestrained dog/domestic animal during a visit.

• The client is to be advised in writing that the service may be

discontinued and the reasons for such discontinuation.

1.8 Sick/Injured/Deceased (Medical Crisis): • If the employee arrives at the clients/residents residence and finds

them sick/injured/deceased, they are to seek medical assistance

immediately, (e.g.) telephone ambulance and advise of problem and

all other pertinent information.

• Employee to wait with client/resident until the ambulance arrives.

• Employee to provide assistance as necessary.

• Ambulance to contact client/residents family regarding the medical

condition.

• Report incident to supervisor and complete an incident report with

24-48 hours recording all details.

1.9 Physical Threat of Attack:

• If there is a threat of physical violence the employee is to vacate the

clients/residents residence immediately.

• If the employee encounters an intruder at the residence of the

client/resident, they are to evacuate immediately and contact the

police requesting their immediate assistance.

• Immediately report any attack, perceived or actual, to supervisor and

complete an incident report as soon as possible.

• Discontinue service to client/resident until the situation is resolved.


485

• Communicate with client/resident as soon as possible explaining the

situation.

• Confirm all discussions with client/resident in writing.

Excavation & Trenching

1.1 Purpose

To comply with the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and the Occupational

Health & Safety Regulation 2001 with regard to the carrying out of excavation work

and to describe the work procedures for conducting excavation work. The Module

establishes guidelines to minimise risk of injury to employees and other persons

while performing excavation and trenching work.

1.16 Scope









486



487

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Policy

3

1.7 Notes on the Legislation

3


4

1.9 Risk Assessment & Site Investigation

4

1.10 Guidelines

5


488

1.11 Equipment Isolation

9

1.12 Shut-Down/Sign Off

10


489


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 2, Chapter 8 Part 8.5

WorkCover NSW Code of Practice: Excavation Work No: 312

1.5 Compliance




policy.

1.6 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises and accepts its obligation to take all

practicable action to ensure the health and safety of its employees and the public. All

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees have an obligation to support and assist in

the reduction of injuries caused by excavation and trenching.

1.7 Notes on the Legislation

Excavation covers work which involves the excavation or filling of trenches,

ditches, shafts, drifts, rises, tunnels, pier holes, cuttings, benches, wells, canals

or similar work. Because of the hazardous nature of excavation the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 specifically sets out

requirements for excavation work such as ensuring adequate shoring for

excavations of more than 1.5 metres, prevention of falling earth or rock,

inrush of water, placement of excavated material and instability. It also

requires that preventive measures are in place to protect adjacent buildings or

structures. Certain excavations require formal inspection with supervision of

particular work tasks (e.g.) work in tunnels, cofferdams or caissons,

compressed air work and excavations greater than a metre deep is required.

Access and egress must also be adequate.

WorkCover has produced a Code of Practice for Excavation Work which

should be used as a main guidance and reference document.


490

Under the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Clause 10 for any

construction work in excess of $250,000 in cost, or for high-risk construction

a principal contractor must be appointed or be deemed to have been

appointed. Clause 209 of the Regulation relates to construction work

involving excavations which are at a depth greater than 1.5 metres which are

considered to be high-risk construction work. The responsibilities of the

principal contractor are set out in Clause 213.


1.8.1 Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Council is to ensure that construction work in excess of $250,000 undertaken in a

contractual arrangement must have a principle contractor appointed for the work.

Council is to ensure that if Council employees are undertaking the excavation work

there is in place an appropriate system to check on the skills and expertise to

undertake the excavation work in accordance with the specific requirements of the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Clauses 238 to 245.

1.8.2 Principle Contractor

Complete Risk Management process. Produce the site specific Occupational Health

& Safety Management Plan if the construction work is in excess of $250,000.

1.8.3 Contractors

Responsible for carrying out risk assessments in respect to their work and develop

written Safe Work Method Statements (SWMS) – Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

SWMS form can be found in the Safe Work Method Procedures Module. The

SWMS must comply with the specific requirement of Clause 224 of the Occupational

Health & Safety Regulation 2001.

1.8.4 Employees/Contractors

Responsible for carrying out all activities safely and in accordance with procedures

and training undertaken. Employees and contractors are to ensure they are familiar


491

with the site-specific Occupational Health & Safety management plan and that the

procedures are followed.

1.9 Risk Assessment & Site Investigation

Before commencing work Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Supervisor will

obtain information to assess and manage any risks associated with ground

conditions where the excavation will be performed.

The Supervisor and employees are responsible for assessing and managing

risks associated with:

• Nature of ground (e.g.) disturbed, wet, loose, etc.,

• Possibility of flooding,

• Proximity and underground services

• Point sources of ground instability,

• Static loads near excavation (e.g.) materials/spoil,

• Dynamic loads near excavation (e.g.) traffic and vibration,

• Other Hazards including:

o Interaction of old services,

o Telephone/electricity/sewerage/water supply,

o Manholes/other shafts,

o Bends in the excavation,

o Leaking services,

o Junctions,

o Trees,

o Ground contamination (e.g.) chemicals/waste.

• Placement of soil should not be less than 0.5 metres form the edge of

a trench. Where the trench is a sloping ground the soil will be placed

on the down-hill side of the excavation. Soil is to be placed away

from previously disturbed ground. In circumstances where soil needs


492

to be placed close to a trench, then toe boards can be used

accompanied by additional ground support in the vicinity of the soil.

• The adequacy of provided ground support systems and shields must

be assessed by the Supervisor. Work must not commence until

adequate protection is provided.

1.10 Guidelines

Working in trenches is a hazardous activity that must be controlled. All

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees are to treat working in trenches as

a hazardous activity and should lookout for potential slips and other

dangerous situations that might cause the trench to collapse and/or result in

injury to employees.

1. All trenches irrespective of depth

(i) Where the ground is suspected of not being stable, always work with

another person so that one can lookout for ground movement. Do

Not Work Alone. Assess the risk and arrange for trench protection

if/when required.

Do not position yourself under any loads or attachments to

machines.

(ii) Be aware at all times when machines are lowering pipes or loads into

trench.

(iii) The natural ground each side of the trench needs to be kept clear of

stockpiles and other obstructions such as tools etc, so that the trench

sides won't be overloaded and collapse, so that workers won't trip

and fall into the trench, and also to stop objects falling into trench

and injuring workers.

(iv) Do not jump into trenches. Make use of suitable ladders to get into

and out of trenches.


493

(v) When laying pipes the worker responsible for directing pipe into

trench is the person responsible for safety of those in the trench.

Make sure at all times you can see those in the trench and also that

you are in a position to indicate clearly to the machine operator.

2. Trenches over 1.5 metres deep

(i) Trenches over 1.5m deep must be under the control of a nominated

Supervisor employed by Liverpool Plains Shire Council. This person

is responsible for trench safety and employees are asked to do as

instructed by this person at all times.

(ii) When the trench is over 1.5m in depth, Liverpool Plains Shire

Council directs the wearing of a helmet.

(iii) When trench is over 1.5m in depth, techniques such as battering sides

above 1.5m, shoring & use of trench shields, shall be considered to

make the working area in the trench safe. DO NOT ENTER

UNSUPPORTED SECTIONS OF TRENCH!

(iv) Shields are to be kept in good condition by the company. Employees

are requested to advise site safety officer/foreman/ management

when repairs are needed

(v) Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s preferred trench support procedure

is:

• Where the easement allows bench or batter any trench over

1.5m deep.

• Where battering is not suitable, shields shall be used. Shields

shall be lowered by the excavator using approved chains at

each corner. They shall sit on a benched section of the trench

less than 1.5m from the bottom of the trench. They shall


494

extend above the natural ground wherever possible. Or the

ground shall be battered from the top of the shield.

• Employees shall be protected while constructing Manholes or

Fittings by shields or timbering that is left in the trench until

work is completed.

NO EMPLOYEE SHALL ENTER ANY TRENCH THAT IS

WITHOUT ADEQUATE SUPPORT OR BATTERING! 3. Pre Start-Up Checks

Precautions will be taken to ensure that work can be undertaken in a safe

manner to minimise the risks to employees and the public.

Daily inspections of the worksite and equipment will be made by the

Supervisor/Operator. The Supervisor hand will:

• Arrange and “sign-in” formal work permits (as required)

• Check ground works and support systems

• Ensure safe storage of materials at trench-top

• Provide safe access to the excavation

• Verify supply and use of personal protection equipment:

o Safety Glasses

o Hearing Protection

o Safety Helmet

o Reflective Safety Vests

o Steel-capped Safety Footwear

o Belts and Harnesses (as required)

o Gloves

o Other PPE (as determined by job)

• Provide adequate shade or climate protection

• Complete equipment operational safety checklist


495

Prior to commencement, the work crew under supervision of the leading

hand will take steps to ensure public safety. The Supervisor hand will:

• Provide notification to appropriate persons and authorities (as

required by the job);

• Place safety signs, witches hats and erect barriers in accordance with

the Australian Standard (AS 4024);

• Make all work crew members and associated Contractors aware of

the specific emergency plan for the job.

4. Pipelaying with Excavator

a. Pipelayers shall always work with a responsible person above the

ground qualified to fasten the pipe and direct the operator when

lowering the pipe.

b. When laying pipes, the worker responsible for directing the pipe into

the trench, is the person responsible for safety of those in the trench.

Ensure at all times that you can see those in the trench and also that

you are in a position to indicate clearly to the machine operator.

c. Lifting ropes, chains or slings and attachments, shall be inspected

regularly and kept in good condition at all times. They must be

suitable for lifting the pipe or load to be lifted.

d. All lifting apparatus shall comply with the requirements of the code

or legislation and be regularly inspected as part of worksite

inspections.

4. Trench Site Protection

1. Warning signs and traffic control apparatus to warn and protect

pedestrian and vehicle traffic from the construction area. Warning


496

equipment shall conform to and be set up in accordance with the

Roadworks Signing Traffic Control at Work Sites Manual.

2. Barricades and trench protection where appropriate. The instructions

with regard to trench barricading and protection are:

a) Where there is regular pedestrian or vehicle traffic in

close proximity to the trench:

• Use reflective mesh type barricade for trench

protection,

• Every trench left open shall be completely barricaded

off from the public,

• Trenches shall be backfilled as quickly as possible,

• Footpaths adjacent to trenching works shall be closed

and pedestrians diverted by signs,

• In extremely dangerous situations excavation or

trench may need to be covered after working hours.

b) Where pedestrian and vehicle traffic is not regularly expected

in close proximity to the trench. In vicinity of shopping

centres, schools, houses or other built-up areas that attract

public:

• Close off the construction site with a fence or by

barricading with reflective mesh the boundary or first

line of trenching, such that the public cannot access

the rest of the site without passing through the

barricade.

• Place reflective tape as a barricade around other open

trenches and excavations.

• Backfill trenches as soon as possible.


497

c) Other areas where the site is away from all pedestrian or

vehicle traffic.

• Use reflective tape to barricade around open trenches

and excavations.

• Backfill trenches as soon as possible.

1.11 Equipment Isolation

Periodically it will be necessary for employees and other person(s) to access

parts of the equipment in such a manner that inadvertent operation of the

equipment may cause injury. In such circumstances the person(s) must isolate

and/or de-energise the equipment.

The isolation procedure is as follows:

1. All persons working on the equipment for maintenance (or other

non-operational purposes) must individually isolate the equipment to

prevent its operation.

2. To isolate, the hydraulic system must be de-energised and if practical,

the hose should be disconnected.

3. Each person to work on the equipment during the maintenance

process must place their own personal "Danger-Personal Isolation –

Do Not Operate" Tag.

4. Only the person placing their personal "Danger Personal Isolation –

Do Not Operate" tag may remove that tag.

5. The equipment must not be started under any circumstances while

any "Danger Personal Isolation – Do Not Operate" tag is in place.

6. In situations where equipment is faulty or unserviceable, and "Out of

Service" tag should be secured on the machine/equipment at a point

of positive isolation or energy control (e.g.) on the disconnected

hydraulic hose.


498

7. Failure to adhere to these procedures could result in serious injury.

Discipline for failure to adhere to these procedures can include

termination of employment.

1.12 Shut-Down/Sign Off

Equipment Shut-Down/Removal

Shut-down and removal of equipment should be undertaken in a systematic manner. Shutting down plant may

expose employees to greater risks than during the set-up. Plant and equipment may be energised, the work

environment may have changed considerably and employees may be fatigued.

Planning is critical to prevent injury or damage.

Plan Shut-Down

The operator and assistants must:

• Disengage any controls to bring the equipment to the neutral (or off) operating position.

• Remove and store for transportation, any auxiliary equipment, attachments or materials.

• Inspect equipment for any damage or hazards.

• De-energise or isolate any stored energy components (e.g.) release stored pressure.

• Where/if applicable, lubricate and/or clean.

Plant Removal

The operator and assistant must:

• Inspect the work area and plan the route or travel for removing the

equipment.

• Inspect associated equipment (e.g.) lifting equipment, ramps and

trailers.

• Remove equipment and stow and secure for transportation.

Worksite Remediation

The operator and assistant must:

• Remove any waste materials including spillage.

• Assist with remediation of site to the standard required by Council.


499

Work Permit Sign-Off/Hand Over

The job supervisor and the operator must:

• Finalise any work permit requirements and sign-off (e.g.) Confined

Space, trenching etc.

• Contact and brief Principal Organisation and hand-over work

site/tasks.

Forklifts

1.1 Purpose

The purpose is to provide assistance to forklift operators to ensure that any risks are

known and managed.

1.17 Scope









500



501

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Purchasing

3

1.7 Maintenance

4

1.8 Hiring of Forklifts

4

1.9 Operation

5

1.10 General Safety

6


502

1.11 Supervisor’s Responsibility

6

1.12 Operator’s Responsibility

7

FORMS

Daily Forklift Checklist

Forklift Maintenance Register

Hired-In Plant Inspection Report


503

1.4 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Sections 265 & 266

AS1636.1:1996 – Tractors – Rollover Protective Structures – Criteria and Tests –

Conventional Tractors

AS1121:1983 – Guards for Agricultural Tractor PTO Drives

AS2359.1:1995 – Powered Industrial Trucks – General Requirements

AS2359.2:1985 – Industrial Trucks (known as the SAA Industrial Truck Code) -

Operation

Forklift Truck – WorkCover National Certificate of Competency

1.5 Compliance




policy.

1.6 Purchasing

All forklifts must comply with manufacture and operation standards AS

2359.1 and AS 2359.2 and with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Purchasing

Module. In particular, they must be fitted with a driver's overhead guard that

is designed and constructed to provide reasonable protection for the driver

from falling objects.

1. Consideration should be given to the type of seating:

• Seat height and depth,

• Fabric covering,

• Backrest height and angle,

• Fore and aft movement,

• Seat tilt,

• Firm padding.


504

2. Ensure adequate mirrors are fitted for proper adjustments to provide

all-round visibility.

3. Ensure appropriate handgrips and foot wells are fitted.

1.7 Maintenance

• Prior to use of a forklift, the forklift must be inspected to ensure that

it is in working order, normally at the start of each shift by using

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Daily Forklift Checklist.

• Vehicles are not to be started in the morning until the oil, water (if

water cooled) fuel level and tyres have been checked.

• Vehicles are to be checked for battery corrosion and any obvious

loose nuts and bolts or caught up material.

• All breakages and non-functioning parts are to be reported as soon as

possible.

• Maintain steps and working platforms free of grease and oil to avoid

potentially serious slips and falls.

• Keep all guards in place.

• Do not remove or replace belts while the engine is running.

• Persons operating a forklift must be licensed, except in the case of

training.

• Where a person is under training, they must be under supervision at

all times and have the necessary log book on hand and completed.

• Forklifts are not to be used near overhead power supplies.

• If the forklift has a safety belt it must be worn at all times.

• Do not ride on the forks.

• If using a basket on the tings the basket must have WorkCover

approval.

• Persons must be harnessed at all times whilst inside the basket.


505

• Forklifts are to be serviced on a regular basis and Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Forklift Maintenance Register must be kept for each

forklift.

• Servicing must be done by a qualified person(s).

• All servicing must be fully documented.

1.8 Hiring of Forklifts

• When hiring or leasing forklifts, Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Supervisors must check that the forklifts are serviced on a regular

basis and undertake an assessment of the plant using the Liverpool

Plains Shire Council Hired-In Plant Inspection Report;

• Supervisors must check that the forklift is in good working condition

and that all hazards have been eliminated prior to entry onto

Liverpool Plains Shire Council sites;

• Supervisors should ensure that the vehicle is suitable for carrying out

the job required.

1.9 Operation

• Permission must be obtained from the appropriate Section Manager

or Supervisor before using any vehicles under their control.

• Undertake maintenance checks as described above.

• Adjust the seat (if able) so all controls can be operated comfortably

and safely.

• Adjust all mirrors.

• Operate self-starter (where fitted) only from the driving position.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council forklifts shall:

• Be driven safely, carefully and sensibly at all times.

• Be properly and securely parked when the driver dismounts. (Never

mount/dismount whilst vehicle is moving).


506

• Be cleaned and left ready for use at the end of every working day.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council forklifts shall not:

• Be driven at excessive speed.

• Be driven on public roadways.

• Be left whilst in gear with the engine running.

• Be left with the forks raised.

• Carry or lift beyond manufacturer's specified limits.

1.10 General Safety

• Never allow any person to ride on forks or on a pallet.

• Implements must be hitched according to manufacturer's

instructions. Improvised methods and modifications beyond the

manufacturer's recommendations are not permitted.

• Never carry out work under raised forks.

• Forklifts must carry the correct fire extinguisher.

• Wear comfortable, close fitting clothing. Clothes must not be torn or

loose and shirts must be tucked into trousers.

• Closed toe footwear must be worn, that provides a firm grip when

mounting and dismounting vehicle or operating foot pedals.

• When working outdoors in hot weather, wear:

o long-sleeves shirts and trousers.

o sunglasses that comply with AS 1338.

o protective headgear, (e.g.) broad-brimmed or legionnaire style

hats.

o protective sun block (30+).

1.11 Supervisor’s Responsibility

Supervisors must ensure that:


507

• At all times, those operating Liverpool Plains Shire Council forklifts

have been adequately trained, hold a current licence/certificate and

are familiar with the particular forklift and equipment to be used.

• Operators are aware of the hazards associated with their work

activities and have been provided with proper instructions in how to

work with them safely.

• Operators have been provided with appropriate personal protective

equipment, and are familiar with its use.

• Adequate supervision is provided to ensure operators follow safe

work procedures and wear personal protective equipment supplied.

• A vehicle maintenance programme is established and all equipment in

use is up to schedule.

• Records are maintained on training provided, operators holding

current licences, issue of personal protective equipment and

maintenance schedules.

• All operators have read and understood the contents of this policy.

1.12 Operator’s Responsibility

Operators must:

• Work in such a manner so as not to put them or others at risk of

injury.

• Familiarise themselves with the equipment and work processes

involved and consult with their supervisor on a safe method of work.

• Hold a current licence/certificate.

• Know and adhere to the contents of this policy.

• Follow safe work procedures as instructed and wear and maintain

personal protective clothing and equipment.

• Report any accidents, near-miss incidents or hazards to their

supervisor immediately or as soon as possible.


508

• Ensure that the Daily Forklift Checklist is completed every day prior

to commencing work.

• Ensure that the Forklift Maintenance Register is completed if the

operator notices anything that requires attention.

Handling of Industrial Gases

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this Module is to ensure that those responsible for the use

and handling of compressed gases in cylinders may become acquainted with

the safety precautions.

1.18 Scope









509



510

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Introduction

3

1.8 Gas Cylinder Colour Code

3

1.9 Procedures for Safe Handling of Gases

4

1.10 Special Note on Oxygen

6


511

1.11 Special Note on Acetylene

6

1.12 Ventilation Requirements

7

1.13 Handling & Storage of Cylinders

7

1.14 Some Special Precautions

8

1.15 Compatible Equipment

9

1.16 Piped Gas

9

1.17 Toxic Gases

10

1.18 Emergency Evacuation Program

12

1.4 Definitions

“MSDS” – is a sheet that describes the properties and hazards of the substance to

enable the user to use it safely.

“Cylinder” – steel container used for the storage of industrial gasses.

“Toxic” – any Substance that is poisonous or harmful.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation – Chapter 6, 6A


512

AS/NZS 2865:2001 – Working in a Confined Space

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Introduction

Cylinders of compressed gas are used in connection with many aspects of

Liverpool Plains Shire Council's operations.

The rules governing the safe use of industrial gases are covered in the above-

mentioned Regulations, Codes of Practice, and Australian Standards. Data is

also available from the industrial gas suppliers. Ensure that the suppliers

recommended equipment and procedures are followed.

1.8 Gas Cylinder Colour Code

In all countries industrial gas cylinders are marked and colour coded to

identify the contents of the cylinders. The markings also provide for

identification of cylinders fitted with eductor tubes for liquid withdrawal.

Industrial gas suppliers often supply a cylinder colour code chart and gas

regulator guides.


513

1.9 Procedures for the Safe Handling of Gases

Gas equipment must always be used according to the supplier’s

recommendation. It is essential that employees understand the gases being

used (i.e.) properties and pressure. They should be familiar with the details of

the Material Safety Data Sheets of the gases concerned.

The cylinder valves on all gas cylinders, whether they contain combustible or

non-combustible gas, are opened by turning the spindle anti-clockwise and

closed by turning the spindle clockwise.

An opened spindle should never be left against the backstop, but should be

turned back at least half a turn to avoid seizure in an open position.

1.9.1 Follow Suppliers Directions

Use gases in accordance with the supplier's requirements. Data is available from

suppliers, make sure this data is given to people and ensure that they are trained in

the use of gases and are conversant with the equipment approved by the gas supplier.

Instructions should be followed fully – avoid short cuts (e.g.) failure to purge hoses

during start-up can lead to an explosion in the hose.

1.9.2 Misuse of Gases

Industrial gases must only be used for special designated purposes. Care must be

taken to ensure that only the correct filters and adaptors are used with a specific

gas cylinder.

1.9.3 Cylinder Identification

Many cylinders look similar. The gas name label is the only sure way to tell what gas

is inside and that it is the gas you want. The label must never be defaced. A mix-up

between oxygen and inert gas, fuel and inert gas can be extremely hazardous.

The label also carries a safety warning specific to the gas. If the label is not legible,

the cylinder must not be used and should be returned to the supplier.


514

1.9.4 Leaks

a. All compressed gases (other than air) can create a hazard if

they leak into the atmosphere. Even small leaks are dangerous

in a confined space, as the concentration of the

contaminating gas can build up over a period of time.

b. This is reasonably obvious with poisonous and flammable

gases but it also applies to every other gas which can, in

sufficient quantity in a confined space, produce an

oxygen-lean atmosphere, or in the case of leaking oxygen,

would produce a hazardous oxygen-rich atmosphere.

c. An oxygen-lean or deficient atmosphere can cause

asphyxiation.

d. Test for leaks with a brush and soapy water - never use a

naked flame. If leaks occur at the cylinder valve gland, tighten

the gland nut (if adjustable) using the correct tool.

e. If a hose and equipment is to be attached to the regulator and

the equipment is fitted with a shut-off valve, a simple leak test

of the complete system is recommended as set out below:

i) Attach and tighten regulator, hose and equipment;

ii) Shut off control valve on equipment;

iii) Open cylinder valve and screw in regulator control

knob to pressurise system;

iv) Close cylinder valve and watch pressure gauges;

v) If pressure is retained there is no leak in the system;

vi) If the pressure drops, a leak is present and it should

be located with brush and soapy water and corrected;

vii) If cylinder valve will not close completely, remove

cylinder to a well-ventilated location and report the

defect. Return to the supplier after making it safe.


515

viii)

1.9.5 Fuel Gas Leaks

Extensive damage and severe injuries can result if an accumulation of fuel gas ignites

in a confined space. Incidents which have occurred have been mainly due to

accidental leakage from hoses, part open or faulty valves, or when hoses have been

pressurised without blowpipes being fitted. Incidents have occurred in laboratories,

kitchens, caravans, boats, tanks, and where fuel gas mixtures have collected in pits,

shafts and trenches.

1.10 Special Note on Oxygen

1. Treat oxygen carefully. Just because oxygen is an atmospheric gas,

people tend to underestimate its reactivity, but concentrated oxygen

turns just about everything, including metals into a fuel (i.e.) makes it

burn.

2. Oils, greases and other organic materials must never be used with

oxygen. Never use oxygen as a substitute for compressed air for

operating portable tools, etc. or for starting internal combustion

engines, as explosion can result.

3. Cleanliness is next to godliness with oxygen. Even "compatible"

materials can only be used judiciously. Never use oil on cylinders or

regulators. It can cause explosions.

4. Oxygen should not be used for the purposes of clearing fumes in a

confined space. Fatal accidents resulting in the ignition of clothing or

explosions have occurred. This is due mainly to the presence of oil or

other hydrocarbon gases in the atmosphere. Ample fresh air is

essential for ventilation.

1.11 Special Note on Acetylene


516

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that employees are trained in

handling and storing acetylene. Refer to the Acetylene (C2H2) Material

Safety Data Sheet for full details on safe handling information.

Acetylene is highly flammable; it can ignite by decomposition above 200 KPa

(approx 28 PSI) and forms an explosive mixture with air. Acetylene requires

a very low ignition energy so that fires which have been extinguished can

easily re-ignite with possible explosive force if the flare of gas has not been

stopped. In the event of fire:

• Call the Fire Brigade telling them the location, material and quantity.

Evacuate bystanders from the area;

• If escaping gas has ignited, allow it to bum under supervision;

• Do not extinguish the flame; cut off the source of gas if it is safe to

do so;

• Cool cylinders with water from a protected location;

• Do not approach cylinders suspected of being hot;

• Remove cool cylinders from the path of the fire if unable to keep

cylinders cool;

• Evacuate all people from the area;

Damaged cylinders should be marked and returned to the supplier for

disposal.

Acetylene cylinders are filled with an absorbent liquid - acetone – and should

always be used upright. If an acetylene cylinder has been transported

horizontally, place it upright for as long as possible before using the gas. Best

results are obtained by leaving in upright position for 12 hours.

Flash back arresters should be fitted to all acetylene cylinders.

1.12 Ventilation Requirements


517

Ventilation is essential to prevent the build-up of non-air atmospheres,

whether the non-air comes from a process using gas or undiscovered leaks.

Naturally ventilated surroundings are unlikely to suffer a gas build-up.

Locate cylinders outside and pipe to the point of use wherever possible. If

fuel gases must be used in an enclosed area then forced ventilation is

recommended. For some processes, particularly involving poisonous or toxic

gases, follow the Occupational Health & Safety Regulations 2001 for the

particular gas. Specific exhaust ventilation and even disposal systems must

be used.

In extreme circumstances, for example, like working inside storage tanks, a

source of external breathing air may be required. Follow Safe Working in

Confined Spaces AS 2865. Ensure approved persons carry out installation.

1.13 Handling & Storage of Cylinders

“Keep Cylinder Cool” is the instruction found on every cylinder label,

without exception. Pressure will rise within the cylinder should it become

heated e.g. being located near an oven.

Separate fuel gas cylinders from oxidising gas cylinders or oxygen cylinders.

Keep fuel gases away from sources of ignition. Store cylinders in a well

ventilated designated location.

Full and empty cylinders should be kept apart in storage to avoid confusion -

connecting an empty oxygen cylinder, thinking it is full can cause back

feeding of fuel gas into the empty cylinder. This can and will cause accidents.

LP Gas and other liquefiable gas cylinders must be stored in an upright

position in racks or chained securely to a permanent structure. No part of a

cylinder or the cylinder valve should overhang the side of the transport

vehicle. Never carry cylinders loose in a vehicle. Damage and shearing of the


518

cylinder valve can result in accidents. Cylinders should be secured to a trolley

to provide security when being moved.

Large size cylinders are heavy and care is needed during handling. Operators

should be given instructions in correct handling procedures after a risk

assessment has been carried out on the task.

The following precautions should be taken when moving cylinders:

• use an appropriate trolley whenever possible. Many types of trolleys,

especially designed for the carriage of cylinders, are available. The risk

of accidents is great if the wrong type of trolley is used;

• use lifting devices (e.g.) gantry cranes, if available;

• keep the cylinder as upright as possible when being trundled (or

churned);

• take a good grip of the cylinder usually on the cylinder valve but

avoid accidentally opening the valve if a hand wheel is fitted.

When on location the cylinder should be left in a secure trolley or secured to

a bench or stanchion by a chain.

1.14 Some Special Precautions

1. An electric arc shall not be struck on or adjacent to cylinders. Keep

cylinders away from flame cutting operations.

2. Do not use cylinders as rollers.

3. Do not tamper or apply paint to any part of a gas cylinder.

4. Excessive force must not be used to open or close the cylinder valve

because of the danger of shearing off the valve spindle.

5. Never extend the length of the cylinder key.

6. Use sufficient length of hose to prevent the cylinder from being

pulled over.


519

7. Do not move cylinders with their valves open, regulator damage can

produce a far more serious incident that would have been the case

had the valve been shut.

8. Open the valve slowly, as quick opening can cause a rapid

temperature rise within the regulator easing, and in extreme cases

cause ignition.

9. Do not transfer from one cylinder to another unless specific

equipment is provided for that purpose.

10. Hydrogen is very easily ignited either by self-ignition on discharge or

by the impact of grit in the discharge. The flame is almost invisible in

daylight but it is intensely hot. There is little radiant heat to give

warning of the flames proximity.

1.15 Compatible Equipment

1. Pressure regulator recommended by the manufacturer as suitable for

the gas must be used. This will break down the cylinder pressure to

the pressure recommended by the supplier. The regulator and hoses

must be manufactured from materials compatible with the gas,

ensuring safety and purity. Do not use frayed hoses and check the

security of old fittings.

2. The regulator and hoses must be manufactured from materials

compatible with the gas, ensuring safety and purity.

3. Some cylinders contain liquefied gas from the cylinder valve. Gas

regulators cannot be used with these and liquid must not be trapped

between valves.

4. Throttling (fine adjustment) valves should only be used in place of

regulators on gas withdrawal cylinders where there is no chance of a

pressure build-up downstream (i.e.) no valve is fitted after the

throttling valve. Cylinder valve outlets are standardised right hand for

oxygen and non-flammable gases. Fuel gases are all left hand.


520

5. Do not use adaptors. The right equipment will mate with the valve

outlet.

6. Ensure equipment is in good order and condition, it must be

"leak-tight" and be installed and repaired by authorised people.

1.16 Piped Gas

Special care must be taken with piped gases:

1. Protect from physical damage with suitable barriers.

2. Install over-pressure protection unless the system can withstand full

cylinder pressure.

3. Install pressure relief valves where liquefied gas or cold gas may be

trapped between valves.

4. Ensure materials used are compatible with the gas, with other

materials present and with the temperature and pressure of the

system. For example, acetylene cannot be piped at a pressure

exceeding 100 KPa, nor should copper tubing be used.

5. Avoid "suck-back" of other gases and liquids by fitting traps and

check valves, etc.

6. Use correct closing down and starting up procedures to prevent back

feeding.

7. Ensure job safety practices are available and followed.

8. All pipelines and outlets should be identified by colour code.

9. The supply should be shut off at the cylinder or storage vessel

overnight.

10. All fixed industrial or medical pipe-lines should be installed by gas

supply experts in line with Codes of Practice and Australian

Standards.

1.17 Toxic Gases


521

1. Only personnel familiar with and trained in the use of the specific

toxic gas should be allowed to handle it. Ensure Material Safety Data

Sheets (MSDS's) are available.

2. Personnel handling these gases should have available for immediate

use, approved respirators or self-contained breathing apparatus and

be regularly trained in its use. Such equipment should be located

close to the place of work, but kept out of the areas most likely to be

contaminated.

3. Appropriate protective clothing should be worn.

4. Toxic gases should be used only in areas where adequate ventilation

is available, or in the open. There is a need to ensure that other

personnel are not overexposed.

5. Toxic gases emitted from equipment in high concentration should be

discharged into appropriate scrubbing equipment which will remove

them.

6. Before using any toxic gas, read all label information and the MSDS

associated with the use of the particular gas.

7. Toxic gases should be used in cylinder sizes that will ensure complete

usage of the cylinder content in a reasonable amount of time.

8. Contact Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Safety Officer for advice, if

you are uncertain about the use, handling and storage of poisonous

gases.

1.18 Emergency Evacuation Program


522

1. Make sure the gas supply can be turned off quickly in an emergency.

2. Keep appropriate emergency equipment on hand, such as water

supply, dry chemical fire extinguishers, emergency eye wash stations

or appropriate respirators depending on the gas in use.

3. Know how to raise the alarm with the fire brigade, doctor, ambulance

or gas supplier, and the best method of raising the alarm.

4. Make sure employees understand emergency evacuation plans and

receive appropriate training.

5. Make sure there is a hazardous materials log available for Emergency

Services to identify all risks.


523

The following chart indicates the properties of some of the commonly used industrial gases.

HAZARD

Cylinder Pressure

GAS

Toxic or

Poison Flammable Oxidising Inert Low High

Acetylene X X

Air X X

Argon X X

Carbon Dioxide X X

Carbon Monoxide X X

De-odourgas X X

Ethane X X

Ethylene X X

Ethylene Oxide X X X

Furnigas X X X

Helium X X

Hydrogen X X

Insectigas X X

LPG X X

Methane X X

Natural Gas X X

Nitrogen X X

Nitrous Oxide X X

Oxygen X X

Pestigas X X X

Propylene X X

Sterigas X X

Sulphur Dioxide X X


524

Hand Tools

1.1 Purpose To ensure that all employees understand the risk associated with working

hand tools, and provide all applicable personnel with information to

minimize risk through a process of hazard identification, risk assessment and

risk management.

1.19 Scope










525

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Procedures

3


5


526

1.4 Definitions

“Power Tool” includes any power-assisted tool operated manually. This includes all

electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic and pressure driven tools.

“Manual Hand Tool” means any tool where the energy source is exclusively

human.

1.5 References



AS/NZS 1270:2002 – Acoustics – Hearing Protectors

AS/NZS 1337:1992 – Eye Protectors for Industrial Applications

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Procedures

Incidents arising during the use of hand tools have the potential to contribute

significantly to the number of injuries to Council employees. Whilst many of these

are minor, some have the potential to cause lost time, and most have the potential to

be serious.

Savings in injuries, damage, and loss can be expected to result from the

establishment of well-managed systems for the selection, use and maintenance of

hand tools.

1. Liverpool Plains Shire Council requires that employees check the

condition of hand tools prior to every use.

2. Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees must be trained in the use

of all power tools and manual hand tools prior to use. Certain hand

tools will require the user to be licensed (e.g.) explosive hand tools).


527

3. All Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees must know how and

where to transport and store hand tools correctly.

4. All Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees will wear correct

personal safety equipment (including gloves) at all times while using

hand tools.

5. Hand tools must only be used as they are intended. Improvisation

may expose an employee to risk of injury and has the potential to

damage either the hand tool or the work piece. If unsure, consult

your supervisor and/or the manufacturer's information.

6. Employees need to be conscious that certain hand tools may create

additional risk (e.g.) noise, fire, vibration etc.) and they will need to

take action to prevent injury.

7. When power tools or hand tools are not in use they must be

de-energised and stored in a manner so as to not cause injury to

employees or the public.

8. Hand tools are to be maintained after each use or periodically as

required. A suitably qualified person using correct materials, parts and

methods must maintain equipment. Consult the manufacturer's

handbook for correct maintenance information.

9. Where a defective hand tool is discovered, action must be taken to

remove the hand tool from service until it is repaired. The

damaged/unserviceable hand tool should be tagged appropriately

with an "out-of-service" tag.

10. Liverpool Plains Shire Council will ensure that adequate supervision

is provided commensurate with the risk involved with using power

tools and manual hand tools.

11. Electrically powered tools and equipment shall be earthed at all times

when in use, except double insulated tools.

12. Angle Grinders used as a cutting tool must be fitted with a "D"

Handle (or similar approved), dead man's switch and safety guards.


528

13. Operating switches or levers requiring constant pressure for

operation shall not be tampered with to make the tool operate

without constant hand or finger pressure.

14. Grinding wheel speeds shall conform to the manufacturers

recommended speeds. Eye and/or face protection conforming to

relevant Australian Standards shall be used at all times.

15. Saws or other power tools should not be used unless fitted with

correctly adjusted guards, riving knife, cut outs or other appropriate

safety devices.

16. Power should be switched off and the plug removed before making

any adjustments or blade changes.

17. All hand power tools have to be tested and tagged by a relevant

authority at the required intervals


Portable power tools are to be kept in good condition, inspected and tagged in

accordance with the relevant statutory requirements. Ensure the equipment is correct

for the work to be carried out, and do not overload the power tool so that it stops or

overheats. Ensure appropriate PPE is worn, and guarding is in place and adjusted

properly.



not acceptable.







529










extensions?



of revolutions?




do it.)







operate correctly?





530












environments.












damaged.




531


precautions.

(xix) Keep leads and tools away from puddles and rain.

(xx) Be sure that you have firm footing, are well balanced


(xxi) Do not lift or carry tools by their electrical leads.

(xxii) Do not shower other people with sparks, cuttings or

dust; apply correct safety procedures to protect them

from exposure.

(xxiii) Clamp work pieces where possible.

(xxiv) Use grinding and cutting stones and disks of the

correct REV rating.

(xxv) Use the appropriate personal protective equipment


Damaged tools and equipment should be tagged “OUT OF SERVICE” and removed from

the workplace for repairs by an authorised electrician.

1.8.5 Air Powered Tools

In addition to the guidelines for use of electrical tools, the following points

relate to the use of air-powered tools.

1. Compressed air must not be used to dust off a person's

clothing or body. (Serious injury or death could result).

2. Air powered drills and grinders are capable of spinning at

very high revs. Their speed governors should be checked as

part of a regular routine maintenance program. If in doubt,

tag it "OUT OF SERVICE" and have it checked and

repaired.

3. Air powered nail guns, tackers and staplers must be fitted

with safety devices that preclude firing unless the tool is

pressed against a firm surface. Care must also be taken to


532

avoid the nails or staples becoming missiles by breaking out

of the material being fixed. Air powered tools must always be

operated pointing away from the body. Hands should never

be placed behind the work piece to steady it.

4. Air exhaust ports should be fitted with silencers to avoid high

noise levels and the possibility of small items being dislodged

by the air.

5. Hoses and connections should be regularly checked for leaks

and deteriorations.

6. Air supply should be of adequate volume and pressure and

free from contaminants.

7. Use the appropriate personal protective equipment (eyes,

ears, respiratory, body).

1.8.6 Hydraulic Tools

Hydraulics allow very large forces to be applied, and when under load,

represent a considerable amount of stored energy. The following

precautions should apply.

• Appliances should be of the correct capacity.

• Mechanical attachments and frames should be designed to

handle the load potential of the hydraulics.

• Hydraulic rams and the items being loaded should be

secured from dislodgment under pressure.

1.8.7 Explosive Power Tools

The following points should be noted:

• These tools are all potentially dangerous.

• Erect warning signs and keep other people out of prescribed

danger areas.

• Be sure of the material to be fixed and select the correct

fasteners and charges.


533

• Always align the tool carefully to avoid fasteners breaking out

or rebounding off the materials being fixed.

• Always use purpose built safety devices and shields for fixing

proprietary brackets and fixtures.

• Only load the tool just prior to use.

• Always point the tools in a safe direction.

• Hold the tool in place for more than ten seconds if it fails to

fire. Unload it with caution and store the charge, separate

from the others, for return to the supplier.

• Explosive powered tools and their charges must be stored in

a location secured from theft and fire.

• Use the appropriate personal protective equipment. (Eyes and

ears especially). Complying with Australian Standards AS

1270 and AS 1337.

• Repairs to tools must only be carried out by a qualified

operator or the manufacturer or manufacturer's agent.

Hot Work Environments

1.1 Purpose

To comply with the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 regarding the use of places of

work and provision of a thermally comfortable working environment for

staff.


534

1.20 Scope










535

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Policy

3

1.7 Notes on Hot Conditions

3


4

1.9 Heat Stress

4

1.10 Safe Work Procedures

5


536

1.11 Heat Related Medical Conditions

6

FORMS

Permit to Work


537

1.4 References Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 – Section 8

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Clause 47

WorkCover NSW Health and Safety Code of Practice 2001: Work in Hot or Cold

Environments No. 309

WorkCover NSW Health and Safety Fact Sheet: Work in Hot Environments No.333

WorkCover NSW Health and Safety Fact Sheet: Work in Cold Environments

No.334

AS/NZS 2161.4:1999 Occupational Protective Gloves: Part 4 Protection against

thermal environments (heat and fire)

AS/NZS 2161.5.1998 Occupational Protective Gloves: Part 5 Protection against the

cold

AS/NZS 4740:2000 Natural Ventilators Classification and Performance

1.5 Compliance





1.6 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises its responsibility to provide and

maintain, so far as is practicable, a work environment and systems of work

that are safe and without risk to the health and safety of employees. Where

employees may be exposed to hot climatic conditions, Liverpool Plains Shire

Council aims to reduce the hazards where practicable.

1.7 Notes on Hot Conditions

Hot climatic and ambient (or surrounding) conditions are difficult to define,

since what may be considered hot in one part of the country may be

considered normal elsewhere. Temperatures in the mid-to-high 30's (Celsius

scale - dry bulb thermometer) would generally be considered hot, though

temperatures in the low 30's with high humidity may also be included.


538

Because of this difficulty of definition, local management will need to

determine what are "hot climatic conditions" based on local weather patterns

and the weather conditions prevailing at a particular time.

Hot climatic conditions can affect people physically leading to heat

illness/heat stress, the adverse effects of which can progress from simple

discomfort, heat cramps to heat exhaustion, which may include fatigue,

thirst, confusion, to heat stroke and collapse.


1.8.1 Supervisors

Supervisors must monitor employees for signs of heat stress and sunburn

and take appropriate action if heat stress symptoms are evident. Work should

be planned to avoid heat stress. Supervisors shall ensure that the appropriate

supplies of water are available and that sufficient and appropriate crib rooms

are provided in accordance with this procedure.

Supervisors should plan work such that work at heights should not be carried out

during periods of extreme winds.

1.8.2 Employees

Employees must understand the symptoms and causes of heat stress and

how to prevent heat stress. Employees are responsible for notifying their

supervisor if they or others around them appear to be suffering from heat

stress or exposure to the sun.

When working in extreme winds employees should wear dust mask and safety glasses

and avoid working at heights.

1.9 Heat Stress

The heat stresses a person experiences depends on six main factors, each of

which will interact with the others to affect the amount of stress experienced.

These factors are, apart from the individual’s own reactions to heat:


539

1. Air temperature,

2. Humidity,

3. Air movement,

4. Radiant temperature of the surroundings,

5. The person's clothing,

6. And the physical activity undertaken.

1.10 Safe Work Procedures

Safe work procedures must be developed where it is recognised that

employees will be working in hot conditions and potentially at risk of

developing heat stress illness. They must clearly outline the requirements to

minimise the risk of heat related illness.

These procedures must include consideration of the following factors:

1.10.1 Acclimatisation

Work programs are to be provided which allow people to become acclimatised

building up to a full workday over a period of several days. This is most important

for people moving from cool climate to a hot environment and for people returning

from holidays in a cool climate.

1.10.2 Supply of Water

Fresh drinking water must be readily available at the work site. Employees are to be

encouraged to take frequent, small drinks throughout the shift. Extra fluid should be

drunk before thirst sets in as dehydration has started by this time. Supervisors should

ensure this is done.

In general, salt replacement tablets are not required as dietary intake provides an

adequate amount. In very hot temperatures, particularly coupled with high humidity,

people engaged in hard, physical work, and who perspire excessively, could take one

glass of an electrolyte replacement drink each day (e.g.) Gatorade etc.

1.10.3 Cooling


540

Where applicable, building design should allow for adequate natural ventilation.

Mechanical ventilation (air conditioning) and spot cooling (fans) should be used

where necessary - particularly where it can increase the movement of cool air over

employees.

1.10.4 Rest Periods

People involved in hard physical work must be allowed short rest breaks in cool

areas. As a general rule, the hotter the temperature, the more frequent the rest breaks

should be.

For outdoor work, where there are no permanent amenities, rest breaks should take

place in a shaded area. Use natural shade if available or artificial shade provided by

awnings/umbrellas.

1.10.5 Clothing

For indoor and outdoor work, clothing should permit the free flow of cooling air

over as much of the body surface as possible to enable sweat to be evaporated.

Materials used in clothing should preferably be of natural fibre and loose weave.

Long sleeved shirts and trousers are recommended for company uniforms where

employees are required to work outdoors to provide maximum protection from sun

exposure.

Where protective clothing and equipment must be worn, people are to be allowed

frequent, short breaks without this protective clothing and equipment.

1.10.6 Protection from the Sun

Refer to Liverpool Plains Shire Council Module “Sun Exposure &

Protection”.

1.10.7 Training

Employees, who are required to work in hot conditions, particularly where this

involves being outdoors, should receive training and education so they understand

the preventive measures that should be taken to reduce the risks of heat stress or


541

over exposure to the sun. Topics covered by the training should include all of the

points contained in this section plus instruction on how to examine their own skin

for signs of suspicious lesions and developing skin cancers.

1.10.8 Emergency Procedures

All employees must be trained to recognise the Symptoms of heat stress, as heat

stroke, the most serious of the heat illnesses, can be potentially life threatening if

undetected and untreated. First Aid Officers must be trained in how to recognise and

treat heat illness.

If employees show signs of heat stress, treatment (cooling, fluids, etc) must be

started immediately, and they must be transported to the nearest medical centre as

quickly as possible. People working some distance from medical services (e.g.) road

surfacing, must know where the nearest medical centre is and arrangements made for

emergency transport of people suffering from heat illness.

1.11 Heat Related Medical Conditions

Heat related complaints could take a number of forms. Heat cramp and heat

rash is the most common but recovery is rapid with correct treatment. Heat

stress is more serious, progressing through heat exhaustion to heat stroke.

Heat stroke is extremely serious - it is fatal in about 50% of cases.

Heat stress (including heat exhaustion and heat stroke) is preventable with

appropriate care.

1.11.1 Heat Cramps

Heat cramps are caused by perspiration that is not balanced by adequate fluid intake.

Heat cramps are often the first sign of a condition that can lead to heat stroke.


542

Symptoms

Heat cramps are characterised by acute painful spasms of voluntary muscles (e.g.)

abdomen and extremities).

Treatment

Move the victim to a cool area and loosen clothing. Have the victim drink 1-2 cups

of water immediately and every 20 minutes thereafter until symptoms subside. Total

water consumption should be 4-8 litres a day. Consult a physician.

1.11.2 Heat Rash

Heat rash is caused by continuous exposure to heat and humid air and is aggravated

by chafing clothes. The condition decreases a person’s ability to tolerate heat.

Symptoms

The symptoms of heat rash include mild, red rash, especially on areas of the body in

contact with protective gear.

Treatment

Heat rash is treated by decreasing the amount of time workers wear protective

equipment and by applying powder to affected areas to help absorb moisture and

decrease chafing.

1.11.3 Heat Stress

Employees who have symptoms or conditions of heat stress, heat stroke, and/or heat

exhaustion should seek immediate medical attention.

Preventive Measures

At all sites the following protocols will be followed:

1. Suggest that employees drink 1-2 cups of water before beginning work in the

morning and after lunch. Provide drinking water. Urge employees to drink 4-8

litres of water per day.

2. Provide a cool area for rest breaks, and monitor employees

for signs of heat stress.


543

3. If running water is available, install showers and/or hose

down facilities to reduce body heat and cool protective

clothing.

4. Ensure that adequate shelter is available to protect personnel

from heat, as well as cold, rain and wind which can decrease

physical efficiency and increase the probability of both heat

and cold stress.

5. Maintain good hygienic standards by frequent changes of

clothing and showering.

1.11.4 Heat Exhaustion

Heat exhaustion is a state of weakness or exhaustion caused by loss of fluids from

the body. This condition, although less dangerous than heat stroke, must be treated

immediately.

Symptoms

The symptoms of heat exhaustion include pale, clammy, moist skin, profuse

perspiration and extreme weakness. The body temperature is normal, the pulse is

weak and rapid, and breathing is shallow. The victim may have headache, may vomit,

and/or may be dizzy.

Treatment

Move the victim to a cool place, loosen clothing, place the victim in a head low

position and provide bed rest. The normal thirst mechanism is not sensitive enough

to ensure body fluid replacement. Have the victim drink 1-2 cups of water

immediately and every 20 minutes until symptoms subside. Consult a physician.

1.11.5 Heat Stroke

Heat stroke is an acute and dangerous reaction to heat stress caused by the failure of

the heat regulating mechanisms of the body. During an episode of heat stroke, the

body temperature can rise so high that brain damage and death may result if the

person is not cooled quickly. Heat stroke is fatal in about 50% of cases. Death may

occur even after the victim has been admitted to hospital.


544

Symptoms

The symptoms of heat stroke include red, hot, dry skin, nausea, dizziness, confusion,

extremely high body temperature, rapid respiratory and pulse rate, and

unconsciousness or coma.

Treatment

The victim of heat stroke should be cooled quickly to prevent permanent brain

damage or death. Soak the victim in cool but not cold water, sponge the body with

cool water or pour water on the body to reduce temperature to a safe level, 39'C. Do

not give the victim coffee, tea or alcoholic beverages. Observe the victim and obtain

medical assistance.

Hot Work Permits

1.1 Purpose

To minimise the risk of fire and explosion, and the resultant injuries to

people and property damage by ensuring that work which incorporates

ignition sources is properly controlled.

1.21 Scope







545





546

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Hot Work Permits

3


4

1.9 Potential Hazards

4

1.10 Hazardous Areas

4


547

1.11 Safe Areas

5

1.12 Training & Instruction

5

1.13 Preparation of Worksites for Hot Work

6

1.14 Restoration of the Worksite after Hot Work

7

FORMS

Hot Work Permit


548

1.4 Definitions

Hot work is work that can generate flames, heat or sparks and includes the following:

• Oxy-acetylene or oxy-propane flame cutting.

• Gas welding.

• Spot-welding.

• Electric arc welding.

• Soldering.

• Use of open flames.

• Electric heaters or coils.

• Abrasive blasting.

• Chipping and grinding using power tools.

• Use of gasoline or other internal combustion engines and other

similar appliances, which produce sufficient heat to ignite flammable

vapours.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Section 47

Australian Standard AS 1674.1-1997: Safety in Welding & Allied Processes: Fire

Precautions.

Australian Standards AS 2865 – 1995: Safe Working in a Confined Space.

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Hot Work Permits


549

It is essential to have control over hot work operations. A hot work permit

system is a good method of ensuring that adequate safeguards are taken prior

to, during, and after all hot work.

Hot work permits issued by a plant manager or a responsible person

nominated by the Section Manager will also be signed by the maintenance

supervisor or Contractor performing the work.

Hot work permits should generally be issued for each shift, and must be

issued for each shift where welding work is being done. If work stops for

more than two hours then another permit must be issued.

The permit will state the potential hazards of the area concerned and set out

the precautions to be taken. Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Hot Work

Permit is attached at the end of this Module.


Managers/Supervisors must have procedures in place for the identification,

assessment, and control of the risks associated with hot work on their sites.

Managers/Supervisors or responsible persons must be familiar with the

procedures relating to hot work and the issue and withdrawal of hot work

permits.

Employees and contractors must be familiar with, and work in accordance

with the procedures relating to hot work and hot work permits.

1.9 Potential Hazards

A number of potential hazards may exist where hot work is being carried out, such

as:

• Fire and explosion.

• Toxic fumes and dusts from burning, cutting, grinding and blasting.

• Burns from contact with hot materials, flames, tools, or equipment.


550

• Radiant energy from ultra violet or infrared rays.

• Electric shock.

1.10 Hazardous Areas

Hazardous areas include any areas where flammable and combustible liquids

or solids and flammable gases are situated, stored and used, for example:

• Paint, solvent and fuel stores.

• LP Gas storage areas.

• Flammable liquid processes (solvent baths).

• Vessels that contain or have contained flammable or combustible

liquid including fuel tanks on vehicles or 200 ltre (44-gallon) drums.

• Gas bottles.

• Combustible materials stored or in situ on a plant (e.g.) conveyor

belts, linatex linings, document boxes, boxed items in stores.

• Outdoor areas where combustible materials are in close proximity

(e.g.) vegetation, sawdust, and wooden pallets.

• Outdoors – dry grass, vegetation, crops.

A hot work permit must be issued for all work involving cutting, welding, or

other concentrated heat source, which is to take place in these areas.

1.11 Safe Areas

These are areas where hot operations can reasonably take place at any time

provided that the equipment is in good condition and safe operating

procedures are followed e.g. workshops, open areas in a plant away from

combustible materials. Safe areas must be inspected on a regular basis to

ensure that equipment is in good condition, fire protection equipment is

accessible and working, and that there are no fire hazards in the area.


551

1.12 Training & Instruction

It is a management responsibility to ensure that all employees and

contractors working on site understand the significance of hot work and the

issue of hot work permits.

Training should include the following items:

• The definition of hot work.

• The associated hazards of this type of work.

• The control of the hazards of hot work.

• Hazardous and safe areas on site.

• The importance of hot work permits.

• Safe working procedures associated with hot work.

1.13 Preparation of Worksites for Hot Work

Preparation of work sites may vary from situation to situation, and according

to circumstances one or more of the following procedures may need to be

observed.

1. Prior to issuing a hot work permit, the manager or a responsible

person nominated by the manager must inspect the hot work area to

ensure the site and the equipment requiring hot work is properly

prepared to prevent the danger of fire, explosion, or exposure to

toxic gases.

2. Any flammable or combustible liquids or flammable gases must be

removed and relocated at least 15 metres away from the area.

Alternatively, fire resistant physical barriers to liquids, vapours and

gases must be provided between the storage and heat source.


552

3. The area must be well ventilated to ensure the atmosphere does not

contain flammable vapours.

4. If hot work is to be undertaken on any piping or tanks that have contained flammable or

combustible material, they must be drained, flushed with water, dried and purged with

air to provide a gas free atmosphere. Sludge and scale should also be removed.

5. If the air in the hot work area could be contaminated with gas or

vapour or could be oxygen deficient the atmosphere must be

monitored by a person trained in the use of a gas analyser.

6. If the work is to be carried out in a confined space or at height then

other precautions are required (refer Confined Spaces Module).

7. If power operated equipment is to be used in any hazardous area it

must be flame proof or of intrinsically safe design.

8. Electrical tools and portable equipment that operate at more than 32

volts must be protected by an earth leakage (core balance) device.

Extension leads must be heavy duty sheathed and flexible, with cores

being not less than 1.5 mm squared in diameter.

9. Floors must be swept and wetted down, walls and horizontal surfaces

checked for collection of dusts and lint’s, and if necessary, swept and

wetted down as for floors.

10. Outdoors, combustible materials such as vegetation, sawdust and

wooden pallets must be cleared away and the area concerned soaked

and covered with clean sand. Oily surfaces must be hosed down,

ensuring that the run off is contained and does not flow to storm

water drains.

11. All drains, floor openings and pipe gutters within the vicinity of the

hot work area must be plugged to prevent the possibility of sparks,

slag or hot metal off cuts falling onto combustible materials.

12. Electrical sources must be disconnected.

13. Ample fire protection equipment such as fire extinguishers, fire

blankets and fire hoses must be provided.

14. A standby person must be assigned to act as a fire watch for

uncontrolled sparks, slag and hot metal off cuts unless the hot work


553

is to be carried out where there are no combustible materials or

where there is no risk of a flammable atmosphere.

15. When the manager or nominated responsible person is satisfied the

area is satisfactorily prepared for the work proposed, a hot work

permit can be issued, signed by himself/herself and the maintenance

personnel or contractor responsible for carrying out the work.

Consideration must be given to the possibility of changing

circumstances during the progress of the hot work permit which may

render the Area unsafe for the work to continue.

16. The hot work permit must be either displayed or be readily accessible

at the work site.

1.14 Restoration of the Worksite After Hot Work

1. On completion of the hot work, the person responsible for carrying

out the work must inspect the area to ensure it is safe, fill in the

completion time on the hot work permit and return it to the person

who originally authorised the work.

2. The manager or nominated responsible person must inspect the work

area approximately 30 minutes after receiving notice that the job has

been completed to check the area is safe and free from smouldering

debris. When satisfied that the area is safe, the hot work permit can

be signed and filed.


554

Housekeeping & Internal Cleaning

1.1 Purpose

This procedure provides guidelines to assist both management and

employees with measures to be taken to manage risk during cleaning of the

internal work environment.

1.22 Scope










555

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Procedure

3

1.7 Housekeeping

5

FORMS

Housekeeping Checklist


556

1.4 References



1.5 Compliance




policy.

1.6 Procedure (Internal Cleaning) 1.6.1 Hazard Identification

It is important to be aware of the potential hazards when carrying out cleaning.

Hazards are anything that has the potential to cause harm. In the working

environment there are many aspects that must be considered. These include slips,

trips, and falls associated with the cleaning method.

1.6.2 Risk Assessment

Once the hazards have been identified it is important that action is taken to eliminate

and/or reduce the risks associated with that hazard to ensure a safe working

environment is being maintained.

In assessing the risk, Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees may consider factors

including:

• Frequency of access through the area by pedestrians;

• Ability of pedestrians (recognise and avoid the hazard);

• Chance of person slipping depending on floor surface (e.g.)

wet tiles = high slip potential;

• Severity of injury in the event of a person slipping.

1.6.3 Risk Control Measures


557

• Place appropriate warning signs to alert pedestrians using the

area of the hazard associated with the cleaning;

• If possible restrict access to the area being cleaned until

cleaning has finished and the normal safety of the area has

been established (e.g.) Wet floor is completely dry before

people can access the area;

• Special precautions to be taken when cleaning in the vicinity

of doors, blind corners, and other areas of limited visibility;

• Cleaners are to ensure that equipment does not obstruct

passageways or emergency exits;

• Cleaners are to ensure that they have information on the

chemicals that they use and that they are familiar with the safe

work methods and safety precautions of these chemicals;

• Under no circumstances should compressed air be used in

cleaning down general surfaces, themselves or employees;

• All rubbish is to be disposed of in the correct manner where

applicable rubbish is to be deposited into their appropriate

receivers.


558

• Special precautions need to be taken with recognised

hazardous refuse (e.g.) blood, sharps etc.

1.7 Housekeeping

1.7.1 Introduction

Good housekeeping includes the day-to-day cleanliness, tidiness and good order

throughout the workplace. It has a direct bearing on the exposure to personal injury

and property damage or loss.

Effective safety management and accident prevention programs must have good

housekeeping as a basic requirement.

Good housekeeping cannot be left to the unplanned activities of the persons

employed, but incorporated into each task rather than an extra to it, and time

allocated accordingly.

1.7.2 Purpose of Housekeeping

Good housekeeping is essential for:

• Employees working safely and efficiently in an uncluttered

environment;

• Reduction in incidents/accidents/fire;

• Higher productivity;

• Materials, equipment and tools stored in an orderly fashion;

• Reduction in general maintenance;

• Reduction in property damage and waste;

• Minimisation of adverse environmental impact.

1.7.3 Risk Identification

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees should use the Housekeeping Checklist for

the identification of early signs of poor housekeeping. Correction procedures can

then be introduced.


559

Examples of poor housekeeping could include:

• Cluttered and poorly arranged areas

• Dangerous piling of materials

• Items that are obsolete or no longer needed

• Blocked aisle ways

• Broken containers and damaged materials

• Materials gathering dust/rust from disuse

• Spills, leaks and hazardous materials overflowing bins and

containers, overcrowded shelves

1.7.4 Risk Control

Much can be done to promote good housekeeping.

• A planned layout of plant and equipment can contribute to a

clean and tidy workplace with attention being paid to the

following:

o Adequate work stations;

o Effective access/egress;

o Walkways of sufficient width and clearly marked;

o Adequate storage space/racks/bins adequate rubbish

receptacles correct storage for gas cylinders,

chemicals, flammable materials;

o Clearly marked access for vehicles.

• Clearly defined employee responsibilities for keeping

workplaces clean and tidy.

• Allocating time for clean up within each task.

• Regular rubbish removal.

• Regular cleaning of amenities.

• Including housekeeping in regular plant safety inspections.


560

• Recognition of employee’s efforts to maintain a clean and

tidy workplace by management.

Infection Control

1.1 Purpose To prevent the risk of biological hazards and/or control outbreaks of

infection that have the potential to lead to cross infection. This policy and

procedure also relates to the protection of Liverpool Plains Shire Council

employees against needle stick injuries.

1.23 Scope









561



562

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

*

1.7 Policy

3

1.8 Procedure

4

1.9 Vaccination Management

6

FORMS

Application for Voluntary Vaccination


563


564

1.4 Definitions

“Infection” is a communicable disease (passed on from one person to another).

“Disease” is the invasion of micro-organisms in body tissue, which may or may not

harm the human body.

1.5 References



WorkCover Code of Practice – HIV and other blood-borne pathogens in the

workplace, No. 018

AS 4031-1992 Non-Reusable Containers for the Collection of Sharp Items Used in

Health Care Areas

AS/NZS 4261 – 1999 Reusable Containers for the Collection of Sharp Items Used

in Human and Animal Medical Applications

AS4187-1994 Cleaning, Disinfecting and Sterilizing of Medical and Surgical

Instruments and Equipment; Maintenance of Associated Environmental in

Health Care Facilities

LPSC Needlestick Training module

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises and accepts its obligation to take

all practicable action to ensure the health and safety of its employees.

Although there are no specific control measures outlined in the Occupational

Health & Safety Regulations 2001, the general requirements for Risk

Management in Chapter Two also applies to infectious substances. Under

the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Liverpool Plains Shire


565

Council is required to consider the potential harm to health and safety to

employees from exposure to biological organisms, products or substances

[refer to Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Clause 9(2)(h)]. All

employees have a legal obligation to support and assist in the reduction of

illness and injuries caused by the spreading of infection, disease, and the

handling of waste needles and syringes.

1.8 Procedure

1.8.1 Waste Needles & Syringes

The handling of waste needles and syringes after use is extremely dangerous.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees must always assume that each

individual needle or syringe has the highest degree of threat to their

wellbeing. The treat of infection penetration and the possible transferring of

the AIDS Virus is an absolute possibility. These needles and syringes may

be found in many of the locations of work that Liverpool Plains Shire

Council employees will be required to work.

1.8.1.1 Hazard Identification

Site Hazard Inspections are to be used prior to commencing any work at a Liverpool Plains Shire

Council worksite. An inspection of the worksite is to be conducted to determine any hazards present

including the presence of waste needles and syringes. If necessary, the Hazard Inspection may

require the use of a metal detector.

During the course of the project/works Liverpool Plains Shire Council

employees need to be observant and report immediately any discovery of

waste needles or syringes. All needles found must be treated as highly

dangerous.

1.8.1.2 Hazard Control

1. At the notification of the presence of, or a reasonable

expectation that waste needles or syringes will be found, the

Supervisor shall conduct a Toolbox Meeting to train the

employees in the identification of waste needles and syringes,


566

the control measures to be put in place, and the PPE to be

used.

2. The training should be arranged through the local

Community Health Centre and/or using LPSC Needlestick

Training package.

3. The Supervisor is responsible for arranging the supply of

PPE and ensuring that this equipment is readily available at

the workplace. The PPE equipment will include:

a. Safe Container for storage and disposal of waste

needles and syringes.

b. Suitable tongs for the picking up of needles and

syringes.

c. Suitable gloves.

d. Any other equipment as required specifically for that

job.

1.8.2 Infection Control

Risk of Infection can be spread by blood/body fluids as a result of sharing needles,

needle stick punctures from contaminated needles, cleaning up spilt body fluids

without protection, or First Aid procedures performed without protection. Some of

the well known harmful diseases are HIV, Hepatitis B & C. Hazards associated with

this type of distribution are:

• Airborne droplets spread by coughing, sneezing, talking, handling

money (e.g.) influenza, colds, and tuberculosis etc.;

• Faecal – Oral spread by mostly hand of people to mouth or indirectly

to food or other surfaces (e.g.) hepatitis A, gastrointestinal pathogens,

cholera, typhoid etc.;

• Skin and mucous contact through touch, kissing, sharing cups,

utensils, documents, money (e.g.) colds and influenza.


567

1.8.2.1 Risk Assessment

In assessing the risk of infection at Liverpool Plains Shire Council

workplaces, Council must consider several factors including:

• The nature of the disease;

• Understand how it spreads;

• The frequency of exposure and how many are

exposed;

• Understand how it affects people;

• The effect of control measures.

1.8.2.2 Risk Control Measures

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will:

• Use universal precautions such as the wearing of

gloves, using disposable materials, use of disinfectants

and antibacterial chemicals when performing First

Aid, handling food, and cleaning of spilt body fluids;

• Educate employees on effective hand washing before

eating, drinking, smoking, after using the toilet, before

and after handling food, and before and after First

Aid treatments;

• Educate employees to maintain good hygiene;

• Provide and maintain good hygiene facilities (e.g.)

toilets, kitchens, First Aid rooms, etc.;

• Isolate infected people by removing them from a

work environment;

• Bleach or sterilise objects that have come into contact

with blood or other body fluids;

• Use neat bleach on spilt blood and leave for 10

minutes before cleaning up with disposable products;


568

• Have sharps containers for the disposal of syringes,

needles, lances and other First Aid equipment that is

contaminated with body fluids;

• Double bag contaminated materials or clothing and

dispose responsibly;

• Have a register of potential and confirmed exposures;

• Review and evaluate the action plan annually;

• Vaccinate high-risk staff where appropriate against

diseases (e.g.) measles, mumps, rubella, hepatitis B,

influenza etc.

1.9 Vaccination Management

The purpose of Vaccination Management is to provide guidance for

Liverpool Plains Shire Council staff in:

1. Identifying high-risk staff for Hepatitis A & B vaccination.

2. Arrangements for staff to attend vaccinations.

3. Method of payment for testing and vaccination.

4. Recording of Injections, Follow-up Injections, and Boosters.

5. Adult Diphtheria/Tetanus Vaccinations (ADT).

1.9.1 Identifying Staff for Hepatitis A & B Vaccination

Hepatitis A (Hep A)

Hep A is most commonly transmitted by contact with faecal material which has been

ingested due to poor personal hygiene after contact with an infected person. People

in certain occupations are at significant risk of infection. Liverpool Plains Shire

Council employees in these occupations are:

• Child Care Workers; and

• Sewerage Workers.


569

Therefore employees in these occupations, whether full-time, part-time, or casual

should be immunised.

Hepatitis B (Hep B)

Hep B is transmitted by contact with blood or sexual secretions and sometimes by

mucus. It is necessary for the infection to enter the bloodstream and this is usually by

needle stick (either deliberate or accidental) or by sexual intercourse or contact with

open wounds/sores. Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees who are at most risk

are:

• Child Care Workers;

• Garbage Collectors;

• Caretakers; and

• Groundsmen etc.

Therefore employees in these occupations, whether full-time, part-time, or casual

should be immunised.

1.9.2 Arrangements for Employees to Attend for Vaccinations

Identified employees as being at risk as per Item 1.9.1, will be advised of the risk of

exposure to Hep A & B and provided with the appropriate information. Vaccination

is voluntary but is to be encouraged for the benefit of the individual, Liverpool

Plains Shire Council, and the community. An Application for Voluntary Vaccination

is to be signed by the employee. The relevant Supervisor or Section Manager will

make arrangements with the approved Medical Officer for vaccinations.

The Medical Officer will provide a schedule, where appropriate, for employees to

attend and it is that employee’s obligation to attend the appointments as arranged.

1.9.3 Method of Payment for Testing & Vaccination

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees will be reimbursed for costs associated

with the testing and vaccination processes as per normal reimbursement methods.


570

1.9.4 Recording of Injections & Follow-up Injections & Boosters

The appointment schedule provided by the Medical Officer is to be copied and the

copy sent to Human Resources for entry into Council’s database.

Responsibility for attending follow-up appointments or injections remains with the

individual employee.

1.9.5 Adult Tetanus/Tetanus Vaccinations

Employees who have not received an initial course of Tetanus injections

(three doses) + test should, if exposed to wounds involving contamination

from soil, dust, or horse manure, be vaccinated when receiving Hep A or

Hep B vaccinations. (Persons who suffer a Tetanus prone injury and where 5

years has elapsed since the previous vaccination should obtain a booster

vaccination).

Isolation/Tag-Out

1.1 Purpose This procedure provides Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees with information

pertaining to Council’s Isolation and Tag Out procedures.

1.24 Scope


571










572

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

4

1.6 Compliance

4

1.7 Policy

4


4

1.9 Guidelines

5

1.10 Procedure for Lockouts & Danger Tags

7


573

FORMS

Isolation Permit

Isolation Register

Permit to Work

Confined Spaces Entry Permit


574

1.4 Definitions

“Accountable Persons”: An individual, who assumes responsibility for the health

and welfare of any other person in a workplace by providing instruction, direction,

assistance, advice or service, is deemed an Accountable Person in accordance with

the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000. All management and supervisory staff

(which includes those with responsibility for students) are therefore considered

"Accountable Persons".

“Authorised Persons”: Authorised persons are Liverpool Plains Shire Council

personnel, employees of contractors who have been authorised by a Liverpool Plains

Shire Council Section Manager to carry out repairs, maintenance or servicing work

and who have undertaken suitable training to be able to apply these procedures.

“Contractors”: For the purposes of this procedure a contractor is any person

engaged by Liverpool Plains Shire Council to perform work for gain or reward, other

than an employee.

“Danger Tags”: Danger Tags are Red and White Tags with the word "DANGER".

Danger Tags are a warning to all personnel that the plant or equipment is dangerous

to operate.

“Employees”: For the purposes of this Policy, employee refers to any staff member

or to any student or visitor using plant (Plant includes any machinery, equipment,

appliance, implement or tool.)

“Isolation”: Isolation is the removal of the energy source from an item of

equipment in such a way as to prevent the possibility of accidental or unplanned

energisation of the whole, or a specific section of that equipment. The

de-energisation must also prevent the introduction of contaminants or conditions

through equipment such as piping, ducts, vents, drains, conveyors, service pipes and

fire protection equipment.

Energy sources may include, but not be limited to, electrical, mechanical,

hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical, radioactive, kinetic, potential, thermal, and

gravitational.


575

“Lockouts”: Lockout is where a positive isolator is turned to the OFF position and

secured in that position by removal of a key or having a physical block fitted such as

a padlock and the key removed. This stops the plant or equipment being turned on

accidentally or in an unplanned circumstance. CHECK MANUFACTURERS

INSTRUCTIONS to ensure all points are locked.

“Out-of-Service”: Plant and equipment that is deemed to be unsafe to operate can

be taken Out-of-Service by the placement of Out-of-Service Tags.

“Out-of-Service Tags”: Out-of-Service Tags are yellow and black Tags that are

placed on unsafe plant and/or equipment when the use of that plant or equipment

could cause injury to people or damage to plant or equipment. An Out-of-Service

Tag readily identifies that plant or equipment as being unsafe.

1.5 References



1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to minimising risks associated

with the requirement for employees and Contractors to perform

construction, installation, inspection, repair, and maintenance work by use of

a formal isolation system. This procedure provides the minimum

requirements for all types of isolation activities conducted at Liverpool Plains

Shire Council.




576

Managers and Supervisors need to ensure that employees are able to undertake

isolation activities safely by implementing this procedure. Where plant or equipment

isolation is required the Manager or Supervisor is responsible for ensuring that

delegated safety responsibilities are fulfilled and that appropriate supervision is

provided. Managers and Supervisors must ensure that employees required to conduct

maintenance, repairs, or inspection of plant and equipment have the relevant

qualifications and isolation training appropriate for the work they are performing.

Managers and Supervisors must also ensure that appropriate equipment and

information is available concerning isolating and tagging plant and equipment and

that the Isolation Register is completed.

1.8.2 Contractors

Contractors must ensure that these procedures are implemented when undertaking

work at Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

1.8.3 Employees

Whilst undertaking any isolation activity, employees are required to do so in a

manner which does not adversely affect their own health and safety, or that of

others. They must immediately report to their Supervisor any matter which may

affect their own or others' health and safety. In addition employees must complete

where appropriate, the isolation section on the Permit to Work form, Confined

Spaces Entry Permit and Isolation Register.

1.9 Guidelines

1.9.1 Liverpool Plains Shire Council Isolation Register

The Isolation Register must be maintained for each section and/or building as

appropriate. The registers should be readily accessible by all employees and

Contractors.

1.9.2 Out-of-Service Tags

Out-of-service Tags are available from the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Depot and

Employees' Safety Representatives. Out-of-Service Tags shall be completed and

placed on faulty or unsafe plant and equipment where its use or operation could


577

cause further damage to it, or other plant or equipment or cause personal injury. The

Tag must be placed in a prominent position, clearly visible from the position where

the plant or equipment is started.

1.9.3 Danger Tags

















Circumstances under which a Danger Tag can be removed on the person's

behalf are:



Under these circumstances, an authorised person will inspect the job, declare the

situation safe, remove the Danger Tag and complete the Isolation Register.

1.9.4 Lockouts


578





of plant is to include mechanical locks and whole-current isolators.

Any plant designed to be operated from more than one location shall be fitted with

lockouts that effectively isolate the power source.

In the case of electrically powered plant, isolation must ensure that the power circuit

is effectively interrupted. A licensed electrical contractor shall only carry out

electrical isolation.

Any stored energy in the locked-out plant or equipment must he discharged before

any work can commence.

Prior to the commencement of any work on locked-out plant or equipment, it must

have a Danger Tag attached by the person(s) required to perform such work.

1.9.5 Exemptions from the Application of Locks & Danger Tags

Minor adjustments and other minor servicing activities that take place during normal

operations where:






the task.

Cord and plug-connected electrical equipment if unplugging it from its energy source

controls exposure to unexpected start-up. The plug must also be under the exclusive


579

control of the employee doing the servicing, maintenance or cleaning of the plant or

equipment.

Situations where the isolation of the plant or equipment will also isolate essential

services, provided that:


is impractical;






1.10 Procedure for Lockouts & Danger Tags


















580



Step 2 – Identify & De-energise All Energy Sources:

1. Both kinetic (motion energy) and potential (stored energy) sources are to be tagged

out and locked out (wherever practicable), these include:

� Electrical

� Hydraulic

� Pneumatic

� Gravity

� Spring Energy

� Chemical

� Heat (e.g.) Steam


� Isolating and proving dead all-electrical power supply

to the plant or equipment.

� Lowering suspended equipment with stored potential

energy to its rest position.

� Blocking moveable parts that might be affected by

gravity or other forces.

� Draining or bleeding hydraulic and air lines to remove

pressure.


3. All plant and equipment isolation must be notified to a

Supervisor.


581












2. When testing or returning plant or equipment to service the following must

be observed:

� Notify all personnel involved with the plant or

equipment












582



Laser Safety

1.5 Purpose To ensure that all employees understand the risk associated with use of laser

equipment and provide all personnel with information to minimise risk

through a process of hazard identification, risk assessment and risk

management.

1.25 Scope







Health &Safety Regulation 2001 and Codes of Practice.


583



584

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 General

4


585

1.4 Definitions “Radiation”, includes electromagnetic radiation including energy ranging

from cosmic rays to x-rays to light waves to radio waves.

“Laser”, form of concentrated light waves used to perform work including

burning, cutting, welding, measuring and pointing. Risk of causing soft tissue

injury on contact. By international standard, lasers are classified a follows:

• Class 1 – Low power (low risk).

• Class 2 – Low power emitting visible radiation (moderate risk,

possible injury potential).

• Class 3A – Higher power emitting visible radiation (high risk,

possible injury potential).

• Class 3B – High power emitting visible or invisible radiation (high

risk, immediate injury potential).

• Class 4 – High power devices capable of producing hazardous,

diffuse reflections (High risk, immediate injury potential).

“Workplace”, means any place, whether or not in a building or structure,

where employees or self employed person’s work.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation (2001) – Sections 230, 237

AS 2211 – Laser safety

AS 2397 – Use of lasers in Construction Industry

1.6 Compliance




policy.


586

1.7 General

Lasers are with in the optical part of the light spectrum. Lasers can be visible light or

invisible ultraviolet or infra-rad radiation. Lasers can cause very serious injury to

people.

1.8 Procedure 1. A Risk Assessment must be undertaken prior to work on or about any radiation

source (including lasers).

2. Where necessary, the appropriate Permit to Work must be issued.

3. All laser radiation risk must be identified and clearly labelled and a warning

device should be provided on each piece of equipment to indicate when it is

radiating.

4. Only persons trained and accredited in the use or maintenance of laser

equipment are permitted to work on or about the identified source.

5. All employees working with or in the vicinity of laser equipment is be provided

with and use appropriate personal protective equipment as required in AS 2211

Laser Safety; and, AS 2397 Use of Lasers in Construction Industry.

6. No laser equipment will be inspected nor should work be done on it by a person

in the radiation path during periods when it is energised.

7. Operating laser equipment should not be pointed toward inhabited areas.

8. Operator to ensure that there is no flammable or explosive materials in the path

of any laser equipment.

9. Laser equipment (irrespective of type or classification), under no circumstance

should be direct towards workers.

10. All incidents (irrespective of severity or injury) involving exposure to laser

radiation must be reported.


587

Lighting

1.1 Purpose

To comply with Council’s general duties as required under the Occupational

Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001 regarding the levels of lighting in the workplace.

1.2 Scope










588

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Background

3

1.7 Policy

3

1.8 Emergency Lighting

4

1.9 Assessment

4

1.10 Staff Responsibilities

4


589


590

1.4 References


Occupational Health& Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 4, Division 2

AS 1680.1: Interior lighting: general principles and recommendations

AS 1680.2: Interior lighting and office and screen based tasks




1.6 Background

The Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 at Clause 46 sets out specific risk

control measures for lighting in the workplace. Liverpool Plains Shire Council must

provide adequate lighting to allow for safe work which does not create glare or

reflection. It must be adequate to allow employees to move safely around the

workplace and be sufficient to allow for safe access or egress, including emergency

exits. Poor lighting can result in lack of visibility. This is hazardous for both indoor

and outdoor work.

1.7 Policy

Workplace lighting is an important factor in safety, efficiency, and work quality. Wherever

possible natural lighting will be used in Liverpool Plains Shire Council places of work.

However, where necessary, this natural lighting is to be improved with artificial lighting.

Specific information on the lighting requirements for various workplace tasks is contained

in the Australian Standard for Indoor Lighting (AS 1680:1990).

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to:

i) Providing a safe place and safe systems of work.

ii) Ensuring that the general levels of lighting do not adversely affect other’s

health and safety.

iii) Ensuring that task lighting is provided wherever feasible, in accordance

with recommended standards for the tasks being undertaken.


591


i) All lighting fixtures, fittings and portable lighting equipment is fit-for-

purpose (i.e.) type approved for the area, where it is installed or used.

ii) A base-line survey of lighting levels is conducted in the workplace.

iii) All areas where there are moving machine elements (i.e.) where metal and

other material cutting and milling machine operations are involved, are

cleared of any hazard created by any stroboscopic effect of lighting.

1.8 Emergency Lighting

Emergency lighting is required to provide sufficient illumination for people to evacuate

from many areas in the event of a power failure or fire. As well as lighting above door

exits, light sources should be set low down so that in the case of fire the light is below that

smoke line.

1.9 Assessment

A documented assessment of the adequacy of lighting, with consultation of employees

(i.e.) with reference to the appropriate Australian Standards, is undertaken in relation to,

and using Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Lighting Checklist:

• Emergency access/egress lighting.

• General environmental lighting levels.

• Specific task lighting.

• An improvement program is implemented to achieve the target quality of

lighting.

• An effective maintenance program is adopted for maintaining lighting

efficiency.

• Follow-up surveys of lighting are conducted at least every (2) two years

or whenever changes have been made which may affect the quality of

lighting within the workplace (whichever is the sooner).

1.10 Staff Responsibilities


592

• Carry out their duties in the workplace to minimise the risk of accidents

or ill health related to poor or defective lighting.

• Co-operate with measures introduced in the interests of workplace health

and safety related to the avoidance of risk associated with poor or

inadequate levels or quality of lighting.

• Take prompt action to secure or isolate any hazardous situation relating

to the adequacy of lighting which comes to their notice, and which is

within their capacity to safely remedy in order to protect others in the

workplace.

• Immediately report to their supervisor all matters, which may affect

health and safety due to the level and/or quality of lighting.

Liquefied Chlorine Gas

1.1 Purpose

This procedure is designed to provide risk management guidelines for the

storage, handling use of liquefied chlorine gas.

1.26 Scope




593








594

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Procedure

3

1.8 Emergency Procedures for Leaks, Spills, & Fire

8


595

1.4 Definitions

“Dangerous Goods” – are any substance that will present dangers in the workplace

and are classified into 9 classes. Dangerous Goods packaging is easily distinguished

by the distinctive coloured diamonds.

“UN Number” – United Nation identification number assigned to the chemical.

“Hazchem” – Hazard Code for Dangerous Goods emergencies.

“MSDS” – is a sheet that describes the properties and hazards of the substance to

enable the user to use it safely.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 6, 6A

Australian Standard 2927:2001 – Storage and Handling of Liquefied Chlorine Gas

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Procedure

1.7.1 Hazard Identification

Employees must be fully aware of the hazards associated with liquefied

chlorine gas and take all necessary steps to eliminate and/or reduce risk to

employees or the general public. Hazards associated with liquefied chlorine

gas include:

• Health Hazards:

o Inhalation - Most common and potentially fatal;

o Contact with Skin - Common and can result in severe

chemical burn;

o Contact with Eyes - Contact can result in permanent

eye damage;


596

o Ingestion - Rare but with severe toxic effect;

o Acute and chronic effects.

• Explosion Hazards:

o Non-flammable but can cause fire and explosion on

contact with organic substances;

o Chlorine attacks oils and greases to form gummy

deposits. This can block flow meters and interfere

with operation of valves that can lead to an explosion;

o Liquid chlorine has a high rate of thermal expansion

and if trapped between two valves, liquid chlorine can

rupture pipe work due to the build-up of hydrostatic

pressure.

• Fire Hazards:

o May be combustible if contact with combustible

materials;

o Heavier than air. Accumulates in low-lying areas or

flows downhill especially in still air.

• Corrosion Hazards:

o Will corrode metals and other substances, particularly

when moisture is present.


All employees must be able to assess the risks associated with liquefied chlorine gas

prior to any work being performed in, around, or a along side the installation. The

risk assessment must take into account the following:

• The work to be carried out.

• The work environment.


597

• The skill level and experience of the operators.

• Emergency preparedness.

1.7.3 Risk Control & Management

Where excessive risk is identified, employees and management must take necessary

action to reduce the probability and severity of injury. Where necessary, parties

developing the risk management strategy should refer to options available under the

hierarchy of control measures. These are:

• Eliminate or substitute the hazard;

• Apply engineering controls;

• Apply administrative controls;

• Use personal protective equipment.

Additionally, the following general guidelines are presented to assist employees to

manage risk associated with work involving liquefied chlorine gas.

1. The secured area is to be surrounded by a chain wire fence (at

least 2m high) and under surveillance at those times when the

gates are not locked;

2. Areas where Liquefied Chlorine Gas is stored must be

identified by the correct signage:

• Dangerous Goods Class 2.3, Subsidiary Risk 8.

• Danger: No Smoking.

• Warning: Restricted Area, Authorised Personnel

Only.


598

3. The site must have appropriate Hazchem signage as

exemplified below:

4. The means of entry into and exit from the area or room

where chlorine gas is stored must be kept clear and

unobstructed at all times.

5. All areas where liquefied chlorine gas is stored or dispensed

must be fitted with a leak detector that has an automatic

alarm system that goes through to a control room.

6. The alarm system is to be checked on a weekly basis.


599

7. The storage area of liquefied chlorine gas is to be inspected

on a weekly basis to detect leaks, and on a monthly basis of

both general and safety equipment. A trained and authorised

person shall carry out inspections.

8. Records of all inspections, including the inspector's name and

the date of inspection, shall be maintained in appropriate

logbooks, and countersigned by the area Supervisor. Records

are to be kept for a period of 2 years.

9. Safety Information Board must be installed for Emergency

Services and displayed in locations that satisfy the emergency

services. To include:

• Location of the Emergency Plan;

• Location of Manifest;

• Location of Personal Protection Equipment (PPE);

• Location of Essential Services and of the Controls.

10. The area where chorine gas is stored is to have sufficient

lighting at all times and all access roads must be well

illuminated.

11. The Supervisor responsible for the area is to ensure provision

of adequate fire fighting equipment and first-aid equipment is

available and accessible at all times. Safety showers and eye

wash stations must be installed where liquid chlorine is used

and handled.

12. The Supervisor responsible for the area is to ensure that

emergency procedures are established and adequate training

has been implemented.

13. The Supervisor responsible for the area is to ensure that all

employees who store, dispense or handle liquefied chlorine


600

gas have been adequately trained in “Hazardous Substances”

and are competent to perform their tasks in a safe manner.

14. The Supervisor responsible for the area is to ensure the

security of the installation at all times and to maintain the area

as a designated restricted area. A host employee must

accompany persons who need to enter this restricted area and

a permit to work must be obtained. Where this is not possible

the person shall be given a list of hazards present and any

appropriate precaution to be taken prior to entry into the

restricted area.

15. The Supervisor responsible for the area is to ensure that:

• All labels are legible;

• Current copies of Material Safety Data Sheets are

available in an accessible area;

• Movement of chlorine containers must accordance

with AS/NZS 2927:2001.

16. Personnel who are working around liquefied chlorine gas are

to be adequately trained in emergency and correct fire

fighting procedures.

17. Personal protective equipment and clothing must be made

available at all times and checked on a regular basis. Where

chlorine liquid is being handled, the following protective

equipment and clothing is to be made available:

• Self Contained Breathing Apparatus;

• Escape Respiratory Protective Equipment;

• Rubber or PVC Gloves;

• Rubber or PVC Safety Boots;

• Splash Suits and Protective Clothing.


601

1.8 Emergency Procedures for Leaks, Spills, & Fire EMERGENCY ACTION ONLY BY TRAINED & EQUIPPED PERSONNEL

WARNING: Employee action in chlorine gas emergencies under this procedure is

limited to self-preservation and evacuation.

Action to stem any chlorine leak or extinguish any fire associated with

liquefied chlorine gas must be undertaken by trained and suitably equipment

emergency response personnel (i.e.) Fire Brigade.

Evacuation:

The evacuation procedure outlined below should be followed:

1. Sound the alarm immediately a leak is detected and report this to the

person in charge of the installation.

2. Evacuate any people likely to be in danger to a safe position upwind,

and not closer than one kilometre from the source of the leak.

Personnel should be moved clear of the gas-laden air, then upwind to

a position of greater safety. Wind direction should be closely

monitored throughout the emergency.

3. When moving through an area affected by chlorine, only shallow

breaths should be taken and a water-wetted cloth pad if available

should be held over the nose and mouth.

4. If it is impossible to leave the area, advise personnel to remain

indoors with doors and windows tightly closed. Gaps under doors

and windows should be blocked with wet towels and all ventilation,

air-conditioning systems and gas heaters should be turned off.


602

5. Use of emergency gas masks, if available, are strictly for escape

purposes only. The escape gas mask is not suitable for use where:

• Concentrations of chlorine exceeds 1% of air volume; or,

• Oxygen levels are depleted; or,

• Emergency escape requires remaining in the gas-affected area

for other than short periods of time.

6. Under no circumstances should any employee member enter an area affected by chlorine

gas until it is deemed safe to do by the site emergency controller.

LPG Gas

1.1 Purpose

To provide Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees with information concerning

the use of LP Gas and Autogas.

1.27 Scope






603




Ed 1/Rev 3 Authorised by: Robert Hunt Review: October

2011

Changes: LPG is a

Dangerous Goods Class

2.1 (update June 22,

2009)


604

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Product information

3

1.7 Characteristics of LP Gas Storage Tanks

3

1.8 Characteristics of LP Gas

4

1.9 Emergency Procedures

6

1.10 Fire

7


605

1.11 Standards & Statutory Regulations

7

1.12 Cylinder Storage

8

1.13 Statutory Requirements in Australia

8


8

1.15 The Use of Battery Operated Electrical Equipment

9

1.16 Autogas (LP Gas)

9


11


606


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 6, 6A

AS 1596:2002 – The Storage and Handling of LP Gas

1.5 Compliance




policy.

1.6 Product Information

The chemical composition of LP Gas varies according to its source. Usually,

however, LP Gas is a mixture of propane and butane. Another hydrocarbon

which could be present in significant proportions in LP Gas produced by

certain refineries is propylene (propene).

The availability of LP Gas, its efficiency in heat energy production, case of

transfer and handling, combined with its many natural and desirable

characteristics as a fuel, make it widely accepted. In Australia, propane is a

gas used for domestic, industrial and commercial purposes.

It is important not to use propane on appliances designed to burn butane,

and vice versa, without obtaining expert advice on such items as jet sizes and

regulator pressures, which may require replacement or adjustment. Users of

LP Gas should obtain a material safety data sheet from the supplier.

LPG is a Dangerous Goods Class 2.1 (update June 22, 2009)

1.7 Characteristics of LP Gas Storage Tanks

An important characteristic of all LP Gas vessels is that they are designed to

never be completely full of liquid. An adequate vapour space is always

maintained above the liquid. This vapour space allows for expansion caused


607

by temperature changes; such as occur when the vessel is exposed to strong

sunlight.

Butane can be stored in propane vessels. Propane must not be stored in

vessels designed for butane. If in doubt, cheek with your local LP Gas

supplier.

Propane pressure in a tank will vary from 700 Kpa (100 psi) in cold weather,

to around 1400 Kpa (200 psi) in hot weather and for butane the range is

around 170 Kpa (24 psi) to 480 (70 psi). The pressure is not affected by the

amount of liquid in the vessel, as long as there is adequate vapour space.

1.8 Characteristics of LP Gas

1.8.1 Physical Properties

LP Gas is a colourless, odourless liquid when stored under pressure. Odorant is

added as a safety measure to give the liquid and gas the characteristic gas smell to aid

quick detection of leaks.

For LP Gas to remain as a liquid it must be stored either under very low

temperature, or high pressure, or a combination of both.

1.8.2 Vapour Density of LP Gas

Propane has a vapour density of 1.5, and butane 2.0. (Air vapour density of L) LP

Gas vapour is heavier than air and therefore any LP Gas escape will flow

downwards and may accumulate in low-lying areas. If an LP Gas leak occurs, the

biggest danger is at ground level, when the vapour will spill to all the lower levels,

particularly down wind of the leak.

LP Gas is approximately half the density of water and therefore any escape may flow

across water before vaporising.

1.8.3 Toxicity

LP Gas is not poisonous or toxic, but if the area in which you are working becomes

filled with LP Gas, it can cause mild anaesthesia, you may be nauseated or feel


608

dizziness. In very high concentrations it will replace the air and oxygen and cause

suffocation. LP Gas filling installations are required to be well ventilated by being

open on at least two sides.

1.8.4 Pressures & Temperature Influences on LP Gas

LP Gas, when compressed sufficiently, will change from a gas to a liquid. Similarly,

when the gas is cooled below its boiling point it will also liquefy.

As the temperatures of LP Gas in a vessel increases the pressure also

increases.

As vapour is drawn from the vessel the lowering of the pressure causes any

remaining liquid to give off more vapour to restore the pressure in the vessel.

If excess vapour is drawn from the vessel frosting will occur up to the liquid level in

the storage vessel.

1.8.5 Cold Burns

Propane or butane liquid in contact with the skin cause serious “cold burns”.

Council approved protective gloves must be worn when handling LP Gas.

1.8.6 Expansion Ratio of LP Gas

The expansion ratio of LP Gas is 1-270. This means that one litre of liquid, if

vaporised, will occupy a volume 270 times greater than one litre of its liquid state.

1.8.7 Equipment Freeze

As LP Gas liquid expands to vapour it can cause temperatures to drop rapidly.

Leaking liquid is extremely hazardous due to its large and sudden expansion to

vapour. The expansion of liquid LP Gas can cause internal or outside moisture to

freeze and an open or closed valve can become blocked with ice giving a false

impression of the state of the system. When the ice melts, liquid LP Gas will again

begin to flow.

1.8.8 LP Gas Vapour Cloud or White Fog


609

The white fog is caused by liquid gas vaporising and thereby expanding and cooling

so rapidly it condenses the moisture in the air. It can expand rapidly over a large area.

The outer edge of this white fog is highly flammable and will explode if brought in

contact with an ignition source.

Liquid LP Gas will dissipate much faster on very hot days and consequently the

vapour cloud (white fog) might not be readily visible.

1.8.9 LP Gas Flammability

LP Gas vapour, which is heavier than air, can combine with up to 50 times its own

volume of air to form an explosive mixture.

1.8.10 Dangers of Overfilling LP Gas Tanks

When an LP Gas tank or cylinder is overfilled, a rise in ambient (surrounding)

temperature will cause the pressure in the tank to increase. The usual result is that

the pressure relief valve(s) will operate and LP Gas vapour or liquid will be emitted.

If, however, the tank has been overfilled to the point where it becomes liquid full,

LP Gas will be emitted and will expand into vapour on release. The relief valve will

continue to discharge LP Gas until the pressure inside the tank drops to below the

relief valve setting. This opening and closing action may occur many times before the

liquid levels falls to provide sufficient vapour space for the temperature conditions.

Ignition of the gas being discharged could cause a serious fire.

Overfilling can also cause a dangerous situation inside the premises. Liquid LP Gas

could flow through regulating equipment thus supplying liquid LP Gas instead of

vapour.

This situation is extremely dangerous and could lead to:

• Over-pressurisation of internal pipe work and possible

rupture;


610

• Incomplete combustion within the appliance and generation

of poisonous carbon monoxide;

• Escaping liquid LP Gas within the premises;

• Potential for fire and/or subsequent explosion.

The result can also cause serious burns to personnel and ignite material

outside the combustion area, which is considered safely located under normal

and proper use.

This also applies to cylinders that have been overfilled by decanting.

If you suspect that an overfilled condition exists, close the vessel supply valve

and report the situation immediately. If a tank is overfilled, the excess liquid

will need to be removed. Your gas supplier will determine the most

appropriate course of action.


All locations that have LP Gas on site must have emergency procedures in

place that include actions to take in the event of a leak or fire.

Specialised training for people who may be required to handle gas

emergencies is required. The general rules that apply are:

1. The protection of life must always be the first consideration.

Property second.

2. Handling an emergency successfully depends mainly on these factors:

• Knowledge of the product and the equipment in your charge;

• The ability to adapt established procedures to the particular

circumstances;

• Having set documented procedures will help to reduce the

chances of injury and damage;


611

• Having regular practice drills to ensure everyone understands

their responsibilities;

• Keeping calm, acting quickly and thinking clearly.

3. Ready access should be available for specialist advice.

1.10 Fire

If flammable gas is burning, close the valves, if possible, so that the supply is

turned off. If this is not possible do not extinguish the flames as an explosion

hazard, caused by uncontrolled leakage of gas, may be created. Cylinders or

tanks subject to heat should be cooled with water from a protected position

up wind of the leak.

No one should approach hot cylinders even if they are under control of

extensive water deluge or spray protection.

1.11 Standards & Statutory Regulations

In all countries Standards set out requirements for the design and

construction of equipment for the handling of liquefied petroleum gas (LP

Gas, LPG).

Australian Standards governing LP Gas have no legal authority in their own

right, but have been given legal standing through adoption by statutory

authorities.

Installation and maintenance of LP Gas tanks, cylinders and equipment must

only be carried out by approved installers and/or technicians.

1.12 Cylinder Storage

LP Gas cylinders must always be stored, filled, and transported, in an upright

position. The safety relief valve (SRV) is designed to be in the vapour space of the

cylinder to operate if the cylinder is exposed to heat or is overfilled. If the cylinder is


612

not upright the safety relief valve will be in contact with liquid and should the SRV

operate liquid will be discharged.

LP Gas cylinders are not to be transported in the passenger cabins of vehicles.

LP Gas cylinders should never be stored upside down to indicate they are empty.

Cylinders designed for use on fork lift trucks are different and they can be stored,

filled, and transported in either an upright or horizontal position, provided the safety

relief valve is in an upright position (i.e.) at 12 o'clock.

Rain caps on the cylinder safety relief valve should be in place while cylinders are in

storage, if they come off or are lost, inform your gas supplier.

LP Gas cylinders and bulk storage installations should be stored and protected

against collision damage in accordance with AS 1596.

1.13 Statutory Requirements in Australia

Australian Standard 1596 (LP Gas Code)

Australian Code for Transportation of Dangerous Goods by Road & Rail


The checking, testing and maintenance of LP Gas cylinders, tanks and decanting

equipment is the responsibility of the owning company.

Cylinders not tested within 10 years or cylinders which are damaged must not be

filled without re-test and approval by an authorised cylinder test station.

Employees are responsible for observing all Council instructions and procedures and

for safe working in the area of their operations. Conditions considered to be unsafe

are to be brought to the attention of the relevant supervisor or manager as soon as

they are detected.

1.15 The Use Of Battery Operated Electronic Equipment


613

This applies to the use of battery operated electronic equipment in potentially

explosive atmospheres.

Although procedures may be in place for the use of non-intrinsically safe

mobile equipment at locations where explosive atmospheres could exist,

especially near LP Gas, tanks, mobile telephones, pagers and other electronic

devices should not be worn or used within 10 metres of such facilities.

Any electronic or possible sparking equipment used within 10 metres of LP

Gas vessels should be only done so after approval from the Section Manager

or Supervisor, who will issue the appropriate special work permit.

Intrinsically safe equipment may be used after confirmation that the

equipment conforms to Australian Standards.

1.16 AutoGas (LP Gas)

Liquid petroleum gas is a clean burning hydrocarbon fuel widely used as an

automotive fuel.

A vehicle powered by LP Gas can be safer than a petrol-powered vehicle.

Studies from overseas where Autogas has been used for 25 years have shown

that Autogas powered vehicles are invariably safer in serious accidents than

petrol powered vehicles. In Australia, government regulations and national

codes ensure a similar high level of safety.

In all Australian States strict requirements apply to all aspects of LP Gas

storage, handling and installation. Conversion of vehicles can be done only

by a specially licensed fitter.

1.16.1 Safety Features of the System

An automatic fill-limiting valve stops the flow of fuel into the storage cylinder as

soon as it is 80% full. This leaves room for the fuel to expand in unusual

circumstances.


614

If, for some abnormal reason, excessive pressure builds up in the cylinder, a pressure

relief valve opens automatically and allows gas to escape to the open air through a

safety vent until the pressure drops.

The service valve, which normally opens to allow fuel to pass to the engine, can be

shut in an emergency to stop fuel from flowing out.

Autogas flows from the storage cylinder to the engine through a service line to a

safety fuel lock. A special filter in the fuel lock removes any foreign matter and

prevents the flow of fuel to the engine when the ignition is turned off.

From the safety fuel lock the liquid fuel flows to a converter where it is vaporised

into a gas. The converter then regulates the flow of gas to the carburettor where it is

mixed evenly with air for efficient combustion.

1.16.2 Refuelling Procedures

Refuelling an LP Gas powered unit is a process which should only be done

by a competent person.

• Refuel in well-ventilated area. Do not fill tank indoors.

• Turn off ignition. Set brakes. No smoking. Turn off mobile

phone/pager.

• Remove protective cap and connect filler nozzle.

• Squeeze trigger of nozzle valve and transfer (filling) will

commence.

• Trigger must be held by hand. No restraining devices are to

be used to hold trigger open.

• Filling will stop when 80% level is reached and is indicated by

slight thud and the Autogas dispenser will stop registering.

• Shut filler valve on nozzle by releasing trigger and disconnect.

• Return filler nozzle to dispenser and replace protective cap.


615

• Avoid body contact with liquid fuel as its freezing effect can

have the same result as a severe bum.

• Motor vehicles and forklift trucks are the only items that can

be filled at an Autogas dispenser. Note: Forklift cylinders

must be attached to the forklift for LP Gas refuelling at

Autogas dispensers.


The Autogas fuel system has a number of inherent safety advantages over a

conventional petrol system in a vehicle accident. The fuel container is manufactured

as an approved high quality pressure vessel and is most unlikely to split in an

accident. The fuel supply is shut off if the engine stops or the ignition is switched

off. The manual service valve at the tank allows the system to be easily and securely

isolated. In the case of a fire the container will safely vent its contents from the vent

tube to avoid any over-pressure situation.

In Case of Accident: If the vehicle is involved in an accident:

1. Turn off the ignition.

2. Turn off the manual service valve located on the fuel container in the

boot on sedans or under the rear on station wagons.

3. Ensure there are no ignition sources near the vehicle.

In Case of a Gas Leak: If you detect a strong smell of Autogas:

1. Turn off the ignition.

2. Turn off the manual service valve.

3. Ensure there are no sources of ignition near the vehicle. Do not look

for a gas leak with a lighter or match.


616

4. If the smell of Autogas dissipates then drive the vehicle on petrol to

the nearest Autogas service garage for repair.

5. If you are unsure, or the leak does not stop, then call your local

Autogas service agent.

Note: Autogas is heavier than air and in the absence of dispersal tends to

accumulate in low-lying areas.


617

SCHEMATIC LAYOUT OF THE BASIC COMPONENTS OF AN AUTO LP GAS SYSTEM

Manual Handling

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to provide information and requirements to identify,

assess, and control any Manual Handling carried out by the employees, Contractors, and

visitors at Liverpool Plains Shire Council and to comply with legislation requiring the

control of risks from manual handling and the specific requirement in the Occupational

Health & Safety Regulation 2001 for Manual Handling assessment.


618

1.2 Scope










619

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3


3

1.9 Manual Handling Procedures

4

1.10 Correct Lifting Techniques

7


620

1.11 Manual Handling Assessment

8

FORMS:

Manual Handling Risk Assessment Checklist


621

1.4 Definitions

“Manual Handling” is defined as any activity that requires the use of force exerted by a

person to lift, lower, push pull, carry or otherwise move, hold or restrain any animate or

inanimate object” (Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001).

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Sections 79, 80, & 81

National Code of Practice for Manual Handling (formerly NOHSC: Manual Handling

Code of Practice)

NOHSC: National Standard for Manual Handling (NOHSC now ASCC

www.ascc.gov.au).

1.6 Compliance




1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises and accepts its obligation to take all practical

steps to ensure the health, safety, and welfare of its employees. As such Liverpool Plains

Shire Council has developed a Manual Handling Policy and a set of practical Procedures

to assist staff identify, assess, and control Manual Handling issues in the workplace.

All Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees have a responsibility and an obligation to

support and assist in the reduction of injuries caused by poor Manual Handling lifting

techniques. All employees should be aware of the serious and debilitating injuries that can

be caused by incorrect manual lifting and movement of loads.


Liverpool Plains Shire Council will seek to ensure that to the extent it is practical, the

workplace hazards from Manual Handling will be eliminated. If it is not possible to

eliminate the hazard Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to promoting workplace


622

practices to control the risk from the hazard to the lowest possible level. Therefore,


• Manual Handling hazards are identified and the associated risk assessed

and controlled.

• Suitable training and information is provided to all employees to enable

them to assist in the risk assessment process of Manual Handling tasks.

• Every endeavour will be made to implement control strategies that will

eliminate the use of Manual Handling of objects etc.

• Mechanical or other aids will be provided to assist or reduce the risk with

Manual Handling Tasks.

• Employees are required to report any Manual Handling task that presents

risk to safety of employees.

• Manual handling training will be provided to employees to assist them to

minimise the risk when carrying out Manual Handling task.

• Manual Handling task or activities will be considered when purchasing

new plant or equipment.

1.8.1 Section Managers

Section Managers are responsible for ensuring the following procedures are

implemented within their workgroup. In particular Section Managers are to

ensure employees are aware of the potential hazards associated with manual

handling and that there is in place appropriate programs to manage the risk.

1.8.2 Supervisors Supervisors are responsible for ensuring tasks are carried out according to

procedures. In particular Supervisors are to ensure staff have been trained in

appropriate manual handling techniques. Supervisors are also to ensure that

before commencing an activity requiring manual handling a risk assessment

has been undertaken.


623

1.8.3 Employees Employees are responsible for carrying out all activities in a safe manner in

accordance with any Manual Handling strategies that have been introduced

into the work place to prevent injuries.

1.9 Manual Handling Procedures

Manual Handling related injuries account for almost 35% of all injuries sustained at work.

Most of theses Manual Handling injuries are caused by poor lifting techniques. Lifting

whilst twisting and/or turning places great stress on the spine, particularly in the lower

lumbar region and this is where most debilitating back injuries occur. Manual Handling

injuries can also occur when the body has not “warmed up” so it is often good to do

some stretching or light exercise before lifting.

Where or whenever possible, mechanical lifting devices should be used where heavy

objects or repetitive tasks are involved. For example, construction areas should be cleaned

up by using a front end loader rather than by hand, or using an overhead crane to help

change a tractor tyre in the workshop.

When Manual Handling is concerned, the following general points should be considered:

1. No employee should lift, carry or move by hand any load that may cause

a risk to their health and safety.

2. Consider how the workplace is laid out with the aim to reducing the

weights of loads and how often they should be lifted.

3. All employees who are required to lift, carry or move loads by hand must

be properly trained in correct lifting techniques.

4. Correct work practices, Manual Handling SWMS’s, must be followed

when employees are required to lift or carry loads.

5. Ensure that risk assessments are completed on tasks that are identified as

a Manual Handling risk as per the Code of Practice for Manual Handling.

The Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health & Safety

Regulation 2001 require Liverpool Plains Shire Council to identify, assess, and control


624

risk(s) arising from Manual Handling tasks in the workplace. In order for Liverpool

Plains Shire Council to comply with these requirements we have sought guidance through

the Code of Practice for Manual Handling.

When assessing Manual Handling issues at Liverpool Plains Shire Council the following

factors need to be considered:

• The task;

• The loads;

• The work environment;

• The individual’s capacities; and

• The need to wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

Particular activities that coincide with the above are:

• Lifting and lowering;

• Bending and twisting;

• Frequency of handling loads;

• Carrying of loads;

• Pushing and pulling of loads; and

• Handling loads whilst seated.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has a focus of reducing the risk of Manual Handling

injury. Therefore reduction, and hopefully elimination of injury can be achieved through

avoiding the requirement for Manual Handling in the first place. To do this we would

need to undertake a comprehensive analysis of all of our operations with a view to:

• Changing our methods of work;

• Automating our processes; and/or

• Mechanizing the handling components.


625

Where elimination of the Manual Handling task is not practicable, Liverpool Plains Shire

Council will seek to develop and implement appropriate measures to adequately reduce or

minimise the risk. As such Liverpool Plains Shire Council will examine the following risk

control possibilities:

1. Providing mechanical assistance in moving, lifting, or supporting loads in

order to eliminate or reduce the human effort required.

2. Providing hand held devices to make the handling of the load easier.

3. Changing the workplace layout to reduce or minimise handling and to

remove constraints to effective load handling.

4. Introducing job rotation so that the load constants to the body are

reduced with the view to reducing muscle fatigue.

5. Making the load lighter, smaller or easier to handle/use.

6. Ensuring environmental controls and structural standards are adequate.

7. Providing appropriate and effective PPE and clothing where necessary.

Where reasonably practical, Liverpool Plains Shire Council Supervisors should always

ensure that employees who engage in Manual Handling activities are trained in:

• Recognising potentially hazardous Manual Handling situations;

• Dealing with unfamiliar handling operations;

• The proper use of handling aids;

• The proper use of PPE’s;

• The Manual Handling features of the specific working environment that

affect their safety;

• The importance of good housekeeping;

• The factors affecting individual capabilities, namely health, age, sex, etc.

1.10 Correct Lifting Techniques

Liverpool Plains Shire Council Supervisors must ensure that their staff are provided with

appropriate instruction and training in the basic principles of Manual Handling.

Summarised, these points are:


626

1. Assess the Load – Stop and assess the load to determine if it is too

heavy or awkward to handle. If it is too heavy or awkward seek help or

use mechanical lifter.

2. Plan the Lift – (i.e.) estimate the load and know exactly where it is to be

placed prior to lifting.

3. Avoid Lifting Heavy Loads – where possible use mechanical lifting

devices.

4. Placement of Load – Avoid placing the load on the ground if you

have to move it later.

5. Space for Lift – Ensure that objects to be lifted have sufficient space

around to enable safe lifting.

6. Capabilities – Make sure that you are capable of lifting and your body is

warmed up and flexible especially when the weather is cold.

7. Place Your Feet Correctly – place your feet apart with one foot placed

beside the load with the other slightly behind the load.

8. Bend the Knees – use your strong thigh muscles to lift, not your back.

9. Grip – Get a firm grip with your whole hands on the load and make sure

that (where possible) your hands are diagonally opposite on the load.

10. Posture – Keep a good posture with the back reasonably straight (not

vertical).

11. Lift Slowly and Smoothly – No jerky movements.

12. Keep the Load Close to the Body – handle all objects close to the

body and avoid reaching out with loads away from the body.

13. Do Not Bend or Twist the Trunk – avoid twisting by turning your

feet, not your hips or shoulders.

14. Bend your Knees – use your legs to lift, not your back.

Remember – the lift that is too heavy is the lift that injures you!

1.11 Manual Handling Assessment


627

Attached is Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Manual Handling Risk Assessment Checklist

that will enable employees to carry out risk assessments on the Manual Handling tasks in

the workplace.

By completing this assessment recommendations can be obtained to introduce safe

Manual Handling procedures.

Noise Management & Hearing Conservation

1.1 Purpose

This policy and procedure gives general directions for safe working in a noisy

environment. It is to be used with other procedure documents which give more

details for particular types of work, to promote the health, safety and welfare of

Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees, Contractors, and the general public. This

policy and procedure also defines the requirements for the control of noise to

prevent occupational noise induced hearing loss. The requirements for

environmental noise control are also defined.

1.2 Scope







628





629

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

4

1.6 Compliance

4

1.7 Background

4

1.8 Policy

5


6

1.10 Noise

6


630

1.11 Health Effects of Noise on People & the Environment

7

1.12 Workplace Noise Assessment

7

1.13 New Plant & Equipment

9

1.14 Existing Machine Plant

9

1.15 Occupational Health & Safety – Noise

9

1.16 Environmental Noise

17

1.17 Control Measures

22

FORMS:

Machine Noise Register; Noise Monitoring Form; Noise Assessment Request Form

1.4 Definitions

“Audiometry” means a hearing test carried out by a competent and trained person.

“Awaiting” refers to a standardised frequency response used in sound measuring

instruments. It corresponds approximately to the human ear response at low sound

levels.

“Decibel” is the unit used to indicate the relative magnitude of sound pressure level

and other acoustical qualities. The range of sound pressures commonly encountered

is very large and so a logarithmic scale is used. The decibel is the unit used on this

scale and is abbreviated to dB.

“Noise” shall mean any unwanted or damaging sound.


631

“Noisy Environment” shall mean that environment in which sound may induce

hearing loss if people are exposed to the sound levels

“Tinnitus” shall mean the ringing heard in the head or ears following exposure to

excessive noise.

“Environmental Noise” noise detectable outside of the lease boundaries.

“Environmental Noise Limits” Are those in the External Obligations

“L Aeq,8h” (eight-hour equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level in

dB(A) referenced to 20 micro Pascals) means that steady noise level which would, in

the course of an eight-hour period, cause the same A - weighted sound energy as that

due to the actual noise over an actual working day. L Aeq,8h is to be determined in

accordance with Australian Standard AS 1269 (1).

“Lpeak” (peak noise level) means linear (unweighted) peak hold sound pressure

level in decibels referenced to 20 micro Pascals and measured by a sound level meter

with a peak detector-indicator characteristic complying with Australian Standard AS

1259.1 (2).

“L C,peak” (peak noise level) means C-weighted peak sound pressure level in

decibels measured by a sound level meter with a peak detector-indicator

characteristic complying with Australian Standard AS 1259.1 2 .

“Noise” means any unwanted or damaging sound.

“Personal Hearing Protectors” means a device, or pair of devices, worn by a

person or inserted in the ears of a person to protect the person's hearing.

“Exposure Standard” An eight hour equivalent continuous sound pressure level of

85 dB(A) measured in A weighted decibels (Laeq,8h of 85 dB(A) referenced to 20

micro Pascals or a peak sound pressure level of 140 dB(lin) measured in decibels

referenced to 20 micro Pascals or an instantaneous sound pressure level of 115

dB(A) slow.

“Engineering Controls” Any engineering measure that reduces the sound level

either at the source of the noise or in its transmission.

“Administrative Controls” Systems of work which substantially reduces the

exposure of employees to noise including reduction in exposure time.


632

Administrative controls do not include engineering controls or use of hearing

protection.

1.5 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 4, Part 4.3 Division 4

AS 1268 – Occupational Noise Management Part 1

AS 1269 – Acoustics – Hearing Conservation

AS 1270 – Acoustics Hearing Protection

AS 1055 – Acoustics 1997: Descriptions and Measurement of Environmental Noise

AS 1319 – Safety Signs for the Occupational Environment

Code of Practice: “Noise Management and protection of hearing at work”

WorkCover NSW

National Code of Practice for Noise Management and Protection of Hearing at

Work [NOHSC: 2009 (2000)] 2nd Edition

National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC: 1007 (2000)]

EPA Industrial Noise Policy (2000)

1.6 Compliance


accordance with the policy or procedure may result in disciplinary action in

accordance with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s current disciplinary policy.

1.7 Background In 1999/2000 the Workers Compensation Statistics showed that nearly 30%

of the permanent disability cases were for deafness although the number of

deafness cases had actually fallen by 59% over a five-year period.

Clause 49 of the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 sets out the

need to identify exposure to noise in the workplace and outlines particular

risk control measures for workers who exceed an 8 hour noise level

equivalent of 85 dB(A) or peak at more than 140 dB(C).


633

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is required to determine whether noise levels

in the workplace exceed the exposure limits specified in the Regulation and if

noise levels do exceed these limits implement noise management systems to

eliminate the noise hazard or reduce exposure to acceptable levels.

Measurement of noise must be made in accordance with AS/NZS1269.1:1998

Occupational Noise Management Part 1: Measurement and Assessment of Noise Emission and

Exposure. Any measurement should be taken at the position of the ears of the person

or equivalent and it must be made assuming that the person is not wearing any

device to protect against the noise.

Employees particularly at risk are those who work with plant on a daily basis

or in close proximity to machinery or equipment.

1.8 Policy

It is the intention of Liverpool Plains Shire Council to preserve the hearing of all

employees, contractors, and visitors at all of its sites. This will be effected by:

1. Demonstrated Management and Supervisor commitment and

support to this policy, its programs and procedures;

2. Systematic identification of noise problems and assessment of risk to

workers of all operational processes;

3. Initiation of noise control strategies to remedy noise problems in

both new and existing plant and equipment;

4. Provision of education and training to all employees to enable them

to understand the risk associated with noise and permit them to be

involved in noise management decisions; and

5. Development of management systems and infrastructure to ensure

the ongoing success of the Noise Management Program.



634


Ensure procedures/systems exist to achieve and sustain compliance with the

procedure so that environmental noise limits are not breached during

operation.

Coordinate, document and retain responses and actions to manage any

complaints in relation to environmental noise.


• Co-ordination of audiometry programme according to health

surveillance guidelines.

• Measure employee noise exposure to identify employees at

risk.

• Conduct assessments whenever there is a change in the work

area design, equipment or machinery that may increase

employee noise exposure by more than 5 dB(A).

• Review and assess major equipment purchases and plant

design.

• Undertake environmental noise assessments as required for

all Council operations.

1.9.3 Employees

• Use and maintain noise control devices fitted to equipment or

plant.

• Use and maintain issued hearing protection devices.

• Attend audiometric testing when required.


635

N.B: Employees should note refusal to wear hearing protection in situations,

which are dangerous to hearing, could result in disciplinary action which

could lead to dismissal. This policy and procedure has been developed to

protect employees from hearing loss that can not be repaired even hearing

aids are very successful in rectifying the damage.

1.10 Noise

In general, noise is defined as unwanted sound. If the noise level is sufficiently high

it can result in hearing impairment.

There are three types of noise, which can harm hearing:

1. Extremely loud and sharp noises, like gunfire from a cannon, that

give an almost instantaneous hearing loss.

2. More ordinary levels of noise like loud engine noises, working near

compressors or other plant such as cranes and borers or just the

combination of otherwise minor noise which is harmful over a long

period.

3. Impact noise like that produced by an impact drill and other

hammering.

Noise consists of three basic parts, its intensity or level of pressure, its frequency or

pitch and its duration; that is how long a person is exposed to certain levels of noise

during the course of a single day. In New South Wales the maximum permissible

noise level is 85dB(A) for a period not to exceed 8 hours.

1.11 Health Effects of Noise on People & the Environment

1.11.1 People

Exposure to noise above safe levels can lead to permanent damage to

hearing. Noise induced hearing loss cannot be reversed. Permanent damage

can result in tinnitus or ringing in the ears. Tinnitus, when severe, may


636

disrupt sleep, reduce concentration and lead to irritability and depression.

Other problems associated with hearing damage can affect general job

satisfaction, result in stress for the worker and reduce general quality of life.

1.11.2 Environment

Noise not only affects workers in the workplace, but also can cause distress

and loss of amenity to residents and other members of the community close

to the noise source.

Fauna may also be affected by noise. Excessive noise levels can result in

disturbance to breeding, feeding and sleeping patterns of fauna. Such effects

could have serious implications, especially if the species are protected,

threatened or endangered species. Vibration and reverberation may also be

generated by noise, which could also alter the biological patterns of fauna

and possibly flora.

1.12 Workplace Noise Assessment

In accordance with the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 Liverpool

Plains Shire Council must ensure appropriate noise control measures are taken if a

person is exposed to noise levels that:

1. Exceed an 8 hour noise level equivalent of 85dB(A); or

2. Peak at more than 140 dB(C).

Occupational noise measurements must be made in accordance with AS1269.1: 1998

Occupational Noise Management Part 1: “Measurement and assessment of noise

emission and exposure”. The Safety Officer is responsible for conducting personnel

noise exposures in the workplace.

All workplaces where it is considered employees may be exposed to noise above the

National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC: 1007 (2000)] shall be assessed.

As an informal guide the standard suggests, when it is necessary to use a raised voice

in order to communicate with a person about one metre away, an assessment should


637

be carried out. For peak noise, the national standard is a C-weighted peak sound

pressure level, L C,peak , of 140dB(C).

Exposure to noise is taken to be that measured at the employee's ear position,

without taking into account any protection afforded by PPE.

Each Manager and Supervisor is responsible for identifying the need for and carrying

out personal noise assessment in the workplace according to the following criteria:

1. Identify all employees likely to be exposed to noise above specified

levels.

2. Identify locations where exposure to noise exceeds 85 dB(A) in each

work area and record information on the noise source. (Exposure

assessments shall be kept for 25 years. Personal exposure records

shall be maintained for 60 years following cessation of employment).

3. Noise mapping and dosimetry shall be carried out by, or under the

supervision of, a person suitably qualified by training and experience.

4. Following noise mapping, delineate hearing protection areas and

ensure appropriate signage is used indicating this.

5. Identify work practices that will help decide which measures should

be taken to reduce noise, such as PPE.

6. Schedule noise re-assessments.

1.13 New Plant & Equipment

New plant and equipment shall be assessed at the design phase, or prior to purchase

or modification, to ensure that the noise emission is as low as practicable and to

assess the impact of its introduction into the workplace on an employee noise

exposure.

Where new plant, machinery, or equipment is likely to expose staff to excessive

noise, design features shall incorporate effective noise control measures.


638

An assessment shall also be conducted before purchase, or at the design phase, for

the impact of new plant or equipment on environmental noise levels. Design or

purchase of new equipment likely to cause environmental noise beyond that

accepted shall only proceed if a management plan has been developed to ensure

acceptance.

New plant and equipment that has a significant environmental noise emission

potential shall be located as far from the site boundary as is practical.

New work areas or those that are redesigned shall incorporate design measures that

will reduce noise levels from plant, machinery, and equipment at or below the

standard set by the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 and EPA

Industrial Noise requirements.

1.14 Existing Machine Plant

All existing machine plant at Liverpool Plains Shire Council will be assessed

and the results recorded on Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Machine Noise

Register.

1.15 Occupational Health & Safety - Noise

1.15.1 Monitoring

Staff at risk and those working consistently in a noisy environment may be

required to wear a Sound Exposure Meter or Noise Dose-meter. The Sound

Exposure Meter shall be worn for the whole of a working day, which will

then establish the Daily Noise Dose for the particular person.

The daily noise dose (DND) of any job shall not exceed one (the equivalent

noise dose of 85 dB(A) for 8 hours, LAeq, 8h of 85 dB(A), or LAeq, 12h of

83.2 dB(A)) when protection offered by hearing protection devices has been

included.

There shall be no area where an employee works at any time, in excess of a

peak level (Lpeak) of 140 dB(lin) unless the employee is wearing approved


639

HPD (refer to SAF-1382.6 PPE - Hearing protection). No one shall be

exposed to levels above 115 dB(A), no matter how short the exposure since

there is no effective protection against this intensity of noise.

Sound Level Meters shall be used to establish noise levels of plant, machinery

and equipment. Measurements are to be carried out using a Grade 2 Sound

Level Meter. The measurements are then to be recorded on Liverpool Plains

Shire Council’s Noise Monitoring Form.

Any employee or Supervisor can request a Noise Assessment be undertaken by the

Safety Officer in any area or on any piece plant. The request must be submitted on

the Liverpool Plains Shire Council Noise Assessment Request Form and sent to the

Safety Officer. The Safety Officer will then undertake an assessment of the

area/plant.

1.15.2 Noise Monitoring Frequency

Noise exposure shall be monitored and managed according to the table over page:


640

Noise Surveillance Type Frequency

Audiometry • Every 2 years;

• At the time of Employment; or

• On transfer (where applicable).

Dosimeter Readings • Every 2 years;

• Following the introduction of new

equipment or processes; and/or

• Following the modification to existing

equipment or processes; and/or

• As requested.

Workplace Noise Survey • When new plant or modified plant is

introduced which is expected to change

the noise environment or exposure of

employees.

• When an unexpected or unexplained

high result is received for a noise

dosimeter test.

• As requested.

1.15.3 Exposure Control

Where an assessment reveals that noise to which employees are exposed in

the workplace exceeds the exposure standard, a documented plan for the

control of noise shall be established which will include assessment of the

following:

• The feasibility of engineering controls shall be assessed as the

preferred control option;

• Administrative controls; and

• A programme for the provision, maintenance and use of

hearing protection.


641

The hearing conservation plan must prioritise noise sources and include a

time frame for implementation of control options.

Some methods that will assist in the control of noise are as follows:

1. Elimination of mechanical vibration or fluid (air turbulence

generating noise);

2. Substitution of noise generator with less noisy components

or process;

3. Improving engineering design;

4. Damping or stiffening to reduce generation of mechanical

vibration;

5. Vibration isolation to reduce the transmission of structure

borne vibration;

6. Insulation to reduce airborne transmission of noise to

recipients;

7. Absorption to reduce reflection of noise from hard surfaces;

8. Silencers to reduce noise generated by fluid turbulence;

9. Minimising employee exposure to noise;

10. Administrative controls to change the working cycle for

either employee or the operating times/cycle of the noisy

equipment;

11. Personal Hearing Protection.

1.15.4 Training

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s noise training program shall comply with

AS1269:0:1998 Occupational Noise Management – Overview.

Training shall be provided at site induction depending on the work

undertaken by the employee and the worksite. Additional training will be

undertaken at intervals specified by the Safety Officer, following incidents

and audiometry results.


642

As part of an integral preventative strategy, Liverpool Plains Shire Council

shall carry out regular hearing conservation training and information

sessions. The staff members requiring training shall include managers and

supervisors of staff considered at risk of noise-induced hearing loss, staff

who may be exposed to excessive noise at work, Occupational Health &

Safety Committee members and staff responsible for the purchasing of plant,

noise control equipment, personal hearing protectors and for the designing,

scheduling, organisation and layout of work. Training records shall be

maintained for all training undertaken.

Training objectives shall include recognition, promotion and understanding of the

nature of noise-related health effects including the cumulative effects of occupational

and other noise exposure, such as from domestic and leisure activities. Other topics

shall include the purpose and nature of audiometric testing, selection of appropriate

personal hearing protectors and instruction in their use, fitting, care and

maintenance.

Training also aims to encourage a systematic approach to noise management,

including emphasis on engineering and administrative controls, rather than

PPE.

Topics to be covered in the training program aimed at prevention of noise

induced hearing loss include:

• Effects of noise on hearing,

• Social handicaps of noise induced hearing loss,

• Statutory responsibilities of employers and employees,

• Overview of the workplace noise control policy and program

of action,


643

• The nature and location of noise hazards in the workplace,

associated with the technology, plant and/or work practices

employees use in their jobs,

• The nature of general noise control measures which are used

or planned for use,

• The specific control measures which are necessary in relation

to the employee’s job, this should include instruction in

correct use and maintenance of exhaust silencers, enclosures

and other measures which minimise noise levels, as necessary,

• When and how to use personal hearing protectors,

• Reporting procedures for defects in plant or the workplace,

likely to cause exposure to excessive noise, and

• The purpose and nature of audiometric testing.

Staff shall not put themselves at risk at any time and particular care

must be exercised when working in a noisy environment.

1.15.5 Audiometry

Audiometry is the test used to determine hearing loss. This shall be carried

out by a trained and competent person. An audiometry programme shall be

established by the Safety Officer for employees potentially exposed to noise

in excess of the standards. Managers and Supervisors are responsible for

determining which employees in their area of responsibility should be

included in this programme based on the tasks they carry out.

Audiometry shall be performed in the following instances:

• Pre-employment;

• Intervals of two years or more frequently if indicated for the

first six years and then every 5 years thereafter;


644

• If the worker is shifted to an area of higher noise exposure,

the frequency would return to every 2 years for six more years

and then again every 5 years after that;

• On clinical grounds or if required by legislation; and

• Prior to an employee leaving Liverpool Plains Shire Council.

The Safety Officer shall hold all results of audiometry as confidential

information and individuals shall be provided with their own results.

Grouped reports, excluding confidential medical information, shall be

provided to management. Where audiometric test results are released to

Liverpool Plains Shire Council, these records will be kept for at least the

period of employment of the person with Council. Results may be held

longer for reference for worker’s compensation as necessary.

1.15.6 Hearing Conservation Program

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Hearing Conservation training programme

shall consist of the following elements:

• An explanation of the nature of noise;

• An explanation of how the ear works;

• The effects of noise on the ear;

• Other causes of loss of hearing;

• The control measures utilised to reduce exposure to noise;

and

• The selection, use, fit, maintenance and limitations of the use

of personal protective equipment.

The hearing conservation program shall be developed by the Safety Officer

in consultation with employees for whom it will be applicable to.

1.15.7 Hearing Protection Areas


645

Hearing Protection Areas, where staff may be exposed to noise levels

exceeding those set by the Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001,

shall be delineated with signage conforming with AS 1319 (1984): “Safety

Signs for the Occupational Environment”. These areas require personnel to

wear hearing protection during normal operation and shall have their

boundaries clearly defined.

Where sign posting is not practicable, alternative arrangements shall be made

in consultation with employees, so they can recognise the circumstances in

which hearing protection is required. Alternate arrangements include:

• Attaching prominent warning notices to tools and equipment

indicating that personal hearing protectors must be worn

when operating them;

• Providing written and verbal instructions on how to

recognise circumstances in which personal hearing protectors

are needed; and

• Effective supervision of identified hearing protection areas.

Every effort must be made to exclude the general public from a noisy

environment when operating plant, machinery, or equipment in a public or

private place. Exclusion may have to be made with silencers, sound barriers,

or physical barriers preventing access to the noisy environment during

normal operations.

1.15.8 Selection of PPE

Personal hearing protectors shall be provided by Liverpool Plains Shire

Council and their use monitored.

Factors which must be considered when selecting PPE include:


646

• The degree of protection required in the employee’s

environment – if the attenuation of the hearing protection is

too high it may cause communication difficulties.

• Suitability for use in the work environment and job involved,

for example, ear plugs cannot be used hygienically in work

that requires them to be inserted with dirty hands, in this

situation ear muffs may be better. Ear Muffs may not be

comfortable for work in hot environments, in confined

spaces or if the wearer has to wear a helmet.

• The comfort and user acceptance, (e.g.) weight, clamping

force, ear cup fit, etc;

• Fit to the user – individual fitting of the wearer is necessary

for optimum protection.

• Attenuation of the PPE. The attenuation of the PPE must be

sufficient to provide an at ear sound level of less than 85

dB(A) and preferably less than 80 dB(A). Attenuation of PPE

should not reduce the at ear sound level to less than 70

dB(A).

• Safety of the wearer and fellow employees, for example use of

hearing protection should not mask audible alarms or other

sounds the person has to respond to.

AS/NZS 1269: 1998 “Occupational Noise Management – Hearing Protector

Program” introduces two methods for selecting hearing protection. These

relate to:

(a) When Laeq,8h exceeds L(crit)Aeq,8h [where L(crit)Aeq,8h =

85dBLAeq,8h]; or,

(b) When Lpeak exceeds L(crit)peak [where L(crit)peak = 140dB(lin)peak].

For method (a) if Laeq,8h < 110dBLAeq,8h then use the table over page:


647

Hearing Protector Class Laeq,8h Value SLC 80 Value

1 <90db 10 to 13

2 90 to 94db 14 to 17

3 95 to 99db 18 to 21

4 100 to 104db 22 to 25

5 105 to 109db 26 or greater

Figures from AS/NZS1269;1998- Occupational Noise Management hearing protector Program For method (a) if Laeq,8h >= 110dBLAeq,8h or the emission has a

significant tonal characteristic then use the Octave Band Method (see

AS/NZS 1269: 1998 “Occupational Noise Management – Hearing Protector

Program.

For method (b) use Hearing Protector Class 5 for general noise impact

situations. In extreme noise impact situations, use Earplug >= Class 3 plus

Ear Muff Class 5.

It is recommended that employees have a selection of devices to choose

from, however the options should be limited by their noise attenuation ability

for given noise environments.

Hearing protection commonly fails for three reasons:

1. Under Protection – the hearing protection is worn but it

does not sufficiently attenuate the noise;

2. Over Protection – the hearing protection not worn because

it is too heavy, too bulky, or the clamp force is too strong;

3. Inappropriate to Circumstance – work task/work

environment are not considered and consequently the device

is either not worn or it is not worn correctly.

1.15.9 Inspection & Maintenance of Hearing Protection Equipment


648

Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that personal hearing

protectors are regularly inspected and maintained. Employees also have the

duty to inspect their own hearing protection equipment regularly to detect

and report damage or deterioration.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council shall provide clean storage space for

employees to store their protectors when not in use and suitable cleaning

facilities for reusable protectors.

1.16 Environmental Noise

Environmental noise monitoring shall be conducted according to development

consent conditions, EPA Licence requirements, or approved methods of

determining environmental noise, whichever are applicable to the site in question.

Environmental noise monitoring shall be conducted:

• At whatever times and weather conditions necessary to ensure a

complete understanding exists of likely noise levels beyond lease/site

boundaries;

• Immediately following installation of new plant or equipment

considered likely to affect the environment external to lease/site

boundaries;

• Whenever complaints arise from the community, regarding noise

associated with Liverpool Plains Shire Council works;

• At a frequency and in accordance with criteria required by licence;

and

• In accordance with AS 1055 Acoustics (1997): “Description and

measurement of environmental noise, or equivalent standards”.

Community complaints of environmental noise shall be investigated promptly.

Monitoring to assess a complaint shall be conducted at such times as the Complainer

states the environmental noise is excessive (reflecting different background noise and

atmospheric conditions).


649

Responses and actions to manage a complaint shall be addressed and approved by

Management. Monitoring shall be conducted by Liverpool Plains Shire Council

personnel, or contractors, who demonstrate the necessary training and experience

capable of identifying local conditions likely to exacerbate environmental noise

problems.

Noise mitigation proposals shall be developed for inclusion in all project plans (as

required) and for managing site operations for both fixed and mobile plant in use.

The following is the Amenity Criteria Table from EPA industrial noise policy. This is a reference document to address the above.

Amenity Criteria – EPA Industrial Noise Policy

Recommended LAeq noise levels from industrial noise sources – these levels represent current best practice for assessing industrial noise sources, based on research and a review of assessment practices used overseas and within Australia.


650

Type of receiver

Indicative Noise Amenity Area

Time of Day Recommended LAeq Noise Level, dB(A) (See note 8)

(see notes below)

Acceptable (see note 11)

Recommended Maximum (see note 11)

Day 50 55

Evening 45 50

Rural

night 40 45

Day 55 60

Evening 45 50

Suburban

night 40 45

Day 60 65

Evening 50 55

Urban

night 45 50

Day 65 70

Evening 55 60

Residence

Urban/industrial interface for existing situations only

night 50 55

School classroom - internal

All Noisiest 1 hour period when in use

35 (see note 10)

40

Hospital ward - internal - external

All All

Noisiest 1 hour period Noisiest 1 hour period

35 50

40 55

Place of worship – internal

All When in use 40 45

Area specifically reserved for passive recreation (e.g. national park)


Active recreation area (e.g. school playground, golf course)


Commercial premises All When in use 65 70

Industrial premises All When in use 70 75

Notes Supporting Table

1. The recommended acceptable noise levels refer only to noise from

industrial sources. However they refer to noise from all such sources


651

at the receiver location, and not only noise due to a specific project

under consideration. The levels represent outdoor levels except

where otherwise stated.

2. In assessing noise levels at residences, the noise level is to be assessed

at the most-affected point on or within the residential property

boundary or, if this is more than 30 m from the residence, at the

most-affected point within 30 m of the residence.

3. In assessing noise levels at commercial or industrial premises, the

noise level is to be assessed at the most-affected point on or within

the property boundary.

4. Where internal noise levels are specified above, they refer to the noise

level at the centre of the habitable room that is most exposed to the

noise and are to apply with windows opened sufficiently to provide

adequate ventilation. In cases where the gaining of internal access for

monitoring is difficult, then external noise levels 10 dB above the

internal levels apply.

5. In assessing noise levels at passive and active recreational areas, the

noise level is to be assessed at the most-affected point within 50 m of

the area boundary.

6. Types of receivers are defined as follows:

(a) Rural means an area with an acoustical environment that is

dominated by natural sounds, having little or no road traffic. Such

areas may include:

• An agricultural area, except those used for intensive

agricultural activities;

• A rural recreational area such as resort areas;

• A wilderness area or national park;


652

• An area generally characterised by low background

noise levels (except in the immediate vicinity of

industrial noise sources).

This area may be located in either a rural, rural-residential,

environment protection zone or scenic protection zone, as defined

on a council-zoning map (Local Environ-mental Plan (LEP) or other

planning instrument).

(b) Suburban an area that has local traffic with characteristically

intermittent traffic flows or with some limited commerce or industry.

This area often has the following characteristics:

• Decreasing noise levels in the evening period (1800–

2200); and/or

• Evening ambient noise levels defined by the natural

environment and infrequent human activity.

This area may be located in either a rural, rural-residential or

residential zone, as defined on an LEP or other planning instrument.

(c) Urban an area with an acoustical environment that:

• Is dominated by ‘urban hum’ or industrial source

noise;

• Has through traffic with characteristically heavy and

continuous traffic flows during peak periods;

• Is near commercial districts or industrial districts;

• Has any combination of the above.

where ‘urban hum’ means the aggregate sound of many

unidentifiable, mostly traffic-related sound sources.


653

This area may be located in either a rural, rural-residential or

residential zone as defined on an LEP or other planning instrument,

and also includes mixed land-use zones such as mixed commercial

and residential uses.

(d) Urban/industrial interface an area defined as for ‘urban’ above

that is in close proximity to industrial premises and that extends out

to a point where the existing industrial noise from the source has

fallen by 5 dB. Beyond this region the amenity criteria for the ‘urban’

category applies. This category may be used only for existing

situations.

(e) Commercial an area defined as a business zone, except

neighbourhood business zone, on an LEP.

(f) Industrial an area defined as an industrial zone on an LEP. For

isolated residences within an industrial zone the industrial amenity criteria

would usually apply.

7. Time of day:

• Day: the period from 7:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to

Saturday; or 8:00 am to 6:00 pm on Sundays and public

holidays;

• Evening: the period from 6:00 pm to 10:00 pm;

• Night: the remaining periods.

(These periods may be varied where appropriate)

8. The LAeq noise level for a specific period represents the LAeq level

calculated or measured over the applicable day, evening or night

period (i.e.) LAeq, period) except where otherwise stated (for example,

school class-room, hospital).


654

9. If existing noise levels from industrial noise sources already approach

or exceed the recommended acceptable noise levels above, any

increase in these levels should be strictly limited, as described in

Table 2.2 of the Policy.

10. In the case where existing schools are affected by noise from existing

industrial noise sources, the acceptable LAeq noise level may be

increased to 40 dB LAeq(1hr).

11. The acceptable and recommended maximum LAeq noise levels can

provide a guide to applying the negotiation process set out in Section

8 of the Policy. While negotiation between the proponent and the

community for an agreed noise level can occur at any time, typically

the proponent would negotiate with the EPA where noise-level

emissions fall between the acceptable and recommended maximum.

For site levels beyond the recommended maximum levels, the

proponent would need to negotiate directly with the community.

1.17 Control Measures

Wherever practical, engineering noise control measures are to be established in noisy

environments by separating staff from the noise, isolating the source of the noise or

as a last resort by personal hearing protection.

1.17.1 Engineering Controls

There are two types of engineering noise control measures, treatment at the

source and treatment of the noise transmission path (including enclosure of

the operator).

1.17.2 Treatment of the Noise Source

Source treatment of noise is the preferred engineering option, as it

permanently removes the problem of exposure due to machinery or

processes at the workplace. Treatment of noise problems may require

modification, partial redesign, or replacement of the noise-emitting object.


655

General noise control solutions, and examples of control measures which

may be applied within Liverpool Plains Shire Council include;

• Programmes to switch off equipment which is not required;

• Matching air supply pressure to air needs;

• Eliminating/replacing machines or operations with a quieter

operation with equal or better efficiency, for example

replacing rivets with welds;

• Relocation of noise sources to an area where they have the

minimum impact;

• Conducting noisy operations at times when noise will

coincide with other background noises (such as conducting

operations at midday as opposed to late afternoon or early

morning);

• Correcting specific noise sources by minor design changes;

• Regular plant and equipment maintenance (replace worn

parts, repair air leaks, lubrication) to reduce noise levels;

• Correcting specific machine elements causing noise rather

than considering the entire machine as the source;

• Separating noisy elements which are not an integral part of

the basic machine, and

• Isolating vibrating machine parts.

Material handling processes can be modified to reduce noise by:

• Minimising fall height onto hard surfaces of items collected

by tables and containers;

• Fixing or stiffening damping materials to tables, walls, panels

or containers where they are struck by materials or items

during processing;


656

• Absorbing shocks through provision of wear resistant

rubber/plastic coating

• Using conveyer belts rather than rollers;

• Controlling the speed of processes to match the desired

production rates and reduce likelihood of stop-start impact

noise.

1.17.3 Treatment of Noise Transmission Path

Engineering treatment of the noise transmission path between the source

and the receiving environment or employees can also be an effective control

measure. This treatment includes isolating the noise emitting objects in an

enclosure, or room/building away from receiving environment and

acoustically treating the area to reduce noise to the lowest practicable levels.

Alternatively the employees exposed to noise could be isolated from the

noise source by access to a soundproof room or sound reducing enclosures.

The principles to be observed in carrying out treatment of the noise

transmission path include:

• Distance from the noise source – including distance of noise

source from personnel and the receiving environment (or site

boundary) - may not be effective in reverberant conditions;

• Use of noise barrier such as utilising natural topographic

barriers between the noise source and the listener or installing

barriers at the worksite;

• Absorbing material on surface facing noise source;

• Dense, heavy material for noise barrier;

• Enclosures designed to minimise resonance’s;

• Reverberation of the room. Reverberation in a room shows

the need for absorbing material.

These principles can be utilised in the following way:


657

• Using a sound-reducing enclosure which fully encloses the

machine(s);

• Separating the noisy area and the area to be quietened by a

sound reducing partition;

• Using sound absorbing material on floors, ceiling and/or

walls to reduce the sound level due to reverberation; and

• For residences affected, double glazing on windows and

insulation – these require ventilation systems that do not

compromise the noise insulation.

As with all control measures, any measures implemented shall be inspected

and maintained to ensure materials and equipment used are working and in

good order.

1.17.4 Treatment of the Noise Receiver

This option involves treating the receiver of the noise, either through use of

PPE or treatment of the receiver’s environment. This is not the most

desirable option, as it only protects the user wearing the PPE or the internal

environment of the receiver and not the external noise environment.

The most extreme control of environmental noise is acquisition of the

affected property or area.

1.17.5 Administrative Controls

Where it is not possible to control noise using engineering controls,

administrative control measures may be employed. Administrative noise

control measures may include:


658

• Organise work schedules to minimise the number of exposed

employees;

• Even out work load and avoid busy times when machines are

operating for longer hours;

• Keep employees out of noisy areas if their job do not require

them to be there;

• Increase the separation between employees and the noise

source; and

• Rotate jobs to remove employees from noise affected tasks or

areas.

Where administrative controls are used they shall be subject to regular checks

to ensure they are fully complied with.

Office Ergonomics

1.1 Purpose

To ensure that all Liverpool Plains Shire Council employees understand the

risks associated with desk-oriented work and to provide all personnel with

information to minimise the risks of injury or illness.


659

1.28 Scope










660

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3


4

1.9 Workstation Ergonomics

5

1.10 The Correct Work Posture

5


661

1.11 Workstation Measurements

6

1.12 Work Surface Layout

7

1.13 Workstation Equipment

8

1.14 Other Influences on Workstation/Office Set-Up

12

1.15 Work/Job Design

14

1.16 General Tips

14

1.17 General Exercises

15

FORMS

Keyboard Workstation Self-Assessment

1.4 Definitions

“Ergonomics” – The design of the working environment, to ensure the best use of

human capabilities without exceeding human limitations.

“Manual Handling” – Tasks requiring a physical force to lift, lower, push, pull,

carry or move.

“Screen based equipment” – Refers to computer-based equipment including

laptop computers.

“Work station” – Primary working area.


662

1.5 References Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 – Part 2

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 2, Chapter 4 Part 4.3

Divisions 1 & 2

WorkCover NSW Health and Safety in the Office No. 58

AS 1668.2 – 1991 Mechanical Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality

AS 1837 – 1976 Code of Practice for Application of Ergonomics to Factory and

Office Work

AS 3590 – 1990 Screen – based Workstations Part 1: VDUs, Part 2: Workstation

Furniture

AS 1680.1: Interior Lighting and General Principles

AS 1680.2: Interior Lighting: Office and Screen Based Tasks

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Section 10(2) of the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 places an

obligation on Liverpool Plains Shire Council to ensure any plant used by

employees is safe and without risks to health when properly used. Under the

definitions in the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000, Section 4, office

equipment is considered to be plant. In regard to the supply and use of

office equipment the following potential hazards are to be taken into

consideration:

• Electrical connections;

• The work practices of employees;

• The layout and condition of the workplace including lighting and

workstation design;


663

• Manual handling which may be associated with the use of the

equipment;

• Any potential hazardous substance which may be used or produced

as a by-product.

It is recognised by Liverpool Plains Shire Council that office equipment and poor

ergonomics presents a range of potential hazards which under the law are subject to

risk control measures. Liverpool Plains Shire Council is therefore committed to

preventing injuries associated with office and ergonomic hazards. Ergonomic

hazards may be found in the design of work tasks, equipment used and the working

environment.



Managers and Supervisors, in consultation with employees, are responsible

for the following:

1. Ensuring ergonomic hazards relating to poor design of tools,

equipment, workstation or work practices are identified and

the associated risks controlled.

2. Ensuring that all employees have been provided with

adequate equipment for tasks undertaken.

3. Ensuring that employees have had information, instruction or

training provided in the use of equipment and work practices.

4. Encouraging and reinforcing proper working techniques.

5. Encouraging early reporting of any injury or symptoms.

1.8.2 Employees

Employees are responsible for the following:

1. Ensuring they understand information and instructions

provided.

2. Participating in training as provided.


664

3. Correctly using equipment provided.

4. Following proper working techniques.

5. Co-operating in the early identification and reporting of

hazards and/or injury symptoms.

1.9 Workstation Ergonomics

Workstation Ergonomics is essentially about “fitting work to people.” It’s the

process of designing or arranging workplaces, products and systems so that they

fit the people who use them. Providing a safe and healthy workplace includes

matching the needs of the user to the demands of the task.

A well designed workplace or work environment will ensure work efficiency and

allow people to work within their physical and psychological capacities. Setting up

your workstation is very much about individual comfort and finding what positions

and placement of furniture suits you, the user. Every Liverpool Plains Shire Council

employee should undertake an assessment of their workstation with the view to

determining if the ergonomic set-up fits them. The assessment should be done in

conjunction with your supervisor and recorded on Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s

Keyboard Workstation Self-Assessment Checklist (PSC***). Here are some

guidelines, which may assist you in checking whether or not your workstation is set

up correctly.

1.10 The Correct Work Posture

It is important to be aware of correct work posture because this allows you to set

your workstation up in the most comfortable position as well as avoid muscular

discomfort. The design of workplace furniture should incorporate adjustability to

comfortably accommodate a range of body sizes and shapes.

In a comfortable working posture at the computer:

• The feet are supported on the floor, or a footrest;


665

• The thighs are supported by the chair seat with no pressure caused by

the front edge of the seat under the thighs;

• The upper body is upright, with the lower back firmly supported by

the backrest (it should support the natural curvature of the back);

• The shoulders are relaxed;

• The elbows and upper arms are close to the body;

• The forearms are approximately horizontal and the wrists are straight

when the fingers are on the keyboard;

• The head is upright or inclined slightly forward with a minimum of

strain on the neck.


666

Figure 1

1.11 Workstation Measurements

• The height of the work surface should be between 680-720mm.

• Work surface should have a minimum or ideal dimension of 1500mm

x 900mm.

• Thickness of the work surface - between 25-33mm.

• Adequate leg space - minimum depth of 550mm and width of

800mm.

• A footrest is necessary for most people using a fixed height

workstation.

Adequate Knee & foot clearance

Adjustable back support to support the small of the back Arm rests optional

Adjustable seat height to suit operator

Swivel chair with stable, 5 legged base. Profile at base as low as possible. Consider type of floor when deciding on use of castors or solid base.

Optimum viewing angle is 38° below horizontal

Footrest may be required for some operators, especially where desk height is not adjustable

Screen Position

Source-document holder

Accessible work surface (keyboard 30mm thick at home key row).

Sufficient thigh clearance under desk.

Cords kept out of way

Viewing distance same for screen, source document and keyboard.

Height adjusted to suit operator

Adequate leg clearance

Thighs not compressed


667

• No sharp edges, corners, protrusions or rough surfaces.

• Cable management facilities.

1.12 Work Surface Layout

Items used frequently should be within easy reach of the employee from the

normal working position. Items used less frequently may be placed at full

arm extension from the seated working position, or require a slight stretch.

Figure 2

Exercise: Make up a list of your common tasks and the equipment and materials

you use to complete them then arrange the desk and work area so that the things you

have listed are easy to reach.

Other work layout considerations include:

• Items, such as folders or manuals used regularly need to be placed at

a comfortable height;

• Filing cabinets, shelves and bookcases should be easy to access.

1.13 Workstation Equipment

1.13.1 Chairs

Important aspects of chair design include:

• Stability (a 5 star base);


668

• Freely moving castors on carpet (or glides on a hard floor

surface - castors move too freely on a hard floor surface;

tipping over of the chair and falling may result);

• A height range suited to the workstation, (i.e.) able to be

adjusted so that the user's thighs just fit under the work

surface;

• If the angle of the hip and thigh is greater than 90 degrees

then a footrest is required;

• Stable backrest;

• Woven fabric upholstery (except for chemical, biological and

radiation labs where vinyl is necessary).

Remember: the lower region of the back requires the most support.

A well-designed chair should:

• Promote and support the natural curvature of the back;

• Be height adjustable;

• Be tilt adjustable;

• Be easily adjustable from a seated position;

• Minimise muscle fatigue and increase circulation (i.e.) legs

must not slope downwards);

• Be stable.

You can check your chair is correctly positioned by observing that the

following are present:

• A minimum 2 finger gap between back of knee and chair;

• Feet should be on the ground to support thighs;

• Chair should support up-right or slightly leaned back

position;


669

• Chair should suit floor surface (i.e.) glides on smooth, and

twin wheel castors on carpet.

1.13.2 Computer/VDU Placement

It is recommended that:

� The distance from the user to the screen should ideally be

more than 600mm (arm’s length away, this is also variable

dependant on individual and physical characteristics such as

sort sightedness);

� The centre of the computer screen be no higher than 400mm

above the work surface;

� The most comfortable viewing zone is 30-40 degrees below

horizontal, therefore screen should be titled at a right angle to

the line of sight;

� Glare and reflections on the screen be eliminated;

� Swivel, tilt, and height adjustment should be available for

positioning of the screen.

- If you use a computer regularly, it should be placed

directly in front to avoid unnecessary twisting.

- Screen contrast and brightness needs to be adjusted

so as to avoid eyestrain

- Eliminate Glare – reposition screen so

light/reflection does not affect your eyes. If this is not

practical, purchasing of a screen filter maybe a

solution.

1.13.3 Printers

The location of printers needs to be considered in workstation design and

office layout. It is preferable to place the printer on a small table near the


670

workstation rather than to occupy valuable workspace. The issues that

need to be considered include:

• The routing of cabling between the printer and the computer;

• Unobstructed access in feeding the printer;

• Space occupied by the printer;

• Unobstructed access to printouts;

• Noise from the printer;

• Storage for space printer paper.

1.13.4 VDU Screen Filters

Are frequently used to reduce visual discomfort caused by reflections on the screen.

Unfortunately they reduce brightness and sharpness of screen characters, which is

undesirable. Before resorting to a filter, identify the source of the disturbing

reflections and endeavour to provide a solution to control the problem. Common

solutions are:

• Changing the angle or position of the screen;

• Ensuring appropriate overhead lighting and diffusers;

• Installing or adjusting curtains or blinds to control natural

light.

Note: micromesh filters need to be regularly cleaned.

1.13.5 Keyboard

The keyboard should be detachable from the screen so that operator can move it to

the most comfortable position for posture and viewing distance from the screen.

The keyboard should be as thin as possible (30mm is recommended). There should

be a space in between keyboard and user for breaks in typing so that the user can rest

their arms.


671

Keyboarding Duration & Deadlines: The maintenance of a fixed posture

for long periods is tiring and increases the likelihood of muscular aches and

pains. In addition, long periods of repetitive movement and sustained visual

attention can also give rise to fatigue-related complaints (e.g.) Occupational

Overuse Syndrome and visual fatigue. It is recommended that operators

avoid spending more than four hours a day on keyboard duties and no longer

than 45 minutes per hour without a postural/stretching and breaks.

Employees newly engaged in keyboard work, and staff returning from an

absence of two or more weeks need a period of adjustment. The adjustment

may be achieved through reduced work rates, or provision of alternate duties

with gradual re-introduction to keyboard work.

Jobs should be designed and organised so that either:

• Keyboard tasks can be interspersed with non-keyboard tasks,

or

• Keyboard tasks can be rotated amongst several staff (task/job

sharing).

It is not the change of task per se, but the change to using different

movements and postures that is important. The whole purpose of task

variety is to give the overloaded structures a necessary break.

Supervisors should ensure that workload controls are exercised using the

following strategies:

• Planning ahead to avoid peaks, and rushed jobs,

• Delegating fairly to all staff not just the best workers,

• Considering the total workload of the individual (often comes

from a number of sources),

• Clearly defining each operator's workload,


672

• Implementing systems of prioritisation (e.g.) work request

forms, waiting lists,

• Using relief staff,

• Applying strict tests to the use of 'urgent' labels,

• Discouraging 'endless' drafts,

• Discouraging the use of typed internal minutes and

memoranda,

• Encouraging authors to have realistic expectations,

• Teaching authors keyboard skills,

• Teaching operators how to be assertive, and how to prioritise,

• Supporting operators when authors impose unrealistic

expectations,

• Refusing illegible drafts.

1.13.6 Mouse Use

The mouse should be placed directly beside the end of the keyboard on your

preferred side. The mouse pad should be placed as close as possible to the keyboard

to avoid over reaching

To minimise fatigue when using the mouse:

• Place the mouse on a mouse mat (to restrict movement of the

hand and arm)

• Ensure the mouse is used with a straight wrist

• Learn to use it with both hands so that you can swap between

the right and left sides for improved comfort

• Where possible, try and avoid holding onto the mouse when

not in use

1.13.7 Document Holders


673

Document holders promote good posture because they prevent repeated

twisting and turning. There are three types of document holders that can be

purchased dependent upon individual preferences. Figure 3 illustrates these.


674

Figure 3

They should be positioned to promote comfortable head and eye movement.

For example, if you spend the majority of your time typing looking at a

document, the document holder needs to be placed directly in front of you

(behind the keyboard) and the computer screen slightly to one side.

1.13.8 Footrests

Footrests are often necessary for fixed height workstations where the user

cannot comfortably reach the floor with their feet. It should be large enough

to support the feet comfortably (surface area of 350-400mm) at an angle of

approximately 10 degrees.

1.13.9 Computer Cables

Cable leads from computers, telephones and other work equipment should

be recessed or covered so as to avoid creating a tripping hazard.

1.13.10 Reading & Writing Tasks

For tasks that require reading or writing, you need a desk that is just above

elbow height so that it is able to support the upper body, arms and elbows.

1.14 Other Influences on Workstation/Office Set-up

1.14.1 Lighting

Good lighting in workplaces is essential to enable people to see clearly

and safely perform their work without the need to strain their eyes.


675

When using your computer, there should be no glare or reflection present.

This can be done either by:

• Adjusting the artificial lighting;

• Controlling the natural lighting; or

• Repositioning of the screen in relation to light sources,

(e.g.) the screen should be at right angles to incoming

natural light.

The Key Factors to consider when determining the adequacy of lighting are:

• The amount of light in an area.

• Number, type, and position of light sources.

• Tasks or activities performed - how often and for how long?

1.14.2 Control of Noise

Generally, the levels of noise in office areas are well below levels known to pose a

risk to hearing. In offices, noise can become an issue if it interferes with

communication, annoys or distracts people and affects a person’s performance of

tasks such as reading or writing.

Solutions to controlling noise include:

• Sound proofing.

• Repositioning.

1.14.3 Work Temperatures

A comfortable temperature range for sedentary work is between 18-25

degrees Celsius.

General suggestions for improving thermal comfort include:

• Regulate air conditioning for temperature and humidity.

• Avoid locating workstations directly in front or below air

conditioning outlets.


676

• Control direct sunlight.

• Minimise draughts and thermal differences.


677

1.15 Work/Job Design

It is important to recognise that whilst the correct workstation design and

set-up plays an important role in how comfortable you are at work, so does

Work/Job Design.

Job Design is the process of deciding on the task and responsibilities to be included

in a particular job. Good job design aims to balance the technical and organisational

requirements of the job as well as the social, personal and physical needs of the

employee.

The three most important aspects of good job design are (1) variety, (2) autonomy

and (3) feedback on work performance. Having a variety of tasks to perform adds

to feelings of achievement and self worth, whereas repetitive, routine jobs often are

associated with employee dissatisfaction. In jobs where computers are used

intensively, additional tasks unrelated to the type of work should be added wherever

possible to increase variety and allow time for muscles to recover.

1.16 General Tips

• Where possible organise your work where you have a variety of screen

and non-screen based work.

• Vary tasks and try to include some that require physical activity.

• Exercise regularly throughout the day, this will help to release tension

and reduce fatigue.

• Reduce stress by planning ahead and setting realistic expectations

for what you can accomplish during the workday.

• Organise your workload to help even out busy and slow times, to

avoid feeling “swamped”.

• Vary tasks to make the day more interesting (e.g.) deliver a message

to a person instead of phoning or e-mailing.

• Avoid long periods of repetitive activity eg: alternate computer work

with other tasks like phone calls, filing, copying and meetings.


678

• Organise equipment, supplies and furniture in the most efficient

arrangement for daily tasks.

• Acknowledge ideas and accomplishments of co-workers on a regular

basis.

• Develop stress reduction and relaxation techniques that work for you

at the office and at home.

• Personalise your office with a few favourite items, like artwork,

photos and plants.

• Take mini-breaks that re-energize, invigorate and refresh.

Note: It is important for supervisors and managers to take all three

components of job design into consideration. This results in job satisfaction.

1.17 General Exercises

Your body must stay active to stay healthy. Regular exercise gives you

stronger bones, develops fit active muscles, keeps you supple, makes you fit,

makes you feel good and releases natural chemicals which reduce pain.

Eye Exercises

In order to relieve the symptoms of strained, tired eyes, try these simple techniques:

1. Rub your hands together and cup them over each eye. The warmth

from your hands helps to relieve tension while shielding your eyes

from the light. Gently massage around your eyes using your index

and middle finger in a circular pattern.

2. Look away from your screen and focus on something at least 20 feet

away. Return your focus to your screen and repeat three times.

To work the muscles surrounding your eyes, look to all four directions, left,

right, up and down. Close your eyes tightly, and then open them as wide as

you can. Repeat three times.

Neck Exercises


679

Sit up straight with your shoulders square to your desk then perform the following

three exercises:

1. Turn your head as far to the right as possible, without moving your

shoulders. Then turn your head to the left.

2. Look straight ahead. Gently drop the ear to one shoulder, then lift

your head and let it gently fall to the other side.

Finish this series with head half-circles. Drop your chin to your chest, and

roll your ear to your shoulder. Roll your head forward and then to the other

side.

Arms, Hands, & Finger Exercises

1. Extend your arms directly out in front of you. Fan your fingers, palm

down, and then make a tight fist with each hand. Repeat this move

two or three times.

2. Shake your hands and fingers vigorously.

3. Turn your palms toward the ceiling; curl your fingers in one at a time

to make a fist. With one wrist flexed, grasp one hand with the other,

and gently pull back on the hand, holding for three to five seconds.

Point fingers toward the floor and gently pull, holding three to five

seconds and repeat. Repeat both exercises on the other hand.

Shoulders & Upper Back Exercises 1. Shrug your shoulders by elevating both of your shoulders towards

your ears and then drop them. Repeat three or four times.

2. Place your hands on your shoulders, and touch your elbows in front

of your chest. Now try to touch your elbows behind your back.

Repeat three times.

3. Place your hands on top of your shoulders. Draw a big circle with

your elbows, three or four times. Repeat in the opposite direction.


680

4. Overhead reach: Start with your arms dangling outside the armrest of

your chair. Slowly raise your arms by your sides until they are directly

over your head. Reach toward the ceiling for a few seconds then

lower your arms to the starting position. Repeat two or three times.

Lower Back Exercises 1. Push your chair away from your desk. Lean forward as far as you can

toward your knees, then dangle your fingertips toward the floor and

hold that position for eight to ten seconds. Curl up slowly, returning

to a seated position.

2. Pull one knee to your chest and hold three to five seconds. Repeat

using your other leg. Repeat the full sequence three times.

Lower Leg Exercises

Extend one leg. Point your toe, flex your foot and rotate your ankle in one

direction and then in the other direction. Repeat the sequence using your

other leg.

Permit to Work

1.1 Purpose


681

To describe a formal system to control employees and contractors

performing potentially dangerous work which has been assessed as having a

high risk of injury and or loss to plant and property.

1.29 Scope










682

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Procedure

3

FORMS

Confined Spaces Entry Permit Hot Work Permit Isolation Permit Permit to Work


683

1.4 Definitions “A permit to work system” is a formal written system used to control certain types

of potentially hazardous work. It also is a way of establishing communication and

understanding between organisational personnel requiring the work to be done and

the personnel or contractors who' are going to execute the work.

“Standard” (including relevant legislation).

The NSW OHS Act (2000) and Regulations (2001) requires work practices,

in particular hazardous work practices, to be made as safe as is practicable.

Appropriate supervision, information, instruction and training of such work

practices is also required.



1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Procedure

1. The relevant management representative in conjunction with the

Safety Officer will conduct an assessment of the workplace and work

tasks to identify those tasks or area where a permit to work will be

required.

2. Tasks or work areas requiring Permits will be listed on the relevant

Liverpool Plains Shire Council form with type of permit required.

3. The relevant management representative will authorise persons with

appropriate competency and authority to issue permits. Unless there

are special circumstances only supervisory staff shall be authorised to


684

issue permits. The names of authorised persons shall be included on

the relevant Liverpool Plains Shire Council form.

4. The relevant management representative will arrange for training for

authorised persons and supervisors in "permit to work" procedures.

5. All contractors must be issued with a permit to work unless

specifically exempted in writing by the relevant management

representative. Contractors must have completed site induction

before a permit can be issued.

6. Completed Permits to Work forms shall be filed by the company and

kept for 2 years.

Responsibilities of the management representative authorised to issue each permit

1. Ensure all hazards associated with the proposed job have been

identified, assessed and controlled.

2. Be familiar with the intended task(s).

3. Ensure that the area and equipment are made safe before hand over.

4. Outline how the work is to be undertaken (e.g.) procedures,

precautions, equipment, location, start time, duration) - verbally and

where necessary in writing.

5. Ensure that copies of all tags and signs are prominently displayed so

that personnel are aware that the equipment etc. is isolated/not to be

operated.

6. Ensure that permits to work are cross-referenced effectively with

other interacting permits (e.g.) confined space entry permit and hot

work permit.

Supervisor’s Responsibility

1. Supervisors must understand the work for which a permit has been

sought and understand isolation and tagging procedures.

2. Ensure that a permit is granted before work commences.


685

3. Ensure that the person(s) doing the work are appropriately qualified

to do the work.

4. Ensure appropriate persons are informed when a job is completed,

suspended or at change of shift and that the permit is cancelled or

transferred.

Responsibilities of the person(s) undertaking the work

1. Satisfy themselves that they understand the requirements of the

permit.

2. Be skilled, qualified trained and competent to perform the work,

including the use of any personal protective equipment or rescue

equipment.

3. Adhere to the Permit to Work requirements.

4. Ensure the job is performed in a safe manner.

5. Be aware of the hazards that could exist and have the necessary

controls in place.

6. Make equipment and area safe on completion of the task.

7. Make the work area safe and seek immediate advice if in doubt or if

circumstances or conditions change.

Permit Types

The following permits are in operation within the organisation: Confined Spaces Entry Permit Hot Work Permit Isolation Permit Permit to Work


686

Personal Protective Equipment

1.1 Purpose

To comply with the Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 and the

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 with regard to the provision

and use of Personal Protective Equipment.

1.30 Scope










687

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

4

1.6 Compliance

4

1.7 Policy

4


5

1.9 Use of Personal Protective Equipment

7


8


688

1.11 Promotion of Use

8

1.12 Maintenance of Equipment

8

1.13 Equipment for Use in Emergency

8

1.14 Storage of Emergency Equipment

8

1.15 Employee Training

8

1.16 Available Personal Protective Equipment

8

FORMS: PPE Checklist PPE Register


689

1.4 Definitions

“PPE” – Equipment and/or clothing that is used or worn for the purpose of

minimising the risk of injury or illness to employees while at work.

PPE includes, but is not limited to:

• Hearing Protection: Ear plugs, ear muffs, ear moulds.

• Eye Protection: Goggles, safety glasses including tinted safety glasses,

face shields.

• Hand Protection: Gloves, gauntlets.

• Safety Boots: Steel capped boots or joggers.

• Suitable Footwear: Shoe or boot with a reinforced toe that fully

encloses the foot.

• Head Protection: Safety Helmet.

• Clothing: Overalls (including disposable), aprons, spats, safety vests.

• Respirators: Face masks-cartridge respirator, disposable masks,

powered air respirators.

• Safety Equipment: Safety harness, lanyards, tripod and winches,

safety lines and belts.

Designated Area – PPE

An area that has been identified as presenting a risk, to the people who enter

the area, from the work environment or by the tasks that are performed in

the area. Designated areas are identified by a mandatory action sign with a

white symbol on a blue background. The sign may have a pictorial symbol or

a pictorial symbol with text. The signs should be placed on the border of the

designated area. People entering a designated area must comply with the

requirements of the sign for the length of time spent in that area.

Task Related – PPE

Some tasks present a risk to the person doing the work and require the use of

PPE. If the task is always undertaken in a fixed location then a mandatory


690

sign or a copy of the local work instruction should be displayed at that

location.

Before deciding whether to designate a task for the mandatory wearing of PPE

consideration must be given to other people working in the area who are exposed to

the same risk. If other people are exposed then the area should become a designated

area. Alternatively enclose the immediate work area where the task is being

performed so that other people are not exposed.

1.5 References

Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000, Part 2

Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001, Clauses 5 & 15

WorkCover NSW – Use of Personal Protective Equipment at Work – A Guidance

Note No: 32

AS 1270: 2002 Acoustics – Hearing Protectors

AS 1716:1994 – Respiratory Protective Devices

AS/NZS 1715: Selection, Use and Maintenance of Respiratory Protective Devices

AS/NZS 1269.3: Occupational Noise Management Part 3 – Hearing Protector

Program

AS/NZS 2210.1: Occupational Protective Footwear – Guide to Selection and Care

AS/NZS 2210.2: Occupational Protective Footwear – Specification

AS/NZS 1336: Recommended Practices for Occupational Eye Protection

AS/NZS 1337: Eye Protectors for Industrial Applications

AS/NZS 1800: Occupational Protective Helmets

AS/NZS 1801: Occupational Protective Helmets

AS 2161: Industrial Safety Gloves and Mittens

AS 2225: Rubber Gloves for Electrical Purposes

AS 3765: Clothing for Protection against Hazardous Chemicals

AS 1558: Protective Clothing for Welders

AS 2375: The Selection, Care and Use of Clothing for Protection against Heat and

Fire

AS 2919: General Industrial Clothing


691

AS 4626: Industrial Fall Arrest Devices – Selection, use and Maintenance

AS 1891.3: Fall Arrest Devices - Specifications

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises its duty to provide appropriate personal

protective equipment PPE for a work activities, inform staff of PPE limitations,

instruct and train in PPE use, maintain PPE equipment, ensure PPE is clean and

hygienic, provide storage facilities and identify areas of work where PPE must be

worn. With regard to the use of PPE as a risk control measure Liverpool Plains Shire

Council must comply with the requirements of the Occupational Health & Safety

Regulation 2001, Clause 5. In particular Liverpool Plains Shire Council must first

consider the suitability of the other risk control measures.

Hazards in the workplace will be evaluated and if possible eliminated. If a

risk cannot be eliminated, the worker will be provided with PPE. Care will be

taken with the selection of the PPE to ensure maximum possible protection

for the worker.


1.8.1 Management

Each Section Manager is to address the key actions/activities outlined below as a “minimum

standard” in the development for local procedures and to provide the resources necessary for

employees to effectively meet the requirements of the Standard:

• Implement a management system to ensure that the “PPE

Standard” is introduced and maintained by ensuring the items

below are reviewed on a regular basis.


692

• Conduct a Risk Assessment to identify areas that require

mandatory wearing of PPE (e.g.) noise survey, dust survey

etc. Sign post these areas with applicable pictorial safety signs.

• Identify specific tasks that require PPE and develop local

standard operating procedures incorporating the use of

equipment or include the PPE requirements into existing safe

operating procedures, work instructions, etc., if applicable.

• Train the employees so that they understand their

responsibilities with respect to the “PPE Standard” and

maintain a training file.

• Ensure that the “PPE Standard” is communicated to all

contractors that work with or on behalf of Liverpool Plains

Shire Council.

• Ensure that all visitors to any Liverpool Plains Shire Council

worksite are issued with the relevant PPE prior to entering

the work area (e.g.) safety glasses, hearing protection, suitable

footwear and hard hat if appropriate. Access to high-risk

areas must be denied.

• Provide an approved range of PPE (hearing protectors, safety

glasses – including tinted safety glasses for drivers – goggles,

safety boots) to ensure that employees are comfortable with

the PPE.

• Ensure that PPE purchased has been approved by the NSW

WorkCover Authority or Standards Australia.

• Provide the correct PPE for the task.

• Provide an area for the cleaning of PPE and the appropriate

cleaning products.

• Provide a storage area that is clean and dry for employees to

store their PPE.


693

• Maintain a register for the issue of mandatory PPE at the

worksite.

• Keep on hand a supply of PPE.

1.8.2 Supervisors

Supervisors are responsible for the implementation and ongoing compliance

monitoring of the “PPE Standard” in accordance with the management system by:

• Participating in the management system to ensure that the

“PPE Standard” is introduced and maintained through the

audit and review process.

• Ensuring that regular PPE inspections are undertaken using

Liverpool Plains Shire Council PPE Checklist and remedial

action is taken to maintain the Standard. Retain

documentation on site PPE inspections.

• Informing management of any additional and ongoing

requirements needed to implement and maintain the “PPE

Standard”.

• Keep a PPE Register for each employee under their control.

1.8.3 Employees

Employees are to co-operate with managers and supervisors in the implementation

and ongoing requirements of the “PPE Standard”. Employees are required to:

• Attend the training sessions on PPE.

• Comply with the “PPE Standard” and specific local work

procedures that include wearing or using PPE.

• Inform managers or supervisors of any risks associated with

the wearing or using PPE that cannot be immediately

rectified.


694

• Comply with requests to undertake site PPE inspections –

use PPE Checklist.

1.8.4 General Responsibilities (all employees)

• Comply with mandatory pictorial PPE signs.

• Comply with the customer’s site-specific PPE policy where

applicable.

• Take care of individually issued PPE by:

- Regularly cleaning PPE.

- Storing the equipment in a clean dry area.

- Not altering or defacing the equipment.

• Request new issue of PPE as required before the current

issue:

- Is “out of date” – hard hats 2 yearly.

- No longer gives you the necessary protection in

accordance with the training

Received.

• Return shared PPE (welding screens, grinding goggles, safety

harnesses etc) to the correct storage areas.

• Comply with the following site PPE requirements.

1.9 Use of Personal Protective Equipment

Managers must provide employees with personal protective equipment to minimise

the risk involved when work hazards cannot be adequately controlled by other

means. Reference should be made to the hierarchy of controls whenever a


695

workplace hazard has been identified and assessment has indicated that control is

necessary. PPE should only be used when all other methods of control are either

not practicable or inadequate. Furthermore PPE should only be used until other

methods of control are put in place. Statutory law requires that only approved types

of equipment are to be used in specific circumstances.


A survey of jobs and working conditions should be carried out to assess what risks

employees face and which type of protective equipment is suitable. Equipment

should also comply with legislative requirements and the recommendations of

suppliers such as the information provided on Material Safety Data Sheets and other

process, or product information.

1.11 Promotion of Use

Managers should take measures to ensure the proper use of personal protective

equipment, including education, instruction and supervision.

1.12 Maintenance of Equipment

There should be regular maintenance and inspection of safety equipment to ensure

that it is kept in good order.

1.13 Equipment for Use in Emergency

In locations where plant failures or accidents could cause dangerous conditions

resulting form harmful chemicals or physical agents, personal protective equipment

suitable for protecting persons against such conditions shall be supplied and stored

in close proximity to where it may be required. This may apply to employees

engaged in repair, maintenance, and fire fighting or rescue operations.

1.14 Storage of Emergency Equipment

Management should provide storage for emergency equipment that is dust proof and

separate from any form any contaminant that could have a detrimental effect on it.


696

1.15 Employee Training

All employees who may be required to wear PPE should be instructed and trained to

ensure that they understand when it should be used, how it should be maintained

and its limitations. The Safety Officer should assist with guidance on training if

required.

1.16 Available Personal Protective Equipment

PPE is available for all parts of the body, and the choice of suitable protection will

depend on the exposure hazard and the work arrangements.

The following section lists the types of equipment available:

1.16.1 Head Protection

Must comply with Australian Standards:

• AS 1800 – The selection, care and use of industrial safety

helmets.

• AS 1801 – Industrial safety helmets.

a. Safety Helmets – Compulsory for all Liverpool Plains

Shire Council personnel, contractors and visitors in

designated “Safety Helmet Areas”. Attachments such

as earmuffs, visors, lamp brackets and cable clips can

be fitted to safety helmets.

b. Bump/Laceration Hats – Must not be substituted for

safety helmets where these are required.

c. Wide Brimmed Hats – required for employees

working outdoors.


697

d. Hoods – May be required on their own or in

conjunction with respiratory protection for certain

hazards (e.g.) heat stress environments, abrasive

blasting.

1.16.2 Eye Protection


• AS/NZS 1336 – Recommended Practice for Occupational

Eye Protection.

• AS/NZS 1337 – Eye Protectors for Industrial Applications.

a. Safety spectacles with side shields to be used in all

areas where there is the possibility of eye damage

from flying particles. This includes prescription

glasses which must meet the safety requirements for

the job being undertaken.

b. Goggles – use when extra eye protection is required

(e.g.) grinding.

c. Face Shields – additional protection for high

temperatures, high density/impact particles or against

chemical splashes.


698

1.16.3 Hearing Protection


• AS 1269 – Acoustics – Hearing Conservation.

• AS 1270 – Acoustics – Hearing Protectors.

a. Ear Muffs – the hearing protection choice in the

majority of Liverpool Plains Shire Council

workplaces. Available in light, medium and high

performance models, depending on the degree of

sound attenuation required. Selection is also on basis

of attenuation of the different frequency component

of the offending noise. Replacement cushions are

available as are absorbent liners to minimise irritation

from sweat. Earmuffs suitable for wearing under

welding helmets are available.

b. Ear Plugs – these should be available as an alternative

for people who experience difficulty with earmuffs, as

long as they provide sufficient sound attenuation for

the work situation. The types that can be inserted

into the ear using a small tag attached to the external

part of the plug are preferable to the types that have

to be rolled between the fingers.

Earplugs will give the stated protection ONLY if they are

correctly inserted into the ear canal.

1.16.4 Hand Protection

Use AS 2161: Industrial Gloves and Mittens


699

a. Gloves – are available in many different materials depending

on the protection

Required (e.g.) cotton, rubber, PVC, viton, stainless steel

mesh, Kevlar, leather. Selection must be based on the

protection required for the particular hazards involved. They

may be of wrist or elbow length.

b. Barrier Creams – should be available at all work locations

where materials are handled that are likely to cause skin

irritation (e.g.) solvents, oils, grease.

c. Industrial Hand Cleaners – care must be taken to use cleaners

which will not damage the skin which may occur if the

cleaner is unduly abrasive, has a high pH, or contains

solvents.

1.16.5 Foot Protection


• AS/NZS 2210 – Occupational Protective Footwear.

• AS/NZS 2210.1 – Guide to selection, care and use.

• AS/NZS 2210.2 – Specification.

a. Safety Footwear – steel capped boots, shoes or

waterproof boots are compulsory in all Liverpool

Plains Shire Council locations, except where there is

absolutely no risk of foot injury e.g. offices. A wide

variety of styles and fittings are available.

b. Leather Spats – are available for waring over

shoes/boots to prevent welding sparks from

dropping into footwear.

1.16.6 Respiratory Protection


700


• AS/NZS 1716 – Respiratory Protection Devices

• AS/NZS 1715 – Selection, use and maintenance of

Respiratory Protective Devices

Careful assessment of the respiratory hazard must be made to ensure the correct

degree of protection is given to employees.

a. Disposable Respirators – these are available in different

thicknesses; must be discarded when resistance to breathing

increases or when breakthrough of vapours is suspected (e.g.)

increase in smell of filtered air.

Caution: Single strap disposable respirators are not to

be used in the workplace unless they conform to

AS/NZS 1716. Verify by markings on the mask or by

contacting your supplier of the masks.

b. Half and Full Face Respirators – to be used in conjunction

with the appropriate filter for the hazard in question. Use

only filters (or cartridges) with the same brand name as the

respirator mask.

c. Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) – provide a

purified positive pressure air stream by drawing air through

filters using a battery operated pump worn on the person.

d. Air Line Respirators – provide a pure air supply from a

remote air source. To be used where the oxygen content of

the atmosphere is deficient or uncertain.

e. Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) – to be used

when maximum respiratory protection is required and there is


701

space for the employee to carry out the task required while

wearing air tanks. Time of use will be limited by the tank

capacity.

1.16.7 Body Protection

a. Polyester/cotton blend uniforms should be avoided

whenever employees have to perform welding or flame

cutting tasks where there is a potential risk of fire e.g.

handling LPG, or where heat stress or hot ambient

conditions prevail. In the above situations cotton uniforms

should be provided, and if necessary, flame retardant material

should be used.

b. Overalls – required to protect people when engaged in dirty

tasks. May be cotton or disposable.

c. Aprons – may be made from rubber, PVC, leather and may

be heavy or lightweight. Required when extra body protection

is needed e.g. welding, handling chemicals.

d. Jackets – required for protection in cold weather, may be

“Parka”, “Bomber” or “Bluey” style and made from wool or

water resistant material.

e. Sleeves, Knee Pads and Elbow Pads – all available for extra

protection when required.

1.16.8 Fall Arrest Devices

• AS 4626: Industrial Fall Arrest Devices – Selection, use and

maintenance.

• AS 1891.3: Fall Arrest Devices (Specifications).

Safety belts and harnesses, lanyards, safety liners, descent control

units, fall arresters and safety attachments for ladder work are


702

available when required. Advice may be needed to determine the

most suitable equipment for a particular job. Thorough training in

the use of these devices is essential as serious injury can result if they

are incorrectly used.

1.16.9 Welding Protection

The hazards associated with welding require special protection for employees

including:

• Welding helmets incorporating a shade filter cover lens.

• Leather aprons.

• Spats, leggings.

• Gloves.

• Respiratory protection when necessary.

For further information:

• The Standards Association of Australia publishes a full range

of standards covering Protective equipment.

Pit & Drain Hazards


703

1.6 Purpose This procedure establishes to minimise risk to employees and other persons

while performing work associated with in-ground pits and drains.

1.31 Scope










704

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Background

3

1.7 Procedure

3


705

1.4 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Chapter 2, Chapter 4 – Part

4.3, Division 9

1.5 Compliance


accordance with the policy or procedure may result in disciplinary action in

accordance with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s current disciplinary policy.

1.6 Background

Employees required to access or replace pits or drains may be exposed to a variety of

hazards. These include:

• Manual handling while opening pit cover, handling pit cover or pit,

handling/using power tools and handling pipes and cables.

• Exposure to spider, snake and insect bites.

• Exposure to sharps (e.g. hypodermic syringes, broken glass, hand

tools).

• Confined space entry (irrespirable or explosive atmospheres in large

pits.

1.7 Procedure It is essential that employees who work in or with pits undertake a risk assessment

prior to commencing work. This process involves:

• Identifying hazards.

• Accessing the risk.

• Introducing appropriate control measures.

10. Manual Handling


706

Employees involved in manual handling task may be subjected to relatively

high risk of strain and sprain injury. Injuries of this type are costly to both

the employee and to Council. Therefore, employees must:

a. Understand the task to be undertaken and prepare with stretching

exercises.

b. If available and practical, obtain and use mechanical lifting equipment

(e.g.) crane, or handling aids (e.g.) trolley.

c. If suitable, use team lifting/handling techniques.

d. If necessary and within the capacity of one person, handle using

correct lifting techniques.

e. Refer to Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Manual Handling Module.

11. Snake, Spider and Insect Bites

Employees are frequently at risk of bites/stings from snake, spider or other

poisonous insects. The risk may be medium to high depending on (a) severity, and

(b) time taken to obtain medical attention. Therefore, employees must:

• Ensure all personnel involved wear safety equipment, including

protective gloves and steel capped gumboots.

• Cautiously open pit cover to inspect contents.

• If animal/insect hazards are found, steps should be taken to

minimise the risk (e.g.) leave pit open to enable snake to vacate in a

safe manner (employees not to interfere); use appropriate insecticide

to kill biting insects or spiders.

• Ensure emergency provisions are available (i.e.) first aid etc.

12. Sharps and Hypodermic Needles

Employees are occasionally (depending on location of pit/drain) at risk of being

injured from contact with hypodermic needles, broken glass and other sharp objects.


707

The risk may be medium to high depending on the severity of the injury. Higher risk

may be incurred if the injury involves a discarded hypodermic needle. Therefore,

employees must:

• Ensure correct all personnel wear personal safety equipment

including protective gloves and steel capped gumboots involved.

• Cautiously open pit cover to inspect contents.

• If sharp hazards found, steps should be taken to minimise the risk by

using an appropriate device to remove the hazard (multi-grips or

pliers) and place the object in a purpose designed disposal container.

Disposal of any hypodermic needles (in transport containers) will be

the responsibility of the operations manager.

• Report all injuries, however minor, involving hypodermic syringes to

both the crew supervisor and the operations manager.

• Ensure emergency provisions are available (i.e.) first aid etc.

13. Confined Spaces

All pits of such size that it is possible to be occupied by a worker are considered

“confined spaces where the pit:

i. Is at atmospheric pressure during occupancy.

ii. Is not intended primarily as a place of work.

iii. May have restricted means for entry and exit, and

iv. May have an atmosphere, which contains potentially harmful levels

of contaminant; not have a safe oxygen level; or cause engulfment.

Employees conducting work in pits therefore are at very high risk. All pits of the size described must be

considered to be confined spaces and consequently, a “Confined Space Work Permit” must be issued.


708

Plant & Equipment

1.1 Purpose

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to the provision of a safe and

healthy workplace for all employees, visitors and contractors. In order to

meet this commitment Liverpool Plains Shire Council will endeavour to

control risks to workplace health and safety caused by plant and equipment.

Specifically this procedure details the requirements for managing plant and

equipment used within Liverpool Plains Shire Council and it deals with the

following aspects of using plant and equipment:

• Risk management,

• Purchasing,

• Installation,

• Maintenance, and

• Dismantling.


1.32 Scope


709








1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

2

1.3 Contents

3

1.4 Definitions

5

1.5 References

5

1.6 Compliance

6

1.7 Policy

6


710


7

1.9 Risk Management for Plant & Equipment

7

1.10 Application of the Plant & Equipment Program

10

1.11 Equipment Design

10

1.12 Purchasing Plant & Equipment

10

1.13 Installation, Erection & Commissioning of Plant

11

1.14 Plant & Equipment Operators

11

1.15 Use of Plant & Equipment

12

1.16 Maintenance & Repair of Plant & Equipment

13

1.17 Dismantling, Storage & Disposal of Plant & Equipment

15

1.18 Controls for Specific Types of Plant

16


711

1.19 Record Keeping

17

1.20 Providing Information

17

1.21 Reviewing Control Measures

18

FORMS New Plant or Substance Checklist Vehicle Inspection Checklist Machine Noise Level Register Lifting Devices/Mobile Equipment Checklist Sling Inspection Report Daily Forklift Checklist Hired-In Plant Inspection Report Plant Hazard Identification Checklist Plant Register – Major Plant or Equipment Plant Start-Up Check


712

1.4 Definitions

“Plant” a general name for all machinery, tools, appliances and equipment. Types of

plant include lifts, electrical equipment, power tools, computers, hand held tools,

hand trolleys and work shop equipment.

“Use” means work from, operate, maintain, inspect or clean.

“Alter” change the design of, add to or take away from the plant if the change may

affect health or safety, but does not include routine maintenance, repair or

replacement.

“Boiler” a vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, in which

steam or other vapour is generated, or water or other liquid is heated at a pressure

above that of the atmosphere, by the application of fire, the products of combustion,

electrical power or similar high temperature means, including superheaters, reheaters,

economisers, boiler piping, supports, mountings, valves gauges, fittings controls the

boiler setting and directly associated equipment but does not include a fully flooded

or pressurised system in which water or other liquid is heated to a temperature lower

than the normal atmospheric boiling temperature of the liquid.

“Erect” includes altering the structure of the plant.

“Fault” a break or defect that may cause plant to present an increased risk to health

and safety and, in the case of a fault in the design of plant, means an aspect of the

design that may cause the plant to be a risk to health and safety if manufactured in

accordance with the design specifications.

“Pressure vessel” a vessel subject to internal or external pressure, including

interconnected parts and components, valves, gauges and other fittings up to the first

point of connection to connecting piping, and fired heaters and gas cylinders, but

does not include a boiler or pressure piping.

“Repair” restore plant to an operating condition, but does not include routine

maintenance, replacement or alteration.

1.5 References



National Standard for Plant, NOHSC: 1010, 1994 (www.ascc.gov.au)


713

Liverpool Plains Shire Council Risk Management Process

AS/NZS 1576: 1995 – Scaffolding General

AS/NZS 3788: 2006 – Pressure Equipment – In-service Inspection

AS 2030:1999 – Foreign Gas Cylinder Specifications

AS 1636.1:1996 – Tractors – Rollover protective structures – Criteria and Tests –

Conventional Tractors

AS 4343:1999 – Pressure equipment – Hazard Levels

AS/NZS 3509:2003– LP Gas vessels for automotive use

AS 2971:2002 – Serially Produced Pressure Vessels

AS1735.1:2001 – Lifts, escalators and moving walks – General Requirements

AMBCS Part 1 & 2 – ref Pg 16

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council will endeavour to provide a safe work place in

relation to plant by complying with the requirements of the Occupational

Health & Safety Act 2000 and Occupational Health & Safety Regulation

2001 Chapter 5. This will include the following:

• Identifying hazards related to plant and equipment.

• Taking appropriate action to eliminate or minimise the risks.

• Documenting safe work practices for plant and equipment.

• Providing training, information and instruction to employees,

contractors and visitors on safe work practices.

The NSW Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 imposes

obligations on all people connected with plant and specifies requirements for


714

all phases of an item of plant's life. These requirements are consistent with

the National Standard for Plant, developed with the aim of ensuring that

uniform legal standards apply to the control of hazardous plant in all States

and Territories across Australia. All plant must undergo a risk identification,

assessment and control procedure. As a result of this exercise, plant

identified as being of a high risk to health and safety will need to be

registered, while other plant will require the introduction of specific controls.


715


1.8.1 Employees

Employees have a responsibility to report hazardous plant or equipment to the

supervisor of the work area and, where possible, take corrective action to control

those hazards. Employees must also ensure that they are adequately and

appropriately trained in the safe operation of the plant and equipment they are

required to use.

Employees will be responsible for complying with any directions or Safe Work

Method Procedures developed by Liverpool Plains Shire Council. This includes only

using plant for the intended use and ensuring equipment is safe to use.


Managers/Supervisors are the key people responsible for ensuring that the

work environment, the plant and the equipment are safe. Supervisors also

play a role with the completion of risk assessments of plant and overseeing

the safe operation, cleaning and maintenance of the plant.

Managers/Supervisors are responsible for the overall implementation of the Plant

and Equipment Program in their respective work area. This includes:

• Ensuring employees are aware of their responsibilities and are

provided with adequate information, instruction and training.

• Establishing and maintaining a register of plant as required.

• Establishment of a systematic process for review of hazards

prior to purchasing new plant or equipment.

Managers/Supervisors will be responsible for ensuring that the guidelines contained

in this program are implemented when purchasing new or replacement plant or

equipment.

1.9 Risk Management for Plant & Equipment

1.9.1 Risk Management Process


716

It is a legislative requirement for employers to identify foreseeable plant hazards,

assess the risks and take action to eliminate or control them. An important part of

this process is consultation with employees. Plant can present hazards to both

humans and the environment in which they will be operated.

The first step in the risk management process for plant should be to identify and list

all plant in the workplace. Managers can then work out which items are potentially

hazardous and therefore need to be assessed.

An inspection of the plant requiring assessment should be carried out noting down

the details of the assessment, including how many people are exposed to each hazard

and for how long (including contractors and visitors where present at sites).

It is important to consult with the employees who use the plant, to identify hazards

and include plant operators in the assessment process to gain a practical viewpoint to

the hazards and risks. The safety information provided by the manufacturer or

supplier of the plant will provide some insight into risks and may also provide ideas

for controls.

Review the records of incidents, injuries, first aid treatment and near misses to

collect relevant information about past occurrences.

It is important to include foreseeable problems such as machine malfunctions or

abnormal operating conditions in the risk assessment process.

1.9.2 Hazard Identification

When identifying plant hazards consider the following;

• What plant is in use?

• What injuries, illnesses or problems could the plant cause?

• What can the employees tell you about the hazard(s)?

Typical plant hazards include, but are not limited to:


717

• Moving parts of plant,

• Hot parts of plant,

• Fire and explosion,

• Electricity,

• Slips, trips and falls,

• Manual handling,

• Noise,

• Vibration,

• Radiation, and

• Hazardous Substances.


The Risk Assessment process should consider the following, in conjunction with the

Risk Management Module.

• How is the plant used?

• What is the interaction between workers and the environment

with the plant, including systems of work used and individual

work practices?

• How effective are the current measures to reduce risk

(hierarchy of controls)?

• Who (personnel) and what (environmental factors) could be

exposed to plant related hazards and how likely is this to

occur?

• What can typically go wrong and how is this handled?

• Are there installation, erection and commissioning

procedures for plant?

• Are there maintenance and repair procedures for plant?

• Are there dismantling, storage and disposal procedures for

plant?


718

1.9.4 Risk Control

Preventative actions shall then be implemented:

• Take steps to eliminate or control the risks.

• Use the hierarchy of controls to determine the most effective

methods to eliminate or control risks.

• Provide information and training to employees, supervisors,

and managers. Make sure everyone is aware of the risks and

controls and what practices must be followed.

• Establish First Aid/emergency arrangements and make sure

they are understood.

Following implementation of preventative measures, they should be assessed

for adequacy:

• Is the plant regularly inspected and maintained in a safe

condition?

• Have any employees reported incidents related to the use of

plant?

• Has refresher training been provided to employees for

operational and emergency procedures

• Is the right equipment being used for the job?

Plant risk management shall occur in all of the following situations;

• During installation, erection and commissioning of plant,

• During operations, maintenance and repair of plant, and

• During dismantling, storage and disposal of plant.

1.10 Application of the Plant & Equipment Program

The Occupational Health & Safety Act 2000 requires employers to eliminate

risks to health and safety, or if this is not reasonably practical, to minimise


719

them to the fullest extent possible. The Occupational Health & Safety

Regulation 2001 sets out the responsibility of employers in relation to plant

in the workplace. It sets general requirements for all plant covering

installation, erection, commissioning, use, maintenance, repair, dismantling,

storage and disposal.

1.11 Equipment Design

The process of hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control should

be applied to the design phase of any piece of plant or equipment. The

purpose of this process is to identify potential hazards and eliminate them in

the design phase, thus preventing risk to employee health and safety, and

eliminating the hazards at their source.

1.12 Purchasing Plant and Equipment

Plant introduced to the worksite must be as safe as possible for employees.

New items of plant being purchased require the provision of information to

the purchaser. The requirements for plant information to be provided to

employers and employees are as follows:

1. The designer must give information to the manufacturer,

2. The manufacturer must give information to the supplier,

3. The supplier must give information to the employer (Purchaser),

4. The employer must use the information to assess and eliminate or

control risks,

5. The employer must give information to the worker.

When deciding to purchase any plant or equipment the requirements of

Council’s Purchasing Policy must be followed. A risk assessment needs to be

conducted on the plant/equipment to ensure it is the best product for

Council’s requirements, safety of personnel and the environment.

1.13 Installation, Erection & Commissioning of Plant


720

When plant is being set up for use in the workplace, the Section Manager (or

nominee) must:

• Ensure that the instructions of the designer, manufacturer, supplier

or a competent person are followed,

• Use a competent person to undertake the work, and provide all

information necessary to ensure that risks are eliminated or

controlled,

• Choose a suitable work location for the plant to operate in – this can

involve taking into consideration the environmental or archaeological

sensitivity of the area, any human settlement in the area and any other

requirements that may be specified in planning or other legislation,

• Ensure that fixed plant is secure and will not move inadvertently

when in operation,

• Make sure there is enough clear space around the plant for it to be

safely used and repaired,

• Make sure there is room to safely reach (and move away from) parts

of the plant during cleaning and maintenance,

• Make sure safety features (e.g.) alarm systems, safety doors,

emergency lighting are provided and working effectively.

1.14 Plant & Equipment Operators

Employees have a responsibility to ensure that plant and equipment are operated

correctly and in accordance with the specifications. Liverpool Plains Shire Council

has various systems and processes to ensure employees have the required training,

licenses, permits, and certificates to undertake the tasks allocated to them. This

extends to the safe and efficient operation of plant and equipment. Supervisors also

have a responsibility to confirm that plant and equipment operators are only assigned

tasks for which they are adequately trained and competent in.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Risk Management processes and associated forms,

including work method statements, are prepared which relate to plant and


721

equipment. These documents assist in ensuring that staff are made aware of the risks

and control measures associated with operating plant and equipment, and ensuring

that the necessary licenses and certificates are identified. If the use of plant or

equipment requires specialist training or qualified operators, then this is identified in

the work method statements.

1.15 Use of Plant & Equipment

Before plant is used by any personnel within Council, the Liverpool Plains

Shire Council nominated responsible person must ensure that:

• Information, training and supervision has been or is provided to all

those using the plant.

• Plant is only used for the purpose for which it was designed (unless a

competent person has assessed that a proposed change in use does

not present a health, safety or environmental risk).

• That plant which is subject to design or item registration is not used

unless it has the appropriate registration.

• Safety and environmental features and warning devices are available,

working and used as intended.

• Provision is made for appropriate and adequate guarding AND/OR

a safe system of work:

- If plant has moving parts – [eliminate the risk of

entanglement]

- If there is a risk of parts or work pieces breaking or being

ejected- [appropriate guards]

- If there is a risk from moving plant, or plant which could

start to operate without warning. [ensure no danger to

persons]

• Employees do not work between fixed and traversing parts of plant.


722

• Employees or visitors do not have access to areas around remotely

controlled plant that could start without warning unless appropriate

controls and safe systems of work are provided.

• No unauthorised interference or alteration of the plant occurs,

especially that may create risk.

• Appropriate tests, checks and inspections are made of the plant.

• If plant becomes unsafe, use is stopped until risks have been

eliminated or (if this is not practicable) controlled.

1.16 Maintenance and Repair of Plant & Equipment

1.16.1 Maintenance

Maintenance of all plant and equipment shall be scheduled according to the

recommendations/specifications of the manufacturer. The Management shall be

responsible for ensuring all maintenance activities are undertaken as per the

schedule. No plant or equipment should be used if it has not undergone the

scheduled maintenance except as otherwise approved by the Section Manager.

Records shall be maintained for all maintenance and repair work undertaken on plant

and equipment.

During maintenance and repair, the Section Manager (or nominee) must

make sure that:

• The necessary facilities or systems of work are provided for

the safety of people doing the work.

• The work is done in accordance with procedures

recommended by the designer, manufacturer or supplier (or

competent person)

• Safety and environmental features and warning devices are

maintained and tested.


723

• A competent person assesses and provides advice on

damaged plant and undertakes repair, inspection and testing

work.

• During maintenance, cleaning and repair, plant is stopped and

isolated, and, devices, controls or safe systems of work are

used to safeguard the people doing the work.

1.16.2 Testing & Calibration of Equipment

Any departments that control equipment are to identify those items that require

regular and routine testing and calibration. This includes equipment that is used for

measurement and monitoring to ensure the required accuracy and precision is

maintained.

To ensure a systematic approach is taken in identifying testing and calibration needs

and tracking the testing and calibration histories, any department that controls

equipment are to establish equipment testing and calibration registers. All items of

equipment that require regular testing and calibration are to be included in the

registers.

A review is to be undertaken of all existing equipment to determine the requirements

for control, testing and calibration. As additional equipment is hired or purchased a

similar review is to be arranged. The reviews are to address the following:

a) The required capabilities of the equipment;

b) The nationally recognised standard, or the basis for testing or

calibration that shall apply for the equipment;

c) The requirements for establishing and documenting testing

and calibration procedures;


724

d) The method to be used to identify the equipment testing and

calibration status;

e) The requirements for maintenance of testing and calibration

records for the equipment;

f) The process to be followed to assess and document the

validity of previous inspection and test results when the

equipment has been found to be out of calibration;

g) The handling, preservation and storage requirements for the

equipment, including any safeguards to prevent damage and

deterioration;

h) The safeguards required to ensure against adjustments to the

equipment that may invalidate calibration settings;

i) Any associated software that is to be validated prior to use

and safeguarded against damage.

All equipment testing and calibration is to be conducted by suitably qualified persons

in accordance with appropriate nationally recognised standards or manufacturer's

instructions. This may include the use of NATA [National Association of Testing

Authorities –www.nata.asn.au] accredited laboratories if required. Where no such

standards or instructions exist, the basis used for testing and calibration is to be

recorded.

In addition to the scheduled testing and calibration of equipment, if it is evident that

any equipment does not fulfil the requirements of the specifications, the operator or

supervisor is to attach an “Out of Service” tag and return the item for checking.

Appropriate records of testing and calibration are to be maintained, for example,

calibration certificates. Where appropriate, calibration stickers are to be fixed to the

items to identify the calibration status of equipment.

1.16.3 Lock Out Tag

A system of tags is used by Liverpool Plains Shire Council to ensure no personnel

use faulty or unsafe equipment at any time.


725

Plant and equipment that is malfunctioning shall be locked out by the person

discovering the problem. Tags are to be applied to the equipment as soon as a fault

or malfunction is discovered.

The Plant/Equipment Fault Reporting Form is to be filled out by the employee and

given to the Supervisor.

1.17 Dismantling, Storage & Disposal of Plant and Equipment

In relation to dismantling, storage and disposal, Section Managers must ensure that:

• A competent person undertakes dismantling, in accordance with the

process recommended by the designer, manufacturer or supplier, and

• Storage or disposal of plant is carried out by a competent person.

Any plant or equipment that can be reused or recycled shall be identified as

such and either sold or given to an appropriate recycling organisation. When

plant is transferred to another party, Council’s purchasing policy, in particular

the requirements relating to sale or transfer of used plant must be followed.

When storing plant or equipment for future use, this must be done in

accordance with manufacturers specifications to ensure items are protected

from factors which may damage them during storage.

1.18 Controls for Specific Types of Plant

1.18.1 Plant designed to lift or move

Liverpool Plains Shire Council must ensure plant which is designed to lift or move

objects is used within its safe working limits when lifting or suspending loads.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council must also ensure that people are not lifted or

suspended by or from plant unless the plant is specifically designed for that purpose

or specific safety controls are used. These controls include ensuring that the plant is

stabilised and the people being lifted use fall arrester devices.


726

1.18.2 Scaffolding

Scaffolds must be erected and dismantled in accordance with Australian

Standard AS 1576.1 - 1995. A competent person must inspect the scaffold

before it is used if a person could fall more than 4 metres. The scaffold must

be inspected every 30 days, or whenever it has been repaired, or whenever

there are changes that may affect the scaffold - such as severe storms.

1.18.3 Lifts

Any person working in a lift well must be protected from falling

objects and movement of the lift car. This includes providing a safe

working platform, adequate protection decking and a suitable means

of access to the work.

1.18.4 Pressure Equipment

Pressure equipment must be inspected, operated and maintained in accordance with

various specified Standards. The Standards vary for the type of equipment. A

summary is set out below:

• Pressure equipment (excluding gas cylinders and miniature

boilers) is inspected in accordance with AS 3788; and

• Miniature copper boilers (falling within the definition of

pressure equipment) are inspected, operated and maintained

in accordance with AMBCS Pt.1; and

• Miniature steel boilers (falling within the definition of

pressure equipment) are operated, inspected and maintained

in accordance with AMBSC Pt.2.

• Gas cylinders with a capacity of 3000 litres or less must

comply with AS 2030 and be inspected and maintained as

required by that Standard.

[AMBCS means Australian Miniature Boiler Safety Committee Code - Part 1 and 2].


727

1.18.5 Powered Mobile Plant

Operator protective devices such as seat belts must be provided, used and

maintained on powered mobile plant when they are necessary for safety. Warning

devices must be fitted to warn people who may be hurt by the movement of the

plant.

1.18.6 Tractors & Earth Moving Machinery

Tractors and earth moving machinery must not be used unless they are fitted with

roll over protective structures that comply with Australian standard AS 1636.1 -

1996. Warning devices must be fitted to warn people of movement of the plant.

1.18.7 Forklifts

Forklifts must be used safely at all times following safe work procedures and systems

of work, including using lifting attachments that are appropriate for the load.

1.18.8 Lifts and Lifting Gear

A notice stating the safe working load must be fixed to lifts or any item of lifting gear.

1.19 Record Keeping

Any plant which is classified as Schedule 4 (appendix B) item must have

records kept of any tests, maintenance, inspections, commissioning or

alteration of plant relevant to controlling risks arising from the plant.

1.20 Providing Information

Liverpool Plains Shire Council has an obligation to provide all relevant

information regarding the plant and equipment to any person who may

require that information in order to comply with legislative requirements.

This includes managers, supervisors, operators, maintenance staff and staff

involved in installing and disposing of the plant.

1.21 Reviewing Control Measures


728

Control measures and procedures need to be reviewed to ensure they still

provide adequate safety to personnel and the environment. As well as the

periodic documentation review of procedures, the following situations will

require a review of control methods to be undertaken:

• As work practices are modified,

• New work practices are introduced,

• Plant or equipment is moved,

• New information obtained about previously unknown design or

manufacturing fault or unidentified hazard, and

• If an incident (environmental or personal; injury, illness, near miss)

involving plant or equipment occurs.


729

APPENDIX A – SCHEDULE 3 ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED

a. Boilers categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C according to the

criteria in AS 4343 – 2005

b. Pressure vessels categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C according to

the criteria in AS 4343 - 2005 except for the following:

1. gas cylinders with a water capacity of 3000 kg or less;

2. LP gas fuel vessels for automotive use covered by AS 3509;

3. serially produced pressure vessels covered by AS 2971

4. pressure vessels that do not require internal inspection in

accordance with the criteria in Table 4.1 in AS 3788.

c. Lifts (including escalators and moving walkways) as defined in AS 1735.

d. Amusement devices (other than coin operated amusement devices), whether

manufactured before or after the date of the Occupational Health and Safety

Regulation:

(i) that are, or may be, operated otherwise than by manual power;

or

(ii) that are, or that belong to a class of amusement device that is,

specified in an order made by WorkCover for the purposes of

this Schedule and published in the Gazette.

e. Tower cranes.

f. Building maintenance units.

g. Truck mounted concrete placing units.

h. Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 tonnes.


730

APPENDIX B – SCHEDULE 4 PLANT FOR WHICH RECORDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE KEPT

1. Boilers categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C according to the

criteria in AS 4343 -2005.

2. Pressure vessels as categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C according

to the criteria in AS 4343 - 2005 except the following:

a. Gas cylinders with a water capacity of 3000 kg or less;

b. LP gas fuel vessels for automotive use covered by AS 3509;

c. Serially produced pressure vessels covered by AS 2971;

d. Pressure vessels that do not require periodic internal inspection in

accordance with the criteria in Table 4.1 in AS 3788.

3. Tower cranes.

4. Lifts (including escalators and moving walkways).

5. Building maintenance units.

6. Truck mounted concrete placing units.

7. Personnel and material hoists.

8. Concrete placing units.

9. Industrial lift trucks.

10. Mobile cranes.

11. Gantry cranes with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes.

12. Bridge cranes with a safe working load of 10 tonnes or greater.

13. Gantry cranes and bridge cranes designed to handle molten metal or

dangerous goods (within the meaning of the Australian Dangerous Goods

Code www.ascc.gov.au).


731

14. Boom type elevating work platforms.

15. Hoists, with a platform movement in excess of 2.4 metres, designed to lift or

support people.

16. Mast climbing works platforms.

17. Vehicle hoists.

18. Amusement devices.

Portable & Fixed Ladders

1.1 Purpose

This procedure is to ensure that all employees understand the risk associated

with work involving use of ladders and to provide all personnel with

information to minimize risk through a process of hazard identification, risk

assessment and risk management.

1.33 Scope







732





733

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Procedures

3

1.7 Ladder Design & Specifications

8


734



AS/NZS 1892.1 - 1996 Portable ladders Part 1: Metal

AS 1892.2 - 1992 Portable ladders Part 2: Timber,

AS/NZS 1892.3 - 1996 Portable ladders Part 3: Reinforced plastic

AS/NZS 1892.5 - 1999 Portable ladders Part 5: Selection, safe use and care.

AS 1657 - Fixed Platforms, Walkways, Stairways and Ladders

1.5 Compliance




policy.

1.6 Procedures

A ladder is used for gaining access to areas above or below the ground, or other

levels not provided with permanent access. It is important to realise that there are

limits to the safe use of a ladder. Most accidents involving ladders occur because

these limits are exceeded.

Because we use ladders regularly, both at home and at work, they are often

treated indifferently and with little regard for the danger we are placing

ourselves in when standing on them. Ladders come in four different types:

• Fixed Ladders (rung and step);

• Single Ladders - Portable Metal/Timber;

• Extension Ladders - Portable Metal/Timber; and

• Step Ladders - Portable Metal/Timber.

When using portable ladders, the following points should be observed:

1. All ladders should be adequately supported at the base.


735

Wet grass with soft soil beneath it, or a makeshift support under one side is

not acceptable. If the surface is too soft to support the ladder, use a plank or

board under the feet of the ladder to stop them from sinking. Depending on

the degree of unevenness, a plank or board under one or both feet may be

adequate providing the plank(s) are stable, (i.e.) much wider than the

thickness, and large enough not to sink into the ground on one side. If the

ground is uneven, use a purpose-made device to steady the ladder. Do not

erect a ladder on a slippery surface; its stability depends on the friction at the

base of the ladder.

2. A ladder should never be 'walked' by the person standing on the ladder. The word “walked” above describes the action of a person standing at the top of a

ladder who, by moving his body, causes the bottom of the ladder to lift the ends of

the stiles alternately to cause the ladder to move. This is a very dangerous practice,

since the ladder is not under proper control.

3. Set the ladder at a slope of approximately 4 in 1.

For every metre in height, the ladder should extend out from the vertical

surface at the base by about 250mm. This will minimise the chance of the

ladder failing backward or the bottom of the ladder sliding away from the

wall, and is the most comfortable and safe slope for climbing and working

from the ladder.

4. One ladder, one person, and it is recommended that one should always

have three limbs on the ladder at all times.

This means either two feet and one hand, or one foot and two hands on the

ladder when ascending, descending, or working on the ladder. To achieve

this, always carry your tools in a tool belt, holster or pouch, not in your

hands. Never attach a power tool to the side of a ladder when it is not in use.


736

Beware of contacting power lines when putting a ladder into position. If you must

work near power lines, including supply fines into a building, have them

de-energised, or insulated with 'tiger tails', before placing the ladder. In addition, any

ladder used near power lines should be non-conducting, such as timber (without wire

reinforcement, or with the wire reinforcement recessed and insulated) or reinforced

plastics, but NOT aluminium or any metal.

5. Never climb higher than the third rung from the top of the ladder. The ladder should be long enough to provide at least one metre (1m) of solid

support beyond the height of the task. Where it is necessary to get onto or off at the

top of the ladder, it should extend at least 1m above the level being accessed. As a

general rule, a ladder should be used as a means of access and not a place of work. If

it is necessary to work from a ladder, do not climb higher than a position where the

worker's shoulders are level with the top of the stiles. This allows for a secure hold to

be maintained while working. Only use a ladder as a place of work if the worker can

grasp the ladder near waist height, and only for tasks which allow the worker to hold

the ladder with one hand. Ladders should be placed in a manner that permits the

worker to face towards both the ladder and the task without leaning over the side of

the ladder. When working from a ladder, always work within easy arm's reach

from the ladder. This minimises the possibility of overbalancing and failing off.

Extra care should be taken when painting eaves and fascia boards, as the ladder is

usually below the work height.

Ladders should not be used outdoors when strong winds are blowing. If their

use cannot be avoided under these conditions, the ladder must be firmly

secured by tying it off or by other acceptable methods. While the ladder is

being secured, it must be held firmly by another person.

Ladders are to be fitted with rubber (or similar non-slip material) feet to

prevent slipping.


737

Ladders shall be firmly secured, or tied off. If tied, the ties should be attached

to the stiles of the ladder, not the rungs. While the ladder is being secured, it

should be held firmly by another person.

If it is not practicable to tie off or secure a ladder for whatever reason, the

ladder must be 'footed' at the base by another person with both hands on the

stiles to prevent any movement or overturn of the ladder.

6. Extension ladders

Extension ladders such as rope and pulley types are suitable for accessing

high areas such as rooftops and tall trees. One specialist design is the pole

ladder, which has a curved top rung to give the ladder stability when used for

accessing a pole or round column. To erect a rope and pulley ladder, place

the unextended ladder into position and then extend it a few rungs at a time,

using the rope. Always ensure that the latching hooks are properly engaged

after each extension.

Some extension stepladders made before August 1996 used spring clips to retain the

extended rear legs. While they may be used safely when the top of the extended

ladder rests against a wall, they are not safe if the top of the ladder is above the

wall - when a person steps off or onto the ladder the clips may disengage and

allow the ladder to fold. These extension stepladders must never be used in

this configuration. Such ladders do not conform to the requirements of AS/NZS

1892.1: 1996.

Long ladders and heavy ladders (greater than 20kg) should only be handled by two

persons.

7. Stepladders

Stepladders should only be used in the fully open position. They should be

positioned on a stable surface, with no tendency to wobble. They should be

made as rigid as possible by the use of side braces and cross braces. Some


738

specialised types of stepladders have a working platform for standing on at

their top; this platform should be surrounded by a handrail. Platform ladders

should only be used for handling items that are located at a height

compatible with the height of the platform.

8. Multipurpose ladders.

Where used as a single ladder the length of the front edge of the stile,

including feet shall not exceed 9.0m for industrial ladders, and 5.0m for

domestic ladders.

Where used as a stepladder the length of the front edge of the stile including

feet to the centre of the hinge pivot-pin shall not exceed 5.1 m for industrial

ladders, and 2.4m for domestic ladders.

Where used as a stepladder, the slope of the front and rear stiles shall not be

less than 65 degrees and not greater than 80 degrees above the horizontal.

Where used as a work platform, the slope of the front and rear stiles shall not

be less than 65 degrees and not greater than 80 degrees above the horizontal.

9. Fully enclosed slip resistant footwear should always be worn when using ladders. 10. Ladders should be stored under cover, with adequate support to prevent sagging.

They should be inspected at regular intervals and any defects or deterioration

repaired before further use. Wooden ladders should never be painted. If a

preservative is used it should be transparent, and remain transparent during

the life of the ladder, to enable visual inspections to detect deterioration or

defects.

Damaged ladders should be taken out of service until they are repaired by a

competent person or destroyed in such a manner as to render them useless, (e.g.) by

cutting into lengths of approximately lm, or not more than 2 rungs.


739

11. Maximum length of ladders listed in AS/NZS 1892: 1996 parts 1 and 3,

and AS 1892: 1992 part 2 are:

Single Extension Stepladders Trestle

Metal ladders and reinforced plastic ladders

9m industrial 5m domestic

15m industrial 7m domestic

6.1m industrial 2.4 domestic

5m

Timber ladders runged 9.2m cleated 4.9m

15.3 5.5m industrial 2.4m domestic 5.5m platform

5.1m

Industrial ladders have a load rating of 120kg and domestic ladders have a load rating of 100kg. Domestic

ladders should not be used in an industrial environment.

12. Fixed Ladders

Fixed ladders and their installation should comply with the requirements of

Australian Standard 1657 “Fixed Platforms, Walkways, Stairways and

Ladders”. See Diagram 1.

13. Rung Ladders

Angle of slope between 60 and 75 degrees. See Diagram 1.

• Although rung ladders go beyond 75 degrees to 90 degrees, these are

not in breach of the standard.

• Ladders with a slope of greater than 75 degrees are not universally

accepted and the need for a vertical ladder should be reviewed and

reconsidered.


740

Diagram 1

1.7 Ladder Design & Specifications

The ladder shall not be less than 375mm wide and not more than 525mm

wide.

Rungs should be spaced no less than 250mm and no more than 300min

apart, except in ladders shorter than 1.5m, where the minimum spacing may

be 200 min. All spacings must be equal.

Rungs shall be of solid material not less than 20mm diameter.

Where the ladder provides access to a platform or walkway the styles of the

ladder shall extend no less than 900 min above the opening. The width

between the extended styles should be no less than 525mm and the top rung

should be level with the landing.


741

Where a person may fall 6m or more a ladder cage should be fitted or the

ladder should have a fall protection safety device installed. Access to ladders

where safety devices are provided should be restricted to authorised

personnel.

The clearance behind ladders affixed to walls etc. shall be no less than

200mm.

Timber ladders shall not be used in situations where they are constantly

exposed to weather or other conditions likely to promote decay.

1.7.1 Step Ladders

• Angle of slope between 60 and 70 degrees.

• Minimum clear width of 450mm.

• Treads shall be no less than 100mm deep and multi rung treads are

not acceptable.

• The rise should be not less than of 200mm and not more than

250mm.

• The vertical distance between landings should not exceed 6m.

• Where a person can fall more than 6m the ladder system should be

enclosed.

1.7.2 Portable Ladders

• The top three rungs should not be stood upon when using the ladder.

• All ladders should be "tied off ' at the top to prevent them slipping

down or off, or sliding along, supporting structures.

• When a ladder is being used gain access to work platforms,

mezzanine floors or the like, they must extend at least 1 metre above

the platform or landing.

• Ladders should have good secure non-slip feet fitted.


742

• When placing a ladder for use it should always be at a slope of

approximately 1 in 4 (75 degrees), (e.g.) 1 metre out from a wall for

every 4 metres up (see Diagram 2).

• Damaged ladders should be removed from service and tagged or

preferably destroyed.

Diagram 2 – Correct Base Distance to Rest Height Ratio 1:4 1.7.3 Timber Portable Ladders

• Should not be painted (this can hide cracks or defects in the timber).

• The steel banding on stiles or below rungs should not be removed.

1.7.4 Metal Portable Ladders

• Should not be used when carrying out work on live electrical

equipment.

• Should not be painted as this can hide defects in welds.


743

1.7.5 Portable Extension Ladders

• The overlap of adjacent sections shall be no less than 3.5 rungs.

• Must have well maintained runners, guides and extensions devices.

• Must have adequate and well-maintained locking devices.

1.7.6 Portable Step Ladders

• Stepladders shall be fitted with a "spreader" connecting the back legs

to the stiles. When the legs are fully open the spreader should be fully

engaged. The ladder should not be used with chains or other

non-fixed supports.

• With the ladder fully open the spread between the back legs and the

stiles should be between 500mm and 660mm per metre-length of

stile.

• All four legs should be fitted with good secure non-slip feet.

• The "top cap" and the two top treads (rungs) should not be used for

standing on.

Pre-Employment Medical Management


744

1.1 Purpose

To set out the arrangements for pre-employment medical assessments for

new and transferred employees. The purpose is to instigate a pre-

employment health assessment as one tool to assess a prospective employee’s

fitness and suitability for a particular job and to determine whether that

person is at risk of incurring occupational injuries or illnesses by undertaking

the inherent requirements of the job.

1.34 Scope

This policy will apply to all prospective employees including:

1. Permanent employees, and

2. Casual employees who are likely to work more than twenty (20) days

in a twelve-month period.



745

Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Policy

3

1.7 Procedure

3

1.8 Discrimination

4


746

1.4 Definitions

“Inherent requirements” are those tasks that are essential for the satisfactory

performance of the job.

“Fitness to carry out duties” includes the ability to carry out those duties without

endangering the health and safety of the public, other employees, or themselves.

1.5 Compliance




policy.

1.6 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council recognises its responsibility to ensure the

health, safety, and wellbeing of all its employees and will therefore medically

examine all prospective employees prior to commencing employment to

establish a person’s fitness to safely perform the inherent requirements of the

job they are being considered for.

1.7 Procedure Preferred employees, upon request, will be required to undertake a Pre-employment Medical Health

Assessment which will include (but is not limited to) the following:

a) Completion of Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Pre-employment

Medical Health Assessment Questionnaire ;

b) Undertake a medical examination with Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s nominated Medical Practitioner, or with a Medical

Practitioner approved by the General Manager, including completion

of Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Pre-employment Medical Health

Assessment Medical Report .

An Audiometric Test with Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s approved

Audiometrist or with an Audiometrist approved by the General Manager.


747

c) A medical examination, as requested, by appropriately qualified health professionals

with regard to any particular health aspect likely to detrimentally affect the capacity to

perform the task specific requirements of the job.

d) Successful applicants will not be permitted to commence work with Liverpool Plains

Shire Council until they have been confirmed as medically fit to perform the inherent

requirements of the job they have been selected for.

e) Successful applicants will be bound, as advised by their letter of offer, to support and

adhere to any Occupational Health and Safety initiatives introduced by Liverpool Plains

Shire Council. This includes, for example, the protection of hearing by wearing the

designated hearing protectors when entering or remaining within area designated as

hearing protector zones.

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to the principles of Equal Employment Opportunity and has

formulated this document in accordance with those EEO principles.

1.8 Discrimination

The testing and subsequent selection of applicants where their physical suitability for tasks for part of

the selection criteria must be non-discriminatory in its application. It is however, not unlawful to

exclude an applicant who cannot safely perform the “inherent requirements” of the job. Inherent

requirements are those tasks that are essential to for the satisfactory performance of the job. A

distinction needs to be made between essential and desirable.

If an applicant declares or is assessed as having a disability which limits his/her capacity to perform the

inherent requirements of the job, they must be provided with any necessary services, facilities or workplace

adjustments to enable them to perform those duties unless it would cause the employer unjustified hardship to

do so. Any such cases will be assessed in accordance with this requirement.


748

Purchasing

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this Policy and Procedures is to ensure that hazards are

progressively removed from the workplace by having formal procedures in

place to access the risks to health and safety arising from the introduction of

new plant, equipment and hazardous substances and their associated systems

of work.

1.35 Scope










749

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 Policy

3

1.8 Procedure 4 1.9 Before Product is used in the Workplace 5 1.10 Operator Controls, Emergency Stops, & Warning Devices 5 1.11 Information & Training 6


750

1.12 Used Plant 6 1.13 Hire/Lease Plant or Equipment 6 1.14 Risk Assessment 6 FORMS Pre-Purchase Order Checklist Hazard Management Pre-Purchase Risk Assessment & Control


751

1.4 Definitions For the purpose of Occupational Health and Safety “purchasing” means all or any of

the following actions. Purchasing for Liverpool Plains Shire Council could be defined as

buying any of the following items:

Plant and equipment: New or Used

Hiring of equipment: Both short or long time hire

Substances: Dangerous, Hazardous and non hazardous substances

Material:

Building/property:

Services: Contractors etc

1.5 References



1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 Policy

Liverpool Plains Shire Council is committed to ensuring the workplace is free form

hazards. To ensure this commitment is achieved, Occupational Health & Safety issues

relating to new purchases are to identified and addressed before being introduced the

workplace.

All Liverpool Plains Shire council employees who are responsible for Purchase, hire,

design, or manufacture of material or substances are to ensure compliance with this

policy.


752

Contractors, consultants or others who acquire plant, material or substances will be

contractually bound to apply controls no less stringent than Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s.

A Note on Purchasing

If purchasing is effectively managed, many potential health and safety problems can be

avoided, as we are not “buying in” Occupational Health & Safety hazards/issues.

Incorporation of health and safety considerations into the purchasing process reduces the

potential for the purchase of goods which may lead to Occupational Health & Safety

concerns in the future, either in terms of the items purchased or the associated work

practices.

1.8 Procedure

All Council personnel who purchase, hire, design or manufacture materials or substances

are responsible for ensuring this procedure is followed:

• Consultation with managers, supervisors and employees who have

experience with equipment, material or processes of the type under

consideration will take place.

• Information will be gathered about the products available. Request will

include Occupational Health & Safety information as well as production

related factors. MSDS will always be requested for chemical substances

and reviewed prior to making a purchasing decision.

• A specification will be written on all occasions. This will vary in

complexity from several lines on a purchase order for straight froward

items to a comprehensive document for major or complex items. In

addition to the properties required to achieve production objectives, the

specification will require:

o Occupational Health & Safety Requirements;


753

o Documentation for the safe delivery, installation, use,

operation and maintenance;

o The availability of training for the user and

documentation to support that training;

o Documentation of designer, manufacturer and supplier

risk assessments.

• Where applicable a risk assessment based on the available information

about the product and the way it is used in the workplace will be

performed.

• The assessment of alternative designs, tenders, quotes etc will consider

physical and cost implication in relation to the control of health and

safety risks as well as productivity and price factors.

Note: The cost and practice of implementing risk control after purchase will be

less favourable than ensuring good risk assessment techniques are used prior to

purchase to control hazards.

• The product will be inspected prior to acceptance of delivery to validate

its compliance with the specification.

• Once approved the product will be added to a list of approved suppliers

to ensure the process does not have to be repeated for the same item.

• Occupational Health & Safety Requirements:

o Compliance with legislation requirements;

o Consideration of the compliance with Australian Standards;

o Consideration of approved Codes of Practice and Guidelines;

o Consideration of accepted Industry Standards.

1.9 Before Product is used in the Workplace


754

1. Information will be obtained from the supplier on the hazards of the

product and what controls are in place and or recommended to eliminate

or reduce these hazards (e.g.) guards, Safe Operating Procedures.

2. Environmental factors such as noise and dust will be considered.

3. The product will be installed in a clear uncluttered work area with easy

access.

4. Systems of work will be determined

5. Maintenance and repair schedules will be formulated

6. Emergency procedures if applicable will be determined

7. Steps will be taken to control any risk associated with the installation and

commissioning.

1.10 Operator Controls, Emergency Stops & Warning Devices

All new product operator controls, emergency stops and warning devices will be

identified to indicate function. They will be:

• Readily accessible to person using the plant.

• Not be able to be unintentionally activated.

• Able to be locked into the off position.

All emergency stops will have a large Red mushroom headed buttons.

1.11 Information and Training

Personnel required to operate a new product will be trained and provided with the following information and instruction:

• The nature of the hazard and systems of work associated with the

product;

• The processes of Hazard Identification;

• Safe working Procedures;

• Personal protective Equipment.

1.12 Used plant


755

This procedure applies also to the purchase of used plant for Liverpool Plains Shire

Council.

1.13 Hire/Lease Plant or Equipment

This procedure applies to the hire or lease of any plant and equipment etc. For further

information see Hired Plant Module.


For products, substances or services that have the potential to introduce

significant risk to the workplace, the council in conjunction with the supplier

is to carry out a risk assessment. The purpose of this is to enable controls to

be put into place prior to the product, substance or service being introduced

to the workplace.

The steps to be followed for the Risk Assessment process are detailed in Risk

Assessment Module. The risk assessment findings will be recorded in the

purchase compliance register and a SWMS developed if required.

Radiation

1.7 Purpose To ensure that all employees understand the risk associated with radiation

exposure, and provide all personnel with information to minimise risk


756

though a process of hazard identification, risk assessment and risk

management.

1.36 Scope










757

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 Definitions

3

1.5 References

3

1.6 Compliance

3

1.7 General

3

1.8 Procedure

4


758

1.4 Definitions

“Radiation”, includes electromagnetic radiation including energy ranging

from cosmic rays to x-rays to light waves to radio waves.

“Ionising Radiation”, radiation energy at the upper end of the

electromagnetic spectrum (including alpha, beta, neutron particles and x-ray

and gamma rays). Risk of causing permanent damage to cells and functional

change in human tissue.

“Microwave Radiation”, microwave absorption by the body increases the

kinetic energy of the absorbing molecules, which manifests itself as heat,

sometimes with an increase in temperature. The chief hazard therefore lies in

the incapability of an organ to dissipate the heat of the absorbed microwave

energy. Where this heat cannot be dissipated adequately, temperature will

rise, with possible burn injury.

“Laser”, form of concentrated light waves used to perform work including

burning, cutting, welding, measuring and pointing. Risk of causing soft tissue

injury on contact.

“Workplace”, means any place, whether or not in a building or structure,

where employees or self employed person’s work.


Occupational Health & Safety Legislation 2001 – Section 9, 147, 189, 197, 198

1.6 Compliance




policy.

1.7 General

Radiation cannot be seen, it cannot be felt, it cannot be smelled, it cannot be heard

and it cannot be touched. It can however, cause serious injury to people.


759

1.8 Procedure 11. A Risk Assessment must be undertaken prior to work on or about any radiation

source

12. Where necessary, the appropriate Permit to Work must be issued

13. All radiation risk must be identified and clearly labelled and a warning device

should be provided on each piece of microwave equipment to indicate when it is

radiating

14. Only persons trained and accredited in the use or maintenance of radiation

sources are permitted to work on or about the identified source

15. Equipment that produces microwave radiation must be provided with shielding

to protect users

16. In other instances, such as with radars and microwave communications

equipment, it may be impossible to provide such shielding. However, accessible

areas that have a power density of 10 mW/cm2 or more should be posted with

warning signs. The microwave-radiating device should be similarly marked

17. No microwave antenna or other emitter will be inspected nor should work be

done on it by a person in the radiation path during periods when it is energised

18. Dummy loads or water loads will be used when possible to absorb the energy

output of transmitting microwave equipment while it is being operated or tested.

If this cannot be done, absorbent screening should be used. Test equipment

should not be pointed toward inhabited areas.

19. Operating microwave equipment should not be pointed toward inhabited areas

20. Rings, watches, keys, or other metallic objects should not be worn or carried by

persons working in areas where there might be microwave radiation, even

radiation of low intensity

21. Tools or other metallic objects that were in a microwave field should be grasped

carefully because they may be hot

22. Flammable or explosive material, in or in contact with metallic containers, should

not be left in an electromagnetic field generated by microwave equipment


760

23. Laser equipment (irrespective of type or classification), under no circumstance

should be direct towards workers

24. All incidents (irrespective of severity or injury) involving exposure to radiation

must be reported.

Safe Work Method Procedures

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this procedure is to:

• Outline a step-by-step procedure and incorporate into a safe method

of work for a specific job where there are specific tasks for potential

for injury.

• Provide an induction document that employees must read and

understand prior to commencing a job.

• Meet legislated requirements (i.e.) hazard identification and control.

• Ensure safe and efficient work practices.

1.2 Scope









761


1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Overview

3


3

1.8 When are SWMS’s Reviewed?

4


762

1.9 Reviewing SWMS’s

5

1.10 Training in SWMS’s

5

1.11 SWMS – Procedure

6

FORMS

Safe Work Method Statement (Template)

SWMS Training Register


763

1.4 References


Occupational Health & Safety Regulation 2001 – Sections 224, 226, 227, 229, 248

1.5 Compliance




1.6 Overview

Safe Work Method Statements (SWMS’s) exist for each activity where there is a specific

task where there is a potential risk of injury.

During the work activity induction process and on a regular basis for example, every

six to twelve months, SWMS’s must be reinforced to all employees. This ensures that

staff:

• Are reminded of the risks associated with particular tasks involved in

their jobs,

• Follow the standard procedures to reduce the risk of injury.


1.7.1 Managers

Managers are responsible for ensuring that SWMS’s and/or procedures are

developed for all critical activities within the scope of Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s works. SWMS’s generally relate to the outdoor field operations

while procedures generally relate to the administrative processes. As a

minimum, SWMS’s and/or procedures are to be developed for activities that

present a risk to employee health and safety.

Managers are to ensure that annual reviews on SWMS’s are carried out to

ensure they remain up to date and relevant to Liverpool Plains Shire

Council’s activities. The Safety Officer is responsible for the co-ordination of


764

the annual reviews and must ensure that the SWMS’s and/or procedures are

adequately addressed.


765

New or revised SWMS’s or procedures must be developed where necessary, for

example if:

a) New or changed services, activities, plant or equipment are

introduced.

b) Personnel move to a new site where there are risks not

covered by the existing SWMS’s.

c) The need is identified through the investigation of an incident

or accident.

d) Individual projects are conducted that require project specific

documentation.

e) The need is identified through investigation of hazards,

improvement notices, and/or non-conformances.

Managers are responsible for assigning appropriately skilled personnel for developing

and revising SWMS’s and procedures. They are to be developed in consultation with

relevant staff to encourage ownership of the documents. Managers must consult the

Controlled Document (electronic version) when developing SWMS’s and

procedures. The Occupational Health & Safety Committee and the Section

Manager/Supervisor of the area where the SWMS is to be implemented must

approve revised or new SWMS’s.

1.7.2 New Employees or Employees Starting in a New Position

The Overseer/Ganger and/or Employer Representative must ensure that

every new employee, or an employee starting a new position, is inducted in

the SWMS’s relevant to that job.

1.8 When are SWMS’s reviewed?

1.8.1 After an incident

Immediately after an incident, the Overseer or Operations Engineer will

conduct a review of the relevant SWMS’s for that particular task with the

employee(s) involved in the incident.


766

1.8.2 New or Modified SWMS’s

Every SWMS will be written and developed in consultation with employees

performing the tasks/functions. The SWMS must be authorised and signed

off by the department manager prior to implementation/application of the

SWMS.

If a job function or equipment changes, the Section Manager/Supervisor is

responsible for changing the SWMS and distributing updated information to

employees.

1.9 Reviewing SWMS’s

The Section Manager/Supervisor must ensure all employee’s review SWMS’s

relevant to their jobs every twelve months or as frequently as the circumstances

require (i.e.) new SWMS.

Following review of the SWMS every employee involved in the work activity will be

informed of any changes to the SWMS. Each employee name and signature will be

recorded on the SWMS Training Register as having been consulted in the SWMS.

1.10 Training in SWMS’s

• It is the responsibility of each supervisor to ensure the relevant

training has been performed and documented.

• Specialist training if required by an accredited specialist for that area

(e.g.) Manual Handling delivered by an Occupational Therapist.

1.10.1 When?

• New employee starting work.

• After an employee has been involved in an accident or near

miss.

• When an employee starts a new position.


767

1.10.2 Important

• All training for SWMS’s should include practical

demonstrations.

• Ensure employees complete the task successfully before

signing off by the manager.

• Ensure the employee and Supervisor complete SWMS

Training Register and Part 2 of the SWMS

1.11 SWMS – Procedure

Safe systems of work are only effective when each work process is properly planned

and the employees trained in the safety measures required for each job/task. Process

planning requires a thorough hazard/risk assessment for each task. The identified

risks or hazards are translated into procedures that will eliminate the risks or hazards.

They are then recorded on a SWMS.

The SWMS then becomes the basis for work activity training which is

undertaken via a work activity induction training program.

SWMS – Procedure Table

ACTION BY WHOM WHEN RECORD

1. • Initiate SWMS for a process.

• Assign personnel to prepare a draft document.

• Set timetable for preparation.

Operations Engineer

As new work procedures are identified.

2. Add specific information to the template:

• Project details.

• Process type.

• Supervisor.

• Plant & Equipment.

• Codes & Regulations

Supervisor As required. SWMS Template

3. • Define process with start & finish.

• List tasks in work sequence order.

Supervisor As required. Draft SWMS


768

4. • Use Hazard Identification process to assess hazards & identify appropriate safety measures for each task.

• Record on SWMS

Supervisor & Site Personnel

As required. Draft SWMS

5. Review SWMS after consultation with employees involved in the work task including sub-contractors.

Operations Engineer

As required. Draft SWMS

6. Approval to use SWMS. Section Manager As required. Approved SWMS

7. Train employees in SWMS, use Tool Box

Talk and record on Tool Box Meeting

Record

Employees must sign Part 2 of the SWMS and copy to SWMS register.

Operations Engineer & Overseer

Immediately before the work begins.

Tool Box Talk

Review SWMS – follow processes 1-7.

Operations Engineer & Site Manager

• As work process changes.

• Following an Incident Report.

Safety Hazard Corrective Action

1.1 Purpose


769

To ensure proactive actions are taken to prevent risk of injury/illness at all Liverpool

Plains Shire Council workplaces. This Module explains the process to follow when

hazards or evidence of non-compliance have been discovered either by the Hazard

Report or the various worksite inspections.

1.2 Scope










770

1.3 Contents

SECTIONS Page

1.1 Purpose

1

1.2 Scope

1

1.3 Contents

2

1.4 References

3

1.5 Compliance

3

1.6 Policy

3

1.7 Procedures

3

FORMS:

Non-Conformance Report


771

1.4 References



1.5 Compliance




1.6 Policy

This policy is to ensure that appropriate action is taken to address and rectify

safety hazards and to encourage continuous safety improvement at Liverpool

Plains Shire Council. Benefits in adopting a systematic approach to these

issues include:

• Establishing a workforce discipline of identifying hazards and non-

conformance;

• It provides assurance to all workers that a Safety Hazard will be

subject to investigation which will result in action;

• It ensures that the person raising the safety issue/hazard has the

opportunity to confirm that appropriate corrective action has been

taken;

• It encourages continuous safety improvement.

1.7 Procedures

1.7.1 Corrective Action

Continuous safety improvement will be effectively implemented by following

this process:

1. Employees completing the Liverpool Plains Shire Council

Hazard Report.

2. Workplace inspection program.

3. Accident investigation (see accident investigation section).


772

4. Analysis of Accident/Incident statistics.

5. Initiating procedures to ensure corrective action is taken.

6. Recording and implementing changes to Occupational

Health, Safety & Injury Management System as a result of any

corrective action.

1.7.2 Compliance

Managers and Supervisors are to ensure that corrective and preventive action

is undertaken where any hazard or non-compliance occurs. The actions that

must occur are:

• Ensure any Accident/Incident Report is completed by the

relevant parties and submitted to the immediate supervisor.

• The supervisor carries out an investigation of the

accident/incident implementing the required prevention

strategies.

• Completed Hazard Report forms are to be handed to the

employee’s immediate supervisor.

• The supervisor carries out an investigation of the safety

hazard implementing the required prevention strategies.

• Receive copies of any non-conformance reports complied

after worksite inspections.

1.7.3 Hazard Report

The following procedures are to be taken upon receiving a completed Hazard

Report:

1. Review form and discuss issue with the relevant employee.

2. Investigate issue.

3. Make decisions regarding corrective action.

4. Plan and implement corrective action.

5. Change any relevant documentation.


773

6. Provide feedback to the employee who completed the form.

7. Supervisor to sign and date form to acknowledge change

have been implemented.

8. Send copy of completed form to the Safety Officer and

Safety Committee.

1.7.4 Worksite Inspections

On completion of the worksite inspection, the team completing the inspection should

compile a report outlining the hazards and areas of non-conformance. The report

format to be used is Liverpool Plains Shire Council’s Non-Conformance Report.

The following steps must occur to enable corrective action to take place:

1. Inspection team compiles report.

2. Copies of the report are sent to the Supervisor and Section

Manager.

3. Investigate the issues.

4. Plan and implement corrective action.

5. Change any relevant documentation.

6. Provide feedback to the inspection team.

7. Supervisor to sign and date form to acknowledge changes

have been implemented.

8. Send copy of completed form to Section Manager, Safety

Officer and Safety Committee for review. The review will be

written into the Safety Committee Minutes.

occupational health safety policy · the safety officer in conjunction with the relevant senior...

Documents